2015 Audi q7 27

Owner's Manual
2015 Audi Q7
Vorspr u ng d u rc h Tec~~1~ ()(J[[)

Foreword
Than k you for choosing an Audi - we value your trust in us.
Your new Audi will allow you to experience the best in groundbreaking technolo -
gy and prem ium quality equ ipment a vehicle has to offer. We recommend that
you read your Owner's Manual tho roughly so that you quickly become acquaint-
ed with your Audi and make use of a ll of its features.
In addition to explaining how the different features work, we provide many use -
ful tips and information concerning your safety, how to care for your vehicle and
how to ma inta in your vehicle's value. We also give you useful tips and informa-
tion on how to drive your vehicle more efficiently and in an environmenta lly
friendly manne r.
In the Owner's Manual packet , you will also find an Owner's Manual for your In-
fota inment system and the vehicle ma intenance schedule .
We hope you enjoy driving your Audi and we wish you safe and pleasant motor-
ing.
AUDIAG
M
N
0
..J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
2 Table o f content s
Vehicle lite ra tu r e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Long center console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Luggage compartment . . . . . .... .. . 82
About thi s Owner' s Manual . .. 6 Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 86
(upholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 88
Contr o l s and e qui p m e nt . . . .. . 8 Rear ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 89
Ins t ruments and controls .... 8 Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 90
General illustration ...... . . . . . . .. . 8 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 90
Instruments and warning / Warm and cold . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 94

indicator lights ............... . 10 Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 94
Instruments ............ . . . . . . .. . 10 Rear Air Conditioning . . . . . . . .... .. . 100
Warning/indicator lights .. . . . . . . . . . 14 Basic sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 102
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 103
Driver information d isplay . . . . 21
I ntroduction .............. . . . . .. . 21 On the road ................... 105
Trip computer . .......... . . . . . . .. . 24 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Efficiency program ............... . 26 Ignit ion lock and ign ition switch . . . . . 107
On-Board Diagnostic system (OBD) . . . 27 Starting and stopping the engine . . . . 108
Electronic speed limiter ......... ... 28 Starting and stopping the engine with
Speed warn ing system ...... . ... . . . 28 Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Auto Check Control ........ . ... . . . 30 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Starting on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Opening and closing ... . . . . . . . 38 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Keys ........................ ... 38
Power locking system ............ . 41 Adaptive cruise control .... .. . 115
Rear lid . . . . .......... ... . . . . . . . . 45 Speed and distance control system . . 115
Child safety lock ................. . 48 Driver information ............. .. . 122
Convenience key .. . ........ . . . . .. . 49 System limitations ............. .. . 127
Anti-theft alarm system .... . . . . . . . so Audi braking guard ............ .. . 129
Power windows ........... . . . . .. . 51
Panoramic sliding sunroof ......... . 54 Audi side assist ............... 131
Garage door opener (HomeLink) . . .. . 57 Lane Change Assistant............. 131
Notes ... . . . . . . . . ... ........ .... 137
Clear vision ................... . 60
Lights . . . . . . ................... . 60 Automatic transmission ..... . 139
Interior lights . ........ ... . ... . .. . 64 t ipt ron ic ....................... . 139
V1s1on . . . . . . . . .... ... ... ... . . . . . 65
W iper and washer system ... . . . . . . . 66 Parking systems 145
Mirrors ... . .................... . 70 General information ............ .. 145
Digita l compass ................. . 72 Rear park assist ................. . 146
Audi parking system plus with
Seats and storage ...... ... .... 74 rearview camera . . ............... . 146
General recommendat ions ........ . 74 Audi parking system plus with front-
Power front seat adjustment ....... . 75 and rearview camera ............ .. 150
Seat memo ry ............. ... . .. . 76 Adjusting the display and warning
Rear seats . . . . .............. . . .. . 77 tones .......................... . 155
Head restraints .. . ........ ... . .. . 79
Armrest . . . . ............ .... .... 80
Table of contents 3
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Driving and environment ..... 230

Trailer hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and •
afterwa rds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 •
Adaptive Air Suspension ...... 15 7 Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Air suspension and damping 157 Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Avoid damaging the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 232
S a fet y fir s t . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Shutting down vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Driving Safely ................. 163 Operate your vehicl e economically and
General notes . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . 163 min imi ze poll ution . . . ............ . 232
Proper occupant seating posit ions . . . 164
Pedal area . . . . . ............ ...... 168 Driving off road . ............. . 235
Stowing luggage ......... . ... . . . . 169 Driving in diff icult road conditions and
Report ing Safety Defects .... . . . ... . 170 offroad . . . . . . . . . . ... . .......... . 235
Safety belts ...... .. ... . ... .... 173 Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . .. . . ... . 238
General notes ............... . ... . 173 Drivi ng with a t railer ........... ... 238
Why safety belts? ........... . ... . 174 Trail er tow ing t ips . . . ............ . 240
Safety belts ... . . . .. ... . . . . . . .... 177
Safety belt pretens ioners .. . . . . .... 180 Vehicle care . . . . . . . . .......... . 242
Vehicle care and cleaning .... . 242
Airbag s ystem .......... . . . ... . 182 General informa t ion . . . . .... . ..... 242
I mportant things to know .. . . . . . . . . 18 2 Car washes . ..... . . . . . . . . .... .... 242
Front airbags ..... . .... . . . ... . . . . 186 Cleaning and care information . ..... 243
Mon itoring the Advanced Airbag
System .. . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . 193 Fuel supply and filling your
Side airbags . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . 197 fuel tank . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . 248
Side curtain airbags .... . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Fuel supp ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . 248
Diesel f uel . . . . . . . ... . .......... . 249
Child Safety . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Fuel tank .. . . . . . . . . . ............ . 250
Important th ings to know . . . . . . . . . . 203 Selective catalytic reduction ....... . 252
Child safety seats ......... . ... . . . . 209
Instal li ng a child safety seat . . . . . . . . 213 Checking and filling .......... . 256
LATCH Lower ancho rages and tethers Engine hood . . . . . . ... . ... ... .. . . . 256
for chi ldren . ... . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . 216 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . 258
Addit ional Information 222 Engine cooling system ............ . 262
Brake fluid . . . . . . . .............. . 265
Vehicle operation ............. 223 Battery ... . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 266
Intelligent technology ........ 223 Windsh ield/hea dligh t washer
Not ice about data recorded by vehicle container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
cont rol mod ules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Elect ronic Stabiliz at ion Control (ESC) . 223 Tires and wheels .............. 271
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Servotronic - advanced powe r steering Tire pressure monitoring system 301
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
M
Driving w ith your quattro . . . . . . . . . . 227 Do-it-yourself service ...... .. . 304
N
0 Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 What do I do now? . . . . . . . . . .. . 304
...J
'SI:
,...., Jack, too l s and inf lata ble spare tire . . 304
\!)
1.1'1 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 307
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
4 Table of content s
Fuses and bulbs ............... 312

Electrical fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 12
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Emergency situations ......... 317

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Starting by pushing or tow ing . . . . . . . 317
Startingwithjumpercables .. . . . . . . 317
Use of jumper cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Emergency towing with commercial
tow truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Lift ing vehicle. . .......... . . . . . ... 32 1
Technical data . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 323

Technical Data . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 323
Vehicle ident ifica ti on .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 323
Weights . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 323
Dimensions . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 324
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Gasoline engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Consumer Information ....... 326

Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Operating your vehicle outside the
U.S.A. or Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Audi Service Repair Manuals and
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Addit ional accessories, modifications
and parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Declaration of Compliance,
Telecommunications and Electronic
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Inde x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 1
Vehicle literature 5
I n addition to t his Owner's Manual, your Audi If you change your address or if you
comes w ith t he bought this Audi used •
be sure to send in a "Notice of Add ress •

- MMI Operating I nst ructi ons
- Warranty & Maintenance boo klet . Change"/ " Notice of Used Car Purchase" post
card. This card can be fo und in the Warranty &
If you are missing one of these publicat ions, Maintenance booklet or obtained from your
or if you believ e that the information is not autho rized Aud i dealer.
comp lete, contact you r aut horized Audi dealer
for assistanc e. It is in your own interest that we are able to
contact you should the need arise .
MMI Operating Instructions
contain detailed description of the Aud i Multi
Media Interface (MMI) including t he naviga-
tion system, the sound system and the hand-
held pho ne.
The Warranty & Maintenance booklet

explains how you can keep your Audi in top
driving condition by having it serviced regular-
ly and conta ins detai led info rmat ion about
the wa rranties covering your Aud i. Always
have the boo klet with you when you take your
vehicl e to an author ized Audi dealer for serv-
ice. Your Audi Service Advisor will record each
schedul ed service and can answe r any qu es-
tions you may have rega rding how t o ma int ain
your vehicl e.
In Canada,
the veh icle lite rat ure is also available in
French . To obta in a copy, cont act your dealer
or wri t e to:
Au Canada, on peut se procure r un exemp laire

en fr an<;aisde ce document aupres du conces-
sionnair e ou de:
Aud i Canada
Cl ient Assistance
Assist ance a la Clientele
777 Bayly St reet , West ,
Aj ax, Ontario LlS 7G7
If you sell your Audi

all lite ratu re should be left in the vehicle t o
make t he Warranty terms as we ll as all oper-
M
N ating, safety and maintenan ce inform ati on
0
...J
'SI: availa ble t o t he next owne r.
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
6 About this Owner 's Manual
This owner's manua l contains important infor-

mation, tips, suggestions, and warnings for
(D Note
the use of your vehicle. Text with this symbo l draws your attention
to potentia l sources of damage to your ve-
Make sure that this owner's manua l is always hicle.
located in the vehicle. This is especially impor-
tant if you allow other people to drive the ve- @) For the sake of the environment
hicle, or if you sell it.
Text with this symbo l contains information
This owner's manua l describes the equipment about the environment and how you can
range specified for this mode l at the editoria l help protect it.
deadline date. Some of the equipment descri-
bed here will on ly be available at a later date, {!) Tips
or only in specific markets. Text with this symbo l contains special tips
Some sections in this owner's manua l do not and other information about gett ing the
apply to all vehicles . In that case, the range of most out of your vehicle and its features.
applicability is given at the beginn ing of the
section, e.g. "Applies to vehicles: w ith adap-
tive light". In addition, optional or vehicle-
specif ic equipment is indicated by an asterisk
"* "
Illustrations may be different from those in

your vehicle, and are intended to be viewed as
a basic guide .
You will find a table of contents at the begin-

ning of this book, which disp lays all topics de-
scribed in this manual in order of appearance.
You will find an alphabetical index at the end
of this book .
All directions, such as " left", "right", "front",

''back", are relative to the direct ion of travel.
* Optional or vehicle-specific equipment

.,.. This section continues on the next page.
~ .&. Cross-reference to a "WARNING!" with-

in a section. For ind ication w ith a page num-
ber, the corresponding "WARNING!" can be
found outside of the section .
A WARNING
Text with this symbol contains important
information on safety and how to reduce
the risk of personal injury or death.
7
•
•
M
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
8 Instruments and controls
Instruments and controls

General illustration
-----
~ I ~·
--;;.....- - .. "*' ~
Fig. l Cockpit: left section
-----
-----
-----
-
------- ~
- --
---
-
- -
~ -,~ --- ~
-·- c-•-
Fig. 2 Cockpit : ri ght section

Instruments and controls 9
(!) Memory buttons (driver's seat) 76 @ Power window switches ...... . 51

@ Door handle @ MMI Display (see separate man-
@ Power locking switch .... . . . . . 44 ual)
© Side assist button .......... . 131 @ Buttons/Indicator light for:
® Adjuster control for outside mir- - PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF
rors . ... . . . ............... . 70 - Emergency flashers ........ . 63
@ Air outlets ................ . 99 - Electronic Stabilization Con-
(J) Light switch ........... . ... . 60 trol (ESC) .... . . . . ........ . 223
@ Turn signal and high beam . . . . 63 @ Buttons for:
® Multifunction steering wheel - Switching MMIdisp lay on/off
with: - Valet key function .. . ...... . 41
- Horn - Unlocking glove compartment 91
- Driver's airbag ........... .. 186 @ Glove compartment ......... . 91
- Audio/video, telephone, navi- @ Front passenger's airbag ..... . 186
gation and voice recognition @ Audi mult imed ia (see separate
buttons manua l)
- Shift paddles ......... ..... 142 @ Climate controls . . . . . . . ..... . 95
- Button for steering wheel @) Shift lever for automatic trans -
heating . ............ . ... . 104 mission .... . . . . . .......... . 139
@ Instrument cluster ...... ..... 10 @ 12-volt out lets . . . . . . . . ..... . 90
@ Switches for: @ MMIcontrol console (see sepa-
- Windshield wiper/washer . . . . 66 rate manual)
- Trip computer ........ ..... 24 @ Storage compa rt ment
@ Ignition lock ........... . ... . 107 @ ISTART I-/ I STOPI button 109
@ Buttons for :
- Parking system 146 (D Tips
- Resetting the trip odometer . . 12 Some of the equipment or features shown
- !CHECKlbutton ... ' ... ... . . 12 in the general illustration may be standard
- Instrument lighting ... ... . . 13 equipment on your vehicle or may be op-
'3 Adjustable steer ing wheel, de- tional equipment depend ing on your mod-
pending on equipment: el. Always ask your authorized Audi dealer
if you have a question about your vehicle.
- mechanical .......... . ... . 105
- electrical ............ . ... . 105
@ Control lever for:
- Cruise control ..... . ..... . . 113
- Adaptive cruise control . . . . . 115
@ Data Link Connector for On
Board Diagnostics (OBDII) . . . . 27
@ Pedal for operating parking
brake .. . . . ............ . ... . 111
@ Engine hood release . . . . . . . . . . 256
~ @ Handle for releasing parking
0
;;f_ brake. ... . . . ... .... . . . . . . . . 111
; @ Switch for unlocking the trunk
~
,....,
lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
10 Instruments and warning /i ndicator lights
Instruments and warning/indicator Lights

Instruments
Instrument cluster and controls
The instrument cluster is your central source of information.
Fig. 3 Overview of t he inst rum ent cluster
CDCoolant temperature gauge ... 10 Engine coolant temperature gauge

@ Ta chome t er with t ime an d date
The eng ine coolant gauge q page 10, fig. 3 CD
d isplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 , 11
only works when the ignition is on. To prevent
® Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . 14
damage to you r engine, please note the fol-
© Driver info rmation system . . . . . 21 lowing impor t ant po ints:
® Speedometer with odometer .. 12
® Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Engine cold
(i) Inst rumen t clus t er illumination 13 As long as the needle remains at or close to
@ Reset button for t rip odometer . 12 the bottom of the gauge, the engi ne still has
not reached its operat ing temperature . Avoid
® Park ing system ............. 146
high eng ine speeds, heavy eng ine loads and
@ ICHECK I button .............. 12
heavy th rottle a pplicat io ns.
@ Tips Normal temperature
The illu minat ion fo r t he inst rume nt cluster When the engine has reached its operat ing
lights up whe never you switch on the ig ni- temperature, the need le will move into the
tion with t he vehicle headlights off . As midd le of the gauge and rema in the re. If t he
the daylight fades, the instrument cluster engine is worki ng ha rd at high outside t em-
illumi nat ion likewise dims automatically peratures, the needle may rise up . This is no
and will go out completely when t he out- need to worry as long as the . warni ng light
side light is very low. This feat ure is meant in the instr ument cluster does not illuminate.
to remind you to switch on t he headlights
when outside lig ht cond it io ns become Warning light in the instrument cluster
poor. When the . warning light in the instr ument
cluster st arts to flash, th is can mean one of
two things : either the coo lant temperatur e is .,..
In s trument s an d warning / indicator lights 11
too high, or the coolant level is too low at the end of the scale indicates maximum
¢ page 32 . permissible engine RPM after the break-in pe-
riod. Before reaching this area , move these-
If the needle is well in the upper area of the
lector lever to position D (Drive) or ease your
ga uge , the coolant temperature is too high.
foot off the accelerator pedal.
Stop the vehicle, switch the engine off and
allow the engine to cool. If the warning light
comes on again after driving a short distance,
(D Note
contact an authorized dealer. The tachometer needle should not move

into the red range. If it does, then only for
A WARNING a very short per iod of t ime. You could
damage your engine by driving at high
- Always observe the warning in
RPM.
¢ page 256, before opening the hood
and checking the engine coolant level.
- Never open the engine hood if you see or
@) For the sake of the environment
hear steam, or if you see engine coolant Upshifting early saves fuel and reduces en-
dr ipping from the engine compartment. gine noise .
You could bu rn yourself. Let the engine
cool off first until you can no longer see Digital clock with date display
or hear steam or coolant es caping.
0 Note
- Mount ing additional lights or accessories
in front of the a ir inlets reduces the cool-
ing effect of the rad iator. At h igh outside
temperatures or high eng ine load , t he
engine could overheat.
- The front spo iler has been designed to
properly distribute the cooling air when Fig. 4 Inst rument cluster : time and date
the veh icle is moving. If the spoiler is

The date, time of day, and time and date for -
damaged, this cou ld reduce the cooling
mat can be set in the MMI. You can learn more
effect and the engine could then over-
about this in the MMI manual.
heat. Ask your authorized Audi dealer for
ass istance.
(D Tips
- When open the driver door, the time,
Tachometer (engine rev counter)
date and odometer are disp layed for an
The tachometer indicates the engine RPM add itional 30 seconds.
(revolutions per minutes). - You can also call up the display with the
!CHECK Ibutton q page 12 while the ig-
The tachometer @ ¢ page 10, fig. 3 is the left
nition is sw itched off.
of the two large clock-type displays.
The engine turns at a speed 1,000 times the

single digit in the display, e.g . if the needle is
pointing at the "2" the engine is turning at
M
"'
0_,
2,000 RPM.
"".
rl If engine RPM drops be low 1,500, you should
I.O
"'
rl
downshift to the next lower gear. The red area
"'
rl
12 Instruments and warning/indicator lights
Speedometer with odometer (D Tips

The speedometer shows you the vehicle - When you open t he driver door, the time,
speed, and the odometer shows you how date and odometer are disp layed for an
many miles (kilometers) you have driven. add itiona l 30 seconds.
- You can also call up the display with the
ICHECK Ibutton c>page 12 while the ig-
nition is switched off.
Fuel gauge
The fue l gauge only works when the ignition is

on .
When the needle reaches the reserve mark,

Fig. 5 Instrument cluster Odometer and reset button
the c>page 35 mJ
symbol appears in the in-
strument cluster d isplay as well as the mes -
The odometer and trip odometer are located
sage Please refuel. This message is meant to
inside the speedometer.
remind you to refuel.
- USA mode ls - Miles
The total tank capacity of your vehicle is listed
- Canada models - Kilometers
in .:>page 325 .
You can switch the display from miles to kilo-
meters and vice versa via the MMI. You can @ Note
find out more in the MMI manual. Never run the tank completely dry. An ir-
regular supply of fuel can cause engine
Lower odometer
misfiring and fuel could enter the exhaust
The lower odometer shows the total number system. The catalytic converter could then
of mi les (kilometers) driven. overheat and be damaged.
Upper odometer (trip odometer)
~ button
The upper odometer shows the t ota l number
of mi les (kilometers) driven since you last re-
set the odometer to zero. You can use this od-
ometer when you want to keep track of how
many miles (kilometers) you have driven for a
single tr ip or errand. The last digit indicates
1/10 of a mile (100 meters).
You can reset the trip odometer to zero by

pressing the Reset button ~o.
Fig. 6 CHECKbutto n in the i nstrument cluster
Malfunction message
If there is a ma lfunction somewhere in the in- The !CHECK I button performs the follow ing
strument cluster, dEF will appear in the trip funct ions:
odometer and will stay on. Contact your au -
Switching on the clock and odometer
thorized Audi dealer to have the problem cor-
rected. With the ignition turned off, the odometer
reading and the dig ita l clock with date display ..,_
In s trument s a nd warning / indicator lights 13
can be switched on for about 30 seconds by Instrument cluster illumination

pressing the I CH ECKi button ¢ fig. 6 .
The basic brightness of the illumination for
Starting the Auto-Check sequence the instruments, the center console and the
The Auto-Check system ¢ page 30 const ant-
display can be adjusted.
ly monitors certai n ind ividual fu nct ions and
components of the vehicle when the ignit ion
is t urned on and when the vehicle is moving.
W ith t he ignition turned on, you can start the

"Au to-Check sequence" by pressing the
I CH ECKi button. You can perform an Auto-
Check sequence when the vehicle is stationary
and the ign ition is turned on or when the vehi-
cle is moving not faster than 3 mph (5 km/h).
Fig. 7 I nstrument cluster ill um ination
The number of keys progr ammed t o t he vehi-

cle is also displayed. The disp lay 3\ 3 indicates .,.Press t he"+" but t on to increase t he bright -
that th ree keys have been programmed . This ness during the hours of darkness.
allows you to make sure you have received all ...Press t he "-" button to decrease the bright-
of the keys when you purchase a used vehicle. ness dur ing the hours of darkness.
For exam ple, if you on ly receive two keys, you A lig ht sensor in the instrument cluster con-
should take those keys to your aut horized tro ls t he illumination for the instrument clus-
Aud i dealer to have the missing key deactivat- te r, the center console and the displays . In a
ed so it cannot be used. You should also re- bright environment, using the buttons to
port the m issing key to your insurance compa- change the brightness has no effect .
ny.
{l) Tips
Calling up the driver informati on
The ill umination for the inst rument cluster
A yellow or red symbol appears in the instru- lights up w henever you switch on the igni-
ment cluster display, usually w ith a driver tion with the vehicle headlights off. As the
message. The driver message display disap- daylight fades, the inst rument cluste r ill u-
pears after about 5 seconds. The driver mes- mination likewise di ms automa t ically and
sage can be displayed again by briefly press- will go out comp let ely when the outsi de
ing the ! CHECK I button. light is very low. This feature is meant t o
remi nd you t o swi t ch on t he headl ight s
Setting the speed warning
whe n outs ide light conditions become
By pressing the IC H ECK I button briefly, you poor .
can set thres hold 1 of the speed warning
while you are driving o page 29 . By main-
tain ing pressure on the I CHECK I button, you
delete t he warning threshold .
M
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
14 Instruments and warning/indicator lights
Warning/indicator lights
Overview
The warning/indicator lights indicate different functions or a possible malfunction.
Fig. 8 Instrument duster with warning/indicator lights
Your veh icle is equipped with several impor· Malfu nction Indicator Lamp
tant warning and indicator lights to help you (MIL)
monitor the continued reliable operation of ¢ page 17
your veh icle¢ _&.
Adaptive Air Suspension*
Electron ic power control Q page 17
(alternative to El> Adaptive Air Suspension*
¢page 15 ¢ page 17
Glow plug system Right turn signal
(alternative to (31) ¢ page 16
¢page 15
Safety belt
Electronic Stabilization Control ¢page 18
(ESC)
High beam
¢page 16
c>page 18
Electron ic Stabilization Control
(ESC) Tire pressure monitoring system
¢page 16 ¢page 18
USA models: Safety systems USA models : Cruise control acti-

¢ page 16 vated
c>page 18
Canada models: Safety systems
¢page 16 Canada mod els : Cruise control
activated
Left turn signal ¢page 18
¢page 16
USA models : Anti-lock brake
Trailer turn signa l assemb ly* system (ABS) defective
¢page 17 c>page 18
In s trument s and warnin g/ indic a tor ligh ts 15
Canada models: Anti-lock brake EPC

Electronic power control
system (ABS) defective Applies to veh icles: with gasoline engine
¢ page 18 This warning/indicator Light monitors the
USA mode ls : Parking brake electronic power control .
¢ page 19
Canada models : Parking brake
The Illa
warn ing/ indicator light (Electron ic
Power Control) illuminates when you turn on
¢page 19
the ignit ion as a funct ion check.
USA model s : Brake malfunction
¢ page 19 (D Tips
Canada model s: Brake malfunc- If this warn ing/ indicator light illum inates
tion while you are driving, then there is a mal-
¢ page 19 funct ion in the engine electronics . Have
the malfunct ion corrected as soon as pos-
Vehicles with the adaptive cruise contro l*
sible by your author ized Audi dealer or
have the following additional check lamps :
qualified workshop.
Open road
¢ page 123 W Glow plug system
Driving in traff ic Applies to veh icles: with diesel engine
¢ page 123 The control Lightilluminates when the glow

Request for driver to as- plug system is active.
sume control
¢ page 123
If the II ind icator light illuminates, the glow
plug system is active. You should start the en-
A WARNING
gine immediately after the ind icator light
swit ches off. The indi cator light only illum i-
- Failure to heed warning lights and other nates fo r approximate ly 1 second if the en-
important vehicle info rmation may result gine is warm or if the outside temperature is
in serious personal injury or vehicle dam- above 46 QF (8 QC).
age.
- Whenever sta ll ed or stopped for repair, (D Tips
move the vehicle a safe distance off the
- If the glow plug indicat or light illum i-
road, stop the engine, and t urn on the nates while dr iving, there is an engine
emergency flasher ¢ page 63.
contro l malfunction. The engine should
- The engine compartment of any motor be checked immediate ly.
vehicle is a potentially hazardous area.
- If the ind icator light does not ill uminate
Before you check anything in the engine
at all when switching the ign ition on,
compartment, stop the engine and let it
there may be a malfunction in the glow
cool down. Always exercise extreme cau-
plug system. The engine should be
t ion when working under the hood
checked.
¢ page 256.
{!) Tips
Many f unctions are monitored by the Auto-
M
N Check system ¢ page 30. Malfunct ions
0
...J
'SI: or faults will be ide ntif ied either w ith a red
,....,
\!)
1.1"1
symbo l (pr iority 1 - Danger!) or with a yel-
,....,
1.1"1
low symbol (prior ity 2 - Warning) .
,....,
16 In st rum e nt s and w a rn ing /i ndic a t o r light s
;;. / ~ Electronic Stabilization Control tli1! !r Safety systems

(ESC)
The . (USA models)/ . (Canada mode ls)
This warning/indicator light monitors the indica t or light monito rs the safety systems
Electronic Stabilization Control. (e.g . ai rbags, pretensioners) and illuminates
for a few seconds each time you switch the ig-
If th€ JjJindicator light blinks wh ile driving,
nition on.
the ESCor ASR (Ant i-Slip Regulation) is active-
ly regulating. If the . (USA models)/ . (Canada models)
indicator light does not go out, or if it illumi-
If theDJ indicator light turns on, the system
nates while you are driving, or if it starts to
has sw itched the ESC off. In this case, you can
blink, then there is a malfunction somewhere
switch the ignition off and then on to switch
in the system. If the light does not illuminate
the ESC on again. The indicator light turns off
when you switch the ign ition on, th is also
when the system is functioning fully.
means there is a malfunct ion.
If theII indicator light turns on, ESCwas re·
stricted using the IBOFF ! button~ page 223 . A
"'--
WARNING
Stabilization contr ol (ESC/ABS): Fault! See If you have a malfunction in the safety sys-
own er's manu al tems, contact your a uthorized Audi dea ler
immediately. Otherwise the safety sys-
If th€ J.i)indicator light and the ABS indicator
tems may not work properly in an acc i-
lightml (USA models) ;IIJ (Canada models)
dent.
turn on and the message appears, the ABS or
electronic differential lock is malfunction ing .
This also causes the ESC to malfunct ion . The ¢¢ Turn signals
brakes st ill function with the ir normal power, The indicator light blinks when you use either
but ABS is not act ive. turn signal.
Drive to your authorized Audi dealer or quali-
fied workshop immediately to have the mal·
Whenever you use the left Bor the right Ill
turn signal, the indicator light blinks . When
function corrected.
you use the emergency flashe rs, both indica-
A WARNING
tor lights flash .
If the 1111 (USA models) . (Canada If one of the turn signal light bulbs burn out,
mode ls) brake system ind icator light turns the turn signal will blink twice as fast as nor·
on togethe r with the ABS and ESC indica- mal.
tor lights, the ABS/ESC regulating function This does not apply, however, in towing mode.
may have failed . Functions that stabilize The ind icator light does not flash if a turn sig·
the vehicle are no longer avai lab le. This nal is out on the tra iler or the towing veh icle .
could cause the vehicle to swerve and in· Additional information on the turn signals
crease the risk of sliding. Drive carefully to ~page 63.
the nearest authorized Audi dea ler or oth-
er qua lified workshop and have the mal·
function corrected.
(D Tips
For additional information on ESCand
ABS, refer to c:>page 223.
¢1.~Trailer turn signal assembly - If the warning/indicator light illuminates or

Appl ies to vehicles: with towing hitch blinks contin uously, there is a system fault
in the Adaptive Air Suspension. A system
The indicator light also blinks if the turn sig-
fau lt can result in limited ride comfort and
nal is operated when towing a trailer .
low ground clea rance . Drive safely to the
The indicator light . blinks when the turn nearest authorized Audi dealer or qualified
signal is used, if a trailer has been properly workshop, and have the fault corrected.
connected to the vehicle. - If the warning/indicator light flashes, you
should not drive the vehicle. The flashing
If one of the turn signal bulbs on the trai ler is
warning/indicator light points to an extreme
burned out or defective, the indicator light
High level. A very pronounced lifting of the
will not blink when you use the turn signals.
vehicle (extreme High level) can result, for
examp le, when a heavy load is removed
{!) Tips
from the vehicle. As soon as t he level has re-
For vehicles with a factory installed towing t urned to norma l, the warning/indicator
hitch or a trailer hitch that was installed light stops flashing, and you can drive away.
later according to factory specifications, - If the warning/indicator light flashes in con-
the trailer tu rn signal assembly is actuat- junction with the . warning/indicator
ed. light, you should not drive off immediately
in order to prevent damage to the under-
o Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) body. The two warn ing/ indicator lights
flashing together points to an extreme Low
The Malfunction Ind icator Lamp (MIL) is part
level. A very pronounced lowering of the ve-
of the On-Board Diagnostic (OBDII) system.
hicle (extreme Low level) can result, for ex-
The symbol ¢111ij
light s up when the ignition is
ample, from a heavy load. As soon as the
turned on and will turn off after the engine
level has retu rned to normal, t he warn ing/
has started and has sett led at a constant idle
indicator lights stop flashing, and you can
speed. This indicates that the MILis working
drive away.
properly.
The warning light illuminates when there is a (D Note
malfunction in the engine electronic system . If the warning/ indicator light flas hes in
Contact your authorized Audi dealer and have conjunction with the . warning/ind icator
the malfunction corrected. light, you shou ld not drive the vehicle be-
An improperly closed fuel filler cap may also cause low-lying vehicle parts can bottom
cause the MILlight to illuminate (onl y out as you drive over uneven ground and
vehicles with ga soline eng ine) c:>page 250. be damaged as a result.
For more informat ion c:>page 2 7.

~ Adaptive Air Suspension
Appli es to vehicles: wit h Adaptive Air Suspension
Ci:>Adaptive Air Suspension
Appl ies t o vehicles: with Adapti ve Ai r Suspension This . warn ing/indicator light has the fol-
lowing functions:
This IIwarning/indicator light has the fol-
lowing functions: - It illuminates for a few seconds after the ig-
nition is turned on as function check and
M - It illuminates for a few seconds after the ig- then goes out .
N
0
...J
nition is t urned on as funct ion check and - It comes on for approximately 15 seconds
'SI:
,...., then goes out .
\!) as a warning of reduced ground clearance , if .,,.
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
18 In strum e nt s and w a rn ing /i ndic a t o r light s
the dynamic mode is activated and if the ig- ill Tire pressure monitoring system -
nition is switched on ¢ page 157, Chassis telltale indicator lamp
controls .
The warning/indicator light appears in the
- If the warning/indicator light flashes in con-
event of a significant loss of tire pressure or if
junction with the Ill
warning/indicator
there is a malfunction.
light, you shou ld not drive the vehicle imme-
diately in order to prevent damage to the The ind icator light [IJilluminates to check
underbody . The two warning/indicator the function w hen you switch on the ign ition.
lights flash ing together points to an ex-
If the [IJsymbol remains on or blinks after
treme Low level. A very pronounced lower-
you switch on the ign it ion, there is a loss of
ing of the veh icle (ext reme Low level) can re-
t ire pressure or a system ma lfunction . If there
sult, fo r example, from a heavy load. As
is a system ma lfunction, see your authorized
soon as the level has ret urned to norma l I
Audi dealer as soon as possible.
the warning/indicato r lights stop flashing,
and you can drive away. Detailed informat ion on the tire pressure
monitoring system can be found in
{[) Note c>page 301.
If the warn ing/ indicator light flashes in
conjunction with the Ill
warning/indicator . CRUISE
/''(")Cruise control
light, you should not drive the veh icle be-
cause low- lying vehicle parts can bottom The IR;\l)~il
(USA mode ls) ,fl (Canada mod-
out as you drive over uneven ground and els) warning/indicator light ill uminates when
be damaged as a result. t he cruise control is activated .
ABS/(8 ) Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

~ Safety belts
This warning/indicator light reminds you to This warning/indicator light monitors the ABS
put on your safety belt. and the electronic differential lock (EDL).
The . warning/indicator lig ht ill uminates The ttl1

(USA models) /KO)l (Canada mode ls)
when the ignition is switched on to remind warning/indicator ligh t will come on f or a few
the driver and (on USA models only) any front seconds when the ignition is switched on. The
passenger to put on the safety belt. Add ition- light will go out after an automatic check se-
ally, an acoustic warning (gong) w ill also quence is comp leted .
sound. There is a malfunct ion in the ABS when:
For more Information c>page 173, Safety - The warning/indica t or light does not illum i-
belt warning light. nate when you switch on the ignition.
- The warning/indicator li ght does not go out
~D High beam after a few seconds.
- The warning/indicator light illum inates
The II
warning/indicator light illuminates
while driving.
when the high beams are on or when you use
the headlight flasher. For more informat ion The brake system will still respond even
about using the high beams, see c>page 63. withou t the assistance of th e ABS system .
See your authorized Audi dealer as soon as
possible to restor e full braking performance.
For more information regard ing the ABS
c>page 223 . II>-
The ABS warning light and the brake warn- :l~/(®) Parking brake
ing light come on t ogeth er. The ABS will not
The indicator light monitors the parking
work and you will notice a change in braking
brake.
response and performance.
Ma lf unction in th e brak e system When the parking brake is applied and the ig-
nition is switched on, the . (USA models) /
If the brake warn ing light <=>page19 and • (Canada models) indicator light comes on .
the ABS warning ill uminate together there The ind icator light must go out when the
may be a ma lfunction in the ABS, and there parking brake is released.
may also be a malfunct ion in the brake system
itself <=>
,&..
BRAKE/CC
Dl Brake system
In the event of a malfun ct ion in the brake
The warning/indicator light flashes if brake
system the warning/indicator light 1111 fluid level is low, if there is an ABS system
(USA models) . (Canada models) in the in-
ma/function or a parking brake ma/function.
strument cluster flashes. By pressing the
ICHECKI button, you can br ing up a driver The 1111 (USA models)/ . (Canada models)
message which explains the malfunct ion in light illum inates when the ignition is turned
more deta il. Please note <=>page32. on. It goes out after the engine has been
started . This indicates that the brake warning
Malfunction in t he e lectronic diff ere nti a l
lock ( EDL) light is functioning properly.
The EDLworks together with the ABS. The If the brake warning light does not light up
ABS warning light will come on if there is a when th e engine is cranking, th ere may be a
malfunct ion in the EDL system <=>page 223 . malfunction in the elect rical syst em. In thi s
See your autho rized Audi dealer as soon as case, contact your Audi dealer.
possible. If the brake system warning/indicator light
flashes, there is a brake system ma lfunction .
.&, WARNING - By pressing the I CH ECK i button, you can bring
- If theml (USA models) ;tlJ (Canada up a driver message which expla ins the mal-
models) warning light does not go out, function in more detai l <=>page 32.
or if it comes on while driving, the ABS
If the ABS fai ls, the ABS wa rning/ indicator
system is not working properly. The vehi-
cle can then be stopped only with the
light ml(USA mode ls)/ [§] (Canada models)
flashes together with the brake system warn-
standard brakes (without ABS). You will
ing/indicator light <=> ,&..
not have the protection ABS provides.
Contact your authorized Audi dealer as (USA mode ls): If the warn ing light 1111 and
soon as possible. the warn ing light El illuminate togethe r, im-
- If the1111 (USA models)/ . (Canada med iate ly contact yo ur autho rized Aud i dealer
models) brake system indicator light or qualified workshop to have all brake pads
tu rns on together with the ABS and ESC inspected ¢ page 36.
indicator ligh t s, the ABS/ESCregu lating
When the light comes on, an audible warn ing
f unction may have failed. Functions that
signal is also given.
stabilize the vehicle are no longer availa-
ble. This could cause the vehicle to .&, WARNING
M
swerve and increase the risk of sliding. ~ ~
- If the 1111
N
0 (USA models) . (Canada
...J Drive carefully to the nearest authorized
'SI:
,...., models) brake system indicator light
..,.,
\!) Audi dealer or other qualified workshop
turns on together with the ABS and ESC
,....,
..,., and have the malfunction corrected.
,....,
20 In st rum e nt s a nd w a rn in g/i ndic a t o r light s
indicator lights, the ABS/ESCregu lating

function may have failed. Functions that
stabilize the vehicle are no longer availa-
ble. This could cause the vehicle to
swerve and increase the risk of sliding.
Drive carefu lly to the nearest authorized
Audi dealer or other qualified workshop
and have the malfunction corrected.
- If the brake warning/indicator light does
not go out afte r a few seconds and the
par king brake is released, or light s up
while you are driving, the fluid level in
the brake fluid reservoir is too low. If you
believe that it is safe to do so, proceed
immediately at low speed to the nearest
authorized Audi dealer or qualified repair
facility and have the brake system in-
spected.
- Always keep in mind that after several
brake applicat ions, you will need greater
pressure on the brake pedal to stop your
vehicle. Do not rely on stra ined brakes to
respond with maximum stopp ing power
in crit ical situations. You must allow for
increased bra king distances. The extra
distance used up by fad ing brakes could
lead to an accident.
Dri v er inform a tion di s pl ay 21
Driver information Speed warning system ¢ page28

display Trip computer ¢ page24
Cruise cont rol ¢page 113
Introduction
Adapt ive cruise control* ¢ page 115
General notes Selector lever position ¢ page 139
The driver information display inside the in- Adapt ive Air Suspension * ¢ page 160
strument cluster provides you, the driver, Tire pressure monitoring ¢ page301
with much useful information .
(D Tips
In the event of a malfunction either a red
or yell ow icon appears in the display . Red
symbols indicate Danger ¢ page 31 . Yel-
low symbo ls indicate a Warning
¢ page 34.
Sound system display
Fig. 9 In st rument cluster: cente r display
Info rmation from the Driver I nformation Sys-

tem is shown in the display in the center of
t he instrument cluster .
When you turn on the ignition and while you

are driving, some functions and vehicle com-
ponents are scanned fo r their operating sta-
t us. Malfunc t ions or required service proce-
Fig . 10 Disp lay: sound syste m
dures are signal led audibly and shown by red
and yellow lighted symbols and rem inders to If priority 1 or pr iority 2 faults are not shown
the dr iver in the display. by the Auto Check Control, the name of the ra-
The driver is also shown information about radio station you are tuned to or t he frequency
dio and CD operation and directions for the and the recept ion range are shown in the up-
navigation system . You can f ind additional in- per area of the display.
formation on these subjects in the MMI man- When the CD is in use, the tit le of the track
ual. being played is shown . The number of the CD
The Driver Information System provides the (CDI to CD6) cur rently being played is also
following functions: shown.
Sound system disp lay ¢ page 21

Outside air temperature ¢ page 22
Digital speedometer ¢ page 22
Door open indicator ¢ page 22
M
Defective light bul b ¢ poge23
"'
0 Service inte rval display ¢ page 23
..J
"".
rl
I.O
Auto Check system ¢ page 30
"'
rl Driver information ¢ page 30
"'
rl
22 Dr iver in f ormation d ispl ay
Outside temperature display Digital speedometer
Fig. 11 Display: outside temperature Fig. 12 Display: Digital speedometer
At temperatures below 41 °F (+S °C) a snow- Current speed appears in the disp lay. Speed is
flake symbol appears ahead of the tempera- shown in 1 mph measures (USA models) or 1
ture display . It is intended to remind the driv- km/h measures (Canada models) .
er to pay spec ial attent ion to ice on the road.
You can switch the disp lay from m iles to kilo-
If the vehicle is stationary, or if you are driving meters and vice versa via the MMI.
at a very low speed, the temperature shown in
the display might be slightly higher than the Open door or trunk lid warning
actual outside temperature . This is caused by
the heat being rad iated from the engine . The pictogram alerts you when doors or the
rear lid have been left open .
If you have selected the °C (degrees Celsius)
unit for temperature in the MMI, the outside
temperature display also appears automat i-
cally in °C.
A WARNING
- Never rely excl us ively on the outside
temperatu re d isplay t o determine if a
road surface is icy or not . Keep in mind
that road surfaces, especially bridges Fig. 13 Display: ope n doo r or rea r lid wa rn ing
and overpasses, could be ice covered and
slippery even at an outs ide temperature With the ign it ion sw itched on, the ope n door
above 41 °F (+S °C). or rear lid warning illuminates when at least
- Always remember, even if the "snow- one door or the hood or the trunk lid is not
flake" symbol (ice warn ing) does not ap- closed . The symbol a lso shows you which
pear in the display, black ice could be on doo r(s) o r lid is not closed.
the road.
In the illustration ~ fig . 13 it is the dr iver's
- Always reduce your speed and dr ive with
doo r, the left rear door and the rear lid. As
special care in cold weather conditions
soon as all the doors, the hood, t he rear lid
when the chance of encountering icy
and the f uel filler cap are prope rly closed, the
road s urfaces increases .
door and rear lid warning turns off and the
Driver Information System functions selected
are displayed again.
Defective light bulb warning Service interval display
The defective light bulb warning tells you The service interval display reminds you when
when a vehicle light bulb has become defec- your next service is due .
tive.
Fig. 1 5 Display: Serv ice interva l display

Fig. 14 Display : defective light bu lb warn ing
The schedule for the nex t oi l change or inspec-
The defective light bu lb warning monitors the tion is ca lculated automatica lly and disp layed
function of the light bulbs . If th is symbol S:!I accordingly. The disp lay works in two stages:
illuminates, a brake light, a turn signal (front
Service reminder
or rear), a headlight, the backup light, a fog
light or a rear fog light has failed. 30 days before t he nex t se rvice is due, a serv-
ice reminde r appea rs in the display whe n you
A WARNING turn on the ignition ~fig. 15.
- light bu lbs are pressurized and could ex- After about 5 seconds the display switches
plode while they are being changed caus- back to norma l. The distance and time re-
ing serious personal injury. mai ning are updated each time the ignit ion is
- Work w ith due care when handling the turned on unt il t he da te d ue for se rvice is
high-voltage section of gas discharge reached.
(xenon) lights. Failure to do so could re-
sult in dea t h o r se rious injury. Service due
When the due date fo r se rvice is reached, the

(D Tips mes sage Service due! appears in the instr u-
Have the bulb replaced or the connection ment cluster immed iate ly after yo u tur n on
repa ired by you r autho rized Audi Service the ignit ion. Addit iona lly, a warning tone
department. sounds. After about 5 seconds the disp lay
switches back to normal.
Calling up the service schedules
If or w hen an oil change or inspection is due,

can be shown in the MMI display by selecting
the service int erval d isplay in the car menu .
Se lect ICAR Ifunct io n button > System s* con -
trol button > Service inte rval display or ICAR !
function button > Car system s* contro l but -
M
ton > Servicing & checks > Service int ervals. ..,_
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
24 Dr iv er information display
Resetting the service interval display Trip computer

Your author ized Audi dealer w ill reset the cor-
Introduction
responding service schedule after performing
the appropriate service on your vehicle. You The trip computer gives you information on
also have the possibility to reset the oil current and average fuel mileage, average
change schedule after having performed an speed, fuel range and driving time .
oil change according to Audi specifications.
Select ICAR Ifunction button > Systems* con-
trol button > Service interval display > Reset
oil change interval or ICARI function button>
Car systems* control button > Servicing &
checks > Service intervals > Reset oil change
interval.
(D Note
- Only reset the oil change display when Fig. 16 Trip computer d isplay: Average fue l mil eage
you have completed an oil change.
- If you disconnect the battery term inals, The following dr iving informa t ion is conti nu-
no calculations can be made for the serv- ous ly evaluated by the trip computer and can
ice interval display during this time and be displayed sequentially in the instrument
no service reminder wi ll appear. Remem- cluster disp lay.
ber that observing the proper service in- Fuel range
terva ls is vitally important to extending
the life of your vehicle, particularlythe The est imated cruis ing range in miles (km)
engine, and maintaining its value. Do not appea rs in the display. This tells you how far
exceed the time interval for the next your vehicle will be able to travel on the cur-
service, even if the vehicle mileage is rent tank of fuel and with the same driving
low . style. The display changes in increments of
Smiles (10 km).
(D Tips The cruising range is calculated based on the
The informat ion in the Service Reminder fuel consumption for the last 18 miles
remains stored even when the vehicle bat- (30 km). If you drive conservative ly, the cruis-
tery is disconnected . ing range w ill increase.
Average fuel mileage

The average fuel economy in MPG (l/100 km)
since you last cleared the memory appears in
this disp lay. You can use this display to adjust
your driving technique to achieve a desired
mileage.
Current fuel mileage

The instantaneous f uel consumption in miles
per gallon (l/100 km) is shown in this display.
You can use this display to adjust your driving
technique to achieve a desired m ileage. 1111>
Driver information display 25
Fue l consumption is reca lculated at interva ls ¢ fig. 17. The data from the single-trip mem-
of 33 yards (30 meters). When the vehicle is ory (memory level 1) is being displayed if a D
stationary, the most recent fue l consumption appears in the display . If a fJ is shown, then
is displayed . the data from the total-trip memory is being
displayed (memory level 2). The fuel pump
Average speed
nozzle iii indicates the efficiency program*
The average speed in mph (km/h) since the ¢ page 26.
last time the disp lay was reset appears in the
Single-trip memory (Trip computer 1)
display .
The single-trip memory stores the trip infor-
Elapsed time
mation from the time the ignition is turned on
The length of time that you have been driving until it is turned off. If the trip is continued
since you last reset the memory appears in within 2 hours from the time the ignition was
this display. turned off, the new data will be included in
the calculat ion of the current trip informa-
Distance
tion. If the trip is interrupted for more than 2
The distance that has been covered since the hours the memory is reset automatically.
last time the memory was cleared appears in
Total-trip memory (Trip computer 2)
the disp lay.
Unlike the single -trip memory, the total -trip
(D Tips memory is not reset automat ical ly. This per-
- Fuel consumptions (ave rage and cur- mits you to evaluate yo ur driving data for the
rent), range and speed are displayed in entire period between manua l resets.
metric units on Canadian models.
Efficiency program*
-All stored values will be lost if the veh i-
cle battery is disconnected . The efficiency program can help you to use
less fuel ¢ page 26.
Memories
Operation
The trip computer is equipped with two fully
automatic memories as well as an efficiency The trip computer is controlled by two
program". switches on the windshield wiper lever.
Fig. 17 Trip computer display: memo ry level 1 Fig. 18 Windsh ield wiper lever : contro ls for the trip
computer
You can switch between the trip computer 1

Operating
and 2 and the efficiency program* by pressing
M
"'
0
the ! RESET I button @ ¢ page 25, fig. 18. .,.To display the trip computer memory levels,
press the IRESET ! button ® ¢ fig . 18 re-
..J
"".
rl You can tell which memo ry level is cur rently
I.O peatedly until the desired memory level is
"'
rl active by the number or the sign in the display
shown in the display . Ill>
"'
rl
26 Dr iv er in f ormation d is play
• To display tri p information within a memory pieces of driver information is turned Off, that
level, press the top or bottom part of the driver information will not be shown in the
function selection switch @. display. The information will cont inue to be
calculated by the tr ip comp uter and can be
The t rip computer will not operate unless the
turned back On at any time.
ignition is on. When you turn on the ignition,
the function that was in use when you last
turned the ignition off will be disp layed.
(j) Tips
- This function is not available on all
In addit ion to informat ion abo ut t he trip com- vehicles.
puter (trip computer 1, 2 and the efficiency - The driving information in the efficiency
program*), information about other systems program * is also reset to zero with the
can also be shown in the display. To switch the single-trip memory.
display between the different information,
tap the IRESET! button @ briefly.
Efficiency program
Resetting values to zero
Description
• Select a value in the desired trip computer Applies to vehicles: w ith efficiency program
or in the efficiency program* .
• Press and hold the IRESET I button @ for at
least one second. All values in the selected
trip computer or in the efficiency program*
are reset to zero.
If the data in trip compute r 1 are deleted,
then the values in the efficiency program* will
also be reset.
With some vehicle equipment levels, the val- Fig. 1 9 Displ ay: eff iciency prog ram
ues for the single trip or total tr ip memory
can also be reset in the MMIc::;,page 26. • Press the IRESET! button @ c::;,page 25,
fig . 18 repeatedly unt il the efficiency pro-
@ Tips gram appears in the display.
All stored values will be lost if the vehicle The efficiency program can help you to use
battery is disconnected. less fuel. It evaluates driving information in
reference to fuel consumption and shows oth-
MMI settings er equipm ent influencing consumption . Fuel
Basic settings for the trip computer con be
economy messages c::;,page 27 provide t ips
mode in the MMI. for efficient driving.
The efficiency program uses distance and con-
• Select : ICAR!funct ion but t on> Systems*
sumption data from trip computer 1. If t he
control button > In strument cluster > On-
data are deleted in t he efficiency program,
board computer 1 or On-board computer 2.
t hose values are also rese t in tr ip compute r 1.
The values in the single-trip or the to t al-tr ip
memory can all be reset to zero at t he same
time under Reset in the menu.
In addit ion, you can det ermine what informa-
tion from t he trip computer shou ld be shown
in the instrument cluster display. If one of the
Other equipment program . The fue l economy messages t urn off

Applies to vehicles: with efficiency program automatica lly after a certain period of time .
• To tu rn a fuel economy message off immedi-
ately after it appears, press the I RESE T I but-
ton ¢ page 25 , fig. 18 @ , or
• Press the function selection switch
r::!) page 2 5, fig . 18 @.
{I) Tips
- Once you have turned a fuel economy
Fig. 20 Display : ot her equipment
message off, it will only appear again af-
ter you turn the ignition on again.
• In the efficiency program, press the function - The fuel economy messages are not dis-
select ion switch q page 25 , fig. 18 @ re- played in every instance, but rather in in-
peatedly until the other equipment appears tervals over a period of time.
in the display.
On-Board Diagnostic
Other equipment that is currently affecting
fuel consumption is list ed in t he efficiency system (OBD)
program . The display shows up to three other Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
items of equipment @ . The equipment using
the most fuel is listed first. If more than three The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)¢..ij in
items using fue l are switched on, the equ ip- the instrument cluster¢ page 14, fig . 8 is
ment that is currently using the mos t fuel is part of the On-Board Diagnost ic (OBDII) sys-
disp layed. tem .
A scale @ also shows the current total con- The warning/ind icator light illuminates when
sumpt ion of all other equ ipment . the ignition is switched on and goes out after
the engine star t s and the idle has stabilized.
Fuel economy messages This indicates that the MIL is working prope r-
Applies to vehicles: with efficiency program ly.
If the light does not go out after the engine
~
-
.:, is started , or illuminates while you are driv-
ing, a malfunction may exist in the engine sys-
tem . If the light illuminates, the catalytic con-
verter could be damaged .
Cont inue driving with reduced powe r (avoid-
ing sustained high speeds and/or rapid accel-
erations) and have the cond ition corrected .
Contact your authorized Audi dea ler.
Fig. 2 1 Display: fuel economy messa ge
If the light illuminates, t he elect ronic speed
Fuel economy messages are displayed when limiter may also be malfunctioning . For more
fuel consumption is increased by certain con- information ¢ page 28, Electronic speed
M ditions . If you follow these fuel economy mes- limiter.
"'
0 sages, you can reduce your vehicle's consump-
..J
"". An improperly closed fuel filler cap may also
rl tion of fuel. The messages appear automati -
I.O
cally and are only displayed in the efficiency cause th e MILlight to illum inat e (only
"'
rl
ve hicles with gas oline engi ne) ¢ page 250 .
"'
rl
28 Dr ive r information d is play
On-Board Diagnostics Electronic speed

limiter
Your vehicle may be factory equipped w ith
t ires that are rated for a maximum speed of
130 mph (210 km/h) . This is less than the
maximum speed of your vehicle . To reduce the
risk of sudden tire fa ilure a nd loss of contro l if
the vehicle is operated at excessive speeds,
your vehicle also has an e lect ronic speed limit-
Fig. 22 Location of Data Link Connector (DLC) er . The e lectronic speed limiter prevents your
vehicle from going faster than the tire speed
On-Board Diagnostics monitors the compo- rating . For more information c::> page 291.
nents of your emission control system. Each
If the engine control unit receives fa ulty vehi-
monitored component in your engine system
cle roadspeed signals, the Malfunction Indica -
has been assigned a code . In case of a mal-
tor Lamp (MIL) ¢4 will illuminate . If this oc-
function, the component will be ident ified
curs, contact the nearest authorized Audi
and the fault stored as a code in the control
dealer for assistance.
module memory .
The MIL light may also illuminate if there is a

-
A WARNING
-
leak in the on-board fue l vapor recovery sys- Always observe the posted speed limits
tem. If the light illuminates after a refuelling , and adjust your speed to suit prevailing
stop the veh icle and make sure the fuel filler road, traffic and weather cond itions . Never
cap is proper ly closed (on ly vehicles with gaso- drive your vehicle faster than the maxi-
line engine) c::>
page 250. mum speed rating of the tires installed.
In o rder to make an accurate d iagnosis, t he
stored data can only be displayed using spe- Speed warning system
cial diagnostic equipment (generic scan tool
Overview
for OBD).
The speed warning system helps you to keep
In o rder to connect the special diagnostic
your driving speed below a set speed limit.
equipment, push the plug into the Data Link
Connector (DLC). The DLCis located to the The speed warn ing system warns the driver if
right of the hood release c::>fig . 22. he exceeds a previo usly stored maximum
Your author ized Audi dealer or qualified work- speed . A warning tone will so und as soon as
shop can interpret the code and perform the the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed by
necessary repai r. about 3 mph (3 km/h). At the same time, a
warning symbol appears in the display.
A WARNING The speed warning system has two warning
Do not use the diagnostic connector for thresholds that function independently of
personal use. Incorrect usage can cause each other and that have somewhat different
ma lfunctions, which can increase the risk purposes:
of a collis ion!
Speed warning 1
You can use speed warning 1 to set the maxi-
mum speed while you are driving. This setting "'
will remain in effect until you turn off the igni- Speed warning 1: setting a speed limit
tion, assum ing that you have not changed or
reset the setting.
Warning threshold 1 is set by the ICH ECKi
button .
The speed warning symbol . (USA models)/
• (Canada models) in the warning 1 display
appears when you exceed the maximum
speed . It goes out when the speed falls below
the stored maximum speed.
The speed warning symbo l will also go out if
the speed exceeds the stored maximum speed
by more than about 25 mph (40 km/h) for at
least 10 seconds. The stored maximum speed
is deleted . Fig. 23 CHECKbutton in the instr um ent clust er
Setting speed warning 1 <=;>

page 29 . Storing the maximum speed
Speed warn ing 2 .,. Drive at the desired maximum speed .
.,.Briefly press t he ICHECK Ibut t on c::>fig. 23.
Storing warn ing 2 is recommended if you al-
ways want to be reminded of a certa in speed , Resetting the maximum speed
for example when you a re traveling in a coun-
.,.Drive the veh icle at a speed of at least
try that has a general maximum speed limit,
3 mph (5 km/h)
or if you do not want to exceed a specified
.,.Press the ICHECK ! button for more than 2
speed for winter tires .
seconds.
The speed warning 2 symbol, . (USA mod -
els)/ . (Canada models) appears in the dis- The speed warn ing symbol . (USA models)/
play when you exceed the stored speed limit. • (Canada mode ls) will appear briefly in the
Unlike warning 1, it will not go out unti l the display when you release the !CH E CK I button
vehicle speed drops below the stored speed to indicate t hat the maximum speed has been
limit. stored successf ully.
Setting speed warning 2 r:!;>page 29 . The maximum speed rema ins stored until it is
changed by pressing the !CH ECK Ibutton again
@ Tips briefly or until it is deleted by a lengthy push
on the bu t ton.
Even though your vehicle is equipped with
a speed warning system, you should sti ll
watch the speedometer to make sure you Speed warning 2: setting a speed limit
are not driving faster than the speed lim it. Warning threshold 2 is set, changed and de-
leted in the MMI.
.,.Select: ICAR I function button > System s*

cont rol button > In strum ent clust er >
Speed warning . Or
.,.Select: ! CAR I func t ion button > Car syst em s*
cont ro l butto n > Driver assist > Speed w arn-
M ing .
"'
0
..J
"". Warning t hreshold 2 can be set in the speed
rl
I.O
"' range starting from 20 mph to 150 mph ..,.
rl
"'
rl
30 Dr iver in f ormation d ispl ay
(30 km/h to 240 km/h) . Settings can each be Driver information messages
adj usted in intervals of S mph (10 km/h) .
Driverinformation messages are shown in the
instrument cluster display in addition to the
Auto Check Control red and yellow symbols .
Introduction
The Auto-Check control monitors the function

of certai n veh icle featu res and components . It
simply makes sure these features and compo-
nents are work ing proper ly. The Auto -Check
contro l wo rks as long as the ignition is on, as
well as whenever the vehicle is driven.
If a componen t is ma lfunctioning or if t he
need for an urgent repair has been detected, Fig. 24 Ins tr ume nt clust e r: CHECKbutto n
this will appear in the instrument cluster dis-
play. You will a lso hear an audible warn ing For example, if the transmiss ion selec to r lever
tone . The displays are color coded in either is not in the P position when the engine is
red or yellow depending on their level of prior- turned off, the following message appears :
ity. Shift to P otherwi se vehicle can roll away.
A red symbo l means Danger, a ye llow symbo l Doors do not lock if you are not in P.
indic ates Warning . In certain s ituations, in- The ig nition key can only be removed with the
formation message for the dr iver appear in selector in this position . This and other mes-
addit ion to the red and yellow symbols. sages are bro ugh t up if a func t ion cannot be
carr ied out.
Function te st : automat ic transmi ssion
The Auto -Check Control will automat ica lly Driver messages and red symbols
perform a test each time you switch on the ig- If a red symbol appea rs in the display, a d river
nition. With the selector lever in P or N, the message can be shown by pressing the
following message appears in the display : ICH ECK Ibutton.
When station ary apply brake pedal while se- For example, the symbo l for a problem w ith
lecting gear engine oil pressure . appears in the d isp lay.
When you select a different gear (for exam - If you then press the ICHECK Ibutton , the fol-
ple : R, D, etc.), the message will d isappear lowing dr iver mess age appears in the display:
and the Auto-Check function is d isplayed . Switch off engine ! Oil pressure too low
If the re is a m alf unction, t hen the m alfunc- The driver message in the display goes out af-
tion message w ill appear about 15 seconds af - ter about 5 seconds . The driver message can
ter the you start t he vehicle. At t he same time be displayed again by briefly press ing the
you will hear a warning tone . ICH ECKi button.
Driver messages and yellow symbol s
If a yellow symbol appears in the display, a
driver message is also displayed automatical-
~ ~
Driver information display 31
For example, the symbol II

appears in the Engine o il pressure too low
display, indicating low windshield washer flu- ¢p age 33
id level. The fo llow ing message also appears:
Refill Ad Blue*
Please refill washer fluid ¢page 252
The driver message disappears after a few AdBlue malfunct ion*

seconds. The driver message can be d isp layed c!>page252
again by briefly pressing the !CHECK I button. Faulty steering
c!>page33
Red symbols Faulty ignition switch
¢page 33
@ Tips
- If the warning/indicator light 11111
(USA
models)/ . (Cana da models) in the in-
strument cluste r flashes, there is a brake
system malfunction. By pressing the
!CHECK Ibutton, you can bring up a driver
message which exp lains the malfunction
Fig. 25 Display: engine coolant level warning (priority in more detail. Please note ¢ page 32.
1)
- Speed warnings threshold 1 . (USA
With a priority 1 malfunction, a large symbol mode ls)/ . (Canada models) and
appears in the center area of the display threshold 2 . (USA models) . (Cana-
¢ fig . 25 . Wh en the symbo l appears, three
da models) are also shown as red sym-
warning tones sound in succession. The symbols. The warning is always shown as a
bol continues to blink until the malfunct ion small symbol in the uppe r area of the
has been repaired. display c!>page 28.
If there are more than one priority 1 ma lfunc-

0 Alternator malfunction
tions, the symbols appear one after the other
for about 2 seconds. If the . symbol in the instrument pane l dis-
play flashes, then there is a malfunction in the
An additional driver message can also be dis-
alternator o r the vehicle elect ronics. A warn-
played by briefly pressing the ICHECK ! button .
ing to the driver will appear, too . The driver
The red symbols mean: warning goes out after about 5 seconds, but it
can be brought up at any time by pressing the
Alternator malfunct ion
ICHECK I button aga in.
¢page31
USA models: Brake system Usually, you can still drive to the next deale r-
malfunction ship . Turn off a ll but the most necessary elec-
¢page32 trical consumers, since these drain the vehi-
cle's battery.
Canada models: Brake sys-
tem malfunction
([) Note
¢pa ge32
M If the . wa rning symbo l (coolant system
N Engine coolant level too
0 malfunction) also lights up on the instru-
...J
'SI: low/engine coolant temper-
,...., ment panel during the trip¢ page 32,
\!) ature too high
1.1"1
,....,
then you have to stop immediately and ..,_
1.1"1
¢ page32
,....,
turn off the eng ine. The coolant pump is swerve and increase the risk of sliding.
not working anymore - danger of damage Drivecarefully to the nea rest authorized
to the eng ine ! Audi dealer or other qualified workshop
and have the ma lfu nction corrected .
BRAKE/(©)
Brake system malfunction
A malfunction in the brake system must be -L Engine cooling system malfunction

repaired as soon as possible. A malfunction in the engine cooling system
If the warning/indicator light 1111 (USA must be repaired as soon as possible.
models);II (Canada mode ls) in the instru - When the . symbo l in the disp lay blinks,
ment cluster flashes, there is a brake system then either the engine coolant temperature is
malfunction . Bypressing the I CHECK ! button, too high, or the coolant level is too low. An
you can bring up a driver message which ex- additional driver message can also be dis-
plains the ma lfu nction in more detail. played by pressing the ICHECK I button:
Stop veh icle and check brake fluid level Switch off engine and check coolant level
• Pull off the road. • Pull off t he road .
• Stop the vehicle. • Stop the vehicle.
• Turnoff the engine. • Turnoff the engine.
• Check the brake fluid level¢ page 265. • Check coolant level ¢ page 263.
• Contact your nearest authorized Audi dealer • Add coolant if necessary ¢ page 264.
or qualified workshop if necessary . • Continue driving only after t he engine cool-
Warning! Fault in brake system. Contact ant warning/ind icat or light goes out.
workshop • Contactyour authorized Audi dealer for as-
sist ance if necessa ry.
• Drive carefu lly to the nearest authorized
Audi dealer or qualified workshop and have If the engine coolant level is correct, then the
the malfunction corrected ¢ & . radiator fan may be the cause of the malfunc-
t ion.
If t he ABSsystem malfunctions, the ABS
warn ing/ indicato r light illuminates together If the . warning symbol (alternator mal-
wit h the brake system malfunction warning/ funct ion) also lights up on the inst rument
indicato r light ¢ & . panel ¢ page 31, then the fa n be lt may be
damaged .
A WARNING
A WARNING
- Always obse rve the warnings in -
¢ page 256, before opening t he hood - If your vehicle should break down for
and checking t he brake fluid. mechanical or other reasons, par k at a
- Driving with low brake fluid is a safety safe dist ance from moving t raffic, tur n
hazard. Stop the car and get profession al off the engine and tu rn on the haza rd
assistance . warning lights¢ page 63, Emergency
- If the1111 (USA models)/. (Canad a flasher .
mode ls) brake system indicat or light - Never open the hood if you see or hear
t urns on together with the ABS and ESC steam or coolant escaping from the en-
indicator lights, the ABS/ESC reg ulating gine compartment - you risk being scald-
function may have failed . Functions that ed . Wait unt il you can no longer see or
stabilize the vehicle are no longer availa- hear steam or coolant escap ing.
ble. This could cause the vehicle to
Dri v er information di s pla y 33
- The e ngine com partment of any ve hicle (D Tips

is a dangerous area. Before you perform
- The engine oil pressure symbol. is
any work in the engine compartment,
not an indicator for a low engine oil lev-
turn of the eng ine and allow it to cool.
el. Do not rely on it. Instead, check the
Follow the wa rning stickers~ page 256.
oil level in your engine at regular inter-
vals, preferably each time you refuel,
(D Note
and always before going on a long trip.
Do not contin ue driving if the . symbo l - The yellow oil level warning indication
illuminates. There is a ma lfunct ion in the l!Irequires oil refill or workshop serv-
eng ine cooling system - you cou ld damage ice without delay . Do not wait until the
your engine. red oil pressure warning. start s to
flash before you respond to the low oil
9=:7-:Engine oil pressure malfunction level warning m. By then, your engine
may already have suffered s erious dam-
The red engine oil pressure warning symbol
age.
requires immediate service or repair. Driving
with a low-oil-pressure indication is likely to
inflict severe damage to the engin e. i Steering malfunction
If the . symbol appears in the display and If there is a malfunction in the ele ctronic
blinks, the oil pressure is too low. An addition- steering column lock, the steering cannot be
a l dr iver message can also be d isp layed by unlocked .
press ing t he ICH ECKi button: If t he . sym bo l in t he d isplay b links, there is
Switch off engine I Oil pressure too low a mal func ti on in the ele ct ronic st eer ing col -
umn lock. An additional drive r message can
Immediate action s also be displayed by pressing the ICHECK ! but-
~ Pull off the road. ton:
~ Stop the vehicle.
Do not drive vehicle: steering defective
~ Turnoff the engine.
~ Check the engine oil level with the dipstick ~ Contact your nea rest autho rized Audi dea ler
page 260.
i=> or qualifie d wo rkshop.
~ Do not tow your vehicle.
Dipstick reading s checks too low
~ Top off oil to the proper leve l ~ page 261.
=
A WARNING
-
~ Make sure that the oil pressure warning Your ve hicle must not be towed in t he
symbol . appears no longer in the display event of a malfunction in the electro nic
before you start driving aga in. steering column lock beca use it cannot be
steered d ue to the loc ked steering. If it is
Dipstick reading checks OK
t owed with the steer ing locked, there is
~ If the o il pressure warning symbol . starts the risk of an accident .
flashing again even though the engi ne oil
level checks OK on the d ipst ick, do not con-
~ Ignition lock malfunction
tinue driving and do not let the engine run
in idle. Instead , contact your authorized A malfunction in the ignition lock must be re-
M Audi dealer for assistance. paired immedia tely.
N
0
...J
'SI:
,...., If the . symbol in t he display blinks, there is
\!)
1.1"1 a mal function in the electronic ign it ion lock. ..,_
,....,
1.1"1
,....,
An additional driver message can also be dis - Convenience key*

played by pressing the !CHECK I button: Key not in vehicle
Ignit ion lock defect ive. Conta ct workshop ! ¢ page 110
USA models: Defect ive
.. Do not turn the eng ine off .
brake light
.. Drive immed iate ly to an authorized Audi
¢ page 23
dealer to have the ma lfunction co rrected .
Canada model s: Defective
If there is a malfunction in the electronic igni- brake light
tion lock, the ign ition cannot be turned off . ¢ page 23
Drive immediately to an authorized Audi dea l- Defect ive light bulb
e r to have the cause of the ma lfunction co r- ¢ page 23
rected.
Light/ra in sensor defective
On vehicles w ith Convenience key*, the engine ¢ page35
should not be sw itched off using the !STOP !
Windsh ield washer fluid lev-
button because the eng ine cannot be started
el low
aga in after the ignition is switched off.
¢ page35
Low fue l level
Yellow symbols ¢ page 35
Refill Ad Blue *
¢ page 252
AdBlue malfunct ion*
¢ page252
Battery vo ltage
¢ page35
Worn brake pads
¢ page36
Fig. 26 Display: low fuel level warning (priority 2)
Dynamic headlight range
When a yel low warning symbol appears, one control defective
warn ing tone sounds . A dr iver message ap- ¢ page36
pea rs as well to explain the malfunc t ion in Check engine oil level
mo re deta il. The driver warning goes out after ¢ page 36
about 5 seconds, but it can be brought up Engine oil sensor malf unc-
again at any time by pressing the ICHECK Ibut - tion
ton . ¢ page 36
Chec k t he displayed funct ion as soon as poss i- Engine speed limitation*
ble . If more than one pr iority 2 malfunction is ¢ page36
detected, all symbo ls wi ll appea r one after Diesel particulate filter*
the other for about 2 seconds. clogged
Yellow symbols mean: ¢ page36
Adaptive light * defective
¢ poge37
Ign ition lock ma lfunction
¢ page 37
Windshield wiper defective O Windshield washer fluid level too low

¢ page37
lfflPlease refill washer fluid
Tire pressure monitoring
system If the symbol illuminates, add windshie ld
Loss of air pressure washe r fluid to the washer system and also to
¢ page302 the headlight washer system ¢ page 270 .
Tire pressure monitoring
system BuFuel supply too low
System not availab le
¢page302
D Please refuel
Battery in remote contro l When this symbol llD illuminates for t he first
key time, the fuel reserve in your vehicle is still
¢ page39 betwee n 2 .6 and 3 .2 ga llons (10- 12 liters).
Refuel as soo n as poss ible ¢ page 250.
Automatic transmission
malfunct ion If the symbol lights up, even when there is
¢ page 143 amp le fue l in the tank, and the text Tank sys-
tem malfun ction ! Contact workshop appears
in the disp lay, t here is a fault in the system .
-7eKey not in vehicle
Applies to vehicles: with Convenience key
Cont act a qua lified workshop t o have t he fault
rect ified.
!I Key not in vehicle
This reminder appea rs along with the !!I sym- 0 Battery voltage
bol if the maste r key is removed from the ve-
If the batte ry's state of charge is not in the
hicle with the engine running . It is intended
optimal range, the (•) symbol is shown in the
to remind you (e.g . when changing drivers)
display and the driver message Low battery
not to continue the journey without the mas-
charge: battery will be charged while driving
ter key.
appears .
If the master key is no longer in the vehicle,
While th is driver notification is disp layed, you
you cannot switch off the ignition after stop-
have to be prepared for limited starting capa-
ping the engine and you also cannot start the
bility.
engine again. What is more, you cannot lock
the vehicle from the outside. Driver message appear s and goes out
again
~ o Light/rain sensor defective If this driver message appears after the igni-
tion is turned on or while driving and it goes
II Automatic headlights / autom atic wipers out again after a while, the battery has been
defective
adequately recharged .
If the symbo l illuminates, the light sensor has
fa iled. For safety reasons the low beams are Driver message appears and does not go
out again
turned on permanently with the switch in AU-
TO. Howeve~youcancontinuetoturnthe If this driver notification appears after the ig-
lights on and off using the light switch . In the nition is t urned on or while driving and does
M
case of a defe ct in the rain senso r, the wind- not go out again, the batte ry's state of charge
N
0 sh ield wiper lever functions are st ill available . is not in the opt imal range. St arting capab ility
...J
'SI:
,...., Have the light/ra in sensor checked as soon as is restr icted. Have the batt ery checked by an
\!)
1.1'1 possible by an autho rized Audi dea ler. authorized Audi dea ler as soon as possible.
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
(0 ) Worn brake pads oil level each time you refue l just to be on the
safe side ¢ page 260 .
rlJBrake pads !
If the warn ing light illum inates, immediately !?'\ Engine speed limitation
contact your authorized Audi dealer or quali- Applies to vehicles: wit h engine speed limitatio n
fied workshop to have all brake pads inspect-
(PlDo not exceed max. engine speed of
ed. On USA models the wa rning light rlJ XXXX rpm
comes on together wit h the warn ing ligh t
1111
- Both sets of brake pads on an axle The (Plsymbol illuminates when there is an
must always be replaced at the same time . engine contro l malfunction. The indicator
light GB
in the instrument cluster also illumi-
A WARNING
-
nates. The engine speed is limited to t he
Driving with bad brakes can cause a colli- speed displayed in t he driver informa t ion sys-
sion and serious personal injury . tem . Keep in mind that the engine speed w ill
- If the warning light rlJ
and the warning not exceed the value d isplayed in the dr iver in-
light 1111
1) with the message Brake format ion system, for example when down-
pads! comes on in the instr ument cluster shifting.
display, immediately contact your au- Please go to an author ized Audi dealer or oth -
thorized Aud i dealer or qualified work- er qualified workshop to have the malfunct ion
shop to have all brake pads checked or repaired.
replaced if necessary .
~ Diesel particulate filter clogged
~(]) Headlight range control Applies to vehicles: with diese l eng ine a nd diese l par t icu-
late filter
El Headlight range control defective !
II Particulate filt er See owner's manua l
If the symbol illuminates, the dynamic head-
When the II symbol illuminates, you can a l-
light range control is no longer working prop -
ter your driving style to ass ist the filter sel f-
erly . Have the system checked and repaired at
cleaning process . Drive for approximately 15
your author ized Audi dealer.
minutes with the selector lever in the S posi -
t ion at a m inimum speed of 37 mph (60 km/
'I=?;, Engine oil level
h) and an eng ine speed of approximately
Ill Please check oil level 2,000 RPM. The temperat ure increase that
will res ult from this can burn off the soo t in
When the symbol illuminates, check the en- the filter . The symbol will switch off when the
g ine o il level as soon as poss ible ¢ page 260 . cleaning is successful. After a successful
Top off the oil at you r earliest oppo rtunity cleaning, there is no need to bring the car to
~ page 261. an authori zed dea ler or qualified workshop
because th is is part of normal vehicle opera-
't'.:r.., Engine oil sensor defective t ion .
• Oil level ! Sensor defective If the symbol II

does not switch off, see your
authori zed dea ler or other qualified workshop
If the symbol illuminates, contact your au-
to have the problem corrected.
thor ized Audi dealer and have t he oil sensor
inspected. Unt il you have th is done, check the For more information on the diesel particu-
late fi lter, refer to ¢ page 231 .
l) - : USA mod e ls only

A WARNING
Always adapt your speed to the current
weather, road and traffic condit ions. You
should never disobey traffic laws in order
to follow driv ing recommendations.
~O Adaptive light defective

Appl ies to vehicles: wit h adapt ive l ight
miladapt ive light defective

When th is symbol mil illum inates, it means
that adaptive light is defective . Go to an au -
thor ized dealersh ip to have the headl ights or
the cont rol unit fo r the adapt ive light re-
pa ired .
~ Ignition lock malfunction
If the m symbol in the display comes on,

there is a malfunction in the electronic igni -
tion lock. An additional driver message can be
disp layed by pressing the !CHECK I button :
Igniti on lock defect ive

~ Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or quali-
fied workshop at you r earliest convenience
to have the malfunction cor rected.
~ Windsh ield wipers faulty
mWindshie ld wiper defective

When th is symbo l millum inates, it means
that the e lectronics fo r the w indshie ld w ipers
a re defe ct ive. Please go to an autho rized Aud i
dealer or qualified workshop to have the
windshie ld wiper system repair ed.
M
N
0
..J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1"1
,....,
1.1"1
,....,
38 Opening and c losing
Opening and closing stored on your master key. Your Audi Service
Advisor can read out these data and tell you
Keys about work that is needed on your vehicle .
This also app lies to vehicles w ith Convenience
Key set
key*.
A
- WARNING
-
- Do not leave your vehicle unattended
with the key in the ignition lock. Entry by
unauthorized persons could endanger
you or result in theft or damage the vehi-
cle. Always lock all doors and take the
key.
- Do not leave children unattended in th e
Fig. 27 Key set
veh icle, especially with access to vehicle
@ Master key with remote control keys. Unguarded access to the keys pro-
vides children the opportun ity to start
You can centrally lock and unlock your vehicle
the engine and/or activate vehicle sys-
and start the engine with the master key with
tems such as the power windows etc. Un-
remote control.
supervised operation of any vehicle sys-
@ Valet key tem by children can result in serious in-
Jury.
The valet key only fits the lock in the driver's
door and the ignition lock . If you have to leave
the key with somebody else, you are well-ad-
(D Tips
vised to turn over the valet key only - If you open the driver's door with the key
¢ page 41. left in the ignition lock, a chime w ill
sound. This is your reminder to remove
© Emergency key the key and lock the door .
The emergency key is only for temporary use if - For security reasons, replacement keys
the vehicle key should be lost or misplaced are only ava ilable from Audi dealers.
¢ .&..
Master key with remote control
Key replacement
The remote control allows you to lock or un-
If you lose a key, contact your authorized Audi
lock the vehicle electronically .
dealer immediately to have the lost key disa-
bled . Be sure to bring a ll your keys with you.
Registered keys
You can check to find out how many keys have
been registered to your vehicle . Therefore,
when buying a used vehicle, make sure to get
all of the remote keys be long t o it .
Calling up the registered keys ¢ page 12 .

Fig. 28 Fold-up maste r key wit h remo te control
Data in the master key
While you are driving, serv ice and mainte- ., To fold the key ou t and back in place, press
nance relevant data are being continuously t he release button ¢ fig. 28 . .,.
Opening and clo s in g 39
The transmi tt er and battery a re located in the cle , such as mo bile telep hones, televi -
head of the remote control. The receiver is losion broadcast ing stations, etc .
cated inside the vehicle. The maxim um effec - - For Declara t ion of Complia nce to United
tive range depends on several things. Remem- States FCC and I ndu stry Canada regula -
ber, if t he battery is weak, the effective range tio ns¢ page 329.
decrease s.
If you need to replace the remote contro l, or if Check light in the master key
you need to have it repaired, you must see The check light in the m aster key provides in-
your author ized Audi dealer. Only then can formation about different conditions .
you use the key again .
Personalizing the master key

When t he ignit ion is t urned off or when the
veh icle is locked, various conven ience settings
are stored automatically and assigned to the
key that was used . The settings that are as-
signed to the maste r key are recalled auto -
ma ti cally when the veh icle is unl ocked, when
the door is opened o r when th e ignition is
Fig. 29 Check l ight in t he master key
sw itched on .
Sett ings are saved for the following systems : Check light functions in the master key:
- Climate control Vehicle within range of the key

- Central locking If the vehicle is wit hin range of the key, the
-W indows check light comes on br iefly once when a but-
- Ambien ce light ing* ton is pressed .
- Seat memory*
- Steering wheel heat ing* Vehicle outside the range of the key
- Adaptive cruise control* If t he vehicle is ou ts ide the ran ge of the key,
- Audi side ass ist* the check light comes on briefly once and
- Parking system* then shows the status of the vehicle door
locks:
The Remote control key function mus t be ac-
t ivat ed in t he MMI ¢ page 77, so t hat th e - If the ligh t is f las hin g qu ickly, th e vehicle is
set t ings fo r the dr iver's seat (including the no t locke d.
settings for the steering column and exter ior - If the light is f lash ing slow ly, t he vehicle is
mirrors) are saved on the master key through loc ked .
the seat memory when the vehicle is locked,
and a re set automatically when the ve hicle is State of master key battery
u nlocked. If t he chec k light does not come on, t he bat-
te ry is d ead and has to be repla ced . In ad di-
(D Tips tio n, when the batt ery is dea d t he !! symbol
- If the ignition is sw itched on, t he remote appe ar s in t he instr umen t clu ste r displ ay a s
contr ol system is deact ivated. well as t he message:
M - The remote control system can be affec t- Please change key battery
"'
0
ed by other systems operating in the
..J
"". Battery replacement ¢ page 40.
rl
I.O
same frequency range close to the vehi-
"'
rl
"'
rl
40 Openin g and c lo s ing
@ Tips Electronic immobilizer
Please note that the current state of the The immobilizer helps to prevent unauthor-
veh icle door locks can only be recalled with ized use of your vehicle.
the master key that was last used to lock
A computer chip ins ide your key automatically
the vehicle . It is possible that a different
deac t ivate s t he elec t ronic immob ilizer when
state is shown for the door locks on the
you insert the key in the ignition lock, or on
other master key wh ich is not the same as
vehicles with Convenience key*, when the key
that of the vehicle .
is ins ide the veh icle. When you remove the key
from the ignition lock, or on vehicles with
Master key battery replacement Convenience key, when you remove the key
Each master key contains a battery housed from the vehicle, the electronic immobilizer is
under the cover. automatica lly activated once again.
WARNING
Always take the key with you when you
leave the vehicle. The key can disarm the
electronic engine immobilizer and permit
an unauthorized person to start the engine
and enable operation of the vehicle sys-
tems such as power window or Panoramic
slid ing sunroof* leading to ser ious person-
Fig. 30 Master key: opening the cover al injury.
.. Pry apart the base q fig. 30 @ and the cover u) Tips

@ carefully with a coin. - The vehicle cannot be started if an unau-
.. Remove the cover (arrow) . thorized key is used . The vehicle may not
.. Remove the dead battery from the cover. start if another radio device such as a key
.. Install the new battery. Please make certain for another veh icle or a transponder is
that the" +" sign on the battery faces down located on the key ring.
in the cover . Correct polarity is shown on the - For Declaration of Compliance to United
cover. States FCCand Industry Canada reg ula-
.. Place the cover with the new battery on the tions q page 329.
key base and press both parts together.
@ For the sake of the environment

Dispose of dead batteries properly so as
not to po llute the environment.
@ Tips
The replacement battery must be the
same specification as the or iginal.
Opening and closing 41
Valet key function - Central locking function

- Selective un lock feature c:>page 44
The valet key function prevents unauthorized
- Remote control feature c:>page 38
persons from opening the glove compart-
- Convenience key* c:>page 49
ment.
- Anti-theft alarm system c:>page 50
All the doors and the rear lid are locked by the
central locking system when you lock the vehi-
cle. You can set whether generally only the
driver 's door or all doors and the rear lid
should be unlocked when you open the vehicle
in the MMI menu Central locking to suit your
individual desires c:>page 44.
Unlocking the vehicle

Fig. 31 Center conso le: button for valet key funct ion
You can unlock the vehicle from outside either
Activating and deactivating the function by using the remote control or by inserting
.,.Inse rt the master key into the ignition lock and turning the key in the driver's door lock .
When you unlock your vehicle :
and switch on the ignition .
.,.Press the !VALET I button c:>fig. 31 to acti - - The anti-theft alarm system is deactivated
vate I deactivate the function as desired . briefly .
The indicator light in the button ill uminates - The vehicle interior lights illuminate for ap-
when the function is active. proximately 30 seconds.
.,.Remove the master key from the ignition - All turn signal lights will flash twice when
lock . the car is unlocked .
.,.Hand over only the valet key c:>page 38, - After unlocking the vehicle, you have 60 sec-
fig . 27 to the person who will take charge of onds to open a door or the rear lid. After 60
the vehicle. seconds, the vehicle automatically locks and
the anti-theft alarm system activates again.
When the function is switched on, the buttons
for opening the rear lid and glove compart- The rear lid can be locked or unlocked either
ment have no function. The vehicle can be by using the remote control or by inserting
driven and locked and unloc ked w ith the mas- and turning the key in the driver's door lock.
ter key. Unlocking the vehicle with the remote control
will only unlock the rear lid, to open it, the lid
(j) Tips handle needs to be pressed.
Be sure to activate the funct ion befo re
Locking the vehicle
handing over the valet key to someone
else. The valet key only fits the lock in the You can lock the vehicle from outside either by
driver's door and the ignition lock. using the remote control or by inserting and
turning the key in the drivers 's door lock .
When you lock the vehicle:
Power locking system
- All doors and the rear lid are locked.
General description
- All turn signal lights will flash once when
M The power locking system locks or unlocks all the car is locked.
"'
0_, doors and the rear lid simultaneously. - The ant i-theft alarm system is activated.
-<I'. The horn of the anti-theft alarm system wi ll
rl
I.O The power locking system in your vehicle in-
"' sound and the anti-theft alarm system ..,.
rl
corporates the fo ll owing functions:
"'
rl
42 Op e nin g and c lo s ing
readiness light, located in the upper part of

the driver's door panel, will start to blink.
A WARNING
- The vehicle interior lights turn off. - When you lock your vehicle from outside,
nobody- espec ially children - should re-
Unlocking and locking with Conven ience main inside the vehicle. Remember,
key* when you lock the vehicle from the out-
On vehicles which are equipped with the Con- side t he windows cannot be opened from
venience key* authorization system, the the inside.
doors are unlocked without a key by means of - When you leave the vehicle, always re-
a proximity sensor in the door handle. The move the ignition key and take it with
doors are similarly locked without a key using you. This will prevent passengers (chil-
the locking button. Each door has a proximity dren, for example) from accidentally be-
sensor and a locking button . ing locked in the vehicle should they acci-
dentally press the power locking switch
Autom atic locking in the front doors.
The automatic locking feature locks all the ve- - Do not leave children inside the vehicle
hicle doors and the rear lid when you drive unsupervised. In an emergency it would
faster than 9 mph (15 km/h). This function be imposs ible to open the doors from
can be turned on and off in the MMICentral the outside without the key.
locking Menu c:>page 44.
You can unlock the vehicle from the inside by:

(D Tips
- In the event of a crash with airbag de-
- removing the key from the ignit ion switch ployment all locked doors will be auto-
(the vehicle will automat ically unlock itself) matically unlocked to give access to the
or vehicle occupants from the outside.
- pressing the unlock part of the power lock - If the power locking system sho uld mal-
switch @or function, you can lock each door individ-
- pulling the door handle (twice to open the ually using the vehicle key c:>page 45 .
rear doors). - If the power locking system shou ld fa il,
Unintent ionall y locking yourself out you can still open the fuel tank flap in an
emergency c:>page 2 52 .
In the following cases there safeguards to - You are well advised not to keep valua-
prevent you locking your remote master key in bles inside an unattended vehicle, visible
the vehicle: or not. Even a properly locked vehicle
- The vehicle does not lock with the power cannot provide the secur ity of a safe .
locking switch c:>page 44 if the driver's
door is open.
- On vehicles with Convenience key*, if the
most recently used master key is in the lug-
gage compartment, the rear lid is automati-
cally unlocked aga in after it is closed.
Do not lock your vehicle with the remot e mas-
t er key or Convenience key* until all doors
and the rea r lid are closed. In t his way you
avoid locking yourse lf out accidenta lly.
Unlocking and locking the vehicle with

the remote control
@ Tips
- In order to make sure the locking func-
How the remote control works. tion is working, you should a lways keep
your eye on the vehicle to make s ure it is
properly locked.
- Do not use the remote control if you are
inside the car, otherwise you may unin-
tentionally lock the vehicle, and then you
would set off the anti-theft alarm when
you try to start the eng ine or open a
door . In case this happens anyhow, push
the unlock button@ .
Fig. 32 Remot e contr ol : fun ctio n but t ons - Use the pan ic function on ly if you are in
an emergency s ituation.
Either the driver 's door only or the entire vehi-
cle will un lock when the unlock button @ is
Operating locks with the key
pressed once, depending on the settings in
the MMI Central locking menu ¢ page 44 . To lock and unlock the vehicle from the out-
side, turn the key in the lock of the driver's
To unlock the vehicle CD
door .
.. Press button @ .
N
.. Press button @ two times within two sec - N
N
:;
onds to unlock all doors and the rear lid . ~
To lock the vehicle 5'.l

.. Press button @ ¢ A in General description
on page 42 .
.. Watch that all turn signal lights flash once .
To unlock rear lid only ,c::::j

Fig. 33 Key t urns fo r open ing and closing .
.. Press button © for approximately one sec-
ond . To unlock the vehicle
PANIC Button .. Insert the key into the lock of the dr iver's
door .
.. Push the red button @ to activate the panic
.. Turn the key one time to position @ to un-
function. The horn sounds and the turn sig-
lock the driver's door.
nals flash .
.. Turn the key two times to position @
.. Push the button @ again to deactivate the
¢ fig. 33 to unlock all doors and the rear lid.
panic funct ion.
To lock the vehicle
On vehicles with Convenience key*, the selec-
tor lever must be in the P posit ion, otherwise .. Close a ll windows and doors properly.
the vehicle cannot be locked. .. Turn the key in the lock of the driver 's door
to the lock position @ ¢ A
in General de-
_& WARNING scription on page 42. ..,.
M
"' -
0
..J
Read and follow all WARNINGS ¢ &. in
"".
rl General description on page 42.
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
& WARNING (D Tips
Read and follow all WARNINGSc>.&.in The central locking settings are stored in
General description on page 42. the remote contro l key.
Settings in the MMI Locking and unlocking the vehicle from

inside
The driver can determine the functions for
power locking in the MMI. The vehicle can be locked or unlocked from
the inside using the power locking switches .
• Select: ICAR!function button > System s*
control button > Cent ral locking . Or
• Select : ICAR!funct ion button> Car systems*
control button > Vehicle sett ings > (Cent ral
locking )* .
Passenger's door *, Left rear door *, Right rea r

door *, Trunk lid/ tailgate * -You can specify
which doors should unlock when you unlock
the vehicle .
Fig. 34 Front doors: powe r locking switc h
- If you se lect On and then press the [@)but-
ton on the remote control key, the corre-
sponding door will unlock .
- If you se lect Off and then press the [@]but-
ton on the remote control key, the corre-
sponding door will not unlock. If you press
the Imbutton twice, all doors and the lug-
gage compartment will unlock. When lock-
ing t he vehicle, all of t he doors and t he lug-
gage compar t me nt lock automa ti cally. Fig. 35 Rear doors : powe r locking switc h
Unlock doors* - You can spec ify if all doors or

• Press the button @ to unlock the veh icle.
only the driver's doo r shou ld un lock wh en un-
• Press the button @to lock the veh icle c>,&..
locking t he vehicle.
- If you se lect All and press the l@Jbutton on You will find a power locking switch in eac h
the remote control key, all of the doors and doo r. You can lock and unlock the vehicle us-
the luggag e compartment will unlock. ing the switches in the driver's or passenger's
- If you select Driv er and then press the Im doo r c>fig. 34 . You can only lock the vehicle
button on the remote control key, only the using the switches in t he rear doors <=>fig. 35.
If you lock the veh icle using the power locking
dr iver's door will unlock. If you press the l@J
switch, please note the following:
butt on twice, all doors and t he luggage
compar t ment will unlock. When locking the - You cannot open the doors or t he rear lid
vehicle, all of the doors and the luggage from the outside (increased se curity, for ex-
compartment lock automatically. In vehicles ample when you are stopped at a red light).
with a convenience key*, on ly t he door - The diodes in the powe r locking switches il-
whose hand le you pull will unlock. lum inate when all the doors and the rear lid
Auto locking / Lock when driving - If you se- are closed and locked .
lect On, the doors and the luggage compart -
ment will lock automatically .
- Front doors: you can un lock and open the ~ Pull the protective cover out of the hole
doors from the inside by pulling on the door q fig. 36.
handle. ~ Insert the key into the inner s lot and turn it
- Rear doors: pu ll the door handle once to re- to the right (right-s ide doors) or the left
lease the lock. Pull the hand le again to open (left-s ide door) as far as it can go.
the doo r.
After you close the door, you will no longer be
- If the driver's door is opened (after you have
able to open it from the outside.
locked the vehicle from the inside using the
power locking switch), the door will remain The door can be opened from the inside by
unlocked to prevent you from locking your- pulling once respectively twice (rear doors) on
self out of your vehicle . After you close the the door handle . If the chi ld safety lock is en-
door, you have to lock the driver 's door gaged in one of the rear doors, the door has to
again . be opened from the outside after pulling on
- If you have a crash and the airbag is act ivat- the handle once from the inside.
ed, the doors automatically unlock.
Rear lid
A WARNING
Opening and closing rear lid
- If you use the powe r locking switch with
the doors closed, remember that all the You can open the rear lid from inside the vehi-
vehicle doors will lock. cle using a switch in the driver's door.
- Locked doors make it more difficult for
emergency workers to get into the vehi -
cle, which puts lives at risk. Do not leave
anyone behind in the vehicle, especially
children.
Emergency locking
If the central locking system fails (power sup-

ply), each door has to be locked separately. Fig. 37 Driver's door: remote rear lid release
i:i U)
N
..:,
~
- -
N
"'
..:,
i3
Fig. 36 Emergency locking of the front passe nger's Fig. 38 Position of ha ndle in the rear lid
doo r
Opening the rear lid
An emergency locking mechanism is integrat-
~ Press the midd le button c:, on the remote
ed in the edge of the passenger's door and in
the rear doors (on ly visible when the doo r is cont rol master key, or
M
"' open) . ~ Press the unlock button c:, in the driver's
0_,
"".
door q fig . 37, or
rl
I.O
~ Open the door. ~ Press the handle on the rear lid q fig. 38 .
"'
rl
"'
rl
• The rear lid un locks automatically and opens Automatic rear lid/trunk lid operation
slightly . Applies to vehicles: with automatic rear lid/trunk lid oper-
• Lift the rear lid . ation
The trunk lid can be opened and closed auto-

Closing th e rear lid
matically.
• Pull the rear lid dow n and a llow it to drop
gently. The lid is then closed automat ica lly
QA .
A WARNING
- After closing the rear lid, always pull up
on it to make sure that it is properly
closed. Otherw ise it could open sudden ly
when the vehicle is moving.
- To help prevent po isonous exhaust gas Fig. 39 Driver's door: Unlocking t he rea r lid
from being drawn into the veh icle , al-
ways keep the rear lid closed while dr iv-
ing. Never transport objects larger than
those which fit completely into the lug-
gage area, because t hen the rear lid can-
not be fully closed.
- Never leave you r vehicle unattended es-
peci ally wit h the re ar lid left open. A
child could crawl into the ca r through the
luggage compartment and pull the lid Fig. 4 0 Locking sw itc h in t he rear lid
shut, becom ing trapped and unab le to

get out. To reduce the risk of persona l in- Opening rear lid
jury, never let children play in or around • Press the middle button cs on the remote
your vehicle . Always keep the rear lid as key for at least one second, or
well as the vehicle doors closed when not • Press the unlock button c::; in the dr iver's
in use. door~ fig. 39, o r
- Always ensure that no one is w ith in • Press the handle on the rear lid ~ page 45,
range of the rear lid when it is mov ing, in fig. 38.
part icula r close to the hinges - fingers o r • The opening process is stopped immediate -
hands can be pinched. ly if the middle button cs on the remote
key is pressed again for at least one second
@ Tips or the unlock button cs in the dr iver's door
- If the rear lid is open or not properly is pressed again or the hand le in the rear lid
closed w hen the ign ition is turned on, is pressed aga in.
the door and rea r lid war ning Q page 22 • Middle button in the remote key and unlock
appears in the inst rument clus t er dis- button in the driver's door: The open ing
play. process is cont inued by pressing on e of the
buttons aga in .
- Should you not be able to open the rear
• Handle in the rear lid: t he rear lid is closed
lid as described, make sure the valet key
ag ai n by press ing the handle again QA . ..,.
function is not activa t ed ~ page 41.
Closing rear lid/ trunk lid shut, becoming trapped and unable to
"' Press the close button in the open rear lid get out. To reduce the risk of personal in-
~ fig. 40. The trun k lid moves to the closed jury, never let children play in or around
posit ion by itself and soft close locks it auto- your vehicle. Always keep the rear lid as
matically ~ &_. well as the vehicle doors closed when not
"'The closing process is stopp ed imm ediatel y in use .
if the close button in t he rear lid is pressed - If there is a luggage rack or bicycle rack
again. mounted on the rear lid, it may not be
"' Bypush ing the button again, the rear lid is ab le to open completely or an opened
opened again . rear lid may close by itself because of the
added weight. So t he open rear lid must
Setting the rear lid open position be supported or the weight must be re-
"' Bring the rear lid into the desired open posi- moved from the luggage rack first .
t ion. The posit ion can only be stored when
the lid is above a certain height . (D Tips
"' Press and hold the ~ fig . 40 button for at - If the rear lid is open or not properly
least four seconds to store the desired open locked when the ignition is turned on,
position. t he door and rear lid warning ~ page 22
"'To set a higher open position , wait at least appears in the instrument cluster dis-
five seconds and then carefu lly press the play.
rear lid upward. - The automatic rear lid opening/clos ing
"' Press and hold the ~ fig. 40 button again for process can be stopped by holding the
at least four seconds and this will store the rear lid with your hand. The lid can then
new open position. be further opened/closed by hand.
- If there is a mechan ical problem wit h the
A WARNING
-
automatic rear lid opening process or
- Never close the rear lid inattentively or there is an obstruction, the process is
without checking first . Although the stopped immediately .
closing force of the rear lid is limited, - If there is a mechan ical problem with au-
you can st ill ser iously injure yourself or tomatic closing for the rear lid or there
others. is an obstruction, it opens again slightly
- Always ensure that no one is with in right away. Check to see why the rear lid
range of the rear lid when it is moving, in could not be closed before attempting to
part icular close to the hinges and the up- close it again .
per and lower edges - fingers or hands - If the rear lid on a locked vehicle is un-
can be pinched. locked with the middle button c:5 on the
- To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas remote key, the rear lid is automat ically
from being drawn into the vehicle, al- locked agai n immed iate ly afte r closing.
ways keep the rear lid closed while driv- This is indicated by the turn signals
ing. Never transport objects larger than blinking.
those which fit completely into the lug- - The following applies to vehicles equ ip-
gage area, because then the rear lid can- ped with t he Convenience key*feature: if
not be fully closed . the remote control key is left in the lug-
- Never leave your vehicle unattended es- gage compartment, luggage compart-
M
N pecially with the rear lid left open. A ment will automatically unlock itself af-
0
...J
'SI: child could crawl into the car through the ter you lock the vehicle. This prevents
,....,
\!)
1.1"1
luggage compartment and pull the lid you from unintentionally locking your
,....,
1.1"1
,....,
key in the luggage compartment. ...,
- If the vehicle battery charge drops below Child safety lock

a certain level, you can still open or close
the rear lid manua lly, howeve r, you will Power child safety lock for the rear
need to app ly more force to close it. doors
- As soon as the electrical connection to The power child safety lock t prevents the
the trailer socket is comp leted on rear doors from being opened from the in-
vehicles with a factory installed towing side .
hitch, or a trailer hitch that was installed
later accord ing to factory spec ificat ions,
the automatic rear lid function can only
be ope rated via the handle in the rear lid.
Rear lid emergency unlocking
If the rear lid cannot be opened , an emergen-

cy release is provided .
·-----------------.J ~
N
Fig. 4 3 Section from driver's door: controls
The rear doors are eq uipped with a power

child safety lock. It is operated with the two
safety buttons III in the dr iver's door c>fig. 43 .
CJ ~ Press th e left and/or right safety button to
disab le the rear power window(s) and pre-
vent the respect ive rear door from being
Fig. 41 Sectio n of the luggag e compar tmen t : Access to
opened from the inside. The LEDin the but-
e mergency release ton will light up when the child safety lock is
turned on.
~ Press t he illum ina t ed button again to turn
the child safety featu res off .
When the child safety lock is activated, the in-

te rior door opening lever is inoperat ive; the
doo r ca n only be opened from th e outside . In
addition, the window reg ulator for t hat doo r
is a lso inoperative when the child saf ety lock
Fig. 4 2 Sect ion of th e luggage compa rtme nt : Emer-
is activa t ed.
gency release If t he child safety lock has been activated on
one or both sides, the butto ns in the rear for
~ Tilt the sea t back fo rwa rd.
the Panoramic slid ing su nroof* are disabled .
~ Move into the trunk .
~ Take the screwdr iver from the veh icle t oo l If the ch ild safety lock has been act ivated on
kit. As an a lternative, you can a lso use the the left and on the right side , the rear con-
vehicle key. t ro ls are locked on veh icles with rear a ir-condi-
~ Put the flat side of the screw driver into the tio ning *. Dashes "•••" are show n in t he dis-
reces s and pry the cover up plays for the rear climate contro ls, and the
i=>fig . 41 -Arrow-. rear air-conditioning can on ly be operated
~ Press the lever in the direction of the arrow from the climate controls in the cabin
i=>fig . 42 to unlock the rear lid. i=>page 100.
@ Tips dentally press the power locking switch

in the front doors.
- In order to activate the child safety lock
- Do not leave children inside the vehicle
on the left and the right side, you have to
unsupervised. In an emergency it would
press the two safety buttons in succes-
be impossible to open the doors from
sion.
the outside without the key.
- Make certain that the check light comes
on in the corresponding safety switch
when the child safety lock is activated.
(D Tips
- In order for the Convenience key to func-
tion, you must always carry the master
Convenience key
key with you .
Description - In order to be able to unlock or lock the
App lies t o vehicles: with Convenience key vehicle, the authorized master key must
be within a range of about S feet (l.S
Access and vehicle operation based on: Mas-
meters) from the door or the rear lid.
ter key remains in driver's pocket .
- Of course, you can still unlock and lock
The Convenience key vehicle authorization your vehicle using the buttons on the
system allows keyless unlocking , locking and master key. The selector lever must be in
starting of the vehicle . You only have to carry the P position .
the master key on your person. - For Declaration of Compliance to United
States FCCand Industry Canada regula-
It makes no difference whether the master
tions ~ page 329 .
key is in your jacket pocket or in your brief
case. As soon as you approach your vehicle,
the Convenience key recognizes the request Unlocking the vehicle
for access, checks for authorization and ena- App li es to vehicles : wit h Conveni ence key
bles the following functions: The doors and the rear lid can be unlocked
- Unlocking the vehicle ~ page 49. without operating the master key .
- Locking the vehicle ~ page 50.
- Switching on ignition and starting the en-
gine by pressing the ISTART ! button; the
master key does not have to be in the igni-
tion switch ~ page 109.
_& WARNING
- When you lock your vehicle from outside,
nobody- especially children - should re-
Fig. 44 Convenien ce key: unlocking vehicle door
main inside the vehicle. Remember,
when you lock the vehicle from the out-
.,.Take hold of the door handle. The door is un-
side the windows cannot be opened from
locked automatically.
the inside .
.,.Pull the handle to open the door.
- When you leave the vehicle, always re-
move the ignition key and take it with A door is unlocked as soon as you approach
you. This will prevent passengers (chil- the door handle and the system recognizes an
M
N dren, for example) from accidentally be- authorized master key. The vehicle can be un-
0
...J
'SI: ing locked in the vehicle should they acci- locked at any door. The authorized master key
,....,
..,.,
\!)
only has to be within a range of about 5 feet
,....,
..,., (l.S meters) from the respective door. II>-
,....,
When a door is unlocked, the driver 's door is The selec t or lever must be in the P position,
a lways unlocked as we ll. It depends on the otherwise the vehicle cannot be locked .
settings in the central locking menu in the
MMI whether the entire vehicle is unlocked or A
- WARNING
only certain doors ¢ page 44 . - When you lock your vehicle from o utside,
nobody - espec ia lly children - shou ld re-
{O) Tips main inside the vehicle. Remember,
If your vehicle has been stand ing for an ex- when you lock the vehicle from the out-
tended period, please note the following: side the windows cannot be opened from
- The proximity sensors are deactivated af- the inside.
ter a few days to save power. You then - When you leave the veh icle, always re-
have to pull on the door handle once to move the ign ition key and take it with
unlock the vehicle and a second time to you. This will prevent passengers (chil-
open the veh icle. d ren, fo r exa mple) fr om accidentally be-
- To prevent the battery from being dis- ing locked in t he vehicle shou ld they acci-
charged and to preserve your veh icle's denta lly press the power locking switch
ability to start for as long as possible, in the front doors.
the energy management system gradu- - Do not leave ch ildren inside the vehicle
a lly switches off unnecessary conven- unsupervised. In an emergency it would
ience funct io ns. It is possible that you be impossible to open the doors from
will not be able to unlock your vehicle us- the outside witho ut the key.
ing these convenience functions.
(J} Tips
Lockingthe vehicle It is not possible to re-open t he doo r fo r a
Appl ies t o vehicles: with Convenience key brief pe riod directly after closing it. This
The vehicle can be locked without operating allows you to ensure that the doo rs are
the master key. properly locked.
Anti-theft alarm
system
The anti-theft alarm triggers an alarm if any-
one attempts to break into the vehicle.
The anti-theft alarm system triggers an audi-

ble ala rm and turns on the emergency flashe r
if an unautho rized interfe rence with the veh i-
Fig. 45 Conveni ence key: Locking th e ve hi cle cle is sensed by the sys t em.
.. Move the se lector lever to the P position . How is the anti-theft alarm system
.. Press the locking button in the door handle switched on?
to lock the vehicle¢ ,&. . Do not reach inside The anti-theft alarm system is switched on
the door handle . whe n you lock the ve hicle. The system is act i-
vated approximate ly 30 seconds after t he ve-
The vehicle can be locked at any door. The au-
hicle is locked. The indicato r light on top of
thor ized master key on ly has to be within a
the door trim start flashing rapid ly for 30 sec -
range of about 5 feet (1.5 meters) from the
onds and then blink slowly. ..,.
pa rticular door .
How is the anti-theft alarm system horn will sou nd on ly afte r you have closed t he
switched off? door or lid.
The anti -theft a la rm system is switched off
on ly when you unlock your vehicle. If you do (D Tips
not open a door with in 60 seconds after you For t he an ti-t heft alarm syst e m to func-
have unlocked with the remote control , the tion properly, make sure all vehicle doors
ve hicle will lock itse lf again a utomat ically . and windows are closed before leavi ng t he
vehicle .
When will the anti-theft alarm system be
triggered?
Power windows
When the ve hicle is locked , the alarm system
mon itors and protects the following parts of Controls
the vehicle:
- engi ne compartment
- luggage compartment
- doo rs
- ignition
When the system is activated, t he alarm will

be tr iggered if on e of the doo rs, the eng ine
hood or t he rear lid a re opened, o r if t he igni-
tion is t ur ned on . The ant i-t heft alarm sys t em Fig. 4 6 Dri ver's door: power window switches
will also go off when t he battery is d iscon -
nected . Switches for front door windows
You can a lso tr igge r the alarm by pre ssing t he @ operates the w indow in the d river's door.
PANIC but ton o n your remote contr ol. Th is ® opera t es the w indow in the front passe ng-
will alert ot her peop le in case of emergency. er's door .
Press the PANICbutton again to t urn off the
Switches for rear windows
a larm .
© operates the left rear window.
How is the anti-theft alarm switched off
@ operates the right rea r window.
when triggered?
The a larm system is switc hed off when you Safety switch
unlock the vehicle or whe n the ignition is ® Safety switch for rear window operat ion.
sw itched on. The alarm will also switch itself
off when it comes to the end of its cycle. A WARNING
Emergency flasher and horn - Do not lea ve child ren unattended in t he
ve hicle, especially wit h access to veh icle
The emergency flas her will blink brief ly and
keys. Unsupervi se d use of the keys can
the hor n sounds when the doors, engine hood
resu lt in start ing of the engi ne and use
a nd rear lid are proper ly closed .
of vehicle system s such as power win-
If t he emergen cy fl ashe rs do no t blink, or th e dows, etc. which could res ult in se riou s
horn does not soun d , check the doors, engine injur y.
hood an d rear lid to make sure they are prop- - Reme mber - you can st ill ope n or close
M
"' erly closed. If you close a door, t he hood or the powe r windows for ab out ten mi-
0
..J
"". the rear lid w ith the anti-theft alarm sw itched nutes after the ign ition is switc hed off .
rl
I.O on, the emergency flashers will blink and the Only w hen eit her of t he fro nt doors are
"'
rl
"'
rl
opened are the power windows switched left door . The indicator light in the switch il-
off. luminates.
- Be careful when closing the windows . .. Press the right [!] switch ¢ page 51, fig. 46
Check to see that no one is in the way, or to deactivate only the window regulator in
serious injury could result! the right door. The ind icator light in the
- Always remove the ignition key whenever switch illuminates .
you leave your vehicle. .. Press the 1±1 switch again to reactivate the
- If you lock your vehicle from the outside, w indow regu lator . The indicato r light in the
no one, especially children, should re- switch goes out .
main in the vehicle .
If you press both 1±1switches ® in succession,
- Do not stick anything on the windows or the following funct ions are switched off in the
the windshield that may interfere with rear of the vehicle:
the driver's fie ld of vision.
- The window regulator switches in the rear
doors .
- The buttons for the Panoramic slid ing sun-
In addition to t he switches in the drive r's
roof* .
door there is a separate switch in each
- On vehicles with rear climate control*, oper-
door for the power window in that door
ation from t he rear is blocked . Dashes" ---"
¢ page 53, fig. 47.
are show n in the displays for the rear cli-
mate cont rols, and the rear air-cond ition ing
Switches in the driver's door can only be operated from the climate con-
The driver can operate all windows. trols in the cabin ¢ page 100.
- If only th e left 1±1 switch was pressed, the
If the respective switch is pushed or pulled w indow regu lator in the left rear door and
the w indow will open or close. The power win- t he buttons in t he rear for the Panoramic
dow switches have a two -position fun ction : sliding sunroof* are deactivated . In addi-
t ion , the door is locked.
Opening the windows
- If only the right [!] switch was pressed, the
.. Push the switch to the fir st stop and hold it w indow regu lator in the right rear door and
there unt il t he wi ndow has lowered to the the buttons in the rear for the Panoramic
desired position. sliding sunroof* are deactivated . In addi -
.. Push the switch briefly to the second stop: tion, the door is locked.
the window wi ll automatically open all the
way. This f eature has been provided for the safety
of small children riding in the rear of the vehi-
Closing the windows cle .
.. Pull the switch up to the fir st stop and hold
it there until the window has risen to the de- (D Tips
sired position . - The windows can sti ll be opened and
.. Pull the switch quick ly to the second posi- closed for about ten minutes after the
tion : the w indow w ill automatically close all ignition has been t urned off . The powe r
t he way ¢A in Controls on page 5 l. w indows are not shut off unt il one of the
front doors is opened.
Act ivating / deactivating the rear windows
- In order to act ivate the child safety lock
.. Press the left [!] switch ¢ page 51, fig. 46 to on the left and the right side, you have to
deactivate only the window regulator in the press the two safety switches in succes-
sion. Make certa in that the check light
comes on the correspond ing safety
swi tch when the chi ld safety lock is acti - Convenience close/open feature with the
vated . I
lock in the dr iver's door
You can close or open the windows from out-

Switch in the front passenger 's door and side when you lock or unlock your car with the
on the rear doors
key in t he driver's door lock.
Fig. 4 7 Swit ch locati on fr ont passengers door

Fig. 48 Key turns for openi ng and closing
The power window sw itch has a two-po sit ion

Closing windows
function:
.. Insert the key into the lock of the dr iver's
Opening the windows door .
.. Press the sw itch t o t he fir st position and .. Make s ure that the windows are not blocked
hol d it unt il you have opened t he window as ¢ _&.
far as you wan t. .. Turn and hold the key in the lock posit ion @
¢ fig . 48 unt il the windows and the Panor-
.. Press the sw itch quick ly to the second posi-
tion and the window will automatically open amic sliding sunroof * with the power s un
all the way. blin d are comp letely closed.
Closing the windows Opening windows
.. Pull t he swi tc h to t he first position and hold .. Insert the key into the lock of the dr iver 's
it until you have closed t he window as far as door .
yo u want . .. Tur n and hold the key in the open pos it io n
.. Pull the switch q uickly to the second posi- @.
tion and the window will automatically close
The automatic close/open function w ill cease
all the way.
if the key is returned to its orig inal pos ition .
(D Tips A WARNING
The windows can st ill be opened and
-
- Be ca reful wh en clos ing the w indows .
closed for abo ut ten minutes after the ig- Check t o see t hat no one is in th e way, o r
nition has been t urned off. The powe r win- ser ious inju ry could resu lt !
dows are not sh ut off until o ne of t he front - Always rea d an d heed WARNING ¢ A in
doors is opened . General descrip tion on page 42.
M
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
54 Opening and c losing
Reactivating the system after battery

disconnection
(D Tips
If you park your vehicle in the sun, we rec-
If the vehicle battery is disconnected and then ommend that you close both sun blinds
reconnected, the automatic closing and open- c>page56.
ing function wilt not work until it is reactivat-
ed. To reactivate this feature, perform the fol-
Tilting/sliding open Panoramic sliding
lowing steps: sunroof
Applies to vehicles: wi th Panoramic sliding sunroof
Reactivating close/o pen feature
., Pull and hold the power window switch until
the window is completely closed .
., Release the switch .
., Pull the switch again for one second. The au-
tomatic closing/opening is now reactivated.
Panoramic sliding
sunroof
Fig. 49 Sect ion of fro nt headline r : Switch for Panoram -
Description ic slid i ng sunroof
Applies to vehicles: with Panoramic sliding sunroof
The Panoramic sliding sunroof is comprised of

two individual glass roof segments, which can
be adjusted electrically independently of each
other.
The front segment can be tilted and slid open.

The rear segment can be tilted, but it cannot
be slid open .
Fig. SO Section of headl iner in rear: Switc h for Panor-
The Panoramic sliding sunroof is operated by
amic slidin g sunroof
the driver or passenger when the ignition is on
with a rotary switch (for the front roof seg- Tilting front roof segment
ment) and a rocker switch (rear roof seg-
., Press switch c> fig. 49 @ in the initial posi-
ment) .
tion @) briefly to open the roof segment
After the ignit ion has been switched off , the completely . Press it longer to set an inter-
Panoramic sliding sunroof can st ill be opened mediate position manually.
or closed for about 10 m inutes . However, as
soon as the dr iver's or passenger's door is Tilting rear roof segment
opened, the switches for the Panoramic slid - ., Tap the rocker switch c>fig. 49 @ or
ing sunroof are inoperat ive. ,:¢, fig. SO@ in the rear area i;:::) briefly, the
roof segment tilts up automatica lly.

0 Note ., To set an intermediate position manually ,
You should always close the Panoramic press the rocker switch @ or © in the rear
sliding sunroof when you leave you r vehi- area i;:::) until the roof segment has reached
cle. Sudden rain can drench the interior the desired tilted position . ..,.
equipment and damage the electronic con-
venience feat ures in your vehicle .
Opening front roof segment to comfort " To set an intermediate position manually,
settin g press the rocker switch in the front area~
"T urn the rotary switch ¢ fig. 49 @ to posi- until the roof segment has reached the de-
tion © , you will feel the switch engage . The sired tilt posit ion c::>.&_.
roof segment is slid open only to a comfort
position w ith low wind noise. This is t he rec- A WARNING
-
ommended standard sett ing for normal Improper use of the Panoramic sliding
driv ing cond itions . sunroof can cause serious personal injury.
- Be careful when closing the Panoramic
Slid ing front roof segment f ully open
sliding sunroof . Not paying attention
" Rotate and hold the switch @ in position @ could cause you or others to be trapped
unt il the roof segment has reached the de- and injured as the Panoramic sliding sun-
sired posit ion. There may be increased wind roof closes.
noise in this posit ion. - Always take the key w ith you when you
leave the vehicle to prevent injur ies
(D Tips caused by the Panoramic slid ing sunroof
- In posit ion @ , the switch jumps back to closing
position © again as soon as the switch is - Never leave children or persons requiring
released . assistance alone in t he vehicle, especially
- When dr iving with the Panoramic slid ing when they could access the vehicle keys.
sunroof open, open the front roof seg- Unsupervised use of the keys can result
ment to the comfort setting to minim ize in the engine being started or use of ve-
wind noise . hicle systems such as the power win-
dows, etc. which could result in serious
injury. The doors could be locked with
Closing Panoramic sliding sunroof
App lies to vehicles: with Panoramic sliding sunroof
the remote key, delaying help in an
emergency.
Closing tilted front roof segment - The Panoramic slid ing sunroof will con-
" Pull the switch ¢ page 54, fig . 49 @ and tinue to operate until the ign ition key
ho ld it until the roof segment has reached has been removed and one of the front
the desired position. doors has been opened.
" Pull the switch briefly to close the roof seg-
ment automatica lly. By activating the switch Convenience closing feature
briefly again, the roof segment can be stop- Applies to vehicles: wit h Panoramic slid ing sunroof
ped in any position ¢ .&_.
The Panoramic sliding sunroof can be closed
Closing front roof segment when slid from outside with the key in the driver's door
open lock.
" Rotate switch ¢ page 54, fig. 49 @ to posi- " Insert the key into the dr iver's door lock.
t ion @ to close the roof segment c::>.&_.To
" Turn and hold the key in the lock posit ion ®
move to an intermediate posit ion, rotate the page 43, fig . 33 until the Panoramic slid-
c::>
switch to the corresponding click-stop . ing sunroof is complete ly closed c::> in A
Closing tilt ed rear roof segm ent Closing Panoramic sliding sunroof on
page 55. The power sun blind is also closed . .,..
M
N " Tap the rocker switch ¢ page 54, fig. 49 ®
0
...J page 54, fig. 50 © in the front area Q
or c::>
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!) briefly to close the roof segment completely
,....,
..,., .&_.
c::>
,....,
& WARNING (depend ing on the position of the shade) un-

til the desired posit ion is reached ¢ .&_.
Be careful when closing the Panoramic
sliding sunroof. Not paying attention cou ld Opening and closing rear sunshad e
cause you or others to be trapped and in- • Hold t he s unshade by the grip and push it to
jured as the Panoramic s lid ing sunroof the desired posi t ion.
closes .
~
& WARNING
Opening and closing sunshade Never close t he sunshade wit hout paying
Applies to vehicles: with Panoramic sliding sunroof
attention or checking - danger of injury!
Emergency closing of the Panoramic

sliding sunroof
s [:) Applies to vehicles : with Panoramic sliding sunroof
o ::~.. o If the Panoramic sliding sunroof detects an

object in its path when it is closing, it will
open again automatically . In th is case, you
can close the roof with the power emergency
Fig. Sl Section of front headli ner: Switch fo r sunshade closing fu nction .
r: , Emergency closing of f ront roof segment

• Turn the switch¢ page 54, fig. 49 @ to the
normal pos ition @ .
• Within five seconds after the sunroof opens
B O ~ OG automatically , pull the switc h until t he roof
segment closes.
Emergency closing of rear roof segment

Fig. 5 2 Section of headliner in rear: Switch fo r sun- • Wit hin five seconds after t he sunroof opens
shade automatically, press the front Q of the
rocker switch q page 54, fig. 49 @ until the
The two segments of the Pano ramic sliding
roof segment closes .
sun roof are each equipped with a suns hade
for protection against the sun's rays . The fro nt
shade is power opera t ed, the rear shade is
opened and closed ma nually. To prevent the
vehicle interior from heat ing up, you should
close both sunshades when you park your ve-
hicle in the sun.
Opening and closing front sunshade

• Tap the rear -:q.r of the rocker switc h q fig. 51
or the rocker switch for rear-seat passengers
¢ fig . 52 briefly to open the sunshade fu lly.
.. Tap the front ·:<r

':i of t he rocker switch briefly
to close the sunshade fully ¢ .&_.
• To set an intermediate pos ition manually,
press the front or rear of the rocker switch
Op e nin g an d c l os in g 57
Garage door opener Operation

Applies to vehicles: with garage door opener (Homelink)
(Homelink)
Description
Applies to vehicles: with garage doo r opener (Homelink)
111111 111111
-
Fig. 54 Headliner : control unit
Requirement: The buttons in the roof headlin-

Fig. 53 Garage door opener: examples of using with er must be programmed¢ page 57 and the
different systems vehicle must be with in range of the system,
such as the garage door opener.
You can activate various systems such as ga-
rage doors, security systems and home light- .,.Press the button to open the garage door.
ing from inside your vehicle using the garage The LED@ blinks or turns on.
door opener (Homelink) . There are three but- .,.Press the button again to close the garage
tons for this in the vehicle headliner that can door .
be in used in place of up to three hand-held
transmitters. (D Tips
To operate systems using the garage door To open or close the garage door, press the
opener, the three buttons in the roof headlin- button, but do not hold it for longer than
er must be programmed first . 10 seconds or the garage door opener
module will switch to programming mode.
A WARNING
Make sure no people or objects are in the Programming the buttons
Applies to vehicles: wit h garage door opener (Homelink)
immediate vicinity of the equipment when
using or programming the garage door
opener. People can be injured and objects
can be damaged if they are caught in the
equipment.
(D Tips
- For security reasons, we recommend that
you clear the programmed buttons be-
fo re selling the vehicle.
Fig. 55 Distance between the bumper and the han d
- For additional informat ion about Home- trans mitter
Link, visit www.homelin k.com.
- For Declarat ion of Compliance to United Programming the button: Part 1 with the
States FCCand I ndust ry Canada regula- control s
M
"' tions ¢ page 329. 1. Switch the ignition on.
0
..J
'<I' 2. Press and hold both outer buttons in the
rl
I.O
page 57, fig. 54 until the ~
roof headliner c::>
"'
rl
"'
rl
LED@ starts to blink (after about 10 sec- Reprogrammin g the button s

onds) . This procedure clears the standard .,.Switch the ignition on.
codes that were set at the factory and .,.To reprogram an individua l button, press
does not need to be repeated again to
and hold the button until the LED@ starts
program the other buttons. to blink slowly (after about 20 seconds) . Re-
3 . Briefly press the button on the roof head - lease the button immediately . Programming
liner that you would like to program. mode is act ive for 5 minutes .
4 . Wait unti l the LED@ beg ins to blink. Pro- .,.Continue with the fifth step .
gramming mode is active for 5 minutes.
5 . Move in front of you r veh icle while ho ld-
ing the original remote control for the
(D Tips
system that would like to program to a - The required distance between the hand
button in the roof headliner. transm itter and the Homelink module in
the bumper ¢ fig. 55 depends on the
Programming the butto n: Part 2 on th e system that you a re programming.
bump er - Depending on the model of the system,
6 . Hold the remote control towards the left you may need to release the button on
headlight and the radiator grille ¢ fig. 55. the remote control during p rogramming
7 . Press and hold the remote control until and press it again. Hold each position
the turn signals on your vehicle blink. This you try fo r at leas t 15 seconds before
may take up to 30 seconds . t rying another posit ion. Keep t he turn
8 . If the emergency flashers blink three signa ls on your veh icle in view when do -
times, the programming was successful. ing this .
If the emergency flashe rs on ly blink one
time , the S minute time limit fo r the pro- Rolling code programm ing
gramming has ended or the programming Applies to vehicles: with garage door opener (Homelink)
was not successfu l. Repeat the program-
Rolling code programming is also needed for
ming from the third step, or try changing
some systems.
the distance to the bumper.
9 . If the garage door or other system does Identifying a rolling code
not open us ing the buttons in t he roof
.,. Press and hold the button in the roof head-
headliner even though the programming
liner that was already prog rammed.
was successful, the system may use a roll -
.,.Watch t he LED@ ¢ page 57, fig . 54. If the
ing code instead of a fixed code . Rolling
LEDblinks quickly, the systems (such as a
code programming must be performed
garage door) is equipped with a rolling code.
¢ page 58.
.,. Program the rolling code as follows:
The other two buttons in the roof headliner
Activatin g the motor unit in a system
can be programmed according to the instruc-
tions above . Begin with the third step . .,. Locate the programming button on the sys-
tem's motor un it . The exact loca t ion and
Erasing button programming
color of the button may vary depending on
The programmed bu t tons cannot be erased the brand of the system .
individually . They must all be erased together . .,. Press the programming button on the ga-
Reprogram the buttons if necessary. rage door opener motor unit (this will usual-
ly activate an "indicator" on the motor unit) .
.,.Switch the ignition on.
You now have approximately 30 seconds to
.,.Press and hold both outer buttons in the
program the button in the roof head liner . ..,.
roof headliner until the LED@ starts to
blink (after about 10 seconds).
Programming th e button in th e roof

headlin er
.. Press and hold the previously programmed
button in the roof headli ner for 2 seconds .
.. To end rolling code programming, press and
hold the button again for two seconds.
.,.With some systems, the button may need to
be pressed a th ird time to end the program-
ming process.
After programming, the system should detect

the signal and begin moving when the button
in the roof headliner is pressed. Now you may
prog ram the othe r buttons as needed.
(D Tips
- The roll ing code can be programmed
more quickly and more easily w ith the
help of a second person.
- If you have diff iculty programming the
rolling code, referring to the user gu ide
fo r the system may help.
M
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
60 Clear vision
Clear vision If the system is not ope rating properly, a

warn ing symbol in the Auto-Check Control is
Lights displayed ¢ page 36.
Switching the headlights on and off With the side marker lights or headlights
switched on, the symbol next to the light
In the "AUTO" position, a light sensor auto-
switch illuminates :oo
:.
matically switches the head - and taillights on
and off in response to light conditions . Daytime running lights
- USA models: The daytime running lights
will come on automatically whe n the igni-
tion is turned on and the light switch
¢ fig. 56 is in the O position or the AUTO po-
sition (only in daylight conditions). The Day-

time running lights function can be turned
on and off in the MMI menu Exterior light-
ing c>page 61.
- Canada models: The daytime running lights
Fig. 56 Instrument pane l: light switch
will come on automatically when the igni-
tion is turned on and the light switch
The light sw itch must not be overturned past
¢ fig. 56 is in the O position or the AUTO po -
the stops in either direction.
sition (only in daylight condit ions) ¢ .&..
Switching on automatic headlight control
Automatic headlight control
.,.Turn the light switch to AUTO ¢ fig. 56.
In the switch position AUTOthe automatic
Switching on the side marker lights headlight control is turned on. The low
beams and tail lights are turned on automati-
...Turn the light switch to :oo:.
cally through a light sensor as soon as ambi-
Switching on the headlights and high ent brightness (e.g . when driving into a tun-
beam nel) fa lls below a value preset at the factory .
...Turn the light switch to tD. When ambient brightness increases again,
the low beams are turned off again automati-
...Push the high beam lever forward towards
cally ¢ A .
the instrument panel¢ page 63 .
In the AUTO position the low beams are
Switching off the lights
switched off automatically when the ign ition
...Turn the light switch to 0. is turned off.
The headlights only work when t he ignition is Light Sensor Malfunction

switched on. While start ing the engine or
In the event of a light sensor malfunction , the
when switching off the ignition, the head-
driver is notified in the inst rument cluster dis-
lights will go off and on ly the side marker
play:
lights will be on .
After starting the engine, the headlights are

£I Automatic headlights / automatic wipers
defective
automatically adjusted * to the load and angle
of the vehicle (for example, during accelera- For safety reasons the low beams are turned
tion, braking). This prevents oncoming traff ic on permanently with the sw itch in AUTO.
from experiencing unnecessary headlight However, you can conti nue to turn the lights
glare from your headlights. on and off using the light switch . Have the ..,.
Clear vision 61
light sensor checked as soon as possible at an - In the event of a light sensor malfunc-
authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop. tion, the driver is notified in the instru-
ment cluster display¢ page 35.
A WARNING
- Daytime running lights and automatic Adjusting exterior lighting
headlights are only intended to assist
The functions are set in the MMI.
the driver. They do not relieve the driver
of his responsibility to check the head- .,.Select: !CAR ! function button > Systems*
lights and to turn them on manually ac- control button > Exterior lighting . Or
cording to the current light and visibility .,.Select: ICAR Ifunction button > Car systems*
conditions. For example, fog cannot be control button > Vehicle settings > Exterior
detected by the light sensors*. So always light ing.
switch on the headlights ~D under these
weather conditions and when driving in Coming home (Lights when leaving car),
Leaving home (Lights when unlocking car)
the dark.
- Crashes can happen when you cannot see The coming home function illuminates the
the road ahead and when you cannot be area outside the vehicle when you turn the ig-
seen by other motorists. Always turn on nition off and open the driver's door. Depend-
the headlights so that you can see ahead ing on vehicle equipment, the function can be
and so that others can see your car from switched on and off or the length of ti me the
the back. lights remain on* can be adjusted .
- Please obey all laws when using the
The leaving home illuminates the area outside
lighting systems described here.
the vehicle when you unlock the vehicle . This
function can be switched on and off .
@ Tips
The Coming home and Leaving home func-
- With the switch in AUTO front fog lights
tions only operate when it is dark and the
and rear fog lights cannot be turned on
light switch is in the AUTO position.
in addition.
- The light sensor for headlight control is Daytime running lights
located in the rear view mirror mount.
USA models: The daytime running lights can
You should therefore not apply any stick-
be turned on or off using this function.
ers to the windshield in this area in order
to prevent malfunctions or failures. Canada models: The function cannot be
- Some exterior lighting functions can be turned off. It is activated automatically each
adjusted ¢ page 61. time the ignition is turned on. This menu item
- When you remove your key from the igni- is shown "greyed out" .
tion while the vehicle's lights are turned
on, a buzzer sounds as long as the driv- Front fog lights
er's door is open.
- In cool or damp weather, the inside of
the headlights, turn signals and tail
lights can fog over due to the tempera-
ture difference between the inside and
outside. They will clear shortly after
M
"' switching them on. This does not affect
0
~ the service life of the lighting.
rl
I.O
"'
rl
Fig. 57 Instrument panel: light switch
"'
rl
62 Clear v ision
The light sw itch must not be overturned past Adaptive light

the stops in either direction . Applies to vehicles: with adaptive light
Switching on the front fog lights tO When driving around bends, the relevant area
of the rood is better illuminated .
.. Turn the light switch to :oo:or to gD.
.. Pull the ligh t switch to the first stop (!) .
When the front fog lights are on, the symbol

}O next to the light switch will illum inate.
(D Tips
With the switch in AUTO front fog lights
and rear fog lights cannot be turned on in
add it ion.
Fig. S9 Adapt ive light when dr iving
Rear fog lights

Switching on adaptive light
...Turn t he light sw itch to AUTO ¢ page 60,
fig. 56.
The adaptive light is a dynamic corner ing

light. When the light is on, it follows the
cur ve of the road. It is dependan t upon t he ve-
hicle speed and the angle of the steering
whee l. The curve is then better illuminated .
The system works when the vehicle is moving
Fig. S8 Instrume nt panel: light switch from 6 mph (10 km/) to 68 mph (1 10 km/h).
The light switch must not be overturned past The corne ring ligh t will switch on automati-
the stops in eit her d irect ion. cally at a specific stee ring wheel angle. It
works up to an approximate speed of 4 4 mph
.. Turn the light switch to :oo:or to gD.
(70 km/h) .
.. Pull the light switch to the second stop @ .
At approxima t ely 72 mph (115 km/h) the ex-
When the rear fog lights are on, both the }0 pressway light switches on, wh ich better dis-
and 0$ symbols next to the light switch will il- tributes the light and increases the light cone
lum inate. range . The expressway light sw itches off at
approximately 62 mph (100 km/h).
(D Note
The rear fog lights can distract drivers be- Perimeter lighting in the mirror housing
hind you, so, they should be turned on on- Applies to vehicles: with light package
ly in cond itions of very poor visibility. Al-
LEDsin the exterior mirror housing illuminate
ways observe local regulations when using
the ground during entry .
the rear fog lights.
This func t ion ensures that when unlocking,
{D) Tips the veh icle pe riphery is illuminated in the
With the switch in AUTO front fog lights dark. LEDs in the exterior mirror housing are
and rear fog lights cannot be turned on in switched on. The function cannot be turned
addit ion. off separate ly.
Clear vi sion 63
Emergency flasher Turn signal and high beam lever
The emergency flasher makes other motorists The lever on the left side of the steering col-
aware that you or your vehicle are in an emer- umn is used to operate the turn signals and
gency situation. the high beam as well as the headlight flash-
er.
t
,r--,a.
-------------------
Fig. 6 0 Center conso le: em ergency flasher switch '
Fig. 61 Turn signal and high beam lever
.. Press the sw itch ~ ~ fig. 60 to turn the
emergency flashers on or off. The t urn signa l and high beam lever has t he
following functions :
When the emerge ncy flashe r is on, al l four
turn signals blink at the same time. The t urn Turn signals ¢¢
signal indicator lights 11111
in the instru- .. Lift the leve r up a ll the way ~ fig. 61 @ to
ment cluster, as well as the light in the emer-
use t he right turn s ignals, or push the leve r
gency f lasher switch ~ blink likewise. down all the way @ to use t he left tur n sig -
The emergency flashers will turn on automati- na ls.
cally if you are in an accident where the airbag
Auto -blink
has dep loyed .
.. Move the leve r (up or down) just to the point
@ Tips of resistan ce to use the turn signa ls fo r as
You shou ld tu rn on the emergency flashers long as you need t hem, for examp le when
when: chang ing lanes.
.. Move the lever (up or down) just to the point
- you are t he la st vehicle st an ding in a tr af-
of resistance and then release it right away
fic jam so that any other vehicles coming
to make the turn signals blink three times.
can see you, or when
You can use t his feature for example when
- your vehicle has broken down or you are
chang ing lanes on highways.
in an emergency sit uation, or when
- your vehicle is being t owed by a tow High beam [D
tru ck or if you are towing another vehicle
.. Push the lever forward @ to switch on the
behind you.
high beam .
.. Pull the lever back towards you to switch off
the high beam.
Headlight flasher [D
.. Pull the lever toward the steering wheel @
M
to use the headlight flasher . ~
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
64 Clear vi sion
Notes on the se feature s @ Reading lights

- The turn signals only work with the ignition To tur n a read ing light on/off, press the but-
tu rned on. The indicator lights or II ii
in ton t!J.
the instr ument cluster ¢ page 14 a lso blink.
- After you have turned a corner, the t urn sig - Rear interior lights
nal switches off a utomat ically.
- The high beam works only when t he head-
There are reading lights in the rear for the
passengers .
lights are on. The indicator light SI in the
instrument cluste r illuminates when the ..,
N
N
high beams a re on. .:,
~
- The headlight flasher works on ly as long as
you hold the leve r - even if there are no
lights turned on . The ind icator light SI in
the instrument cluster illum inates when you
use the head light f lasher.
A WARNING
- Fig. 63 Headli ner: Rear reading lights
Do not use the hig h beam o r headlight
flasher if you know that th ese cou ld blind ::i
oncoming traffic. ~
N
.:,
~
-
Interior lights
--
Front interior lights
'-
~
'
The interior lights include reading lights for
bo th the driver and the front passenger .
Fig. 64 Headliner: Third row reading light
.. Press one of the switches ~ to turn the

right or left reading light on or off c::;,
fig. 63.
For vehicles with thi rd row seating *, the lug -

gage compartment light can be switched on
and off with the button -M-and used as a read-
fig. 64. The rear lid has to be
ing light c::;,
closed.
Fig. 6 2 Headliner: Front inte rior/read ing lig hts
The lights in the luggage compartment and in
@ Interior lights t he rear lid switc h on and off automatically
Press the switch ¢ fig . 62 in the correspond - when the lid is opened and closed.
ing position.
@ Tips
0 - Interior lights off
If the rear lid remains ope n longer than 10
I - Inte rior lights on minutes, the luggage compartment lights
turn off automatically to prevent the vehi-
If the switch is in the center position, the inte-
cle battery from disc harging .
rior lighting is controlled automat ica lly.
Clear vi sion 65
Ambience lighting lighting switches on automatically. It turns

App lies t o vehicles: with ambi en ce ligh tin g off when the lid is closed or the visor is folded
up again.
The ambience lighting can be adjusted in the
MMI.
Sun shade
...Select: ICARI funct ion button > Systems* Applies to vehicles : wit h sun shad e
control button > Ambience light ing. Or
The windows in the rear doors and the rear
.,.Select: ICARI funct ion button> Car syst ems*
window are each equipped with a sun shade.
control button > Vehicle sett ings > Int erior
lighting .
When the ve hicle is unlocked, the standard

lighting turns on automatically and dims after
approx . 2 minutes, and when the ignition is
turned o n it switches off immediately.
The following interio r lighting is

controlled:
- Front footwe ll Fig. 66 Sun shade pulled up on a rear window

- Rear footwell
- Front door panel
- Rear door panel
Vision
Sun visors
Using the sun visors makes driving safer.
Fig. 67 Sun shade pulled up on the rear lid window
Sun shade (rear doors)

... Pull the shade out and hang it in the bracket
on the upper door frame ¢ fig. 66.
Sun shade (rear window )

... Pull the shade out and hang it in the bracket
on the rear lid frame¢ fig. 67.
Fig. 65 Passenger side : Sun visor
Sun visors
The forward visor of the dua l sun visor can be

pu lled out of it s bracket in the cen t er of the
veh icle and swung towards the door. The sun
visor can be extended after it is swung to-
wards t he door ¢ fig . 65.
M
"'
0 Vanit y mirror
..J
"".
rl
I.O
The vanity mir rors on the sun visors are cov-
"'
rl ered. When the cove r is ra ised, the mi rror
"'
rl
66 Clear v ision
Wiper and washer General information
system The windshie ld wipers and the windsh ield

washer system operate only with the ignit ion
Switching the windshield wipers on on .
The windshield wiper lever controls both the During a t empora ry stop, e.g. at a t raffic sig-
windshield wipers and the washer system . nal, the set wipe speed is automati cally re-
duced by one stage.
The windshie ld washe r nozzles are heated at

low temperatures when the ign ition is o n.
Removing water drop lets

About 5 seconds after the wash cycle is com-
plete, the wiper system performs a s ingle au -
tomat ic w ipe cycle to remove any wate r d rop-
lets that remain on the windshie ld while d riv-
Fig. 68 Windshie l d wiper lever
ing .
The windshield wiper lever ¢ fig. 68 has th e If you would like to deactivate this delayed
following posit ions : wipe cycle while driving , you have to pull the
lever to position ® agai n with in 10 seconds
Activating rain sensor
after this wipe cycle .
.. Move the lever up to position (D.
.. Move switch @ up or down to adjust the Water drop let remova l is reactivated after the
sensitivity of th e rain sensor. ignition is sw itched off and then on aga in.
Winter position
low wiper speed
To speed up de-icing of the windsh ield wipe rs,
.. Move the leve r up to position @ .
they move to t he w inter pos ition when the ig-
High wiper speed nition is switched off and at an outside tem -
.. Move t he lever up t o posi ti on @ . perature below 39 °F (4 °() . In this position,
the windshie ld wipers are in an area on the
One-touch wiping glass whi ch is reac hed by the air vents below
.. Move the lever to pos ition @ , when you the g lass . It is also easie r to remove snow and
want to w ipe the w indshield briefly . ice from the w indshie ld wipers in t his posi-
tion.
Automatic wip er/ washer
The wipers leave the wint er posi ti o n, when
.. Pull the lever to posi t ion ® (toward the the igni ti on is switched on, if the windshield
steering wheel) and ho ld. wiper lever is ope rated or the active rain sen-
.. Release the lever. The washer stops and the sor reacts to moisture.
wipers keep going for abou t four seconds .
De pend ing on how long th e lever is held, Rain sensor
different numbers of wash cycles are pe r- The rain sensor operates only in the interval
formed . wiper pos ition. When it st arts to rain, the in-
te rval wiper mode is activ ated automatically.
Turning off the wip ers
.. Move the lever back to position @ .
If the windshield wipe r lever is in the interval
wipe position with the ignit ion sw itched off, ..,.
Clear vision 67
the rain sensor is not activated until vehicle - Prior to using a car wash, the w indshield
speed is above 4 mph (6 km/h). wiper system must be switched off (lever
in position 0). This helps to prevent unin-
To reduce the sensitivity of the rain sensor,
tentional switching on and damage to
the switch @ must be moved down. To in-
the windshield wiper system.
crease the sensitivity of the rain sensor, the
switch must be moved up.
(1} Tips
The higher the sensitivity setting, the sooner - The windshield wipers are switched off
the windshield wipers react to moisture on when the ignition is turned off. Activate
the windshield . Increased sensitivity is sig- the windshield wipers after the ignition
naled by the windshield wipers making a sin- is switched back on by moving the wind-
gle pass over the windshield. shield wiper lever to any position .
The rain sensor wiper intervals depend on the - Worn or dirty windshield wiper blades
sensitivity setting as well as vehicle speed. cause smearing which can affect the op -
During brief stops, wiper motion will adjust in eration of the rain sensor. Check the con-
relation to the amount of rain on the wind- dition of your windshield w iper blades
shield. regularly.
- The rain sensor is part of the interval
A WARNING wiping system. Turning off the ignition
- Wiper blades are crucial for safe driving! will also deactivate the rain sensor. To re-
Only when they are in good condition are activate the sensor, switch off the inter -
they able to clear the windows properly val wiping function, then switch it back
to provide uncompromised visibility . on again.
Worn or damaged wiper blades are a - Make sure the washer fluid reservoir in
safety hazard i:::>page 69, Replacing the engine compartment is topped off
windshield wiper blades! before going on a long trip . Look up
i:::>page 2 70 for checking and filling the
- The rain sensor is only designed to assist
and support the driver. It remains entire- washer container.
ly the driver's responsibility to monitor
outside weather conditions and to man- Rear window wiper
ually activate the wipers as soon as rain
The wiper lever is also used to operate the
or drizzle reduces visibility through the
rear window wiper and the automa tic wiper/
windshield .
washer func t ion.
(D Note
In freezing or near freezing conditions:
- Always check that the wiper blades are
not frozen to the glass before you turn
the wipers on. Loosen a wiper blade
which is frozen in place before operating
the wipers to prevent damage to the
wiper blade or the wiper motor .
- Do not use the wipers to clear a frosted Fig. 69 Wipe r leve r: activat ing the re ar window wiper
M
window . Using the wipers as a conven- and was her
"'
0
ient ice scraper will destroy the wiper
..J
"". blades. The rear window wiper and the automatic wip-
rl
I.O er/washer functions are activated as follows : ..,.
"'
rl
"'
rl
68 Clear v ision
Int ermittent wiping Headlight washer system

.. Push the wiper lever forward to the first po- Appli es to vehicles : wi th headlight washer system
sition @ ~ fig. 69 . The rear window wiper The headlight washer system cleans the
will wipe the window approx. every four sec- headlights.
onds.
.. Operate the w indshield wiper/washer sys-
Automatic wiper/ washer function tem ¢ page 66, fig. 68 ® wi t h the head-
.. Push the wiper lever fo rward to the second lights turned on by holding the lever for lon-
stop, posit ion (!) , and hold it there for as ger than one second.
long as you want the rear wiper/washer to
The washer jets extend forward out of the
operate.
front bumper driven by water pressure to
.. Release the lever again. the wiper wi ll keep
spray the fro nt headlights w ith water .
runn ing for approx. four seconds.
You should inspect the headlights regu larly
Switching interm ittent wip er action off (for example whe n refueling) and clean off
.. Pull t he lever all the way back to the or iginal any solid di rt or insects from the lenses.
position . To ensure the system wor ks proper ly in w inter,
As soon as the reverse gear is engaged and keep the washer jets free of snow and remove
the front wipe rs are turned on and operat ing any ice using a de-icing spray.
at the same time, the rear wipe r also turns on
automatically. Service position
A WARNING
-
The wiper blades can only be changed in the
service position .
Wipe r blades are crucial for safe driving!
Only in good condition are they able to .. If the wiper blades are not frozen to the
clear the windows properly to provide un- windshie ld, bring the windshie ld wiper lever
restricted visibility. Worn or frayed wipe r to the basic position @ ¢ page 66, fig . 68.
blades are a safety hazard! ¢ page 69, .. Select: !CAR Ifunction button> Systems *
Replacing windshield wiper blades contro l button> Windshield wipers > Serv-
ice position . Or
CDNote .. Select: !CARI function button> Car systems*
cont rol butto n > Servicing & checks > Wip er
In freezing or near freez ing condit ions:
service position .
- Always check that the wiper blades are
not frozen to the glass before you turn - On - changing the windshield wipe r blades
the wiper on. Loosen a wiper blade which can only be done if you bring the wiper arms
is frozen in place before operating the t o the service position. You will also avoid
wipe r to prevent damage to the wiper paint damage to the hood when wor king on
blade or the wiper motor . t he wipe rs in this position .
- Do not use t he wiper to clear a frosted
- Off - the w indshie ld w ipers are moved to
window . Using the w ipers as a conven-
t heir init ial posit ion again .
ient ice scraper will destroy the wiper
blades.
CDNote
Never ma neuver you r vehicle with the
front windshie ld w iper arms raised since
t hey will automatically be moved back t o
Clear vi sion 69
their basic position above a speed of 3

mph (6 km/h) and can scratch the hood .
@ Tips
- You can also use the service position, for
example, if you want to protect the
windshield from icing by using a cover.
- The service position automatica lly
switches to Off when you operate the Fig. 71 Install ing wipe r blades
windshield wiper lever, or speed exceeds
3 mph (6 km/h). Removing a wiper blad e
• Bring the w indshield wipers to the service
Cleaning windshield wiper blades position c::>page 68 .
• Lift the wiper arm away from the w ind-
Clean the windshield wiper blades when they
shield.
begin to leave streaks . Use a soft cloth and
• Squeeze the plast ic bracket on t he wind-
glass cleaner to clean the windsh ield wiper
shield w iper arm together on both sides @
blades.
fig. 70.
c::>
Front w iper • Turn the wiper blade away from the wiper
arm.
• Place the windshield wiper arms in the serv-
ice position . Refer to c::>
page 68 . • Lift the wiper blade off in the direction of
the arrow @ .
• Lift the w iper arm away from the front win -
dow. Installing wip er blad e
Rear wiper • Place the new wipe r blade in the retaine r on
the wiper arm © c::>fig . 71.
• Lift the w iper arm away from the rear w in-
dow. • Swing the w iper blade in the direct ion of the
arrow @ against the wiper arm.
A WARNING
-
• Squeeze the corrugation on the wiper until
you hear the bracket click in the wiper arm.
Dirty w indshield w iper blades can impa ir • Place the wiper arm back against the w ind-
your view. This can lead to accidents . shield.
If the wiper blades begin to streak the wind-

Replacing windshield wiper blades
shield, this could be caused by residue left on
Wiper blades in good condition help keep the the w indshield by automatic car washes.
windshield clear.
Fill the windshield washer container with a
special solut ion available at your authorized
Audi dealer to remove the residue.
A
- WARNING
-
For your safety, you shou ld replace the
wiper blades once or twi ce a year. Seeyour
M
authori zed Audi dealer fo r replacement
"'
0__,
blades. ~
"".
rl
I.O
Fig. 70 Removing t he wiper blades
"'
rl
"'
rl
70 Clear v ision
Attaching the wiper blade

(D Note
,..Adj ust t he wiper blad e in the holder.
- The w indshield wiper blades must on ly
,..Hold t he upper end of t he wipe r arm wit h
be replaced when in the service position
one hand .
c:;,page 68! Otherwise, yo u risk damag-
,..Press the wiper blade into the holder with
ing t he paint on the hood or the wind-
your other hand.
shield wiper motor.
.,.Fold the wiper arm back ont o the wind-
- To help prevent damage to the wiper sys-
shield.
tem, always loosen blades which are fro-
zen to the windsh ield befo re operat ing
wipe rs. A WARNING
-
- To help prevent damage to w iper blades, For safety reasons, the w indshie ld w iper
do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint blades should be replaced once or tw ice a
th inner, or othe r solvents on or near t he year.
wipe r blades.
- To help prevent damage t o the wiper Mirrors
arms or other components, do not at-
temp t t o move the wipers by hand . Adjusting the exterior mirrors
(j) Tips
Commercia l hot waxes applied by auto-
mat ic car washes affect the cleanab ili ty of
the w indshield .
Changing the rear wiper blade
Fig. 7 3 Forwar d sect ion of driver' s ar mres t: power mir-

ror cont rols
Adjusting exterior mirrors

,..Rotate the knob to the © position (driver 's
exterior m irror) or to the ® position (pas-
senger's exterior m irror) ¢fig. 73 .
.,.Rotate the knob and the mirror so that you
Fig. 72 Rear window wipe r Detac hing the rea r wipe r
have a clear view to t he rear.
blad e
Heated mirrors
Removing the wiper blade
,..Rotate the knob to position @ .
,..Fold the w indshield w iper arm away from
t he glass. Folding both exterior mirrors flat*
,..Grasp t he uppe r end of the wiper arm with .,.Rot ate t he knob t o position @ .
on e hand and the metal clamp on the wiper
blade with the other c:;,fig. 72 . Depending on the outside tempera t ure, t he
,..Hold the wiper arm in the direct ion of the mir ror surfaces are heated until the ig nitio n is
arrow @ and pull the wiper blade out of the switc hed off - even if the knob is no lo nger in
holder only in the direction of the arrow @ . position @ .
You are we ll -advised to fold the exter ior mir-

rors in when maneuver ing in tight spaces or .,..
Clear vi sion 71
when leaving the car parked close to other ror elect rically . Do not readju st t he mir-
vehicles. ror housing ma nually. You could damage
the motor which controls the mirror .
Memory setting for the exterior mirro rs*
- If you wash the vehicle in an automatic
When the seat position is saved in the memo- car wash, you must fold the exter ior mir-
ry, the position of the exte rior mirrors is saved rors in to reduce the risk of damage to
at t he same time ~ page 76 . the mirrors . Never fold power fo lding ex-
terior mirrors* by hand. Only fo ld them
If the position of the passenger mirror is
in and out using the power controls.
changed whe n the vehicle is in reverse gear
and the switch is in the ® position, th is new
tilte d position will be automat ically saved to
(D Tips
the remote key when the vehicle is taken out If t here should be a ma lf unction in the
of reverse gear. To save, the rotary knob for electrica l system, you can st ill adjust the
mirror adj ustment must be in the ® position, ext erior mirrors by pressing the edge of
the selector lever must be in the P position the mir ror.
and the ign ition must be off . This will now be-
come the stored setting when the vehicle is Dimming the mirrors
put in reverse gear again .
Tilting the passenger's side exterior

mirror (only with seat memory )
When you move the selector lever into R (Re-
verse), the mir ror on the front passenger's
door (knob tu rned to @ Q fig. 73) will tilt
slig htly downward. This make is easier for you
to see the curb w hen you are backing int o a
parking space. Fig. 74 Auto matic dimming rearview mi rror*
The mirro r returns to its initia l position as

soon as reverse gear is disengaged and vehicle Manual anti-glare adjustment
speed is above about 9 mp h (15 km/h). The .,.Move the small lever (located on the bottom
mirror also retu rns to its initia l position if t he edge of the mirror) to the rear.
switch is moved to the driver's exterior mirror
Automat ically dimming mirrors*
© or the ignit ion is switched off.
.,.To dim t he rearview mi rror and both exterio r
(D Note m irrors* , press the @ button . The diode @
- Curved (i.e. convex) mirr or surfaces in- turns on. The rearview and exterior mirrors *
crease your field of view. Remember t hat dim automatically when light shines on
vehicles or other objects will appear them, for examp le from headlights on ave-
smaller and farther away than when hicle to the rear.
seen in a flat mirror. If yo u use this mir-
ror to est imate distances of following A
... WARNING
vehicles when changing lanes, you could Electrolyte fluid can leak from aut omatic
estimate incorrectly and cause an acci- dimm ing mirro rs if the glass is broken .
M
dent. Electr olyte fluid can irrit ate skin, eyes and
"'
0 - If the mir ror housing is moved uninten- respirato ry syst em.
..J
"".
rl
tiona lly (for exampl e, while park ing your
I.O
vehicle), t hen you must first fo ld the mi r-
"'
rl
"'
rl
72 Clear vision
- Repeated or prolonged exposure to elec- Digital compass

trolyte can cause irritation to the respira-
Activating or deactivating the compass
tory system, especially among people
Applies to veh icles: with digital compass
with asthma or other respiratory condi-
tions . Get fresh air immediately by leav- The direction is displayed on the interior rear
ing the vehicle or, if that is not possible, view mirror .
open windows and doors all the way.
- If electrolyte gets into the eyes, flush
them thoroughly with large amounts of
clean water for at least 15 minutes;
medical attention is recommended.
- If electrolyte contacts skin, flush affect-
ed area with clean water for at least 15
minutes and then wash affected area
with soap and water; medical attention
is recommended . Thoroughly wash af- Fig. 75 Inside rear view mirror : digital compass act i-
fected clothing and shoes before reuse. vated
- If swallowed and person is conscious,
rinse mouth with water for at least 15 .. To activate or deactivate, hold the @ button
minutes. Do not induce vomiting unless down until the red display appears or disap-
instructed to do so by medical professio- pears.
nal. Get medical attention immediately. The digital compass only works with the igni-
t ion turned on. The directions are displayed as
(D Note initials: N (North), NE (Northeast), E (East),
Liquid electrolyte leaking from broken mir- SE (Southeast), S (South), SW (Southwest),
ror glass will damage any plastic surfaces W (West), NW (Northwest).
it comes in contact with. Clean up spilled
electrolyte immediately with clean water @ Tips
and a sponge. To avoid inaccurate directions, do not al-
low any remote controls, electrical sys-
@ Tips tems, or metal parts close to the mirror .
- Switching off the dimming function of
the inside rear view mirror also deacti-
vates the automatic dimming function of
the exterior mirrors*.
- The automatic dimming mirrors do not
dim when the interior lighting is turned
on or the reverse gear is selected.
-Automatic dimming for the mirror only
operates properly if the sun shade* for
the rear window is not in use or the light
striking the inside mirror is not hindered
by other objects.
Clear vision 73
Setting the magnetic deflection zone

Applies to vehicles: with digital compass
A WARNING
The digital compass is to be used as a di-
The correct magnetic deflection zone must be rectional aid only. Even though you may
set in order to display the directions correctly. want to look at it while you are driving, you
must still pay attention to traffic, road and
weather conditions as well as other possi-
ble hazards.
Fig. 76 North America: magnet ic def l ect ion zone

boundari es
.. Hold the @ Q page 72, fig. 75 button down

until the number of the set magnetic deflec-
tion zone appears on the interior rear view
mirror .
.. Adjust the magnetic deflection zone by re-
peatedly pressing on the @ button . The set
mode automatically deactivates after a few
seconds .
Calibrating the compass

App lies to vehicles: with digital compass
The compass hos to be recalibrated if the dis-

play is wrong or inaccurate .
.. Hold the @ button down until the letter C is

displayed on the interior rear view mirror .
.. Drive in a circle at a speed of about 5 mph
(10 km/h) until a direction is shown on the
interior rear view mirror.
M
"'
0
..J
'<I'.
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
74 Seats and s tor a ge
Seats and storage least 10 inches (25 cm) between them-

selves and the steering wheel and/or in-
General recommen- strument panel. If you're sitting any
dations closer than this, the airbag system can-
not protect you properly . In addition, the
Why is your seat adjustment so
front seats and head restraints must be
important?
adjusted to your body height so that they
The safety belts and the airbag system can can give you maximum protect ion.
only provide maximum protection if the front - Always try to keep as much distance as
seats are correctly adjusted. possible between yourself and the steer-
ing wheel or instrument panel.
There are various ways of adjusting the front
- Do not adjust the driver's or front pas-
seats to provide safe and comfortable support
senger's seat whi le the vehicle is moving.
for the driver and the front passenger. Adjust
Your seat may move unexpectedly, caus-
you r seat prope rly so that :
ing sudden loss of vehicle control and
- you can easily and quickly reach all the personal injury. If you adjust your seat
switches and controls in the instrument while the veh icle is moving, you are out
panel of position.
-your body is properly supported thus reduc-
ing physical stress and fatigue
Driver's seat
- the safety be lt s and airbag system can offer '
maximum protection ¢ page 182 . The correct seat position is important for safe
and relaxed driving.
In the following sections, you will see exactly
how you can best adjust your seats . We recommend that you adjust the dr iver's
seat in the following manner :
There are special regulations and instructions
for installing a child safety seat on the front .,.Adjust the seat in fore and aft direction so
passenger's seat. Always follow the informa- that you can easily push the peda ls to the
tion regarding child safety provided in floor wh ile keeping your knees sl ightly bent
q page 203, Child Safety. q A in Why is your seat adjustment so im-
portant? on page 74.
A WARNING .. Adjust the seatback so that when you sit
Incorrect seating position of the driver and with your back against the seatback, you can
all other passengers can result in serious still grasp the top of the steering wheel.
personal injury. .. Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge
- Always keep your feet on the floor when is as even as possible with the top of your
the vehicle is in motion - never put your head . If that is not poss ible , try to adjust
feet on top of the instrument panel, out the head restraint so that it is as close to
of the window or on top of the seat cush- this pos ition as possib le q page 79.
ion . This applies especially to the passen-
gers . If your seating position is incorrect, A WARNING
you increase the risk of injury in the case Never place any objects in the driver's foot-
of sudden braking or an acc ident. If the well. An object could get into the pedal
airbag inflates and the seating position area and interfere with pedal function. In
is incorrect, this could result in personal case of sudden braking or an accident, you
injury or even death. would not be able to brake or accelerate .
- It is important for both the driver and
front passenger to keep a distance of at
Seats and storage 75
Front passenger's seat Controls
Always move the front passenger seat into @ Seat adjustment

the rearmost position . ® Seatback adjustment
© Lumbar support
To avoid contact with the airbag while it is de-
ploying, do not sit any closer t o the instru-
Adjusting the seat
ment panel than necessary and always wear
the three-point safety belt provided adjusted Position, angle and shape of the seat can be
correctly . We recommend that you adjust the adjusted electrically to ensure safe and com-
passenger's seat in the following manner: fortable seating .
.. Move the front passenger seat into the rear - Read and follow the warning notices ¢ .&. be-
most position of the fore and aft adjustment fore you adjust your seat .
range ~ .&. in Why is your seat adjustment
so important? on page 74. Fore-and-aft adjustment
• Bring the backrest up to an (almost) upr ight .. Push the switch @ forward or backward
position. Do not ride with the seat reclined. ¢ page 75, fig. 77 .
.. Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge
is as even as possible with the top of your Adjusting seat height
head . If that is not possible, try to adjust .. Pull or push the switch @ up or down.
the head restraint so that it is as close to
th is position as possible ¢ page 79 . Front seat cushion up/ down
.. Place your feet on the floor in front of the .. Press the switch @ at the front up or down .
passenger's seat .
Rear seat cushion up/ down
Power front seat .. Press the switch @ at the rear up or down.
adjustment Adjusting seatback angle
Seat adjustment controls .. Push the switch @ forward or backward.
The operating logic for the switches corre- Adjusting the curvature of the lumbar
sponds to the cons truction and function of support
the seat.
.. Push the switch plat e © forward or back-
ui ward to increase or reduce the curvature .
"'
~
-"
__.___,.,
1,--~--,-,:, Adjusting the height of the lumbar
support
.. Push the switch plat e © up or down to posi-
tion the curvature higher or lower .
A WARNING
-Adjust the driver's seat only when the ve-
Fig. 77 Front seat: Contr ols for seat adjustment
hicle is stationary. You risk an accident
The switches to adjust the sea t cushion and otherwise.
M the seatback correspond to the layout, the de - - The power adj ustment for the front seats
"'
0_, sign and the function of the seat. The seats also works with the ignition switched off
"".
rl are adjusted by moving the switches following or with the ignition key removed. For this
I.O
"' this logic. reason, children should never be left IJIJ>
rl
"'
rl
76 Seats and storage
unattended in the vehicle - they could be Storing and recalling settings

injured! Using the memory buttons 1 and 2, you can
- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat store and recall the settings for two different
height. Unsupervised or careless seat ad- drivers¢ fig. 78.
justment can pinch fingers or hands
The current settings are also automatically as-
causing injuries.
signed to the remote control key being used
- While the vehicle is moving, the seat-
when the vehicle is locked. When the vehicle
backs of the front seats must not be in-
is unlocked, the settings assigned to the re-
clined too far to the rear because the ef-
mote control key being used are automatically
fectiveness of the safety belts and the
recalled. This function has to be activated in
airbag system is severely compromised -
the MMI ¢ page 77, Activating remote con-
there is a risk of injury .
trol key memory.
- To reduce the risk of injury in the case of
sudden braking or accident, front pas- Turning seat memory on and off
sengers must never ride in a moving ve-
If the I ON/OFF Iswitch is depressed, the seat
hicle with the seatback reclined . Safety
memory is inoperative. The word OFF next to
belts and the airbag system only offer
the ION/OFF ! switch illuminates.
maximum protection when the seatback
is upright and the safety belts are prop- All the stored settings are retained. We rec-
erly positioned on the body. The more ommend using the I ON/OFF Iswitch and deac-
the seatback is reclined, the greater the tivating the seat memory if the vehicle is only
risk of personal injury from an incorrect going to be used temporarily by a driver
seating position and improperly posi- whose settings are not going to be stored.
tioned safety belts.
Storing and recalling a seat position
Seat memory Applies to vehicles: with seat memory
Driver's seat memory Before you can store or recall your seat posi-
Applies to vehicles: with sea t memo ry tion, the ION/OFF I button must be engaged
(down) .
The seat adjustment settings for two drivers
can be stored using the memory buttons in Storing settings
the driver's door. .,.Adjust the driver's seat ¢ page 75 .
.,.Adjust the steering column* ¢ page 105 .
.,.Adjust both outside mirrors ¢ page 70. In
the tilt-down position, the passenger mirror
can be adjusted to the preferred position
and saved in the seat memory .
.,.Press the ISE T I button and hold it down. At
the same time, press one of the memory
buttons for at least one second.
.,.Release the buttons. The settings are now
Fig. 78 Driver's door : Seat memory stored under the corresponding memory
button.
In addition to the setting for the driver's seat,
the settings for the steering colum n* and Recalling settings
both exterior mirrors can be stored . .,.If the driver's door is open and the ignition
is switched off, press the desired memory
button. ...
S e at s an d sto rag e 77
~ If the driver's door is closed or the ignition is

switched on, press the corresponding mem-
(D Tips
ory button until the stored posit ion is If you do not want anothe r driver's set-
reached. tings to be assigned to the remote control
key, switch off the memory function using
Successful storage is confirmed audibly and the MMI or the ION/OF F I button
by the light in the I SET I button illuminating. -=>page 76.
When the vehicle is locked, the current set -

tings are stored and assigned to the remote Rear seats
contro l key. But the settings stored on memo-
General information
ry buttons 1 and 2 are not deleted. They can
be recalled at any time. When the vehicle is Safe transportation of passengers on the rear
unlocked, the settings assigned to the remote seats requires proper safety pre cautions .
control key are restored.
All passengers on the rear seats must be seat-
If your vehicle is driven by other persons using ed in compliance with the safety guide lin es
your remote control key, you should save your explained in -=>page 173 and -=> page 182 .
individual seat position on one of the memory The correct seat ing position is crit ical f or the
buttons. You can recall your settings again saf ety of front and rear seat passengers alike
simply and conveniently by pressing the corre- -=>
page 166 .
spond ing memory button . When the vehicle is
locked, these settings are automatically re-as- A WARNING
signed to the remote control key and stored. - Occupants in the front and rear seats
must always be properly restrained.
_& WARNING - Do not let anyone ride in the vehicle
- For safety reasons, t he seat set t ing can without the head restraints provided.
only be recalled when the vehicle is sta - Head restraints help to reduce injuries.
tionary - otherwise you risk having an ac- - Loose items inside the passenger com-
cident. partment, can fly forward in a crash or
- In an emergency, the recall operation sudden maneuver and injure occupants.
can be stopped by pressing the I ON/OFF I Always store articles in the luggage com-
button or by briefly pressing any given partment and use the fastening eyes, es-
memory button. pecially when the rear seatbac ks have
been fo lded down .
Activating remote control key memory - Read and heed all WARNINGS
Applies to vehicles: with seat memo ry -=>
page 166, Proper seating positions
for passengers in rear seats .
To assign the driver's seat settings to the re-
mote control key when locking the vehicle, the
function must be activated in the MMI.
~ Select : ICARI funct ion button > Systems*

control button > Seat adjustm ent > Driver's
seat > Key mem. profi le> On. Or
~ Select: ICARI funct ion button > Car syst ems*
M
control button > Vehicle sett ings > Seats >
N
0 Driver's seat > Remot e control key > On.
...J
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
Adjusting seat (second row seating) paying attention can pinch fingers or
limbs - danger of inj ury!
The fore-and-aft adjustment* of the seat
cushion and the seatback angle can be ad-
justed . Entry assist (second row seating)
Applies to vehicles: wit h entry assist
The entry assist makes it easier far occupants

to reach the third row seating* .
Fig. 79 Adjusting seatback angle
Fig. 8 1 Seatback second row seat ing: Seatback latch
Pushing second row of seat s forward

.. Lift the lever ¢ fig. 81 .
.. Tilt the seatback forward .
.. Push the seat forward .
Fig. 80 Fore-and -aft adju stment Pushing second row of seats back
Adjusting seatback angle .. Push the seatback.

.. Fold the seatback up unti l it latches .
.. Pull the lever up and push the seatback to-
war d the rear to the desi red position To make entry to and exit from the rear of the
79. Release t he leve r.
<::!vfig. vehicle eas ier, the seatbacks for the second
.. Pull t he lever up so tha t the seatback pivots row seating can be folded forward. At the
forward . Release the lever and push the same t ime, the seats can be pushed forward
seatback to the rear to return the seatback and to the rear .
to the norma l position.
Fore-a nd-aft adju stment*

.. Pull t he hand le up and push the seat for-
ward or back ¢ fig. 80 .
.. Release the hand le and continue to push the
seat until the seat latch engages.
A WARNING
- For safety reasons, the seat must only be
adjusted when the vehicle is stationary -
danger of accident!
- Exercise caut ion when adjusting the seat.
Adjusting the seat without checki ng or
Folding seatback up and down (third - Always check whether the latch is fully
row seating) engaged by pull ing the seatback for -
Applies to vehicles: with third row seat ing ward.
The third row seating is suitable for persons
up to 1.6 meters (5 ft 3 in) in height . Head restraints
Front head restraints
Fig. 82 Third row of seats: Folding seatback up
Fig. 84 Front seats head restraints: adjusting t he

height
The head restraints on the front seats can be

adjusted to provide safe support to head and
neck at the optimum he ight. When optimally
adjusted, the top of the restraint should be
level with the top of the head . If that is not
possible, try to adjust the head restraint so
Fig. 83 Third row of seats: Folding seatback down
that it is as close to this position as possible
Raising seatback ¢ page 166, Proper adjustment of head re-
straints .
~ Lift the lever -Arrow- ¢ fig. 82 and raise the
seatback until it locks. ~ To move the head restraint up, hold it at the
~ Raise the head restraint until it locks. sides with both hands and s lide it upward.
~ To move the head restraint down, press the
Folding seatback down button and slide the head restraint down-
~ Lift the lever -Arrow- ¢ fig. 83 and fold the ward ¢ fig. 84.
seatback down complete ly until it locks.
page 166, Proper adjustment of
Refer to ¢
~ The head restraint is automat ica lly t ipped
head restraints for guidelines on how to ad-
down.
just the height of the front head restraints to
su it the occupant's body size.
A WARNING
-
- Only persons up to a height of 5 feet 3 A WARNING
inches (1.6 m) may be carried on the - Driving without head restraints or with
seats in the th ird row. head restraints that are not properly ad-
- Exercise caution when folding the seat- justed increases the risk of serious or fa -
backs up and down. Inattentiveness or tal neck injury dramatica lly.
M
carelessness when folding the seatback - Read and heed all WARNINGS
"'
0 up and down can pinch fingers or hands. page
c::> 166, Proper adjustment of head
..J
"". restraints.
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
80 Seats and s torage
Removing the center head restraint

@ Tips
.,. Move t he head res t raint upwa rd a s fa r as it
Correctly adjusted head restraints and
can go.
safety belts are an extremely effective
.. Press the button -arrow - and pull the head
comb inat ion of safety features.
restraint out of the backrest C?.,&.
Rear head restraints Installing the center head restraint

.. Slide the posts on t he head restraint down
into the guides until you feel the posts click
into place .
.. Press the button -arrow- and slide the head
restraint all th e way down . You should not
be able to pull the head restraint out of the
backrest .
Fig. 85 Rear seat: outer head rest raint

A
=
WARNING
- Only remove the rea r seat head restra int
when necessary in orde r to install a child
seat . Install the hea d restraint aga in im-
mediately once t he child se at is removed.
Driving without head res tr ain t s or with
head restraints that are not properly ad-
justed increases the risk of serious or fa-
tal neck injury dramatica lly.
- The head restraints for the outer seats in
Fig. 86 Rear seat : cente r head restrai nt
the second row must be folded up when
persons are being carr ied in the third row
If the re are passengers in the rear seat, fold seating* - danger of injury!
the head restraints up on the occupied seats - Read and heed all WARNINGS
or slide the cente r head restraint upward at ¢ page 166, Proper adjustment of head
least to the next notch ~ .,&. restraints .
Adjusting the outer head restraints

Armrest
.,.To fold t he head restraint out, pull on the
tab ¢ fig. 85. The armres t contains a s torage compartment
.. To fo ld the head restraint up, ti lt it upward and two cup holders .
until you feel it click into place.
Adjusting the center head restraint

.,.To move the head restra int up, hold it at the
s ides wit h both hands and slide it upwa rd
unt il you feel it click into place C?fig. 86 .
.. To move the head restraint down, press the
button -arrow - and slide the head restraint
downward.
Fig . 8 7 Armrest betwee n dri ver's and passenger's seat ...
.. Push on the release lever r::!>

fig . 87to open .. Push the cover down to close the bin .
the storage compartment.
Storage compartment
A maximum of two beverages can be accom- .,. Lift the cover by the front to open the com-
modated in the armrest. The second cup ho ld-
partment.
er is located under a cover . .. Push the cover down to close the bin .
A WARNING
- Adjusting the armrest
Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident .. Press the release button . The armrest moves
and personal injury. up automatically .
- Never carry any beverage containers with .,. Release the button when the desired height
hot liquids, such as hot coffee or hot tea, is reached .
in the vehicle while it is moving . In case .,. Press the release button again and at the
of an accident, sudden braking or other same time push the armrest down to lower
vehicle movement, hot liquid could spill, it.
caus ing scald ing burns . Sp illed hot liquid
can also cause an accident and personal
injury .
A
- WARNING
-
Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident
- Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard
and personal injury .
cups and glasses can cause injury in an
- Never carry any beverage containers with
accident.
hot liquids, such as hot coffee or hot tea,
CDNote in the vehicle while it is moving. In case

of an acc ident, sudden braking or other
Only drink containers with lids should be vehicle movement, hot liquid could spill,
carried in the cupholder . Liquid could spill causing scalding burns . Spilled hot liquid
out and damage your veh icle's e lectronic can also cause an accident and pe rsonal
equ ipm ent or stain the upholste ry, etc. injury.
- Use on ly soft cups in the cupholder . Hard
Long center console cups and glasses can cause injury in a n
Applies to vehicles: with long center console accident .
CDNote
Only drink containers with lids should be
carried in the cupholder . Liquid cou ld spill
out and damage you r vehicle's electronic
equipment or stain t he upho lstery, etc.
Fig. 88 Long rea r cente r console
There are two cupho lders and a storage bin in

the long rear center console. The armrest is
also height adjustable .
M
"'
0
Beverage holder
..J
"".
rl .. Tap the cover c::>fig . 88 -Arrow- for it to open
I.O
"'
rl
automatically.
"'
rl
82 Seat s and s t o rage
Luggage compartment The center seatback can be folded forwa rd

separately. Using this loading option, long ob·
Expanding luggage compartment j ects (e.g. skis) can be carried in the interior.
To expand the luggage compartment, the
seatbacks can be folded forward separately A
- WARNING
-
or together . - The backrest must always be secure ly
latched so that the safety belt of the cen·
ter seating position can wo rk properly to
help protect the occupant.
- The backrest must be securely latched in
position so that no items contained in
the luggage compartment can s lide for·
ward upon sudden braking.
- Always check whether the latch is fully
engaged by pulling the seatback for-
Fig. 89 Release lever for outer seatback ward.
- On vehicles with third row seating*, the
center seatback must be in the upr ight
position and secu rely latched when per-
sons are being carried in the third row
seats - danger injury!
- Never allow safety belts to become dam·
aged by be ing ca ugh t in door or seat
hardware .
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear and
Fig. 9 0 Release lever for cente r seatback damaged be lt hardware can break in a
crash. Inspect the belts periodica lly.
Folding the seatback forward Belts showing damage to webbing, bind-
,. Pull the lever up c:>fig. 89. The seatback piv- ings, buckles, or retractors must be re·
ots forward. placed.
,. Allow the sea t back to latch in the lower·
most position. A WARNING
-Always read and heed WARNINGS c:>.&.in
Raising the seatback
Loading the luggage compartment on
,. Pull the lever up c:>fig. 89 and raise the seat- page 169.
back u ntil it is securely latched c:> &-
Folding center seat back down
(D Note
- When folding the backrest back into
,. Press the release button c:>fig. 90. The red
place, make sure the safety belt does not
mark on the release lever is visible.
get caught, because it can be damaged.
,. Tilt the seatback forward .
A damaged belt can fail to provide safe
Raising cent er seatba ck restraint .
- The heat ing wires in the rear window can
,. Raise the seatback until it is securely latch ·
be damaged by abrasive objects on the
ed c:>& . It is securely latched when the red
parcel shelf .
mark on the release button is no longer visi·
ble .
S ea t s a n d s t o rage 83
Tie-down rings - When the rear seat backrest is folded

down, always use suitable reta ining
There are four tie-down rings in the luggage
straps and properly secure items to the
compartment for securing luggage items .
tie-downs in the luggage compartment
to help prevent items from flying for-
ward into the passenger compartment.
- Never attach a child safety seat tether
strap to a t ie-down .
Cargo net
Applies to vehicles: wit h cargo net
liiiil
The cargo net prevents light objects from
Fig. 91 Location of the tie -down rings in the luggage sliding around in the luggage compartment.
compartment
.,.Secure the cargo to the tie-down rings

¢ fig. 91 .
.,.Observe the safety notes ¢ page 170 .
In a collision, the laws of physics mean that

even smaller items that are loose in the vehi-
cle will turn into heavy missiles that can cause
serious injury. Items in the vehicle pick up ki-
netic energy which varies with the vehicle and Fig. 92 Luggage compar tm ent : cargo ne t
the weight of the item . Vehicle speed is the
most significant factor. .,.Next, hang t he front hooks in the fastening
eyelets.
For example, in a frontal coll ision at a speed
.,.Then , hang the rear hooks in the fastening
of 30 mph (48 km/h), the forces acting on a
eyelets .
10- lb (5 kg) object are about 20 times the
-A
normal weight of the item. This means that
WARNING
the we ight of the item would suddenly be the -
equivalent of about 200 lbs (90 kg). One can For strength-related reasons, the mount-
easi ly imagine the injuries that an item of that ing hooks can only be used to secure ob·
weight flying freely through the passenger jects weighing up to 10 lb. (5 kg). Heavier
compartment can cause in a collision at a objects will not be adequately secured -
speed considered relatively low. there is a risk of injury.
A WARNING
.
Weak, damaged or improper straps used
to secure items to t ie-downs can fail dur-
ing hard brak ing or in a col lision and cause
ser ious personal injury.
- Always use suitable retaining straps and
properly secure items to the tie-downs in
M
"' the luggage compartment to help pre-
0
..J
"". vent items from shifting or flying for-
rl
I.O ward.
"'
rl
"'
rl
Retractable luggage compartment cover Rolling up rear luggage compartment

cove r
The luggage compartment cover keeps lug-
.. Pull the rod out of the open ings in the side
gage or other objects out of view.
trim panels .
.. Allow the cover to roll up slowly.
Removing the luggage compartment

cover
.. Pull the lever in the direction of the arrow
q fig. 94 and at the same time lift the cover
up and out.
Installing the luggage compa rtm e nt

Fig. 93 Luggage compartment: compartment cover cover
closed
.. Lay the cover in the left reta iner in the side
trim and then press it into the right retainer
until it latches .
A WARNING
Whenever driving, never place any hard or
heavy objects on the luggage compa rt-
ment or all ow pets to s it on the luggage
compartmen t cover. They could become a
Fig. 9 4 Section from the front part of t he luggage hazard t o vehicle occupants in the event of
compartment, right side: release button for removing sudden braking or in an accident .
the luggage compartme nt trim panel
Extending front luggag e compa rtment

(D Note
cover - Make s ure that t he heat ing wires in t he
rea r lid do not get damaged by objects
.. Pull the rolled-up cover evenly towards the
scraping aga inst them .
front of the vehicle.
- The two inne r attachi ng eyes on the left
.. Hang the ends of the cover in the attaching
and righ t in the sea t back q fig. 93 @ are
eyes on the left and right of the seatback
not suitable for tying down cargo - risk of
q fig. 93 @ .
damage. Only the luggage compartment
Extendi ng rear luggage compartment cover shou ld be attached here.
cove r
.. Pull the rolled-up cover evenly towards the
(D Tips
rear of the vehicle using the hand le. - You can use the luggage compartment
.. Hook the ends of the rod in the openings in cover to store light we ight clothing or ar-
t he left a nd right s ide tr im pane ls @ . ticles but do not leave any heavy or sharp
objects in the pockets of the clothing.
Rolling up front luggage compa rtment - Remember that plac ing clothing or arti-
cover
cles on the luggage compartment cover
.. Pull t he ends of the cover o ut of the atta ch- can block t he driver 's vision in the rear
ing eyes in the seatback. view mirror . This also applies especially
.. Allow the cover to roll up slowly. when you have to transport large ob-
jec ts.
- So that stale air can escape from the ve- • To install the cargo f loor, set the front of it
hicle be sure not to cover the ventilation into the guides and push it in the direction
s lot between the rear lid and the lug - of the seatback until it engages.
gage compartment cover.
You can also store sma ll items under the car-
go f loor.
Protective liner
The storage room in the protect ive tray can be
Dirty or wet objects can be transported under
enlarged by folding the cargo floor forwa rd or
the cargo floor in a protective troy. removing it.
The protect ive tray can be removed upward by

the g rip.
On vehicles with 6 or 7 seats* the cargo floor
cannot be folded up, only raised . If the cargo
floor is removed, the hooks must be pushed
into the guides under the third row seating
when the cargo floor is re-installed.
Fig. 95 Cargo floor : folded upr ight

~
& WARNING
When the cargo floor is fo lded upright, the
items being transported must not exceed
the maximum cargo height, 2/3 of the car-
go floor space with the floor folded for-
ward, or a weight of about 33 lb. (15 kg).
{I) Tips
We recommend that you use a tie-down
Fig. 96 Removing the cargo floor
strap to secure objects to the tie-down
eyelets on the right and left sides of the
Setting up the cargo floor vehicle.
• Open the rear lid.

•Setup cargo floor with the help of the han- Ski sack
dle @ ¢ fig . 95 and adjust the outs ide Applies to vehicles: wit h ski sack
edges in the recesses @ . The ski sock allows a maximum of 4 pairs of

• Lay the items in the protect ive tray. skis or 2 snowboards to be carried inside the
vehicle.
Folding the cargo floor up
• Fold the cargo floor up to the seatback with
the help of the handle @ .
Removing the cargo floor , installing

M
• Fold the cargo floor up to the seatback with
"'
0
the help of the handle @ .
..J
"". • To remove, pull the entire cargo floor out of Fig. 97 Securing the ski sack at the center rear seat
rl
I.O
the gu ides -arrow- ~ fig . 96 in the direction be lt buck le
"'
rl
"'
rl
of the rear of the vehicle .
86 Seat s and s tor a ge
Loading
(D Tips
.. Fold the center seatback fo rward r::!>page 82 .
Never stow the ski sack away if it's wet or
.. Remove the sack from the luggage compart-
damp (for examp le, snow me lting from
ment and unfold it .
skis). Let it dry complete ly before you stow
.. Place the empty sack over the lowered seat-
it away.
back so that the end with the zip fastener is
in the luggage compartment.
.. Load objects from the luggage compart-
Roof rack
&-
ment into the ski sack r::!> First things first
Securing A roof rack can be fitted to carry additional
.. Insert the ski sack strap @ .!>fig. 97 into the luggage on the roof.
center seat be lt buck le @ .
.. Always read and follow the instructions pro -
.. Pull the securing strap t ight by the free end
vided by the roof rack man ufactu rer when
of the belt © - installing the roof rack system .
.. Vehicles with 6 seats*: The ski sack has two
straps with hooks on the unders ide . Hang If you are transporting luggage or other ob-
the hooks into the luggage compar t ment by jects on the roof, please note the follow ing :
the rear fas t ening eyes and pull the secur ing
- Your vehicle has spec ially designed aerody-
strap tig ht by the free end © -
namic roof rails. Only install a roof rack spe-
Storage cifically designed for your model. Contact
the nearest autho rized Audi deale r fo r infor-
.. Release the securing strap for the sack .
mat ion on approved modu la r roof racks fo r
.. Pull the sack to the rear over the fold ed
your veh icle.
down sea t back.
- These approved roof racks are the basis for a
.. Raise the se atb ack unt il it is securely latch-
complete roof rac k system. Addit ional at-
ed .
t achments for t he basic roof rack ar e neces-
.. Fold up the empty sac k.
sary to sa fely t ransport luggage, bicycles,
.. Stow the ski sack in the luggage compart -
surf boa rds, skis or sma ll boats. All necessa-
ment so that it cannot slide around.
ry hardware for these systems is available at
A WARNING
-
your author ized Audi dealer.
- We recommend that you keep t he installa-
- The ski sack is intended only for the tion instructions for your roof rack system
transportation of skis, snowboards and together w ith your Owner's literature in the
other light objects. To red uce the risk of veh icle.
serious persona l injury never transpo rt
heavy o r po inted object s in the ski sa ck. When should the roof rack be removed?
- When brak ing rapidly or duri ng a n acci- - Before going t hrough an automa t ic car wash
dent the load cou ld be displaced and (it is best to ask the car wash operator for
ca us e injury to occ upants. adv ice) .
- Sharp edges on the load must be cove red - When not in use, t o reduce fue l consump -
for pro t ect ion. Always fas t en the belt tion, wind noise and to guar d against theft .
ti gh tl y arou nd the sa ck and its content s
.!>fig. 97. A WARNING
-- Use of an unapproved roof rack or inco r-
rect mounting of an approved roof rac k
can cause the roof rack or the items at- Mount the front and rear cross bars between
tached to it to fall off the roof onto the the punched markings on the inside of the
road. roof ra ilings ¢ fig . 98. The markings are locat-
- Objects falling from the roof of a vehicle ed on the inside of the railings.
can cause a crash and personal injury.
- Only mount the system between the Loading the roof rack
markings shown in r:>page 87, fig. 98.
Always distribute loads evenly. Make sure
- The roof rack system must be installed
anything on the roof rack is securely tied
exactly according to the instructions pro-
down.
vided.
.,.Always distribute the loads on the roof rack
(D Note even ly.
- Your vehicle warranty does not cover any .,.Always attach items to the roof rack securely
damages to the vehicle caused by using before you drive off.
roof racks or mounting structures not
The maximum permissible roof weight is 220
approved by Audi for your vehicle. The
lb (100 kg). The roof weight is made up of
same applies to damage resulting from
the weight of the roof rack system and the
incorrect roof rack installation.
weight of the object being transported.
- Always check the roof rack mountings
and hardware before each trip and dur- When using a roof rack system which has a
ing a tr ip to make sure everything is se- lower load carrying capacity, you must not use
curely tightened. If necessary, retighten up the total maximum permissible load carry-
the mount ings and check the ent ire sys- ing capacity specified above. Instead, you
tem from time to time. should load the roof rack system only to the
- After mounting a roof rack system, or maximum capacity specified by the manufac-
when you transport objects on the roof turer of the roof rack system .
of your veh icle, the height of the vehicle
is natura lly increased. Be careful when & WARNING
driving under low bridges or in parking Weak, damaged or imprope r straps used
garages for example. This could cause to secure items t o the roof rack can fail
damage to the load and even the vehicle during ha rd braking or in a collision and
itself. cause serious personal injury.
- Make sure the roof rack is installed exact-
Roof rack mounting locations ly as specified above ¢ page 87 .
-Always use suitable mo unt ing straps for
Roof racks must be installed only at the loca- securing items to the roof rack to help
tions marked on the roof rails. prevent items from shifting or flying for-
ward.
i - Items on the roof rack must a lways be
- securely mounted.
- The use of a roof rack can negatively af-
fect the way a veh icle hand les. Cargo
that is large, heavy, bulky, long or flat
will have a greater negative influence on
M
"' the vehicle's aerodynamics, center of
0_,
"". grav ity and overall handling. Always

rl
I.O Fig. 98 Roof rails: front and rear mount ing locations drive slowly, avoid sudden braki ng and .,.
"'
rl
"'
rl
mane uvers when transporting cargo on in the vehicle while it is moving . In case
the roof of your vehicle. of an accident, sudden braking or other
- Never exceed the maximum permissible vehicle movement, hot liquid could spill,
load carrying capacity of the roof of your causing scalding burns . Spilled hot liquid
vehicle, the perm issible axle weights and can also cause an accident and personal
the permiss ible total weight of your vehi- inj ury.
cle c:>page 323, Weights. - Use only soft cups in the cupholder . Hard
CDNote accident.
Make sure that the opened rear lid does
not come in contact with the cargo on the CDNote
roof. Only drink conta iners with lids should be
carried in the cupholder. Liquid could spill
@) For the sake of the environment out and damage you r vehicle's electron ic
As a result of the increased wind resist- equipment or stain the upholstery, etc.
ance created by a roof rack, your vehicle is
using fuel unnecessarily. So remove the (upholder in the rear center armrest
roof rack after using it .
The cupholder is located in the center con-
sole .
Cupholder
Front cupholders
The cupholders ore located in the center arm-

rest.
Fig. 100 Rear center armrest : cupholder exten ded
• To open the cupholder, press on the symbo l

'i c:>fig . 100.
• To close the cupholder, press the corrugated
Fig. 99 Center armr est: Beverage holder area @ and fold the cover down.
• Open the cover at the recess on the side The holder @ adjusts to the beverage holder .
fig . 99 .
c:> The cupholder is designed to hold no more
than two cups or cans.
A maxim um of two beverages can be accom-
-A
modated in the cent er armrest . The second WARNING
-
beverage holder is located under a cover.
Spilled hot liqu id can cause an accident
A WARNING
-
and personal injury .
- Never carry any beverage conta iners with
Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident hot liquids, such as hot coffee or hot tea,
and personal injury . in the vehicle while it is moving. In case
- Never carry any beverage containers with of an accident, sudden braking or other
hot liquids, such as hot coffee or hot tea, vehicle movement, hot liquid could spill,
causing scaldi ng burns. Spill ed hot liquid out and damage your vehicle 's electronic
can also cause an accident and personal equipment or stain the upho lstery, etc.
injury .
- Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard Rear ashtray
accident.
CDNote
Only drink containers with lid s should be
carried in the cupho lder. Liquid could spill
out and damage your vehicle's electronic
equipment or stain the upholstery, etc.
Fig. 10 2 Rear ashtray

Beverage holders in the door pockets
There is a beverage holder in all four doors. To open ashtray

"' Touch the lid to open the ashtray.
Removing ashtray insert

...Press the front of the open lid downward in
the direction of the arrow c::>
fig . 102 - the
ashtray insert pops out slightly.
"' Lift the ashtray insert up and out.
Reinstalling ashtray insert

Fig. 101 Sect ion of doo r panel : Beverage holder ...Open the lid on the ashtray insert and press
the insert into the housing as far it can go.
The beverage holders in the door pockets are
suitable for 1 to l.S-liter bottles.
A WARNING
.&, WARNING -
Never put waste paper in the ashtray. Hot
ashes or other hot objects in the ashtray
Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident
could set waste paper on f ire.
and personal inju ry.
- Never carry any beverage containers with
hot liquids, such as hot coffee or hot tea,
in the vehicle while it is moving . In case
of an accident, sudden braking or other
vehicle movement, hot liquid could spill,
causing scalding burns. Spill ed hot liquid
can also cause an accident and personal
injury .
- Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard
accident.
M
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
CDNote
I.O Only drink containers with lid s should be
"'
rl
carried in the cupho lder. Liquid could spill
"'
rl
Outlet moved. Never leave child ren inside the ve-

hicle without supervision.
An electrical accessory can be connected to
the 12-vol t power outlet.
(D Note
To avoid damaging the outlet, only use
plugs that fit properly .
(D Tips
When the engine is off and accessories are
still plugged in and are on, the vehicle ba t-
tery can still be d rained .
Fig. 10 3 Section from center console: 12-volt outlets Storage

General overview
There are numerous places to store items in

your vehicle.
Glove compartment page 91

c::>
Cooling box in glove compart- c:;,page 91
ment
Sto rage compartment in roof c:;,page 92
Fig. 10 4 Section from right side of luggage compar t-
ment: 12-volt outle t Coat hooks c:;,page 92
Storage in t he door panels page 92
c::>
• Remove the cover from the out let
Sto rage net in footwell c:;,page 92
c::>
fig. 103 .
Storage net in the front seat - c:;,page 93
• Lift up the cover for the outlet c::>fig . 104.
• Plug in appliance to be used. backs
Sto rage net in luggage com- c:;,page 93
The 12-volt outlets can be used for electrical pa rtment
accessories. The power input must not exceed
Storage compartment beneath c:;,page 85
120 watts.
cargo floor
There may be just one out let at the front of
the center conso le depending on your model. A WARNING
-
There are two additional 12-vo lt outlets in the -A lways remove objects fro m the inst ru-
rear center console. men t pa nel. Any items not stored could
Before you purchase any accessories, always slide around inside the vehicle whi le dr iv-
read and fo llow the information in ing or when acce lerating o r when app ly-
page 328, Additional accessories and parts
c::> ing the brakes or when driving around a
replacement. corner.
- W hen you are driving make sure that
_&.WARNING anyth ing you may have placed in the cen-
ter conso le or other storage locations
The outlet p lus any appliances plugged in-
cannot fall out into t he footwells. In case
to it rema in functiona l even if the ignition
of sudden braki ng you would not be able
is switched off or the ignit ion key is re-
to brake or accelerate. liJ,,
- Any articles of cloth ing that you have Cooling box in glove compartment
hung up must not interfere with the driv-
The cooling box works only when the air-con-
er's view. The coat hooks are designed
ditioning is in cooling mode.
only for lightweight clothing. Never hang
any clothing w ith hard, pointed or heavy
objects in the pockets on the coat hooks.
During sudden braking or in an accident -
especially if the airbag is deployed -
these objects could injure any passen-
gers inside the vehicle.
Glove compartment
Fig. 106 Glove box with cooling box open and switched
on
.. Open the glove compartment r=> page 91,

fig. 105 .
.. Turn the rotary switch @ counter-clockwise
to switch the cooling on . The symbols on the
rotary switch must be displayed 9 fig. 106
accordingly .
Fig. 105 Unlocking button for glove compa rtment .. Turn the rotary switch @ clockw ise to
switch the cooling off.
To open glove compartment
The cooling box works only in the cooling
.. Press the button:]...-- r=>fig . 105 (arrow) - the mode. If the climate control is in the heating
lid opens automatically. mode, we recommend switching the cooling
box off.
To close glove compartment
.. Push the glove compartment lid up until the
Emergency unlocking of glove
lock engages.
compartment
In the g love compartment lid you will find a The glove comportment con be unlocked in on
place to store a pen and a pad of paper . emergency.
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of persona l injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always keep the
glove compartment closed whi le driving.
(D Tips
Should you not be able to open the glove
compartment as described, make sure the
valet key function is not activated Fig. 107 Instrument panel right: pry off security cover
M
r=>poge41.
"' .. Remove the cover with the aid of a screw-
0_,
"". driver~ fig. 107 .

rl
I.O .. Now press the locking pin inward with the
"'
rl
screwdrive r.
"'
rl
92 Seat s and s torage
Storage compartment in roof terfere with proper deployment of the

side curta in airbags in an accident.
- Do not hang heavy objects on the coat
"'"' .•1. "'
'-I hooks, as they could cause personal in-
jury in a sudden stop.
Storage in the door panels

There is a storage compartment in the interi-
or door panel .
Fig. 108 Storage compart ment in roof
.. To open the lid you have to touch the bar

¢ fig . 108 (Arrow). The lid opens automat i-
cally .
.. To close the lid, push it up until it engages .
A WARNING
Always keep the lid closed wh ile driving to
Fig. 11 0 Door panel with sto rage compartme nt.
reduce the risk of inju ry during a sudden
braking maneuver or in the event of an ac-
cident. A WARNING
Use the storage compa rtme nts in the door
Coat hooks panels only for holding small obje cts,
which do not prot rude from the compart-
ment, so that the effective range of the
side airbags is not comprom ised.
Storage net in the footwell

There is a storage net in the passenger's foot-
well.
Fig. 10 9 Coat hooks at rear doors
A WARNING
- Hang clothes in such a way that they do
not impair the driver 's vision .
- The coat hooks must only be used for
lightwe ight cloth ing. Do not leave any
heavy or sharp edged objects in the pock- Fig. 1 11 Storage net in passenger's footwell
ets which may interfere with the side cur-
tain airbag deployment and can cause
personal injury in a crash.
(D Tips
- Do not use coat hangers for hanging Do not keep any sharp or pointed objects
clothing on the coat hooks as this can in- in the sto rage net - danger of inju ry!
Storage net in the seatbacks

There is a storage net behind both front seat-
backs.
Fig. 112 Storage net on the front seatback
(D Tips
Do not keep any sharp or pointed objects
in the storage net - danger of injury!
Storage net in luggage compartment

There is a storage net on the left side of the
luggage compartment.
Fig. 113 Storage net in luggage compartme nt
The storage net can be compacted by push ing

it down on the guides at the side, if necessary
¢fig. 113 .
@ Tips
Do not keep any sharp or pointed objects
in the storage net - danger of injury!
M
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
94 Warm and cold
Warm and cold The compressor also switches off if the cool-
ant temperature is too high, so that the en-
Climate control gine can be adequately cooled under extreme
loads.
Description
Air pollutants filter
The air conditioner is fully automatic and is
designed to maintain a comfortable and uni- The air pollutants filter (a comb ined particle
form climate inside the vehicle. filter and activated charcoa l filter) reduces or
prevents outside air pollution (dust, or pollen)
We recommend the following settings : from enter ing the vehicle. The air is also fil-
.. Set the temperature to 72 °F (+22 °C). tered in air recirculation mode .
.. Press the !AUTO ! button . The air pollutants filter must be changed at
With this setting, you attain maximum com- the interva ls specified in your Warranty &
fort in the least amount of time. Change this Maintenance booklet, so that the air condi-
setting, as desired, to meet your personal tioner can properly work.
needs. If you drive your vehicle in an area with high
The climate controls are a combination of air pollution, the filter may need to be
heating, venti lation and cooling systems, changed more frequently than specified in
which automatica lly reduce humidity and cool your Audi Warranty & Maintenance booklet. If
the air inside your vehicle. in doubt, ask your authorized Audi Service Ad-
visor for advice.
The air temperature, air flow and air distribu-
tion are automatica lly regu lated to achieve Key coded settings
and maintain the desired passengercompart- The air conditioner settings selected are auto-
ment temperature as quickly as possib le. matically stored and assigned to the key being
The system automatically compensates for used. When the vehicle is started, the air con-
changes in outside temperature and for the ditioner automa t ically selects t he settings as-
intensity of the sunlight entering the vehicle. signed to that key. This way every driver will
We recommend you use the Automatic mode maintain his/her own personal settings and
¢ page 97 for year-round comfort. does not have to reset them manually .
Please note the following: If a different driver uses your key and changes
the air cond itioner settings, the latest adjust -
Turn on the air conditioner to reduce humidity ments will erase and replace the settings you
in the vehicle. This also prevents the windows have stored.
from fogging up.
Energy management
When the outside temperature is high and the
air is very hum id, condensation from the To prevent the battery from being discharged
evaporator may drip unde r the vehicle. This is and to restore the balance of energy, compo-
norma l and does not indicate a leak. nents which require large amounts of energy
are temporarily cut back or switched off
If the outside temperature is low, the fan nor-
¢ page 228. Heating systems in particular re-
mally only switches to a higher speed once
quire a great deal of ene rgy. If you notice , for
the eng ine coolant has warmed up sufficient- example, that the seat* or rear window heat-
ly.
ing is not heating, they have been temporarily
The air conditioner temporarily switches off cut back or switched off by energy manage-
when you drive off from a standstill using full ment. These systems are available aga in as
thrott le t o save eng ine power. soon as the energy balance has been restored . .,.
Warm and cold 95
- Repairs to the Audi air conditioner re-

,&_ WARNING
- quire special technical knowledge and
Reduced visibility is dangerous and can special tools. Contact an authorized Audi
cause accidents. dealer for assistance.
- For safe driving it is very important that
all windows be free of ice, snow and con- @ Tips
densation.
- Keep the air intake slots (in front of the
- Completely familiarize yourself with the
windshield) free from ice, snow and de-
proper use and function of the heating
bris in order to maintain the proper func-
and ventilation system and especially
tion of the climate control system.
how to defog and defrost the windows.
- Air inside the vehicle escapes through air
- Never use the windshield wiper/washer
vents located in the side trim panels be-
system in freezing weather until you
neath the rear side windows. Make sure
have warmed the windshield first, using
that the outlet slots are not covered by
the heating and ventilation system. The
clothing, etc.
washer solution may freeze on the wind-
- Climate control works most effectively if
shield and reduce visibility.
the windows and the Panoramic sliding
sunroof* are closed. However, if the inte-
(D Note
rior of a parked vehicle is extremely hot
- If you suspect that the climate control from the sun's rays, briefly opening the
system has been damaged, switch the windows can speed up the cooling proc-
system off to avoid further damages, ess.
and have it inspected by a qualified deal-
ership.
Controls
This overview will help you to familiarize yourself with the air conditioning controls.
-------. .- .--. -
AUTO ON/OFF A/C AUTO
;;__,
Fig. 114 Air condit ioning control elements
The left display indicates the temperature se- The settings you make are shown in the MMI
M lected for the driver's side, the right display display for a few seconds when MMI is turned
"'
0_,
indicates the temperature selected for the on. .,.
"".
rl
I.O
passenger's side.
"'
rl
"'
rl
96 Warm and cold
Each f unction is turned on or off by briefly By sim ultaneously pressing and holding the
pressing the corresponding button . The indi- regulators on the driver's side and front pas-
cator light in the button illum inates when the senger's side, the temperature setting on the
function is active. driver's side can be switched to the front pas-
senger's side. The new temperature is shown
Button(s) Function
in the disp lay.
I ON/OFFI Climate control on/off
c>page96 (D Tips
Air conditioner on/off The gr ill e on the controls m ust rema in un-
IA/Cl
c>page96 obstr ucted and must not be taped over.
IAU T O I Automatic mode Measuring sensors are located behind it.
¢ page 97
Regulatora) G Temperature selection Turning on and off ~
c>page 97
Turning the climate control on
[tl Seat heating*
¢ page 103 .,.Press the ION/O FF ! button, or
.,.Press the IAUTO I button .
Seat ventilation*
~
i=>page 103 Turning the climate control off
~ Fan .,.Press the ION/O FF j button to switch the cli -
¢ page 97 mate contro l off and to block the air supply
Qi] Air distr ibut ion from the outs ide.
c>page 97
The air conditioner turns back on when you
~ Defrost
press the temperature regulator or one of the
i=>page 97
buttons.
~ Manual recircu lation
c>page98 (D Tips
~ Heated rear window With the ign ition t urned off, you can acti-
i=>page 98 vate the residua l heat funct ion by pressing
al The reg ulator is also used to set the fan speed, air dis - the ION/O FF I button. The residual heat
t ribution, seat heat ing and seat vent ilat ion. from the coolant can be used to heat the
vehicle interior .
Synchronizing clim ate control
By pressing and holding the regu lator on the
Air Conditioner On/Off ~
driver's side, the temperature setting on the
driver's side can be switched to the passeng- Switching off the air conditioner saves fuel.
er's side, and vice versa. The new temperature
.,.Press the IAIC Ibutton to switch the air con-
is shown in the display.
ditioner on or off.
Synchronizing four-zone automatic
comfort air conditi oning* When the air conditioner is switched on, the
indicator lamp in the button will ill uminate
By pressing and holding the regu lator on the and the heat ing/venti lation system is contro l-
driver's side, the temperature setting on the
led automatically.
driver's side can be switched to the passeng-
er's side and to the outer rear seats. The new Please keep in mind that with the air condi-
temperature is shown in the disp lay. tione r switched off, the interior tempe rat ure ..,_
Warm and c o ld 97
cannot be lower than the outside tempera - Fan ~

ture. The air will not be cooled or
dehumid ified. The windows can fog up.
The automatically preset fan speed con be re-
duced or increased .
Automat ic mode ~ .. Press the [!] button .

.. Rotate the regulator to the des ired fan
The automatic mode is the standard setting
speed.
for all seasons.
The climate control system automatically reg-
.,.Se lect temperature between 60 °F (+ 16 °()
ulates fan speed depending on inter ior tem-
and 84 °F (+28 °C) .
perature. You ca n adjust the volume of air pro -
.. Press the !AUTO ! button .
duced by the fan to your own requirements .
Automatic opera t ion ens ures constant tem - The fan speed setting will appear for a few
peratures in the interior and dehumidifies the
seconds in the MMI display.
air inside the vehicle . Air temperature, vol ume
and distribution are controlled automatically (D Tips
to reach or maintain the desired interior tem-
It is possible that the fan speed may
perature as quickly as possible. Fluctuations
change automatically. This occurs to en-
in exterior temperature and the effects of
sure that the des ired temperature sett ing
temperature from the pos ition of the sun are
is reached as quickly as possible .
compensated for automat ically.
This operat ing mode works only in the adjust-

Air distribution ~
ab le temperature range, from 60 °F (+16 °C)
to 84 °F (+28 °C). If a temperature below 60 The automatically controlled air distribution
°F (+16 °C) is selected, LO appears in the d iscon be changed manually.
play. At tempe rat ures above 84 °F (+28 °C),
.. Press the G!Jbutton.
HI is d isplayed. At both extreme settings, cli-
.. Rotate the regulator to the des ired setting.
mate con t rol runs con t inuously at maximum
coo ling or heat ing power . There is no temper - You can adjust the air distribut ion so that air
ature reg ulation. flows from specific vents. In position :,0air
flows on ly to the windows, in posit ion ;J, it
Setting the temperature flows to the driver or passenger, and in pos i-
tion !J it flows to the footwell. There are ad-
Separate temperatures con be selected for
ditional comb inat ions availab le to adjust air
the driver's and front passenger's side.
distribution as needed .
.,.Rotate the reg ulator to the left to reduce To regulate air d istribution automatically,
the temperature, or to t he right to increase switch to IAUTOI.
the temperature.
The air distribution setting will appear for a
The se lected temperatu re appea rs on the cli- few seconds in the MMI display.
mate con t rol d isp lay. The tempe rature sett ing
will also appear for a few seconds in the MMI Defrosting ~
d isp lay.
The windshield and side windows ore rapidly
M defrosted or defogged.
N
0
...J
'SI: .,. Press the ~ bu t ton to turn on the defroster .
......
\!)
1.1'1
.. Press the ~ button again, or press the
......
1.1'1 !AUTO ! button to turn it off . ..,.
......
98 Warm and cold
The temperatu re should be set to 72 °F ate ly to switch off the air recirculation
(22 °C) o r higher . Temperat ure is contro lled function or select defrost.
automatically. The maximum amount of a ir
flows mainly from the vents below the wind-
Rear window defogger ~
shield.
The rear window defogger clears the rear win-
To defog the rear side windows, the air vents
dow of condensation .
in the doo r pillars sho uld be open and di rect-
ed at the windows . > Press the OWbu t ton t o t ur n t he rear window
defogger on and off.
Manual air recirculation ~
The rea r window defogger wo rks on ly when
Air recirculation prevents exhaust fumes or t he engine is runn ing. The light in t he sw itch
other pollution from entering the vehicle. will illumina t e when t he defogger is on.
Turning on air recirculation The rea r window defogg e r will sw itch off au-
tomat ica lly afte r a short t ime. The t ime the
> Press the l= I button ¢ A
rear w indow de fogger rema ins o n w ill va ry de-
Turning off air recirculation pending on t he outside t empera tu re.
> Press the ~ button agai n, or At very low outs ide temperatures, the rear
> press the IAU T O I button, or window defogger ca n be sw itched on co nti nu-
> press t he ~ button. ous ly by pushing t he OW button for m ore t han
2 seconds . This rema ins stored un t il the ign i-
In the a ir recirculation mode, the air in the
t ion is switc hed off.
passenger compa rtme nt is recirculated and
filtered to prevent exhaust fumes and other A rear w indow defogge r t hat was switched on
po llut ion from ent eri ng the veh icle . We rec- also remains st ore d for 1 5 m inu t es after t he
ommend t hat you use the manu a l air recircu - ignition is sw itche d off. If the engine is re-
lation under the following conditions : started withi n these 15 m inutes, the rear win -
dow defogger is a lso activated, depending on
- when d riving through tunne ls
outside temperat ure . With a vehicle that is
- in a traffic jam .
parked for a short time, the rear window de-
A WARNING
-
fogger does not need to be manually activat-
ed again .
Do not use the air reci rculat io n mode for
exte nded per iods of t ime . The windows @ For the sake of the environment
could fo g up since no fres h air ca n e nt e r
Turn the defogger off when the rear win-
t he vehicle. If the windows fog up, press
dow is clear. When you save electric ity, you
t he air recircu lation button aga in imme di-
save fue l.
W a rm a nd cold 99
Air outlets
Air distribution determines the air flow to the individual vents .
Fig. 11 5 In st rument pa ne l: a ir outle t locati on s a nd airflow direction s
Air out lets @ and @ Air outlets in the rear

~ Rotate the hor izonta l thumb wheel located
Outlets in the cent er console
below the particular outlet to increase, re-
duce , or shut down the airflow from that ~ Rotate the thumbwheel located next to the
outlet. outlet to open or close it.
~ To adj ust the d irect ion of the airflow from ~ To adj ust t he direc t ion of the airflow from
the outlet, move the tab in the center of the the outlet , move the tab in the center of the
outlet in the desired direct ion . The direction outlet in the des ired direction . The d irection
of the air de livered from the vents can be of the a ir delivered from the vents can be
adjusted horizontally and vertically . adjusted hor izonta lly and vertic a lly.
(D Air flows to windshield and to driver and Outlets in the door pillars
front passenger side windows ~ Rotate the horizontal thumb whee l located
@ Air flows to driver/front passenger or to be low the outlet to open or close it .
the driver and front passenger s ide win- ~ To adjust the direction of the airflow from
dows the outlet, move the tab in the center of the
@ Air flows to driver/front passenger out let in the des ired direction. The d irect ion
© Air flow s t o footwell of the a ir delivered from the vents ca n be
adjusted hor izonta lly and vert ically.
The air out lets are actuated either automati -
cally or manually depend ing on the operating The air outlets are actuated e ither automati-
mode selected. cally or ma nua lly depending on the operat ing
mode selected . Heated o r unheated fresh air,
@ Tips or cooled air flows from the vents.
When climate contro l is working, coo led The air outlets to heat the rear footwell a re lo-
air will flow primarily from outlets @ and cated under t he fron t seats. ..,.
M @ . To assure adequate cooling, outlets @
"'
0 and @ should never be completely closed.
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
100 Warm and c old
@ Tips Rear Air Conditioning

If the climate control system is ope rati ng Rear air conditioning - controls
in cooling mode, air flows primari ly from Applies to veh icles: with four -zone automatic comfort air
the outlets in the center conso le and in the condit ioning
door pillars. To achieve adequate cooling, This overview is to assist you in familiarizing
you should never close the outlets com- yourself with the rear air conditioning con-
pletely . trols.
....
Using climate control economically "'
-------------~ -----~
(0
:;
Using the climate controls prudently can help
save fuel.
When you use the air cond it ioner , engine pow-

er is reduced and fuel consumption increases.
To save fuel, you should use the air condition -
er only when necessary . Also please note the
following points : Fig. 116 Rear air conditioning controls
.,.To save fuel, t urn off cooling mode by press- The left display indicates the temperature se-
ing the IA/Cl button (indicator light goes lected for the rear left passenger, the right
out) . display indicates the temperature se lected for
.,.In add it ion, if you open the window or the the rear right passenger . If t he settings for
Panoramic sliding sunroof* wh ile driving, seat heating *, air distr ibut ion or the air cond i-
tu rn off cooling mode by press ing the IA/C l tioning fan are changed, the relevant indica-
button (ind icator light goes out). tor will appear briefly on the display .
.,.If t he vehicle is extremely hot due to the
heat of the sun, briefly open doors and win- Functions are set by rotating the control or
dows. are switched on and off by tapping the but-
tons. The indicator light in the button illumi-
@ For the sake of the environment nates when the funct ion is active .
By reducing the amount of fue l you use, Button (s) Function

you also reduce the amount of pollutants Climate control on/off
ION/O FFI
emitted into the air. ¢ page 101
Automatic mode
IAU TOI
¢page 101
Temperature selection
Regulatoral B ¢ page 101
Seat heating*
Q]
<=:>
page 104
Fan
~
page 101
c::>
Air distribution
~
¢ page 102
•> The regu lator is also used to set the fan s peed , air dis-
tr ibut ion and seat heating. II-
Warm and cold 101
Synchronizing rear air conditioning: By temperature from the position of the sun a re
pressing and holding the regulator on the rear compensated for automatically .
left side, the temperature sett ing of the rear
This operating mode wo rks on ly in the adjust-
left side can be switched to the rear right side
able temperature range, from 60 °F (+16 °()
and vice versa. The new temperature is shown
to 84 °F (+28 °C). If a temperature below 60
in the display .
°F (+ 16 °C) is se lected, LO appears in the dis-
play. At temperatures above 84 °F (+28 °(),
Turning on and off ~ HI is displayed . At both extreme sett ings, cli-
App lies to vehicles: with four-zone automatic comfort air
mate control runs continuously at maximum
condit ioning
cooling or heating power . There is no temper-
Turning the climate control on ature regulat ion .
• Press the !ON/OFF I button, or
• Press the !AU TO I button. Setting rear temperature
Applies to vehicles: with four -zone automatic comfort air
Turning the climate control off conditioning
• Press the !ON/O FF I button to switch the cli- The temperature can be separately adjusted
mate control off and to block the air supply for the rear left and right sides.
from the outside .
• Rotate the regulator to the left to reduce
The air conditioner turns back on when you the temperature, or to the right to increase
press the temperature regulator or one of the the temperature .
buttons.
The selected temperature appears on the cli-
(D Tips mate control display.
If the power child safety lock is on, the

rea r air conditioning control element will Rear fan ~
Applies to vehicles: with four -zone automatic comfort air
not operate . In this case, dashes" •••" will conditioning
appear in the air conditioning control ele-
ment disp lay. The automatically preset fan speed can be re-
duced or increased.
Automatic mode in rear ~ • Press the~ button .
Applies to vehicles: with four-zone automatic comfort air • Rotate the regulator to the des ired fan
conditioning
speed .
The automatic mode is the standard setting
for all seasons. The climate control system automatically reg-
ulates fan speed depending on inter ior tem -
• Select temperature between 60 °F (+16 °C) perature. You ca n adjust the volume of air pro-
and 84 °F (+28 °(). duced by the fan to your own requirements .
• Press the !AUTO I button.
(D Tips
Automatic operation ensures constant tem-
It is possible that the fan speed may
peratu res in the inter ior and dehumidifies the
change automatically. This occurs to en-
air inside the vehicle. Air temperature, volume
sure that the desired temperature setting
and distribution are controlled automatically
to reach or maintain the desired interior tem - is reached as quickly as possible.
M
N
0
..J
perature as quickly as possible. Fluctuations
'SI:
,...., in exterior temperature and the effects of
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
102 Warm and cold
Rear air distribution ~ Automatic recirculation mode

'
App lies to vehicles: wit h fou r-zone automat ic comfort air

condit ioning An air quality sensor detects increased con-
centrations of pollutants in the outside air
The automatically controlled air distribution
and automatically switches to recirculation
con be changed manually.
mode .
., Press the [a button.
We recommend that you always keep auto -
., Rotate the regulator to the desired setting.
matic air recirculation ON to prevent polluted
You can adjust the air circulation so that air outside air from entering the vehicle interior.
flows from specific vents. If the air quality sensor located in the air con-
- In position :J, all air flows from the vents in ditioning system detects polluted outside air,
the center console and the outlets to the the sensor decides whether the air pollution
door pillars. can be reduced by the factory-installed pollu-
- In position :0,air flows from the outlets in tant filter or whether it is necessary to switch
the door pillars. to air recirculation. With heavy concentrations
- In position~, air flows from the outlets un- of pollutants, the air conditioning system is
der the front seats. switched automatically to recirculation mode
and the supply of outside air is blocked. As
There are additional combinations available to soon as the concentration of pollutants in the
adjust air distribution as needed . outside air drops, fresh air is supplied to the
To regulate air distribution automatically, vehicle interior again.
switch to IAUTOI. In the event that the windows fog up during
automatic air recirculation, you must press
Basic settings the® button immediately .
General Under certain operating conditions, automatic

air recirculation is switched off automatically.
The basic climate control settings con be ad- With outside temperatures below about SO °F
justed in the MMI. (+10 °(), automatic air recirculation is limited
., Select : ICAR! function button > AC control to 30 seconds. With outside temperatures be-
button . Or low about 30 °F (- 1 °() and with the air condi -
., Select : ICAR!function button> Car systems* tioner switched off, the automatic air recircu-
control button > AC. lation is limited to 15 seconds.
The following functions can be selected: Synchronization

- Auto recirculation r::;,page 102
One climate control setting for the driver and
- Synchronization r::;,page 102 front passenger seats .
- Supplementary heater* c;,poge 103
- Rear operation* r::;,page 103 With synchronization active, the driver's set-
tings are adopted for the passenger or vice
versa . All the other settings that were made
are transferred to the other seat . This in-
cludes all the climate control settings, except
for the seat heating/ventilation* .
If a different setting is selected at a

"synchronized seat ", synchronization is can-
celled.
Warm and c o ld 103
Synchronization Heated Seats

App lies to vehicles: with four-zone automatic comfort air
conditioning Heated front seats Q]
Applies to vehicles: with electrically heated front seats
One climate control setting for all seats .
The seat cushion and the seotbock of the
With synchroni zation active, the driver's set- front seats con be heated electrically.
tings are adopted for the front passenger and
the rear left and right seats. All the other set- " Press the Ill button.
tings that were made are transfer red to the " Rotate the regulator to the des ired setting.
other seats. This includes a ll the climate con-
In position O the heat ing for the seats is
t rol settings, except for the seat heat ing/ven-
turned off. The range of adjustment is be-
tilation* .
tween 1 and 6.
If a different setting is se lected at a
"synchroni zed seat", synchron izat ion is can- A WARNING
celled . Indiv iduals with reduced sens itiv ity to pain
or temperature cou ld deve lop burns when
Supplementary heater using the seat heat ing funct ion. To reduce
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine the risk of injury, these ind ividuals s hou ld
not use seat heating.
" Select: ICARI funct ion button > AC control
button > Suppl. heater. Or
" Se lect : ICARI
funct ion button > Car system s*
(D Note
control button > AC > Suppl. heater . To avoid damage to the heat ing e lements
in the seats, do not kneel on the seats or
The supplementary heater warms the inter ior place heavy loads on a small area of the
of vehicles with dies e l engines* mo re quick ly. seat.
The supplementa ry heater is controlled auto -
mat ically in the Auto setting .
Front seat ventilation [i]
Applies to vehicles: with front seat ventilation
Rear operation
Applies to vehicles: with four-zone automatic comfort air
The seat cushion and the seotbock on the
conditioning front seats con be ventilated.
The air conditioning in the rear of the vehicle " Press the ~ button .
con be controlled from the cockpit. " Rotate the regulato r to the des ired setting.
" Se lect : ICAR
Ifunct ion button> AC control When the regulator is in the O position, the
button > Rear operation . Or seat ventilation is sw itched off . The ra nge of
" Select: ICARI funct ion button > Car syst ems* adjustment is between 1 and 6 .
control button > AC > Rear cabin setting s.
The driver or front passenger can control the

air cond ition ing in the rear of the vehicle us-
ing his/her own controls .
M
N
_,
0
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
104 Warm and cold
Heated rear seats [i] (D Note

Applies to vehicles: with heated rear seats
To avoid damage to the heating elements
The seat cushions and seatbacks of the two in the seats, do not kneel on the seats or
outer rear seats can be heated electrically. place heavy loads on a small area of the
seat.
Steering wheel heating ~

Applies to vehicles: wit h stee ring wheel heat ing
The steering wheel can be heated electrically.
Fig. 117 Center console rear: Heated seats
lo
..,
="
---- -- ----- -- - - --,,;g
Fig. 1 19 Stee ring whee l: button for steer ing wheel

he atin g
.. Press the [ii button to turn the steering

wheel heating on and off ¢ fig. 119 . The
Fig. 118 Center console rear: Seat heat ing with fou r-
zone automatic comfort air condit io ning* message Steering wheel heating on ! or
Steering wheel heating off! appears in the
Rear seat heating instrument cluster disp lay.
.. Rotate the thumb wheel ¢ fig. 117 @ to A nearly constant temperature is maintained
turn on and adjust the heating for the left when the steering wheel heating is switched
rear seat . on.
• Rotate the thumb wheel ® to turn on and
adjust the heating for the right rear seat . The last setting se lected for the steering
whee l heating (on or off) is automatically
Rear seat heating with four- zone saved when the vehicle is shut off and is as-
automatic comfort air conditioning* s igned to the remote key.
.. Press the ~ button. ¢fig. 118 .
.. Rotate the regulator to the desired setting .
In position O the heating for the seats is

turned off. The range of adjustment is be-
tween 1 and 6.
A WARNING
Individuals with reduced sensitivity to pain
or temperature could develop burns when
using the seat heating function. To reduce
the risk of injury, these individuals should
not use seat heating.
On the road 105
On the road you cannot maintain this minimum dis-

tance, the airbag system cannot protect
Steering you properly.
Manually adjustable steering wheel - If physical limitations prevent you from
Applies to vehicles: with manua lly adjustable steering sitting 10 inches (25 cm) or more from
whee l the steering wheel, check with your au-
The height and reach of the steering wheel thorized Audi dealer to see if adaptive
can be adjusted. equipment is available.
- If the steering wheel is aligned with your
face, the supplemental dr iver's airbag
cannot provide as much protection in an
accident. Always make sure that the
steering whee l is aligned with your
chest.
- Always hold the steer ing wheel w ith your
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-
tions to reduce the risk of personal injury
if the driver's airbag deploys.
Fig. 120 Lever under the steer ing column
- Never hold the steering wheel at the 12
First, adjust the driver's seat correctly . o'clock position or with your hands inside
the steering wheel rim or on the steering
.. Pull the lever q fig. 120 -Arrow- q ,A .
wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel
.. Move the steering wheel to the desired posi- the wrong way can cause serious injuries
tion. to the hands, arms and head if the driv-
.. Push the lever against the steering column er's airbag deploys.
until it locks.
There must be at least 10 inches (25 cm) be- Electrically adjustable steering wheel
tween your chest and the center of the steer- Applies to vehicles: with electrically adj ustable stee ring
ing wheel. If you cannot sit more than 10 in- wheel
ches (25 cm) from the steering wheel, see if The height and reach of the steering wheel
adapt ive equipment is available to help you can be electrically adjusted to suit the driver.
reach the pedals and increase t he distance
from the steering whee l.
For detailed information on how to adjust the

driver's seat, see ¢ page 75 .
& WARNING
-
Improper use of steering wheel adjust-
ment and improper seating position can
cause serious personal injury .
Fig. 121 Switch for stee ring wheel adjus tment
- Adjust the steering whee l column only
when the vehicle is not moving to pre-
First, adjust the driver's seat correctly.
vent loss of vehicle control.
M - Adjust the driver's seat or steering wheel Height adjustment
"'
0
so that there is a minimum of 10 inches
..J
"". .. Push the switch @ up or down <=>fig. 121 .
rl (25 cm) between your chest and the
I.O The steering wheel height changes for as
"'
rl steering wheel ¢ page 164, fig. 194. If
long as you press the switch.
"'
rl
106 On th e road
Reach adjustm ent tions to reduce the risk of persona l injury

.. Push the switch @ fo rward or backward if the dr iver's airbag deploys.
¢ fig. 121 . The steering whee l reach - Never hold the steering wheel at the 12
changes for as long as you press the switch. o'clock position or with your hands inside
the steering wheel rim or on the steering
There must be at least 10 inches (25 cm) be- wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel
tween you r chest and the center of the steer- the wrong way can cause serious injuries
ing wheel. If you cannot sit more than 10 in- to the hands, arms and head if the driv-
ches (25 cm) from the steering whee l, see if er's airbag deploys.
adaptive equipment is available to help you
reach the pedals and increase the distance
Easy entry feature
from the steer ing wheel.
For detai led informat ion on how to adjust the

The easy entry feature makes it easier to en-
driver's seat, see ¢ page 75.
ter and exit the vehicle by automatically ad-
justing the steering wheel.
The steering wheel can be adjusted even when
the ignition is turned Off. For vehicles with Press the button @ ¢ page 105, fig. 121 to
seat memory, the individ ual positions for the turn the easy entry feature on or off.
steering whee l can be stored along with the
When the easy entry feature is turned on (but-
seat posit ion.
ton depressed), the steering wheel moves up
A WARNING
to the parked position when the ignit ion is
turned off. After you enter the vehicle, the
Improper use of steering wheel adjust- steering wheel moves to the stored posit ion
ment and improper seating position can as soon as you tu rn on the ignition.
cause serious personal injury.
- Adjust the steer ing whee l column on ly Easy ent ry feature on vehicles w ith
when the vehicle is not moving to pre- memory seat*
vent loss of vehicle contro l. For t he stored steering wheel position to be
- Adjust the driver's seat or steering wheel recalled, the dr iver's seat memory must be
so that the re is a min imum of 10 inches switc hed on (ION/OF F I swit ch in depressed po-
(25 cm) between your chest and the sit ion).
steering wheel ¢ page 164, fig. 194. If
If the easy ent ry feature is switched off, the
you cannot ma intain this min imum dis-
steering wheel moves to the sto red position
tan ce, the airbag system cannot prot ect
as soon as you press the seat memo ry but ton.
you properly.
- If physical limitations prevent you from
sitting 10 inches (25 cm) or more from
the steering wheel, check with your au-
tho rized Audi dealer to see if adaptive
equipment is availab le.
- If the steering wheel is aligned with your
face, the supp lemental driver's airbag
cannot provide as much protect ion in an
accident. Always make sure that the
steeri ng wheel is aligned with your
chest.
- Always hold the steering wheel with your
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-
On the road 107
Ignition lock and dren unattended in the vehicle. The chil-

ignition switch dren could start the engine or use other
vehicle controls. Unsupervised use of ve-
Ignition key positions hicle controls (for example, power win-
The engine con be started or turned off with dows) can cause serious personal inju-
the ignition key. ries.
(D Note
- If the . symbol in the display blinks,
there is a malfunction in the electronic
steering column lock . Follow the instruc-
tions in Q page 33, i Steering malfunc-
tion .
- If the . symbol in the display blinks,
there is a malfunct ion in the electronic
Fig. 122 Ignitio n switch positions ignition lock. Follow the instructions in
Q page 33, .PeIgnition lock malfunction.
Position @
The ignit ion key can be inserted into the igni -
a) Tips
tion switch in this position . This automatically - If you release the ignition key in position
unlocks the steering column lock . When the @, the key automatically returns to posi-
ignition key is removed, the steering column tion (!) .
lock is automatically locked Q .&.. - If you open the driver's door when the ig-
nition is switched on, a buzzer sounds
Switching the ignition on/preheating (D and the message Ignition is on appears
Turn the ignition key to this position and rein the instrument cluster display. Please
lease it. On vehicles with a diesel engine*, the switch the ignition off.
system can preheat in this position . - To prevent malfunctions in the ign ition
lock, remove any dirt or deposits from
Starting the engine @
the key bit so that they do not enter the
The engine starts with the key in this position. ignition lock.
Major electrical loads are temporarily turned
off. Ignition key safety lock
Ignition off @ The ignition key con only be removed when
Turn the ignition key to this position and re- the selector lever is in the P (Pork) position.
lease it. After turning off the ignition, the ignition key
A
,~ WARNING
~
can only be removed from the ignition lock
when the selector lever is in the P (Park) posi-
- Never remove the key from the ign ition tion. Afte r you have removed the key, these-
lock whi le the vehicle is moving. The lector lever is locked and cannot be moved.
steering wheel will lock, causing loss of
control.
M
- If you have to leave your vehicle, even for
"'
0_, just a minute, always remove the ignition
"".
rl
key and take it with you. This is especially
I.O
"' important if you are going to leave chil-
rl
"'
rl
108 On the road
Starting and stopping by the coo lant and outs ide temperature . Start
the engine immediately after the glow plug
the engine
indicator lightII switches off.
Starting the engine
The glow plug indicator light will only illumi-
The engine can only be started with your orig- nate for approximate ly 1 second when the en-
inal Audi key. gine is warm or the outside temperature is
higher than 46 °F (8 °C). That means you can
start the engine immediately .
A
- WARNING
Never start or let the engine run in a con-
fined or enclosed area. Exhaust fumes
from the engine contain carbon monoxide,
a colorless and odorless gas . Carbon mon-
oxide can be fatal if inhaled.
Fig. 123 Igni tio n key pos itio ns - Never leave the engine idling unattend-
ed. An unattended veh icle w ith a runn ing
Vehicles with gasoline engine: engine poses a danger of personal injury
.. Step on the brake . or t heft .
.. Move the selector lever into P or N ~ ,&..
.. Turn the ignition key to position @ (D Note
~ fig . 123 - do not depress the gas pedal - Avoid high engine speeds, fast accelera-
when starting the engine. tion or heavy engine loads while the en-
gine is still cold. This could damage the
Vehicles with diesel engine:
eng ine .
.. Step on the brake . - The engine cannot be started by pushing
.. Move the selector lever into P or N ~ ,&.. or towing the vehicle .
.. Turn the ign ition key to position © - the
glow plug indicator light II
illuminates @ For the sake of the environment
when the glow plug system is act ive .
To avoid unnecessary engine wear and to
.. When the indicator light II
switches off,
reduce exhaust emissions, do not let your
turn the ignition key to pos it ion @ but do
vehicle stand and warm up. Be ready to
not press the accelerator pedal.
drive off immediately after starting your
.,.Release the ignition key once the engine
vehicle. Maintain moderate speed until the
sta rt s. The starter must not continue run-
engine is completely warm . Remember,
ning.
the engine performs best at operating
A cold engine may sound loud after it has temperature.
been started . This is due to the hydraulic
valves building up oil pressure. This is normal · Stopping the engine
and is not a need for concern.
.,.Turn the ignition key to posit ion @
If the engine does not sta rt immediately, stop ~ page 108, fig . 123.
trying after 10 seconds and then try to restart
the engine abo ut 30 seconds later. A WARNING
-- Never turn off the engine until the vehi-
Glow plug system*
cle has come to a complete stop.
Diesel engines are equipped with a glow plug
system whose preheating t ime is controlled
On t h e r oad 109
- The brake booster and servotronic on ly Gasoline eng ine: Starting the engine
work when the engine is running. With .. Step on the brake.
the ignition turned off, you have to apply .. Move the se lector lever to the P or N posi-
more force when steering or braking . tion ¢ .&, .
Since you cannot steer and stop normal- .. Press th e 1r::s=T:--:-
A =RT= i button to the second
ly, this can lead to accidents and ser ious stage to start the engine .
injuries.
- The rad iator fan can continue to run for Dies el engi ne : Starting the engine
up to 10 min utes even after you have .. Step on the brake.
turned off the engine and removed the .. Move the selector lever to the P or N posi-
ign ition key. The radiator fan can also tion ¢ .&, .
turn on again if the engine coolant heats .. Press th e 1r::s=TA I button down to the first
c:--=RT=
up because of intense sunlight or heat level to begin the preheating process . The
build -up in the engine compartment. glow plug indicat or light II illum ina t es
when the glow plug system is active .
«I) Note .. When the ind icator light II switches off,
Do not stop the engine immed iate ly after press the ISTA RT ! button down to the sec-
hard or extended dr iving. Keep the engine ond level to star t the eng ine .
running for approximately two minutes to
After a cold engine is started, there may be a
prevent excessive heat build-up .
br ief period of increased no ise because oil
pressure must first build up in the hydraulic
Starting and stopping valve adjuste rs. This is norma l and not a cause
the engine with for concern .
Convenience key If the engine does not start immediately, stop
trying after 10 seconds and then try to restart
Starting the engine with the ~
button the engine abou t 30 seconds later .
App lies to vehicles: with Convenie nce key
Glow plug system*
This butt on switches on the ignition and
Diesel engines are equ ipped with a glow plug
starts the engine.
system whose preheating time is controlled
by the coo lant and outs ide temperature . Start
the engine immediately afte r the glow plug
indicator light IIswit ches off .
The glow plug indicator light will only illumi -
nate fo r approximate ly 1 second when the en-
gine is warm or the outs ide temperature is
highe r than 46 °F (8 °C). That means yo u can
start the eng ine immediately .
Fig. 124 Convenie nce key: ENGINE START butt on
WARNING
The ISTAR T ! button is provided with two -stage Never allow the engine to run in confined
operation ¢ fig. 124. spaces - danger of asphyxiation .
M
Switching the ignition on
"'
0
..J
(D Note
"". .. Press the ! STAR T I button once to the first
rl
I.O
- Avoid high engine rpm, full thrott le and
stage to switch on only the ign ition .
"'
rl
heavy engine loads until the eng ine has
"'
rl
110 On th e road
reached operating temperature - other - press and hold the !STOP ! button (vehicle
wise you risk engine damage. speed must be less than 6 mph/ 10 km/h).
- The engine cannot be started by pushing
.&_WARNING
or towing the vehicle.
-- Never turn off the engine until the vehi-
@ For the sake of the environment cle has come to a complete stop.
Do not allow the engine to warm up with - The brake booster and servotronic only
t he vehicle stationary. Start driving right work when the engine is running. With
away. In th is way you avoid unnecessary the ignition turned off, you have to apply
emissions. mo re force when steeri ng or brak ing.
Since you cannot stee r and stop normal-
@ Tips ly, t his can lead to accidents and serious
. . .
If you open the drive r's door when the ig- in Juries.
nition is switched on, a buzzer sounds and - For safety reasons, you should always
the message Ignition is on appears in the park your vehicle wit h the selector lever
instrument cluster disp lay. Please switch in P. Ot herwise, the vehicle could inad-
the ignition off. vert ent ly roll away.
- Afte r the engine has been switch ed off,
t he radiator fa n can cont inue to run f or
Switching engine off with the ~
button up to 10 minu t es - even with th e igni t ion
App lies to vehicles: wit h Convenience key switched off . It can also switch on again
after some t ime if the coolant tempera -
ture rises as the result of a heat buil dup
or if the engine is hot and the engine
compartment is additionally heated by
the sun's rays.
(D Note
If the engine has been under heavy load
for an extended period, heat builds up in
Fig. 125 Convenience key: ENGINE STOPbutton the engine compartment after the engi ne
is switched off - there is a risk of damag ing
.. Bring your vehicle to a complete stop. the engine. All ow the engi ne to run at idle
.. Move the selector lever to the P or N posi- fo r about 2 minutes before switching it
t ion. off .
.. Press the !STOP ! button c;, fig. 125.
Pressing the !STOP ! button once switches off Driver messages in the instrument
the engine and the ignition. If you press t he cluster display
Applies to vehicles: wit h Convenience key
!STOPI button again for more than 1 second,
the steering is locked, provided that the selec- If a func tion is not present, a driver message
tor lever is in t he P posit ion c;, & . appears.
Emergency OFF function No key identified

If necessary, the engine can be switched off This message appears when the ISTAR T I but-
with the selector lever in the R, Dor S posi- ton is pressed if there is no master key inside
tions . To do so, step on the brake pedal and the vehi cle or if the system does not recognize IJ,-
On the road 111
it. For example, the master key cannot be rec- To engage steering lock, press and hold
ognized if it is covered by an object (e.g. alu- STOP button
minum brief case) which screens the radio sig- This message appears for safety reasons if the
nal. Electronic devices such as cell phones can engine and the ignition have been switched
also interfere with the radio signal. off by pressing the ISTOPI button once, and
then the driver's door is opened. In this in-
Press brake pedal to start engine
stance, the steering is not locked . The steer -
This message appears if you press the I START ! ing is locked:
button to start the engine and do not depress
the brake pedal. The engine can only be start- - If you press the ISTOPI button again for
ed if the brake pedal is depressed . more than 1 second.
- If you close the driver's door and lock your
Engage Nor P to start engine vehicle from the outside.
This message appears when the engine is
started if the selector lever for the automatic Parking brake
transmission is not in the P or N position. The
Operation
engine can only be started with the selector in
these positions. The parking brake replaces the handbrake .
!I Key not in vehicle

This message appears along with the !J! sym-
bol if the master key is removed from the ve-
hicle with the engine running . It is intended
to remind you (e.g. when changing drivers)
not to continue the journey without the mas-
ter key.
If the master key is no longer in the vehicle,

you cannot switch off the ignition after stop- Fig. 126 Sectio n of inst rument clust er: Parking brake
ping the engine and you also cannot start the

Applying parking brake
engine again. Moreover, you cannot lock the
vehicle from the outside with the key. .,.Press the pedal down forcefully~ fig . 126
@ in the direction of the arrow.
Shift to P otherwise vehicle can roll away.
Doors do not lock if you are not in P. Releasing parking brake
This message appears for safety reasons .,.Pull the handle to the rear @ in the direc-
along w ith a warning buzzer if the selector tion of the arrow ~ _&..
lever for the automatic transmission is not in
the P position when the ign it ion is switched If you should drive off with the parking brake
off with the ISTOPI button and the dr iver's still set, a warning tone will sound and the
door is opened. Move the selector lever to t he fo ll ow ing will appear in the instrument clus-
P position, otherwise the vehicle is not se- te r to remind you to release the parking
cured against rolling away. You also cannot brake:
lock the vehicle using the locking button on Parking brake is applied
the door hand le or using the remote key.
The park ing brake warning comes on only af-
M
"'
0
ter you have dr iven for longer than 3 seconds
..J
"". and faster than 5 mph (5 km/h) . .,._
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
112 On the road
The parking brake warning light . (USA)/ . of gear. The vehicle could start to roll
(CON) illuminates when the parking brake is away and cause an accident.
set and you switch on the ignition. - No matter what the season is, the tem-
perature in a parked vehicle can reach
A WARNING
- dangerous levels .
Always release the parking brake com-
pletely. A partially engaged brake will Q) Note
overheat the rear brakes, reduce their ef-
- Please exercise care when you park your
fectiveness and cause excessive wear . This vehicle in parking areas with parking bar-
could lead to brake failure and an accident . riers or curbs. Parking barriers and curbs
vary in height and could damage your
(D Note
bumper and related components as the
Only after the vehicle has come to com- front of your vehicle moves over a barrier
plete stop, should you firmly set the park- or curb that is too high, as you park or as
ing brake and move the selector lever into you back out of a parking spot. In order
P. to be sure that no such damage can oc-
cur, you may wish to stop short of having
Parking the front tires of your car touch the park-
ing barrier or curb.
• Press the brake pedal to stop the vehicle . - Please also exercise exceptional care
• Apply the parking brake firmly r=,>page 111, when you drive up or down steep ramps
fig. 126 @ . or drive over curbs or other obstacles, for
• Move the selector lever to P. which the vehicle is not designed, be-
.. Turn the engine off r=,>_&. cause components of th@vehicleclose to
.. When on inclines or declines, turn the steer- the ground, such as bumper covers,
ing wheel so that the vehicle will roll into spoilers and suspension and exhaust sys-
the curb if it begins to move. tem components, may become dam-
aged.
A WARNING
-
This is how you can reduce the risk of in- Starting on hills
jury when leaving your vehicle.
- Never park the vehicle where it can come Hill Hold makes it easier to start on hills.
in contact with dry grass, spilled fuel or The system is activated when the brake pedal
any other flammable materials. is depressed for a few seconds. For th is, the
- When parking on hills, always turn the vehicle must be standing in uphill driving di-
wheels so that the front wheels will first rection.
roll into the curb, if the vehicle should
After releasing the brake pedal, the brake
start to roll.
power is held for a brief moment to prevent
- Never allow anyone - especially small
the vehicle from rolling back when starting. At
children - to remain in the vehicle when
this time, you can easily begin to move your
it is locked. Locked doors make it more
vehicle .
difficult for rescuers to access the pas-
senger compartment in the event of an
emergency. Danger to life!
A WARNING
- If you did not begin moving immediately
- Never leave children unsupervised in the
vehicle. Children could release the park- after releasing the brake pedal, under
ing brake or move the gearshift lever out certain circumstances, the vehicle would
begin to roll backward. Depress the ..,.
On t h e r oad 11 3
brake pedal immediately or engage the .,.Press button @ to set that speed.
parking brake.
The sto red speed and the indicator light
- Should the engine stall, depress the
Ctj;\1)~14
(US model) ;&I (Canad ian model) ap-
brake pedal immediately or engage the
pear in the instrument cluster display
parking brake.
~ fig. 128 . The display may vary depending on
- In order to prevent the vehicle from roll- the type of display in your vehicle.
ing back unintentionally when starting in
stop-and-go traffic, keep the brake pedal
depressed for a few seconds before driv-
A WARNING
- Always pay attention to traffic even when
ing off.
the cruise control is switched on. You are
- When you leave the vehicle - even if only
always responsible for your speed and
briefly - , sw itch off the ignition and
the distance between your veh icle and
make sure to remove the ignition key. Al-
other veh icles .
so engage the parking brake to prevent
- For safety reasons, the cruise control
your vehicle from rolling unintentionally.
should not be used in the city, in stop-
This parti cularly applies if chi ldren are
and-go traffic, on twisting roads and
left in the vehicle - danger of accident!
when road conditions are poor (such as
ice, fog , gravel, heavy rain and hydro-
Cruise control planing) - risk of accident.
Switching the system on - Turn off the cruise control temporarily
when en t er ing turn lanes, highway exit
The cruise control system makes it possible to lanes or in construction zones .
drive at a constant speed starting at 20 mph - Please note that inadvertently "resting"
(30kmlh). your foot on the accelerator pedal causes
the cruise control not to brake. This is
because the cruise control is overridden
by the driver's acceleration.
- Never use the cruise control when driving
off-road or on unpaved roads. The cruise
control is intended for use only when the
vehicle is being operated on paved roads,
and is not suitable for use off-road or on
unpaved roads .
Fig. 127 Control lever with set button
(D Tips
The cruise control cannot maintain a con-
stant speed when driving downhill. The ve-
hicle will accelerate under its own weight .
Downshift to a lower gear or use the
brakes to slow down.
Changing speed
Fig. 128 Display: Selected speed
M .,.To increase/decrease the speed in incre-
"' ments, tap the lever in the 0 10 direction
:3
"".
.,.Pull the lever to position (D ~ fig . 127 to
rl ~ page 113, fig . 127 . Ill>-
I.O switch the system on .
"'
,...., .,.Drive at the speed you wish to set.
"'
rl
114 On th e road
• To increase/decrease the speed quickly, hold sume the saved speed, release the brake ped-
the lever in the 0 10 direction unti l the deal and pu ll the lever to position (D.
sired speed is displayed.
Switch ing the igni t ion off erases the saved
You can a lso press the accelerator pedal down speed.
to increase your speed , e .g. if you want to
pass someone . The speed you saved earlier ~
A WARNING
-
will resume as soon as you release the acceler - You shou ld only ret urn to the saved speed
ator pedal. if it is not too fast for the current traffic
conditions - risk of an accident!
If, however, you exceed your saved speed by
5 mph (10 km/h) for longer than 5 minutes ,
the cruise contro l will turn off temporarily .
The symbol will go out but the saved speed
will be retained.
Presetting your speed

You con preset your desired speed while t he
vehicle is not moving.
• Turn on the ignition.

• Pull lever into position (D c:;,page 113,
fig. 127.
• Press the lever in the 0 or O direction to
increaseor decreaseyour speed.
• Release the lever to save that speed .
This funct ion makes it possible, for example,

to save the speed you want before driving on
the highway . Once o n the hig hway, activate
the cruise contro l by pulling the lever toward
(D.
Switching the system off
Temporary deactivation
• Press the b ra ke peda l, or
• Press the lever into pos it ion @ (no t clicked
into p lace) r:!;>
poge 113, fig . 127, or
• Drive for longer than 5 minutes at more
than 5 mph (10 km/h) above the stored
speed.
Switching off completely

• Press lever into posi t ion @ (clicked into
place), or
• Switch the ignition off.
The system reta ins the saved speed if yo u de-

activate the cru ise con t rol t empo rari ly. To re-
Ad a pti v e c rui s e control 115
Adaptive cruise control page

c::> 120, How is the distance (time inter -
val) set? .
Speed and distance
Driver information
control system
Important informa t ion is broug ht up in the
Description speedomete r a nd in the instr ument clus t er
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise cont rol
display as the vehicle is being driven
The adaptive cruise control driver assistance page 122, Driver informat ion .
c::>
program is a combined speed and distance
What is important for you to know
control system .
The adaptive cru ise cont rol is set w ith system-
spe cified lim its; that is, as a driver, you will
have t o adjus t the speed a nd d istance to t he
vehicle ahead in some instances c:>page 126,
Driver intervention prompt and c::>page 12 7,
System limitations .
A WARNING
-
Imp roper use of the adaptive cruise con-
Fig. 129 Front bumper: Positio n of radar sensor (not trol can cause collisions, other accidents
visible from out side) and se rious personal injury.
- Always remember that the adaptive
Adapt ive cruise control can he lp ma ke driving
cru ise contro l has limits - it will not slow
more relaxed and less tiri ng, particularly dur- the vehicle down or ma inta in the set d is-
ing long t rips on inters t ates or other hig hways tance when you dr ive towards an obsta-
that are genera lly st raight. The sys t em can al-
cle or someth ing o n or nea r t he road that
so ass ist in stop and go traffic .
is not mov ing, such as ve hicles stopped
The adap t ive cruise co nt rol wor ks within a in a tra ffic jam, a sta lled or d isab led vehi-
spee d range bet ween 0 and 95 mph (150 km/ cle.
h). Set ACCt o maintain a constant, legal trav - - Always remembe r that t he adaptive
e l speed between 20 and 95 mph (30 - 150 cru ise con t rol canno t det ect a vehi cle
km/h) that is appropriate for prevailing traff ic that is driving t owards you in your traff ic
conditions. Select a following distance to the lane and that it cannot detect narrow
veh icle ahead and ACCwill adjust your speed veh icles such as motorcycles and bicy-
to maintain that d istance down to a stop . At a cles.
speed below 20 mph (30 km/h), the min imum - Never drive at speeds that are too fast
speed setting of 20 mph (30 km/h) will be se- for traffic, road and weather conditions.
lected automati ca lly. - Never follow a vehicle so closely that you
cannot stop yo ur vehicle safely . The
Adapt ive cruise control has technical limita-
adaptive cruise control cannot s low or
tions that you must know, so please read th is
brake the vehicle safely when you follow
section carefully , understand how the system
a nother vehicle too close ly. Always re-
wo rks and use it properly at a ll t imes.
membe r that the adaptive cruise control
How does it work? has a braking powe r t hat is o nly about
M 3 0 % of the veh icle 's maxim um braking
"' You can operate the adaptive cruise control
0 abil ity. The auto mat ic braking f unctio n
..J
"". usi ng the lever on the steering wheel column
rl canno t bri ng t he veh icle to a sud den or
I.O page 118, How is the speed stored? and
c::>
"'
rl
emergency sto p. Always be prepared to
"'
rl
116 Ad a pti ve crui se co nt rol
brake and take evasive action to avoid cannot switch the ESCinto offroad mode
collisions and other accident situations. w hile the adaptive cruise contro l is
- Never allow the closing speed between t urned on <=> page 224.
you and other vehicles to be so high that - Damage caused by accidents and some
the adaptive cruise control may not be mino r collisions can affect the radar sen-
able to slow your vehicle safely. If clos- sor settings and cause the system to
ing speed is too high, you must apply the malf unction or switch off completely.
brakes yourself to reduce the risk of a - The radar sensor cover is heated. In win -
rear-end crash. ter conditions, you should st ill check be-
- Never rest your foot on the accelerator fore dr iving to make sure it is free of ice
pedal, especially when the adaptive and snow. If necessary, clean the area
cruise control is being used. Pressure on near the radar sensor carefully
the accelerator will override the ACC <=>fig . 129 .
braking function and prevent the brakes - To ensure that the radar sensor is not
from being applied when ACCdetects a blocked, foreign objects (e.g. stickers,
situation when the brakes must be ap- larger license plate mounts, add-on
plied. part s) must not cover the area near the
- Never use adaptive cruise contro l when radar sensor <=> fig. 129. The area near
you cannot drive safely at a steady the radar sensor must not be painted, ei-
speed, including on city streets, on wind- ther.
ing roads or when road conditions are - For Declaration of Compliance to United
poor (for example, on ice, gravel, in fog, States FCC and Ind ustry Canada regula-
heavy rain or on wet roads that increase tions <=> page 329.
the risk of hydroplaning) .
- The radar sensor's vision can be reduced How does adaptive cruise control work?
by rain, snow and heavy road spray. Appli es to vehicles: wi th adapt ive cruise contro l
These and sim ilar condit ions can prevent
Vehicles traveling ahead are detected with
vehicles up ahead from being accurately
the aid of a radar sensor.
detected and in some cases they may not
be detected at all. Do not use ACCwhen
the radar sensors cannot accurately de-
tect vehicles moving ahead of yo u in traf-
fic .
- Always turn off adaptive cruise contro l
when entering turn lanes, exit lanes and
construction zones or in similar situa-
t ions because the vehicle will automati-
cally accelerate to the stored speed when
Fig. 1 30 Basic principl e diag ram: Radar sensor meas-
the road ahead is clear. urement range
- To prevent unintended operation, always
switch ACCoff when it is not being used. Adaptive cruise cont rol uses a radar sensor in
the front of the vehicle <=>fig. 130. The syst em
(D Tips has li mitations <=>page 127. Things that are
- For safety reasons, the stored speed is not moving in your lane and in your direction
deleted when the ignition is turned off . of t ravel will not be detected. The sensor
- The Electronic Stab ilizat ion Control (ESC) measures the distance to reflect ive surfaces
is automatically turned on when the tha t must have a cert ain size. The system re-
adaptive cruise control is turned on. You spond s on ly after the distance measurement ..,.
Ada p ti v e crui se control 117
has been made. If a measu rement is not pos - Passing another vehicle
sib le, the system cannot respond and will not
If you move int o t he passing lane and no vehi-
react to a vehicle or someth ing else up ahead . cle is detected ahead , the adapt ive cr uise con-
Open road trol acce le rates to the speed you have set and
maintains it.
When the road is clear , the adaptive cru ise
control wo rks like cruise control. It maintains Overriding ACC
a constant target speed specified by the driv-
You can increase your speed at a ny time by
er. stepping on the accelera t or ped a l. Aft er you
Driving in traff ic release the accelerator peda l, the system ad-
justs back down to the speed you prev ious ly
If a slower vehicle d riving ahead is detected,
set .
the adaptive cru ise contro l decelerates (wit hin
the limits of the system) ¢ page 126, Driver Reducing stopp ing distance
intervention prompt and ¢ page 127, System
If t he radar sensor detects that the d istan ce
limitations to its speed and after adjusting, to the vehicle a head is less than de fined m ini-
tr ies to maintain the set distance from the ve- mum distance, the brakes are automatically
hicle ahead. The vehicle may temporarily drive prepared fo r emergency braking by the d river.
slower than the set speed while adjusting The brake pads are moved very close to the
¢ .&.in Description on page 115 .
brake d iscs without actually braking the vehi-
If the vehicle in front acce lerates, adaptive cle. This brake assistant feature reacts more
cru ise control also accelerates up to the speed quick ly to the dr iver's brak ing, and also works
that you have set. when adapt ive cruise control is off . The stop-
ping distance is reduced as a result of th is ad-
If the vehicle ahead slows to a stop, ACCwill
vance brake preparation . This fun ction does
slow your vehicle down and to a complete
not perform any emergency brak ing mane u-
stop if this is possible w ith in the system's lim-
vers by itse lf; the dr iver mus t always apply the
its and capabilities. ACCwill not make an
brakes.
emergency stop . The text message ACCoff:
manual control! appears in the instrument
cluster display. Once the veh icle stops, you
A WARNING
-
If ACCinitiates a braking maneuver, the
must dep ress the brake pedal to prevent t he
brake pedal w ill be retracted. Inter ference
veh icle from mov ing forward or "creeping" .
with the brake peda l can prevent ACCfrom
Depressing the brake pedal turns off ACC.
slowing the veh icle down and cause a
When the vehicle ahead accelerates you can
crash and serious personal injury.
reactivate ACC¢ page 120, as soon as your
vehicle has reached a speed of 1 mph (2 km/ - Never put anything in the driver's foot-
h) .
well or let anyth ing fall into it. An object
in the driver's footwe ll can inte rfe re with
Situat ions requiring driver int ervention the peda ls and prevent the acce le rator
In some situations you will have to use the from being used to override ACCor pre-
footbrake to slow the vehicle down in order to vent ACCfrom being switched off when
keep a safe distance from vehicle in front of the brake pedal is depressed and also
you or to avo id a rear -end coll is ion. In this sit- prevent the vehicle from being slowed
uation, a symbol appears and a warning tone down or stopped .
M
N sounds ¢ page 126 . - Only use floor mats that keep t he area
0
...J aroun d the peda ls free and that can be
'SI:
,....,
\!) securely fastened to the footwell .
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
118 Ad a pti v e crui se control
- Never drive with you r foot underneath Switching the system on and off
t he brake pedal. Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise contro l
- Always read and heed the information

and WARNINGS ¢ .&. in Description on
page 115.
A WARNING
- Never rely on the distance control fea-
ture of ACCalone to prevent rear-end col-
lisions . Always be prepared to brake and
take evasive action to avoid collisions
Fig. 1 31 Control lever: Switching on and off
and other accident situations.
- Never allow the clos ing speed between
Sw itching the system on
you and other vehicles to be so high that
the adaptive cruise control may not be .,. Pull the lever to position © r::!) fig . 131 .
able to slow your vehi cle safe ly. If clos - Switching the system off
ing speed is too high, you must app ly the
brakes yourself to reduce the risk of a .,. Pres s the lever to posit ion @ (latched).
rear-end crash.
How is the speed stored?
(D Tips Applies to vehicles: wit h adaptive cruise contro l
Please note that t he amo unt of accelera-

tion the adapt ive cruise control uses de-
pends on the Distance setting selected .
DISTANCE1 g ives you acce lerat ion that is ,'ts ~:_" ';;;",' ,
E Sl'EEO CANCELU
dynamic and sporty. DISTANCE4, on the . T ,0. - ON ...
. RESUME~
other hand, gives more moderate acce lera-
tion. For more information about the time
intervals ¢ page 120, How is the distance
(time interval) set? .
Fig. 1 32 Control lever: Sto ring s peed
- Please note that if the adaptive cruise
control has begun braking the vehicle
With the system switched on the speed is
and the d river chooses to brake the vehi-
stored as follows:
cle add itiona lly, t he brakes may fee l
"ha rd". This is simply due to the pressure • Drive at the speed you want .
build-up of t he initial braking. .,.Press the ISETIbutton ¢ fig. 132 to store
- Adaptive cruise control is sw itched off af- the desired speed .
te r pressing the footbrake. The speed
After the ISE TIbutton is released, the current
saved up this poin t can be resumed. To
speed is stored and mainta ined . If you are
res ume the saved speed, release the
driving at a speed below 20 mph (30 km/ h),
brake pedal and pull t he control leve r to-
the minimum speed setti ng of 20 mph
ward you ¢ page 120, Turning adaptive
(30 km/h) will be set .
cruise control off temporarily .
The saved speed is now shown in the LEDd is-
play in the speedometer by one or two illumi-
page 123 . At the
nated red light d iodes c::>
same t ime, the saved speed is also shown for ..,.
Ad a pti v e c rui se control 119
a short t ime in the Information line After each adjustment, the newly-set speed is
¢ page 124. shown for a short time in the Information line
9 page 124 .
@ Tips
For safety reasons, the stored speed is _& WARNING -
erased when the ignition or the ACCis Improper use of the adaptive cruise con-
turned off. trol features and inattent ion can lead to an
accident causing ser ious personal injury.
Changing stored speed - It is dangerous to use the "RESUME" fea-
Applies to vehicles : with adapt ive cruise control ture when the prev iously set speed is too
high for existing road, traff ic or weather
The speed can be changed without touching
conditions.
the accelerator or brake p edal.
- Always read and heed the information
and WARNINGS ¢ .&.in Description on
page 115 .
(D Tips
You can increase your speed at any time by
stepp ing on the accelerato r pedal. After
you release t he acce lerator pedal, the sys-
tem adjusts back down to the speed you
Fig. 133 Contro l lever: Changing speed
previously set . A new desired speed can be
stored at any time by press ing the !SE TI
Inc reasing speed button 9page 118, fig. 132 .
• Press the leve r briefly upw ards 0

9 fig. 133. USA models: the speed increases
by about 2.5 mph . Canada models : s peed
will increase by one mark on the speedome -
ter sca le .
• Press the lever upwards 0 and hold it . As
long as you ho ld the control switc h down,
the light diode display in t he speedome t er
LED display in the speedometer moves for-
ward and the speed is increased.
Reducing speed
• Press the lever briefly downwards Q . USA
models: the speed decreases by 2.5 mph .
Canada models: speed will decrease by one
mark on the speedometer scale.
• Press the lever downwards O and hol d it.
As long as you hold the control sw itch down,
the light diode display in the speedometer
M LEDdisplay moves ba ckward and the speed
"'
0 is reduced .
..J
"".
rl
I.O After releasing the control switch, the system
"'
rl
regulates the speed to the value just set.
"'
rl
120 Adaptive cruise control
Turning adaptive cruise control off Reactivating control

temporarily " To resume the speed and distance control,
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise cont rol
release the brake pedal and press the lever
In some situations it makes sense to turn in the direction of the arrow @ .
adaptive cruise control off temporarily.
Display in the speedometer
@ Current vehicle speed ~ fig. 135
@ Saved speed
As long as a speed is saved the set desired
speed will be displayed in the LEDdisplay in
the speedometer by one or two illuminated
red light d iodes . When the control function is
® resumed the adaptive cruise control acceler -
Fig. 134 Control lever : Turning adaptive cruise co ntro l
ates to reach the desired speed if no slower
off tempo rarily vehicle ahead is detected.
&_ WARNING -
Improper use of the adaptive cruise con-

trol can cause collisions, oth er accidents
and serious personal injuries.
- Never resume the stored speed if the
speed is too high for prevailing road,
traffic or weather conditions .
Fig. 135 Display in the speedomete r (0 Tips
Turning control off temporarily When the system is turned off temporari-
ly, the speed set at that time is stored.
" To shut off the control with the save func-
tion, either depress the brake pedal, or
" Press the lever in the direction of the arrow
@ q fig . 134.
How is the distance (time interval) set?

Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control
Distance can be set in four stages.
Increasing distance
" Push the slider switch once to the right 0
q fig. 136 . The distance current ly set is
shown for 3 seconds in the instrument clus-
ter display.
" Push the slider switch again to the right 0
to increase the distance by one step. ..,.
Fig. 136 Control lever: Set tin g distance

Adaptive cruise control 121
Reducing distance For example, if the interval DISTANCE 3 is

set, a vehicle in front is fo ll owed at a time in-
"' Push the slider switch once to the left 0-
The distance currently set is shown f or 3
terval of 1.8 seconds.
seconds in the instrument cluster display. For a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) this wo uld
"' Push the slider switch again to the left 0 to be equivalent to a distance of 131 feet
decrease the distance by one step. (40 meters) to the vehicle in front.
The distance at which the adaptive cruise con- The distances given here are nominal values.
trol follows a vehicle in front is determined by The vehicle speed may exceed or fall shor t of
time intervals. A time interval to a vehicle in these target speeds, depending on the driving
front is estab lished and maintained. This pro- situation and the driving style of the vehicle
duces a speed-dependent interval. The higher ahead .
the speed, the greater the safety interva l in
feet (meters) ¢ ,&..
DISTANCE 1 DISTANCE 2 DISTANCE 3 DISTANCE4

s::::,_ s::::,___
Symbol s::::,_ - s::::,_ - s::::,__ - s::::,_ s::::,_ - - _ s::::,
Time interval 1 second 1.3 seconds 1.8 seconds 2.3 seconds

Dynamics Sporting Standard Standard Comfortable
Distance at 25 mph 36 Feet (11 Me- 46 Feet (14 Me- 66 Feet (20 Me- 82 Feet (25 Me-
(40 km/h ) ters) ters) ters) ters)
Distance at 50 mph 72 Feet (22 Me- 95 Feet (29 Me- 131 Feet (40 167 Feet (51
(80 km/h) ters) t ers) Meters) Meters)
Distance at 75 mph 108 Feet (33 144 Feet (44 197 Feet (60 249 Feet (76
(120 km/h) Meters) Meters) Meters) Meters)
How your vehicle responds when accelerating tance you choose, your vehicle will respond
and following other vehicles w ith ACCoperat- more dynamically or more comfortably when
ing can be adapted to your personal wishes accelerat ing and braking . The setting is se-
through different driving programs. Depend- lected through the MMI menu adaptive cruise
ing on wh ich driving program and wh ich dis- control¢ page 126, MMI settings .
Settings DISTANCE 1 DISTANCE 2 DISTANCE 3 DISTANCE4

Symbol for time inter- s::::,___ s::::,_
s::::,_s::::,_ - - s::::,__ s::::,_ - s::::,_ - - _ s::::,
val
Support for: Bumper-to- Bumper-to - Bumper-to- Secondary roads,
bumper traffic, bumper traffic, bumper traffic, trailer operation
brisk driving "keeping pace" "keeping pace"
comfortably comfortably
Response in "dynam-
1 2 2 3
ic" driving program
Response in "stand-
2 3 3 4
ard" driving program
Response in "comfort "
M
N 3 4 4 5
0
driving program
...J
'SI:
,...., (dynamic) 1 ----- 2 ----- 3 ----- 4 ----- 5 (comfo rta ble)
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
122 Ad a pti v e crui se control
A WARNING Driver information

Following ot her vehicles too closely in- Displays in the instrument cluster
creases the risk of a crash and serious per- Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise contro l
sonal injury .
Depending on the driving situation, driver in-
- Following other vehicles too closely, par-
formation is displayed in the instrument clus-
t icularly at higher speeds increases the
ter.
risk of collis ions and serious pe rsonal in-
Jury.
- Setting short distances to the traffic
ahead reduces the time and distance
available to br ing you r vehicle to a safe
stop and makes it even mo re ne cessary
to pay close attention to traffic.
- Always select a speed and distance to
traffic ahead that is safe and appropr iate
under the prevailing traff ic, road, weath -
Fig. 1 37 Overview inst rument cluster
er and Lighting conditions .
- Never re ly on the dist ance control fea- @ Speedometer a nd indica t or Light d isp lay
ture of ACCa lone to preven t rear -end col-
lisions. Always be prepared to brake and @ Display in the instrument cluster
take evasive act ion to avoid collisions @ Speedometer and indicato r light
and other acc ident situations. display
- Never allow the closing speed between
Important information concerning vehicle op -
you and other vehicles to be so high that
eration with adaptive cruise control is shown
the adaptive cruise control may not be
in display a rea @ . The desired speed you set is
able to slow your vehicle safe ly. If clos-
indica t ed in the speedome t er (LED lights
ing speed is too high, you must apply the
aro und t he edge).
brakes yourself to reduce the risk of a
rear-end crash. The ind icator Lights show whether the system
- Always select a g reater following dis- has detected a vehicle trave ling ahead .
tance to the veh icle ahead on wet roads
@ Display in the instrument cluster
than o n dry roads.
- Always read and heed the information In display area @ information from the navi-
and WARNINGS 9 .&.in Description on gation system* and t he tr ip computer is dis-
page 115. played in addition to informat ion about adap-
t ive cru ise control.
(0 Tips You can select among the different informa-
The distance setting is reset to the factory t io n by repeated brief taps o n the IRESET Ibut-
default DISTANCE3 the next time the ig- ton on the w indshie ld w iper Lever 9 page 25,
nition is turned on. Operation .
Certain pieces of information in the bottom
part of the d isplay are not shown permanent-
ly. Information is displayed only if you set or
change the speed setting, change the time in-
te rval, when messages are disp layed or if the
adaptive cruise contro l is turned off for safety
reasons .
Ad a pti v e c rui se control 12 3
Display in the speedometer the symbol a ppears. For more information

Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise con trol about the driver intervention prompt
r::!) page 126.
_& WARNING -
Improper use of the adaptive cruise con-
trol feat ures and inattent ion can lead to a
crash and ser ious pe rsonal inj ury.
- Never a llow the closing speed between
you and othe r vehicles to be so high that
the adaptive cruise cont ro l may not be
Fig. 138 Display in the speedomete r ab le t o slow yo ur vehicle safely. If clos-
ing speed is too high, you must apply the
Desired speed brakes yo urs elf to reduce t he risk of a
The desired speed set by the driver is dis- rear-e nd crash.
played by a red LED. - Always sele ct a greate r followi ng d is-
tance to t he vehicle up ahead on wet
If the desi red speed was set between two
roads t han on d ry roads.
lines on the speedometer using the I SETI but -
- Always rea d a nd heed t he info rmation
ton, the two closest light emitting diodes will
come on <=> fig. 138.
an d WARNINGS <=> & in Descrip tion on
page 115 .
The system a llows only speeds to be set be -
tween 20 to 95 mph (30 to 150 km/h) to be (D Tips
set. This speed range is faint ly illuminated in
- If you use t he accelerator to go faste r
the speedometer (LED lights).
t han t he speed of t he vehicle ahead of
Ind icator lights (symbols ) you, the dr iver int ervention prompt will
not be accompa nied by a warn ing tone.
-- Open road: The indicator ligh t_
- If the speed you previously set is exceed-
shows that ACCis act ive and that no moving
ed, the indicator light in t he speedome-
vehicle has been detected with in range of
ter will swit ch off.
the radar sensor up ahead in your lane of
travel. The set speed is maintained.
Display in the instrument cluster
- - Driving in traff ic: The ind icator
Applies to vehicles: wit h adaptive cruise control
light - shows that a vehicle moving in
your lane of travel has been detected up
front in your lane of travel. Your speed is ad-
justed according to the speed of the vehicle
up front . ACCaccelerates and brakes auto-
matically within the sys t em's capabilit ies .
- - Driver int ervention prompt: The
red flashing warning light - means
Request for driver to assume control. You
as the dr iver must s low the vehicle with the
Fig. 1 3 9 Disp lay in t he inst rument cluster
foot brake. The symbo l-t ells you
M t hat t he adaptive cruise control is not able
"' Scroll through the availabl e information dis-
0
..J to slow the vehicle down enough to keep a
"". plays by br iefly tapp ing t he I RESET ! button at
rl enough distance to the vehicle in front of
I.O the en d of t he windshield wipe r leve r. You can ..,.
"'
rl
you. A warning tone will a lso sound when
"'
rl
select information from the trip computer, - The text DI STANCE! appears in red letters
navigation system* or adaptive cruise control. when the interva l to a vehicle traveling
ahead is too short and you have to slow your
@ Vehicle symbol
veh icle additionally with the foot brake.
@ Distance - The text messages DISTANCE 1 to DIS-
TANCE 4 appear in green letters to indicate
© Status
the t ime interval you have set and adapt ive
@ Vehicle symbol cruise control is in management mode.
The vehicle symbol indicates whether the sys- - If the driving program "standard" is re-
tem has detected an object traveling in front . placed by "comfort" or "dynam ic" using the
MMI, the above text message is supple-
- Vehicle outline: Open road, no vehicle mented by an appropriate prompt, e.g. DIS-
ahead. TANCE 1 - dyn .
- White vehicle: A vehicle is detected ahead .
- Red vehicle : Request for driver to assume
System status indicator
control.
Appli es to vehicles : wi th adapt ive cruise contro l
@ Distance The text messages and symbols shown in this

Using the arrows and scale, you can detect area of the display are not displayed perma-
how far it is to the vehicle in front of you. nently.
- Open road: No arrow appears when the ve-

hicle is on an open road and there is no vehi-
cle ahead.
- Driving in traffic: If a vehicle is detected
ahead, the arrow moves on the scale. The
green area represents the distance set.
When approach ing slow ly, the arrow moves
from the gray zone to the green zone on the
scale . Fig. 140 System status indicator
- Driver intervention prompt : When ap-

Time intervals (such as.::::::,
____ .::::::,)
proaching rapidly, the arrow serves as an
early warning signal. If the d istance select- The different symbols for the time int ervals
ed is exceeded or possibly not reached, the (distance) appear if you change the settings
arrow moves into the red zone on the scale. fig. 140 .
c::>
In certa in driving situations, you as the driv-
er will have to take act ion c::>
page 126, Driv-
er intervention prompt. Three white dots .. . appear if a setting cannot
be made with the operating lever. The follow-
@ Status ing are possible reasons
- The text ACC: Off appears in white letters - If you pull the cont rol lever towards you to
when adaptive cruise control is turned off. resume speed but no requested speed was
- The text ACC: Standby appears in white let- set.
ters when the system is turned on but no - If you push the lever up to increase (or down
desired speed has been set . to reduce) speed whe n no speed has been
- The text ACC: override appears in white let- set previously.
te rs when you exceed the desired speed by - If you push the lever up to increase (or down
acce lerat ing. to red uce) speed and this speed is outs ide Ill>
Adaptive cruise control 125
the 20 to 95 mph (30 to 150 km/h) speed Stabilization control (ESC)

range .
The t ext message Stabilization control (ESC)
ACC:Unavailable appears if the Electronic Stabilization Control
(ESC) has intervened . In this case the adaptive
The text message ACC:Unavailable appears, cruise control is automatically turned off . This
for example, if t he temperature of the brakes is accompanied by a warn ing tone.
is excessive. Adaptive cruise control is tempo-
rarily not available. A warning tone sounds as Speed
a reminder .
The set speed in mph (Canada km/h) always
ACC:Not available appears when saving or changing the speed in
adaptive cruise control ¢ page 118, How is
The text message ACC:Not available appears the speed stored? and r::!)
page 119, Changing
in the event of a ma lfuncti on. Adaptive cruise stored speed.
control is turned off . A warning tone sounds
as a reminder. Have the system inspected by a ACCfunctionality limited
q ua lified dealership.
The message ACCfunctionality limited ap-
ACC:Sensor blocked pears when the ACCSystem does not detect
any moving vehicles up ahead in your lane of
The text message ACC:Sensor blocked ap- trave l for a longer period of time. During this
pears when the ACCSystem can no longer ac- time, the distance to moving vehicles in your
curately detect vehicles moving up ahead in
lane of travel up ahead is not being ma in-
your lane of travel. Adaptive cruise control is
ta ined . The ACCsystem is not switched off,
turned off. A warning tone also sounds as a re-
and increased attent ion to the traffic situation
minder.
is absolutely necessary. The following may be
To decide whether it is necessary to switch off reasons why the message ACCfunctionality
the ACC(ACC: Sensor blocked) or if it is only a limited appears :
temporary condition (ACCfunctionality limit-
- The ACCsensor is d irty . The ACCsystem is
ed) the system will take into cons ideration the
not re act ing, or is not reacting correctly, to
outside temperature and/or the windshield
moving vehicles up ahead in your lane of
operat ion.
t ravel.
The ACCsensor is dirty or blocked (e.g. leaves, - There may be very light traffic on and there
snow). is nothing that ma rks the side of the road
(for examp le, guard ra ils, traffic signs,
The ACCsensor is located behind the area to
trees). As soon as a moving vehicle up ahead
the right of the front license plate . If the ACC
is detected again, ACCbecomes active again
sensor is dirty or blocked, clean the area to re-
and the message disappears.
store system operat ion.
The ACCsensor is located be hind the area to
ACCoff: Manual control! the right of the front license plate. If the ACC
The text message ACCoff: Manual control! senso r is dirty or blocked, clean the area to re-
appears afte r the vehicle has been brought to store system operation.
a standstill by the adaptive cruise control. In
Parking brake!
this case you must depress the brake peda l to
prevent the veh icle from rolling. A warn ing The text message Parking brake! appears,
"" tone sounds as a reminder. when the parking brake is applied. ACC is
N
0
...J
turned off . A warning tone sounds as a re -
'SI:
,...., minder.
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
Stationary object ahead - The indicator light- in the speedome -

The text message Stationary object ahead ap- ter blinks red .
pears, when you want to activate the system - A warning tone sounds.
and there is a stationary vehicle or an object
immediately in front of you .
0) Tips
- Adaptive cruise control is switched off af-
Gradient too steep ter pressing the footbrake. The speed
The text message Gradient too steep appears saved up this point can be resumed.
when the max imum gradient for proper ACC - To res um e the saved speed , release the
operation has been exceeded. Adaptive cru ise brake pedal and press the cont rol lever
contro l is turned off . A warning tone also ~ page 120, Turning adoptive cruise
sounds as a reminder. control off temporarily .
- If you use the accelerator to go faster
Shift lever position!
than the speed of the vehicle ahead of
The text message Shift lever position! ap- you, the driver intervention prompt will
pears when the selector lever is moved to po- not be accompanied by a warn ing s ignal.
sition N. In this position, adapt ive cruise con- - If the speed you previously set is exceed-
trol is not ava ilab le . ed, the indicator light in the speedome-
ter will switch off.
Driver intervention prompt
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise cont rol MMI settings
Applies to vehicles : with adaptive cruise contro l
The driver intervention prompt calls on th e
driver to toke over the situation. Individual settings for adoptive cruise control
con be selected in the MMI.
Settings for the Driving program can be ad-

justed indiv idually to the part icular user and
saved in the MMI. This can only be done with
the engine running .
.,.Select: !CAR Ifunction button> Systems*

cont rol button > adaptive cruise control >
Driving program. Or
Fig. 141 I nst rument clust er: Driver inte rventi on .,.Select: !CAR Ifunction button > Car systems*
prompt control button > Driver assist > Adaptive
cruise control > Driving program .
In certain situations, the braking power of the
adapt ive cruise control is not enough to main- Setting the driving program
tain an adequate distance to the vehicle up In the Driving program menu you can adju st
ahead. In these situations, the adaptive cruise the characteristics of adaptive cruise control
control calls the driver to take action. to your own preferences using Dynamic ,
The driver intervention prompt alerts you vis- Standard or Comfort .
ually and audib ly to take over.
Saving settings
- A red vehicle is shown in the instrument
Your individual sett ing s are automatically
cluster display ~ fig. 141 .
saved and assigned to the remote control key
- The text DIS TANCE! appears in the status being used (remote key storage) . If the key is ..,_
line.
Ad a pti v e c rui se control 12 7
given to another person, the saved settings When driving around curves
remain as they are. Applies to vehicles: wit h adaptive cruise control
System limitations
General information
Ap plies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control
The radar sensor has limits that the driver

must know to be able to use ACCproperly .
The adaptive cruise control works within lim-

its that are also related to radar sensor range Fig. 14 2 Vehicle enter ing a curve
and sight distance . In some situations ACC
may react unusually or late from the driver's
point of view. Therefore, always be attent ive
to what is happening around you and always
be ready to intervene, if necessary:
-when driving around curves ¢ page 127

- when vehicles up front are not in line with
your vehicle ¢ page 128
- when other vehicles are changing lanes
i=>page 128 Fig. 14 3 Vehicle leaving a curve
- when other vehicles are difficult to detect

Entering a curve
i=>page 128
- when vehicles up ahead are not moving or When entering a curve, the adaptive cruise
obstacles are in your travel lane i=>page 128 control may react to a vehicle in the next lane
and apply the brakes in your vehicle
A WARNING ¢ fig . 142. The braking action can be overrid·
den by depressing the accelerator pedal.
The radar sensor's function and range can
be reduced by rain, snow and heavy spray. Leaving a curve
Moving vehicles up ahead may not be
At the end of very long curves, ACC'spredic-
prompt ly detec ted or may not be detected
tive lane reading can cause ACCto react to an-
at all.
other vehicle in the next lane and apply the
- Always pay careful att ention to the traf-
brakes on your vehicle ¢ fig . 143. The braking
fic situation and be ready to intervene
action can be overr idden by depress ing the ac-
and be ready t o take comp lete cont rol
celerator pedal.
whenever necessary.
M
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
Vehicles offset to one side Some vehicles moving up ahead in your lane
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control of trave l are difficult to detect, for examp le
two -wheeled veh icles, vehicles with high
ground clearance, loads sticking out the back .
Vehicles like this are often detected late or in
some situations not at a ll.
Stationary vehicles
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise contro l
Fig. 144 Vehicle traveling a head outside the detect ion

range of t he rada r se nsor
Vehicles mov ing up ahead but offset in t he

lan e cannot be detected by ACCunti l they are
in sensor range.
Lane changes by other vehicles Fig. 147 Turning and stationary vehicle
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control
Fig. 148 Sheering out and stat ionary veh icle

Fig. 145 A vehicle changes lanes
If a vehicle that has been detected by ACCex-
Vehicles that cut into your lane a sho rt dis- its the highway or sheers out into the neigh-
tance in front of you cannot be detected by boring travel lane, and there is a stationary
ACCuntil they are in senso r range. vehicle ahead of that vehicle, ACCwill not de·
tect or react to that stationary vehicle
Vehicles that are difficult to detect <=>fig. 147 and c::>fig. 148 .
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruis e contro l
Fig. 146 Two -wheeled vehicle driving ahead

Ada p ti v e crui se control 129
Audi braking guard The system can make you aware of two diffe r-
ent hazardous situations:
Description
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control Distance
Audi braking guard warns you of a possible The distance warning is given if the system
collision with a moving vehicle up ahead . calculates that there is not enough distance
to the vehicle up ahead a period of more than
S seconds. If the distance is less than 30 f eet
(9 meters) at SO mph (80 km/h), for examp le,
an optical display comes on in the instrument
cluster¢ fig. 149.
If the vehicle ahead brakes sharp ly, Audi brak-

ing guard cannot help you to avoid a collision,
even in the case of an immediate response.
Take immed iate action to avoid the collision
Fig. 149 Display in the instrument cluster and increase the distance to the vehicle up
ahead.
The Audi braking guard is act ive from a speed
of approx. 20 mph (30 km/h) and wor ks w ith- Speed
in the system limits ¢ page 127 even when If there is a much slower vehicle moving up
the adaptive cruise contro l is deactivated . ahead in your lane, or if the vehicle ahead
A radar sensor is built into the front of the ve- brakes sharply, the Audi braking guard calcu-
hicle ¢page 116, fig. 130. The system is in- lates the point from which a collision can only
tended to measure the distance to reflect ive be avoided by full braking or by an avoidance
surfaces . If a measurement is not possible, maneuve r. If a warning does sou nd, a possible
the system does not respond. collision with the vehicle in front can on ly be
avoided th rough an evasive maneuve r or by
When the measurement has been taken, the braking.
system can recognize a possibly hazardous sit -
uation, for example, whe n a vehicle up ahead The warning is given in two stages :
in your lane of trave l sudden ly brakes or when - Pre-warning: A visual display appears in the
your own vehicle is moving at high speed to- instrument cluster and a warning tone
wards a much slower vehicle up ahead . As sounds.
soon as the system senses that a possible col- - Acute wa rning : If you do not respond to the
lision with the vehicle up ahead can only be pre-warn ing, the second stage warning is
avoided by immed iate full brake app li cation or given. A quick brake application helps to di-
by an avoidance maneuver, a warning appears. rect your attention to the road and traffic
The system has a defau lt response time to be situat ion.
able to signal before a collision occurs. This Under heavy braking, the brake assistant
system response time is automat ically re- ¢ page 116 also helps you benef it from maxi-
duced if you accelerate actively, fo r example mum braking eff iciency.
to join a highway . Braking, tra nsverse acceler-
ation and the steering angle can lead to a re-
duced system response time. The warning is
A WARNING
I nattention can cause collisions, other ac-
M
N deactivated if you begin to overtake with full
0 cidents and serious perso nal inj uries.
...J acceleration .
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
130 Ad a pti ve crui se co nt rol
- Always pay close attention to the traffic, (D Tips

even when the Audi braking guard is
When handing over the keys to another
switched on. The Aud i brak ing guard pro-
person, the previous settings are adopted
vides a warning but does not brake the
if the Audi braking guard is activated
car for you . You must apply the brakes
¢ page 43.
yourself!
- Always keep the safe and legal distance
between your vehicle and vehicles up Driver's information in the instrument
cluster display
ahead.
Appli es to vehicles : wit h adaptive cruise contro l
-Audi braking guard works within limits
and w ill not respond outs ide the system Braking guard activated
limits, for example when approaching a
This message appears when the Audi braking
stopped vehicle or stationary obstacle
guard applies the brakes du ring a second
(end of a traff ic jam or vehicle that has
stage (acute) war ning .
broken down in traffic).
- Always remember that the radar sensor Braking guard off
for the Audi braking guard works within This message appears when the system has
defined detection and range limits that been deactivated via the MMI. This message
may prevent the proper detection of oth- also appears br iefly at each beginn ing of a trip
er vehicles.
if the syst em is switched off .
- The radar sensor's function and range
can be reduced by rain, snow and heavy The message also appears if the system is not
spray. Moving vehicles up ahead may not available due to a malfunction or if the ESCis
be promptly detected or may not be de- not switched on ¢ page 224. If th is is the
tected at all. case, the system will not provide warnings
- Always pay careful attention to the traf- about a possible collision.
fic situation and be ready to intervene
and be ready to take complete control
whenever necessary.
- Reflective surfaces includ ing crash barri-
ers or tunnel entrances may impair the
function of the radar sensor.
Settings in the MMI

App lies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control
The settings of the Audi braking guard are

performed in the MMI.
.. Select : ICARIfunct ion button > Systems*

control button > Audi braking guard. Or
"Se lect : ICAR Ifunct ion button > Car system s*
control button > Driver assist > Audi brak-
ing guard.
- System - the Audi braking guard system can

be switched On and Off .
- Early warning - the acoustic warning and
the messages can be switched On and Off .
Aud i side assist 131
Audi side assist signal is designed so that you notice it on ly

when you are looking in the outside mirror.
Lane Change Assistant
When you activate the turn signal and side as -
Description s ist de t ects a vehicle in a no table location, the
App lies to vehicles: with side assist corresponding signal on the outside mi rror
flashes briefly and brightly several times. This
The side assist helps you when changing
is the alert stage signal ¢ page 133 .
lanes .
Activating and deactivating

-..
~
..:,
(D
Applies to vehicles: wit h side assist
AUDl Q7
Fig. 150 Rear bumper: Posit ion of radar sensors (not

visible on outside)
Fig. 1 52 Dri ver's doo r : Side assist button
Activating
.,. Press the ¢ fig. 152 button. The indicator on
t he button lights up .
Deactivating
.,.Press the button again . The indicator light
Fig. 15 1 Signal light on the outside mirror - driver 's on the button goes ou t .
side
The system works at speeds faster than
Side assist uses radar sensors (not visib le on 19 mph (30 km/h) .
outside) ¢ fig. 150 to help the d river check
blind spots, and see what is happen ing in traf - A WARNING
fic beh ind the veh icle ¢ page 132, fig. 153.
- Imp roper reliance on the side assist sys-
Signa l lights are bu ilt into both outside m ir- tem can cause coll isions and serio us pe r-
rors ¢ fig. 151 . The signal light on the left sonal injury:
ou t side mirror assists when moving over into - Never rely on ly on side assist when
the left lane and the signal light on the right changing lanes.
ou t side mirror assists when moving over int o - Always check rear view mirrors to make
the right lane . su re that it is safe to change lanes.
- Side assist canno t detect all veh icles un-
The s ignal lig ht comes on to tell you t hat side
de r all conditions- danger of accident!
assis t has detec t ed a vehicle on t hat side and
that t he position of this othe r vehicle shou ld - Side assist canno t d etect vehicles in time
M be taken into account if you were to change to a lert you w hen they app roac h from
"'
0_, lanes. This is called the informationa l stage behind at very hig h speed, or fall drop
"".
sign al ¢ page 133. The informat ional stage back very qu ickly. ~
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
132 Audi side assist
- The radar sensor's vision can be reduced tivated as soon as the electrical connec-
or entirely blocked by rain, snow, and tion to the trailer electrical socket is
heavy spray . This can result in side assist made ¢ page 137.
not adequately detecting vehicles or, in - For vehicles with a trailer hitch that was
some cases, not detecting them at all. not installed according to factory specifi-
Always keep an eye on the direction you cations, switch off the side assist when
are traveling and the relevant area towing a trailer .
around the vehicle. - Additional tinting on the front side win-
- Please note that side assist indicates dows can make it harder to see and cor-
there are approaching vehicles, or rectly understand the signal light on the
vehicles in your blind spot, only after outside mirror.
your vehicle has reached a driving speed - For Declaration of Compliance to United
of at least 19 mph (30 km/h). States FCCand Industry Canada regula-
- Side assist signal does not work around tions¢ page 329.
tight corners (turning radius less than
328 feet, or 100 m). Sensor detection area
- Side assist is no replacement for the driv- Applies to vehicles: with side assist
er's full attention. The driver alone is re-
sponsible for lane changes and similar -----··· ....·--·-- -
driving maneuvers. Always keep an eye
@ ,/
on the direction you are traveling and the
relevant area around the vehicle.
-ill--
b''T
-
- To ensure that you do not adversely af-
fect side assist, do not block the area on
the rear bumper where the radar sensors Fig. 153 Schematic illustration: Sensor detectio n area
are located with foreign objects (such as

The detection ¢ fig. 153 of the radar sensor
stickers or bicycle racks).
detection area is made up of:
- Make sure that the signal light on the
outside mirror is not blocked by stickers - the approach area (light red area) (D, about
or other items. 230 feet (70 m) behind the vehicle, and
- the "blind spot" (dark red area) @ .
(Di Tips
The radar sensors cover the adjacent left and
- Side assist automatically deactivates if it right lanes. Other lanes are not covered by the
detects that the radar sensors are radar sensors.
blocked ¢ page 13 7. The indicator light
on the button goes out . (D Tips
- The area on the bumper where the radar
Side assist does not measure actual lane
sensors are located must consistently re-
width. The system assumes a fixed lane
main free of snow, ice, and heavy soiling
width . Detection in the left and right lanes
so that side assist can function properly.
is based on this assumed lane width.
Follow the additional notes on
When driving on narrow roads or when
¢ page 138.
driving to the left or right of the center of
- For vehicles with a factory installed tow-
a travel lane, it is possible that vehicles
ing hitch* or a trailer hitch* that was in-
will be detected that are not in the lane
stalled later according to factory specifi-
cations, side assist is automatically deac-
Aud i side assist 13 3
next to the lane you are using mirror, you can clearly see t he informational
¢ page 137 . stage sig nal.
Alert stage signal

Operation
Applies to vehicles: with side assist When you activate the turn signal, and s ide
ass ist has de tecte d a vehicle in a not ab le loca-
Side ass ist compares the distance and diffe r- t ion on that pa rti cula r s ide , the signa l light o n
ence in speed of detected vehicles with the this side mi rror flashes brightly . The repeated
speed of your vehicle . Whenever t he differ- brief and bright flashing of the a le rt stage
ence in speed and d istance is registered as no- s ignal reminds you to carefully check traffic to
table if yo u were to change lanes, a signal the rear in the outside mirror and over your
light appea rs o n the respective mirror. sho ulder , so that you can safe ly comp lete t he
The s ignal ca n light up if you are passed by a lane change ¢ A in Safety tips on page 138 .
ve hicle or if you are pass ing another vehicle .
@ Tips
If you pass another veh icle s lowly (difference
The br ightness of the s ignal light on the
in speed less than 9 mph, or 15 km/h), the
outside m irrors can be adjusted with the
signal light will come on as soon as t he other
MMI ¢ page 136.
ve hicle is in your blind spot and is detected by
side assist . When the difference in speed is
g reater, the sig na l light will not come on. Driving situation: Fast approaching
vehicles
Applies to vehicles: wit h side assist
Informational and alert stage signals
Applies to vehicles: with side assist
Side assist has t wo s ignal stages:
- t he informat io na l stage s ignal, and

- the a lert stage signa l.
Side assist he lps you by usi ng the app ropriate
signal stage, depending on whether or not
you have activated the turn signal , and thus
have indicated t hat you are or are not chang-
ing lanes .
Informational st age signal

As long as you have not activated the t urn sig-
na l, side assist informs you of detected
vehicles that are registered as be ing in a nota-
ble location if you were to change lanes .
Whenever the detected vehicle 's differe nce in
speed and dist a nce is registered by side assist Fig. 154 Side ass ist: Fast approac hing ve hicles
as notable, the signa l light o n t he respec t ive
mirror prod uces m ute d illum inat io n. @ Signal on outside mirror does not light
up
The br ightness of the informat io nal stage sig -
M
nal is designed not to be as inte nse, so that it No vehicle was detected by the sensors . The
"'
0
..J
does not interfere wit h your view of the road s ignal on the outside mirror does not light up
"".
¢ A in Safety tips on page 138 .
rl
I.O when you are d riving and have no int ent ion of IJJ,,
"'
rl
changing lanes. When you look in t he outsi de
"'
rl
134 Aud i side assist
@ Informational stage signal lights up Driving situation: Slowly approaching

A fast approaching veh icle - in the left-hand vehicles
Applies to vehicles : wi th side assist
lane for examp le - was detected by the sen-
sors . Although this vehicle is sti ll far away, it
should be taken into account if you were to
change lanes, due to the considerable differ -
ence in speed. The informational stage signal
on the outside m irror lights up c::;,page 133.
@ Alert stage signal flashes

If you activate your turn signal in driving sit-
uation @ , the signal briefly f lashes repeated-
ly. Side ass ist is alerting you to a veh icle that
you may not have noticed.
@ Tips @
- The faster a vehicle approaches from the
rear, the sooner the signal on the outside
mirror lights up. Side assist will signa l,
at the latest, when a detected vehicle en-
ters your "blind spot" .
Fig. 15 5 Side assist: Slow ly approac hin g vehicles and
- When vehicles approach very quickly,
vehicles in your blind spot
changing lanes can be dangerous even if
the signal on the outside mirror does not @ Signal on outside mirror does not light
light up. up
A vehicle approaching slowly - in the left-hand
lane for example - was detec t ed by the sen-
sors. Because of the small d ifference in speed
and the considerable distance from your vehi -
cle, the signal on the outside mirror will not
light up c::;,&. in Safety tips on page 138.
@ Informational stage signal lights up

The distance between your veh icle and that of
the slow ly approaching vehicle has narrowed .
The informationa l stage signal on the outside
mirror lights up.
As soon as the differe nce in speed and dis-

tance is registered as notable if you were to
change lanes, a signa l on the mirror lights up.
Side assist will signal at the latest when a de-
tected vehicle enters your "b lind spot". .,,.
Audi side assist 135
@ Alert stage signal flashes @ Informational stage signal lights up

If you activate your turn signal in driving sit- A vehicle dropping back slowly on the right
uation @ , the signa l light briefly flashes re- (difference in speed of less than 9 mph, or lS
peatedly. Side assist is alerting you of a vehi- km/h) has been detected by side assist. The
cle that you may not have noticed . informational stage signa l on the outside mir-
ror lights up.
@ Tips
@ Alert stage signal flashes
- The faster a vehicle approaches from the
rear, the sooner the signa l on the outside If you activate your turn signal in driving sit-
mirror lights up . Side assist will signa l, uation @ , the signal briefly flashes repeated-
at the latest, when a detected vehicle en- ly. Side assist is alerting you of a vehicle that
ters your "blind spot". you may not have noticed.
- When vehicles approach very quickly,
changing lanes can be dangerous even if Driving situation: Vehicles dropping
the signal on the outside mirror does not back quickly
light up. Applies to vehicles: with side assist
Driving situation: Vehicles dropping

back slowly
Applies to vehicles: with side assist
®
Fig. 157 Side assist: Vehicles dropp ing back quickly
CDSignal on outside mirror does not light

up
Fig. 156 Sid e assist: Vehicles dropp ing back slowly The vehicle just passed has not yet been de-
tected by side ass ist. The s ign al on the out -
CDSignal on outs ide mirror does not light side mirror does not light up q .& in Safety
up tips on page 138 .
The vehicle that you passed has not yet been
@ Signal on outside mirror does not light
M
detected by side assist . The signal on the out- up
"'
0_, side mirror does not light up q .& in Safety
The vehicle dropping back quickly on the right
"". tips on page 138.
rl
I.O ( difference in speed of more than 9 mph, or
"'
rl lS km/h) has been detected by side assist, 1J1>
"'
rl
136 Audi side assist
but is not considered notable in the event of a You may not notice the change until lighting
lane change, because it is dropping back so conditions are normal again.
quickly. The signal on the outside mirror does
not light up¢ .&. in Safety tips on page 138. (D Tips
- Side assist is not active when the basic
@ Signal on outside mirror does not light
up brightness is adjusted. The signal light
comes on briefly to help you make the
If you activate your turn signal in driving sit-
adjustment.
uation @ , the signal still does not light up on
- Your settings are automatically stored
the outside mirror ¢ .&. in Safety tips on
and assigned to the remote control key
page 138. being used.
MMI settings
· General information
App lies to vehicles: with side assist '
Applies to vehicles : wit h side assist

The basic brightness setting of the signal on
Side assist has limits and cannot detect
the outside mirror can be adjusted via the
vehicles under all road and weather condi-
MMI.
tions . Please remember system limitations
.. Select : ICARIfunction button> Systems* and never rely on the system, especially when:
control button > Audi side assist. Or - driving through curves¢ page 136,
.. Select : ICAR!function button > Car systems* - lanes are of different widths ¢ page 137.
control button > Driver assist > Audi side
assist. '
When driving through curves
The brightness of the signal light for both the Applies to vehicles:wit h side assist
informational and alert stages is automatical -
Side assist cannot detect vehicles in curves
ly adjusted to ambient light conditions. In ad-
with a turning radius of less than 328 feet
dition, you can adjust the basic brightness
(100 m).
separately, via the brightness function.
When driving through a curve, it is possible
While making the adjustment, the new
that side assist may register a vehicle two
brightness setting is displayed briefly . The
lanes over, and the signal on the outside mir-
brightness displayed is that of the informa-
ror will light up .
tional stage signal. The alert stage signal
brightness is linked to the informational stage
signal brightness.
The informational stage signal brightness

should be adjusted so that you notice the sig-
nal illumination when you look in the outside
mirror, but not when you look forward
through the windshield.
In very dark or light surroundings, the auto-

matic brightness setting adjusts signal light
brightness to maximum or minimum intensi-
ty, as needed. In circumstances such as these,
you may not notice any change in the bright-
ness on the outside mirror when adjusting the
basic brightness.
Aud i side assist 13 7
Lane width will see a message in the instrument cluster

Applies to vehicles: with side assist display:
Audi side assist not available: sensors

blocked
The side assist sensors are built into the rear
bumper on the left and right (not visible on
the outside) c:!>poge 131, fig . 150. To ensure
that you do not adversely affect the way side
-·
ass ist functions, foreign objects (such as stick-
ers or bicycle racks) should not be attached to
Fig. 158 Lan es of a norma l wid th a re in detect ion area the area on the rear bumper where the sen-
sors a re located . If side ass ist functions are
adverse ly affec ted, you will see th is message
in the instrument cluster disp lay. Remove any-
th ing t hat may be blocking the sensors.
If no vehicle is detected for a longer per iod of

t ime wh ile dr iving, side ass ist will also switch
off automati cally.
Audi side assist currently not available

Fig. 159 Narrow lanes: Side ass ist may detect vehicles If there is a temporary problem (such as the
two lanes away
vehicle 's battery charge be ing low), side assist
cannot be act ivated temporar ily.
Side assist's detection area is designed to cov-
e r lanes of standard width to the left and Audi side assist: system fault
right of your travel lane, depending on wheth-
Have the system checked by an author ized
er you dr ive in the center of your lane or closer
Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
to the edge.
If you drive in narrow lanes, side ass ist's de- Audi side assist not available when
towing
tec t ion a rea may a lso include other lanes - es-
pec ia lly if you tend to d rive on the edge of The radar sensor's view is limited when tow-
your lane c:::>fig. 159 . Under these cond it ions, ing a tra iler. For vehicles with a factory instal-
vehicles can also be detected that are two led tow ing hitch or a trailer hitch that was in-
lanes away, and side assist then could switch stalled later according to facto ry specifica-
between the informat ional and warn ing stage t ions, s ide ass ist is automatically deact ivated
signals. as soon as the ele ctrical connection to the
trailer's e lectrical socke t is made, an d this sta-
When driving in very wide lanes, vehicles in
tus message appears in the instrument clus-
the adjacent lane may not be detected be -
ter display. Deactivation cannot be guaran -
cause they are not inside the detection area.
teed when using a ret rofitted towing hitch
that was not installed according to factory
Notes specifications .
Messages in instrument cluster display
M Applies to vehicles: with side assist
"'
0_,
"". If side ass ist t urns off automa t ically, the ind i-
rl
I.O
cator ligh t on the button will go out and you
"'
rl
"'
rl
138 Aud i s ide a ss ist
Safety tips - Side assist signa l does not work around

App lies to vehicles: wit h side assist tight corners (turning radius less than
328 feet, or 100 m).
The side ass ist detect ion may be lim ited when
- Side assist is no replacement for the driv-
d riving around narrow street corners , on hilly
er 's full attention. The driver alone is re-
streets, and under poor weathe r cond itions.
sponsible for lane changes and sim ilar
It is poss ible that the radar sensors may also driving maneuvers. Always keep an eye
detect other objects , such as high o r stag- on the d irect ion you are traveling and the
gered guardra ils . relevant area around the vehicle.
Side assist does not measure actual lane
width . The system assumes a fixed lane width . (D Note
Detection in the left and right lanes is based To ensure that side assist is not adversely
on this assumed lane width . When driving on affected, you should not block the area on
na rrow roads or when driving to the left or the rear bumper where the radar sensors
right of the center of a travel lane , it is possi - are located with foreign objects (such as
ble that vehicles will be detected that are not with stickers or bicycle racks).
in the lane next to the lane you are using.
(D Tips
A WARNING If the pos itions of the radar sensors have
- Improper reliance on the s ide ass ist sys- been changed as a result of a rear end-co l-
tem can cause collisions and serious per- lision, for instance, have s ide assist
sonal injury : checked by an autho rized Audi deale r for
- Never rely only on side assist when safety reasons.
changing lanes .
- Always check rear view mirrors to make
sure that it is safe to change lanes.
- Side ass ist cannot detect a ll vehicles un-
der all cond itions- danger of accident!
- Side ass ist cannot detect vehicles in time
to alert you when they approach from
beh ind at very high speeds or drop back
very quick ly.
- The radar sensor's vision can be reduced
or entirely blocked by rain, snow, and
heavy spray. This can result in side assist
not adequately detecting vehicles or, in
some cases, not detecting them at a ll.
Always keep an eye on the direction you
are traveling and the relevant area
around the vehicle .
- Please note that side assist indicates
there are approaching vehicles, or
vehicles in your blind spot, only after
your vehicle has reached a driving speed
of at least 19 mph (30 km/h).
Automa t ic tran s m iss ion 139
Automatic in Driving the automatic transmission on

page 141.
transmission
To shift in or out of posit io n P, you must first
tiptronic press and ho ld the brake pedal and then press
Introduction the release button in the selector leve r handle
whi le moving the selector lever to or from P.
The automatic transmission is controlled elec- You can shift out of th is position only with the
tronically. The transmission upshifts or down- ignition on.
shifts automatically depend ing on which drive
program is selected. The power is transferred R - Reverse
by a torque converter . Se lect R on ly when the vehicle is at a full stop
When a moderate driving style is used, the
and the engine is running at idle speed ¢ 11::.. in
transmission selects the most econom ical Driving the automatic transmission on
driving mode. It will then change up early and page 141.
delay the downshifts to g ive better fuel econ- Before you move t he se lector lever to R, press
omy. both the button in the hand le of the selector
The transmission switches to a sporty mode lever and the brake pedal at the same t ime.
after a kick-down or when the driver uses a When t he ignition is on, the backup lights illu-
sporty driving style characterized by quick ac- minate when the selecto r lever is moved into
celerator pedal movements, heavy accelera- R.
tion, frequent changes in speed and traveling
at the maximum speed. N - Neutral
The t ransm iss ion is in neut ral in this pos ition.
If desired, the driver can also select the gears
manually (tiptronic mode) ¢ page 142 . Shift to t his position fo r standing with the
in Driving the automatic
brakes appl ied ¢ 11::..
transmission on page 141 . The vehicle can
Selector lever positions
also roll when the engine is stopped .
When t he vehicle is stat iona ry or at speeds

below 1 mph (2 km/h), you must always apply
the footbrake before and whi le mov ing the
lever out of N.
D - Normal position for driving forward

In the no rma l mode D, the t ransmission auto-
matically selects the suitable gear ratio. It de-
Fig. 160 Disp lay in the inst rument cluster: selecto r pends on engine load, vehicle speed a nd driv-
lever in pos it ion P ing sty le.
The selector lever position engaged appears S - Sport position

next to the selecto r lever as well as in the in- Select the sport mode S for spo rty dr iving .
strument clus t er disp lay. The vehicle makes fu ll use of the eng ine's
power. Shift ing may become noticeable when
P- Park
acce lerat ing.
M
N In th is selector lever pos ition the transmis-
o When the vehicle is stat ionary or at speeds
;;f_ sion is mechan ically locked . Engage P only
below 1 mph (2 km/h), you must always app ly ...,
~1.1'1 when the vehicle is completely stopped ¢ 11::..
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
140 Automatic transmission
the foot brake before and while moving the with your thumb until you have moved the
lever to Dor S out of N. selector lever to the desired position .
.&_WARNING Automatic selector lever lock
& in
Read and follow all WARNINGS c::> The selector lever is locked in the P and N po-
Driving the automatic transmission on sitions when the ignition is tu rned on . You
page 141. must press the brake pedal and the release
button to select another position . As a re -
(D Note minder to the driver, the following warning
appears in the instrument cluster display
Coasting downhill with the transmission in
when the selector is in P and N:
N and the engine not running will result in
damage to the automatic transmission When stationary apply brake pedal while se-
and possibly the catalytic converter. lecting gear
The Automatic Shift Lock only functions when

(D Tips
the vehicle is stationary or at speeds below
- If you accidentally select N while driving, 1 mph (2 km/h).
take your foot off the accelerator pedal
immediately and wait for the engine to At speeds above about 1 mph (2 km/h) the
slow down to idle before selecting D. Automat ic Shift Lock is automatically deacti-
vated in the N position.
- If there is a power failure, the selector
lever will not move out of the P position. A time delay element prevents the selector
The emergency release can be used if lever from locking when it is moved through
this happens c::>page 143. the N position (going from R to D). The lock-
ing element will lock the selector lever if the
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) lever is left in N (Neutral) for more than ap-
proximately 1 second, without the brake ped-
The Automatic Shift Lock safeguards you al being pressed .
against accidentally shifting into a forward or
the reverse gear and causing the vehicle to Release button
move unintentionally. The release button on the selector lever pre-
vents the lever from being accidentally shifted
into certain positions. Pressing this button de-
activates the selector lever lock. Depending
on the direction of the shift, the selector lever
locks at different positions . The positions are
highlighted in the illustration c::>fig. 161.
Ignition key safety interlock

The key cannot be removed from the ignition
Fig. 161 Shift gate : selector lever lock positions and unless the selector lever is in the P park posi-
release button highlighted
tion. When the ignition key is removed, the
selector lever will be locked in the P position.
The selector lever lock is released as follows:
.. Turn the ignition on .

.. Step on the brake pedal. At the same time
press and hold the release button on the
side of the gear selector knob c::>fig. 161
Autom at ic transm iss ion 141
Driving the automatic transmission cle from "rolling back" when a gear is en-
gaged by increasing the engine speed c::>(D.
Under certain circumstances, such as driving

in the mountains, it may be usefu l to switch
temporarily to the manual shift program in or-
der to adjust the gears to the driving condi-
tions by hand c::>
page 142 .
On s lopes, activate the parking b rake first and

then move the selector lever to the P position.
Fig. 162 Shift gate on the center console: selector lev- This prevents too much stress from being
er wit h release butt on placed on the locking mechanism.
Starting the engine A WARNING

~ The selector lever must be in P or N. - Unintended vehicle movement can cause
serious injury.
Starting off
- Never leave your vehicle with the engine
~ Press and hold the brake pedal. running while in gear. If you must leave
~ Press and hold the release button in these- your veh icle when the engine is running,
lector lever handle , select the desired selec - apply the park ing brake firmly and move
tor lever pos ition such as D and release the the selector lever to P.
button . - Power is still transmitted to the wheels
~ Wait br iefly until the transmission has shift- when the engine is running at idle . To
ed (you will feel a slight movement). prevent the vehicle from "creeping ", you
~ Remove your foot from the brake pedal and must keep your foot on the brake when
acce lerate . the engine is running and the selector
lever is in D, Sor R or "tiptronic" mode is
Stopping temporarily
selected.
~ Keep the vehicle stationary us ing the brak- - Do not press the accelerator pedal when
ing pedal, for examp le at traffic lights. changing the se lector lever position
~ Do not press the accelerato r pedal when do - while the vehicle is stationary and the
ing this. engine is running.
- Never shift into R or P while driving.
Stopping / parking
- Before driving down a steep slope, re-
If the selector lever is not in the P position duce your speed and shift into a lower
when you open the driver's door, the vehicle gear with "tiptronic".
could roll. The message Transmi ssion : Car - Do not ride the brakes or press the bra ke
may roll! Shift to park! appears. pedal too often or too long when driving
~ Press and hold the brake pedal unt il the ve- down a hi ll. Constant braking causes the
hicle has come to a complete stop. brakes to overheat and substantially re-
~ Set the parking brake firmly 9 page 112, duces braking performance, increases
Parking. braking distance or causes complete fa il·
~ Se lect the P selector lever position 9 &.- ure of the brake system.
- To prevent the vehicle from rolling back
M Stopping on an incline when stopping on inclines, always hold it
"'
0_,
~ Always press the brake pedal to hold the ve- in place with the brake pedal or parking
"".
rl
I.O hicle in place and prevent it from "rolling brake . .,..
"'
rl back" 9 ,& . Do not try to prevent the vehi-
"'
rl
142 Au t omatic tr a n s mis s ion
- Never hold the veh icle on an incline with When the speed is set in the cruise con t rol
a slipp ing clutch . The clutch opens auto- system c!;>page 113, hill descent contro l is al-
matically when it becomes too hot from so act ivated.
the overload. An indicator lamp @] illu-
A
minates and a dr iver message appears
c!;>page 143 when the clutch is overload-
ed.
- WARNING
Hill descent control cannot overcome
physical lim itations, so it may not be ab le
-
- If the engine must remain running, never to maintai n a constant speed under all
have any driving pos ition engaged when conditions . Always be ready to apply the
che cking under the hood. Make sure the brakes .
selector lever has secure ly engaged and
is locked in P with the parking bra ke · Manual shift program
firmly set ¢ page 256. Otherwise, any
increase in engine speed may set the ve- Using the manual shift program you can
hicle in motion, even with the parking manually select gears.
brake applied.
(D Note
- When stopping on an incline, do not try
to hold the vehicle in place by pressing
the accelerator peda l while a driving gear
is selected. This can cause the transm is-
s io n to overheat and can damage it. Acti-
vate the park ing brake or p ress the brake
Fig. 1 63 Center conso le: shift ing the gea rs manually
pedal to prevent the vehicle from ro lling .
- Allowing the vehicle to roll when the en -
gine is stopped and the selector lever is
in N will damage the transmiss ion be-
cause it is not lub ricat ed under those cir-
cumst a nces.
Hill descent control
The hill descent control system assists the

driver when driving down declines. Fig. 1 64 Stee ring whee l: Shift paddle s•
Hill desce nt control is activated when these- Gear selection with selector lever
lecto r lever is in D/S a nd you press the brake
The tiptronic mode can be sel ected either with
pedal. The tra nsmission a utomatically se lects
the vehicle stat io na ry or on t he move.
a gea r that is suitab le for the incline. Hill de-
scent control tries to maintain t he speed ach- .,. Push the se lector lever to the right from D.
ieved at the t ime of brak ing, within physical An M appears in the instrument cluster dis -
a nd techn ica l limitations . It may st ill be nec- play as soon as the transmission has shifted .
essary to adjust the speed with the brakes. .,.To upshift, push the se lecto r lever forwa rd
t o t he plu s position 0 c!;>fig. 163 .
Hill descent control sw it ches off once the de -
.,.To downsh ift, pus h the lever t o the min us
cline levels out or you press t he accelerator
position Q . 1J>-
pedal.
Autom at ic transm iss ion 143
Gear selection with shift paddles*

A WARNING
The shift padd les are activated when these-
Please note that the drive wheels can spin
lector lever is in D, Sor the tiptronic manual
if kick-dow n is used on a smooth slippery
shift program .
road - there is a risk of skidding .
.,.To upsh ift , touch the button on the right 0
¢fig. 164. Transmission malfunction
.,.To downshift, touch the button on the left
0- [i] Transmission malfunction : You can con-
...If you do not press a shift paddle within a tinue driving
short time while in the Dor S position, the
There is a system malfunction in the transmis-
transmission will return to automatic mode .
sion. You may continue driving . Drive to your
To keep shifting using the shift paddles,
authorized Audi dealer or qualified repair fa-
move the selector lever to the right out of
cility soon to have the malfunction corrected.
the D position .
[il Transmission malfunction : Limited driv-
The transmission automatically shifts up or ing functionality
down before critical engine speed is reached.
There is a system malfunction in the transmis-
The transmission only allows manua l shifting sion. The transmission is switching to emer-
when the engine speed is within the permit- gency mode . This mode on ly shifts into cer-
ted range. tain gears or will no longer shift at all. The en-
gine may sta ll. Drive to your authorized Audi
(D Tips dealer or qualified repair faci lity immediately
- When you shift into the next lower gear, to have the malfunction cor rected.
the transmiss ion will downshift only
when there is no possibility of over-rev- (D Note
ving the engine . If the transmission switches to emergency
- When the kick-down comes on, the mode, you should take the vehicle to an
transmission will shift down to a lower aut horized Aud i dealership as soon as pos-
gear, depending on vehicle and engine sible to have the condition corrected.
speeds.
- Tiptronic is inoperat ive when the trans- Selector lever emergency release
mission is in the fail-safe mode .
If the vehicle's power supply fails, the selec-
tor lever can be released in an emergency.
Kick-down
Kick-down enables maximum acceleration.
When you depress the accelerator pedal be-

yond the resistance point, the automatic
t ransmission downshifts int o a lower gear, de-
pending on vehicle speed and engine speed.
The upshift into the next higher gear takes
place once the maximum specified engine
speed is reached.
M Fig. 165 Selecto r lever emer gency release
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
The emergency release is located under a rub-
I.O
ber mat. ..,.
"'
rl
"'
rl
144 Automatic tran s mi ss ion
• Carefully lift the rubber mat with a screw-

driver or something simi lar ¢ fig . 165.
• You now have access to a rocker switch . Us-
ing a screwdr iver or similar object, press the
rocker switch down and hold it in t hat posi-
t ion.
• Now press the release button and move the
selector lever to the N position .
The selector lever can only be moved from the

P position if the key is in the lock and the igni -
tion is switched on . If the power supply fails
(for example, the battery is discharged) and
the vehicle must be pushed or towed , move
the selector lever to the N position first using
the emergency release.
Parking systems 145
Parking systems tions as it may impair the sensor func-

tion. For informat ion on cleaning, refer
General information to ¢ page 242.
App lies to vehicles: with rear park assist /Audi parking sys-
tem pl us with rearview camera/front - and rearview cam-
era ([) Note
Depending on your vehicle's equipment, vari- - Some objects are not detected by the
ous parking aids will help you when parking system under certain circumstances:
and maneuvering. - Objects such as barrier chains, trailer
draw bars, vertical poles or fences
The rear park assist is an acoustic park assist
- Objects above the sensors such as wall
system that will give you a sound warning to
extensions
let you know there is something behind the
- Objects w ith specific surfaces or struc-
vehicle ¢page 146.
tures such as chain link fences or pow-
The Audi parking system plus with rearview der snow.
camera audibly and visually tells you there is - If you continue driving closer to a low-ly-
something in front of and behind the vehicle . ing object, it may disappear from the
A rearview camera also shows you what is be- sensor range. Note that you w ill no lon-
hind the vehicle¢ page 146 . ger be warned about this obstacle.
The Audi parking system plus with front- and

rearview camera audibly and visually tells you
@ Tips
there is something in front of and behind the - The system may provide a warning even
vehicle. A front and rearview camera also though there are no obstacles in the cov-
shows you what is in front of and behind the erage area in some situations, such as:
vehicle ¢page 150. - certain road surfaces or for long grass.
- externa l ultrasonic sources e.g. from
& WARNING cleaning vehicles.
- Always look for traffic and check the area - heavy rain, snow or thick vehicle ex-
around your vehicle by looking at it di- haust.
rect ly as well. The parking system cannot - We recommend t hat you practice park-
replace the driver's attention. The driver ing in a traff ic-free location or parking
is always responsible for safety during lot to become familiar with the system.
park ing and for all other maneuvers. When doing this, there should be good
- Please note that some surfaces, such as light and weather cond itions.
clothing, are not detected by the system. - You can change the volu me and pitch of
- Sensors and cameras have blind spots in the signals as well as the disp lay
wh ich people and objects cannot be de- ¢page 155.
tected. Be especially cautious of children - Please refer to the instructions for tow -
and animals. ing a trailer ¢ page 155.
- The sensors can be displaced by impacts - What appears in the MMI display is
or damage to the radiator grille, bumper, somewhat time-delayed.
wheel housing and the underbody . The
park ing systems may become impaired
as a result. Have your authorized Audi
M
N dealer or qualified workshop check their
0
...J function .
'SI:
,....,
\!) - Make sure the sensors are not covered by
1.1'1
,...., stickers, deposits or any other obstruc-
1.1'1
,....,
146 Parkin g sy stems
Rear park assist Audi parking system

Description
plus with rearview
Applies to vehicles: with rear park assist camera
The rear park assist is an audible system. Introduction
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi parking syste m pl us with
Sensors are located in the rear bumpers. If rearv iew camera
these detect an obstacle, audible signals warn
a,
you .
Make sure the sensors are not covered by

..
"'
:;
ID
-
u
stickers, deposits or any other obstructions as
it may impair the sensor function. For infor -
mat ion on cleaning, refer to ¢ page 242.
The range at which the sensors begin to meas-

ure is approximately :
Fig. 166 Illust rat ion: Cross park ing
side 2 ft (0.60 m)
rear
center 5.2 ft (1.60 m)
The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorter

the interval between the audible signa ls. A
continuous tone sounds when the obstacle is
less than approximate ly 1 ft (0.30 m) away.
Do not continue driving farther ¢ ..1.in Gener-
al information on page 145, ¢ (I) in General
information on page 145!
Fig. 167 Illust ra t ion: Paralle l pa rking
If the distance to an obstacle remains con-
stant, the volume of the distance warning Vehicles with the Audi parking system plus
gradually drops after about four seconds (th is with rearview camera are equipped with a
does not apply in the continuous tone range). rearview camera in addition to the acoustic
The park assist is activated automatically and visual parking syst em.
when reverse gear is engaged. A short confir- You can use cross parking for example, to
mat ion tone sounds . park in a parking space or in a garage
¢ fig . 166. You can use parallel parking if you
would lik e to park on the side of the road
¢fig . 167.
Pa rking sys tems 14 7
General Information page 145, ¢ (i) in General information on

Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system pl us with page 145.
rearview camera
If t he distance to an obstacle rem ains con-
stant, the volume of the distance warn ing
gradua lly drops after about fo ur seconds (this
@
does not apply in the continuo us tone range).
Rearview camera
The rearview camera is located above t he rear
lice nse plate bracket. Ma ke sure that the lens
for the parking system ¢ fig. 169 is not cov-
ered by deposits or any other obstructions be-
Fig. 168 Area covered (D and area not covered @ by
t he rearview camera. cause this can affect the function of the park-
ing system. For informat ion on cleaning, refer
to ¢ page 242.
The rearview camera coverage area includes

(D ¢ fig. 168. Only this area is displayed in
the MMI. Objects that a re outside of this area
@ are not displayed .
The orientation lines become less accurate
and the blue surfaces diminis h if the Adaptive
Fig. 169 Rear lid: Location of the rearview came ra Air Suspension* is faulty, the vehicle is lifted
or cargo mode is act ivated, or if the Dynamic,
Sensors Offroad or Lift mode is set ¢ page 157 .
Senso rs are located in the front and rear

bumpe rs. If these detect an obstacle, aud ible
.&_WARNING -
and visual signals warn you. - Always read and follow the applicable
warn ings ¢ .& in General information on
Make sure the sensors are not covered by page 145.
stickers, deposits o r any othe r obstructions as
- If the position and the installation angle
it may impair the sensor function . For infor-
of the rearview came ra was chang ed, for
mation on cleaning, refer t o ¢ page 242.
examp le, afte r a coll is io n, do not cont in-
The range at which the sensors begin to meas- ue to use t he system for safety reasons.
ure is approximately: Have it che cked by your authori zed Aud i
dea le rship or authorized repair facility .
s ide 3 ft (0 .90 m)
front - Only use the rearv iew came ra to assist
center 4 ft (1.20 m) you if it shows a good, clear picture . For
side 2 ft (0.60 m) examp le, the image may be affected by
rear the sun shining into the lens, dirt on the
center 5.2 ft (1.60 m)
lens or if there is a system fault.
The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorter - Use the rearv iew camera only if the lug-
the interval between the audib le signa ls. A gage compartment lid is complete ly
continuous tone sounds when the obstacle is closed. Make sure any objects you may
M less than approximately 1 ft (0.30 m) away . have mounted on the luggage compart-
"'
0
..J Do not cont inue driving farther forward or in ment lid do not block the rearview cam-
"".
rl
I.O
reverse ¢ .& in General information on era .
"'
rl
"'
rl
148 Parkin g s y s tems
- The came ra lens en larges and d istorts

the field of vision. The object appears
both a ltered and inaccurate on the
screen .
- In certa in s ituations, people or objects in
the display appear closer or further
away:
- objects th at do not touch the gro und,
such as the bumper of a parked vehicle,
Fig. 17 1 MMI display : Visual distance d isplay
a trailer hitch o r the rea r of a truck. Do
not use the help lines in this case.
Switching on
- If driven from a leve l surface onto an
incline, or a downward slope . .. Switch the MMI on .
- If driven toward protr uding objec t s. .. Shift into reverse, or
- If the veh icle is carrying too much load .. Press t he l"•Ibutton in the center console
in t he rear. cofig. 170 . A short confirmation tone
sounds and the LED in the button lights up .
(D Note Switching between the rearview camera
- Always read and fo llow the applicab le and visual display
warnings ¢ (Din General information on .. Press the Graphic control button
page 14 5 . ~ page 149, fig. 172 ® to see t he visual
- The orange colored orientation lines in disp lay.
t he MMI disp lay show t he ve hicle path .. Press the Rear view control button to see
depend ing o n t he steering wheel angle . t he rearview ca mera image ~ fig. 171.
The front of the vehicle fron t swings out
more than the rea r of the vehicle. Main- Switching off
ta in plenty of distance so that your out- .. Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h) , or
s ide mirror or a corner of your veh icle .. Press the ~ button, or
does not collide with any obstacles. .. Switch off the ignition .
Visual display
Switching on and off
Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system pl us w ith The red segments in front of and behind the
rearview camera
vehicle co fig. 171 help you to determ ine the
distance between you and an obstacle . As
your vehicle comes closer to the obstacle , the
segments move closer to t he veh icle. The col-
lision are a has been rea ched when t he next to
last segment is displayed . Do no t continue
driving farther forward or in reverse co.&.in
General information on page 145, ~ @ in
General information on page 145.
Fig. 170 Center console: P"Abutto n (D Tips

- The visua l display in the left part of t he
disp lay sho uld he lp you detect t he crit i-
cal ve hicle areas .
Parking systems 149
- You can change the volume and pitch of when the red orientation line © borders an
the signals as well as the display obstacle.
Qpage 155.
Parallel parking
Cross parking Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system plus with
rearview camera
Applies to vehicles: with Audi park ing system plus with
rearview camera
This view may be used when parallel parking
This view may be used when parking in a ga- along the side of a street.
rage or in a parking space.
Fig.174 MMI disp lay: Blue surface aligned in the park-

Fig. 172 MMI display: Aim ing at a parking space ing space
Fig. 173 MMI display: Aligning the vehicle Fig. 175 MMI display : Contact of the blue curve with
the cu rb
"'Sw itch the MMI on and select reverse gear.

Parking on the right is described here. It is
"'Th e orange colo red orientation lines @
identical when parking on the left.
show the direction of travel of the vehicle.
Turn the steering whee l until the orange ori- If there is an obstacle next to the parking
entation lines appear in the parking space space (such as a wall), refer to information for
Q fig. 172. Use the markings @ to help you "Parking next to obstacles" c::>page 150.
estimate the distance from an obstacle.
"'Activate the turn signal.
Each marking represents approximately 3 ft
"' Position your vehicle next to a parked vehi-
(1 m) . The blue area represents an extension
cle in front of the desired parking space. The
of the vehicle's outline by approximately
distance to this vehicle should be approxi-
16 ft (5 m) to the rear .
mately 3 ft (1 m).
"'Wh ile driving in reverse gear, adjust the
"' Turn the MMI on and select the reverse gear.
steering wheel angle to fit the parking space
The parking system is turned on and the
M with the aid of the orange orientation lines
"' cross parking indicator is displayed.
0
..J
A
c::>in General Information on page 147,
"' Press the control button on the MMI con-
"".
rl Q@in General Information on page 148.
I.O trols @ c::>fig. 174. The parallel parking in-
"'
rl
@ marks the rear bumper. Stop the vehicle
dicator is displayed. II>
"'
rl
150 Parking sy s tem s
• Backup and align your vehicle so the blue Audi parking system
area @ borders on the rear end of the vehi-
plus with front- and
cle or on the parking space line c:>A in Gen-
eral Informa tion on page 147, c:>(D in Gen- rearview camera
eral Informa tion on page 148 . The blue Introduction
area represents an extension of the vehicle's '
Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system plus with

outline by app roximately 16 ft (5 m) to the front- and rearview camera
rear. The long side of the blue area shou ld
In addition to an acoustic and visual parking
be on the curb. The enti re blue area must fit
system, this parking system contains a front
int o the par king space.
and rearview camera c:>page 148. You are as-
• With the vehicle stopped, turn the st eer ing
sisted by various views, such as corner views
wheel to the right as far as it will go.
at the front and rear of the vehicle, and views
• Back into the parking space until the blue
directly in front of or behind the vehicle.
curve c:>fig. 175 touches the curb c:>A in
General Information on page 147, c:>(D in
General Informa tion on page 148. Stop the General information
Appli es to vehicles: with Audi parking system plus with
vehicle. front- and rearview camera
• With the vehicle stopped, turn the steer ing
wheel to the left as far as it will go .
• Conti nue to back into the pa rking space un-
t il the vehicle is parked paralle l t o the curb
c:>A in General Information on pag e 147,
c:>(D in General Information on page 148 .
® marks the rear bumper. Stop the vehicle,
at the latest, when the red orientation line
@ borders an obstacle . Keep an eye on the
front of your vehicle while doing this.
Fig . 1 76 In stalled l ocat ion of t he fro nt and rear cam-
era
Par king next to obstacle s
When there is an obstacle (such as a wall) The front camera is found in the radiator grille
next to the parking space, choose a space with and the rearview camera is located in the rear
more space on the sides. Position the long lid c:>fig . 176 . Make sure that t he lenses are
side of the blue area so that there is sufficient not covered by deposits or any other obst ruc-
space from the curb. The area must not be on tio ns as it may impair t he system. For infor-
the curb. Youwill also need to start turning mation on clean ing, refer to c:>page 242 .
the steering whee l much earl ier. There shou ld
The orientation lines become less accurate
be a sufficient amount of space between the
and the blue surfaces diminish if the Adaptive
curb and the blue curve, and the blue curve
Air Suspension* is faulty, the vehicle is lifted
c:>fig. 175 mus t not touch the curb.
or cargo mode is activat ed , or if t he Dynamic,
0ffroad or Lift mode is set c:> page 157 .
@ Tips
The left or right orientation lines and sur- A WARNING
-
faces will be displayed, depending on the
- Always read and follow the applicable
t urn signa l being used.
warnings c:>.& in General information on
page 145. .,..
Parking systems 151
- If the position or the installation angle

of a camera was changed, after a coll i-
sion for example, do not continue to use
the system for safety reasons . Have it
checked by your authorized Audi dealer-
ship .
- Use the Rear mode and the Corner view
(rear) mode only when the rear lid is
completely closed, otherwise the image
in the display will be inaccurate. Fig. 178 MMI disp lay: Select mo de
- Objects and obstacles above the camera

Switching on
are not displayed.
- Camera lenses enlarge and distort the .,.Switch the MMI on .
field of vision. The objects appear both .,.Shift into reverse, or
altered and inaccurate on the screen. .,.Press the IP.1!
button in the center console
¢ fig. 177. A short confirmation tone
(0 Note sounds a nd the LED in the button lights up.
- Always read and follow the applicable Selecting the mode
warnings ¢ 0 in General information on
.,.Turn the control knob to the symbol for the
page 145 .
desired mode @ through @ ¢ fig.178.
- The MMI display shows the direction in
which the rear of the vehicle is traveling Switching off
based on the steering wheel angle. The
.,. Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h) , or
vehicle front swings out more than the
.,.Press the l""'Ibutton, or
vehicle rear. Maintain plenty of distance
.,.Switch off the ignition .
so that your outside mirror or a corner of
your vehicle does not collide with any ob- You may select from the following modes:
stacles.
@ Topview ¢ page152
@ Tips @ Corner view (front) ¢ page 152
If the rear lid is open, the image in the © Front ¢ page 152
rearview camera is displayed without ori- @ Rear o page 152
entation lines and without blue s urfac es . ® Corner view (rea r) ¢ page 152
Switching on or off (D Tips

Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system plus with The visual display in the left part of the
front- and rearview camera
display should help you detect the critical
vehicle areas.
M
"'
0
..J
""'.
rl
I.O Fig. 177 Center cons ole : P,•A but ton
"'
rl
"'
rl
152 Parkin g sy stems
Top view .,.Select the @ symbo l with the control knob,

App lies to vehicles: with Audi parking system pl us with to see the side view in the front r=) fig. 180.
front- and rearview camera .,.Select the © symbo l with the control knob,
to see the s ide view at the rear c::>fig. 181.
Front
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi parking system plus with
Fig . 179 MMI display: Top view mode
This view is ideal for maneuvering. The visual

field appears in the display .
.,.Select the @ symbol with the control knob.

Fig. 1 82 MMI display: Front mode
Corner view (front)/{rear)

This view assists you for example, in us ing the
Appl ies to vehicles: with Audi parking system plus with
front- and rearview camera full maneuvering range in front of the vehicle .
The area in front of the veh icle is d isp layed .
.,.Select the © symbo l with the control knob .

The orange colored orientation Line denotes
the expected direction of travel. Stop the ve-
h icle when the red orientation Line borders
an obsta cle r:!) &
in General information on
page 150.
Rear
Fig. 180 MMI display: Corner view (fron t) mode Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi parking system plus with
front - and rearview camera
Fig. 18 1 MMI display: Corner view (rear) mode

Fig. 183 MMl disp lay: Rear mo de
This view can ass ist you for examp le, when
This view assists you for example, in using the
you are exiting from an a rea with poor vis ibili-
full maneuvering range behind t he vehicle .
ty. The area at the front and rear sides of the
The area behind the vehicle is displayed.
ve hicles is displayed .
.,.Sele ct t he @ symbo l with the control knob . ..,.
Parking systems 153
You can choose between three different views with the aid of the orange orientation lines
in this mode. ¢ A in General information on page 150,
.. To cross park, parallel park, or position the ¢ CD in General information on page 151 .
vehicle in front of a trailer, press the ® con- ® marks the rear bumper. Stop the vehicle
trol button on the controls repeatedly until when the red orientation line @ borders an
the symbol for the desired mode is selected . obstacle¢ A
in General Information on
page 147.
Cross parking
Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system plus wit h Parallel parking
front- an d rea rview ca m era Applies to vehicles : wit h Audi parking system pl us with
This view may be used when parking in a ga-
rage or in a parking space. This view may be used when parallel parking
along the side of a street.
Fig. 184 MMI display: Aimin g at a parkin g space

Fig. 186 MMI display: Blue surface aligned in the park-
ing space
Fig. 185 MMI display: Aligning the vehicle
Requirement : cross parking is selected Fig. 187 MMI display: Contact of the blue curve with
¢ page 152 . the curb
.. The orange colored orientation lines @ Parking on the right is described here. It is
show the direction of travel of the vehicle. identical when parking on the left.
Turn the steering wheel until the orange ori-
If there is an obstacle next to the parking
entation lines appear in the parking space
space (such as a wall), refer to information for
¢ fig. 184. Use the markings @ to help you
"Parking next to obstacles" r::!:>
page 154.
estimate the distance from an obstacle.
Each marking represents approximately 3 ft Requirement: parallel parking is selected
(1 m) . The blue area represents an extension ¢ page 152.
M
"' of the vehicle's outline by approximately
0 .. Activate the turn signal.
..J
"". 16 ft (5 m) to the rear .
rl .. Position your vehicle next to a parked vehi-
I.O .. While dr iving in reverse gear, adjust the
"' cle in front of the desired parking space. The ...
rl
steering wheel angle to fit the parking space
"'
rl
154 Parking systems
distance to this vehicle should be approxi-

mately 3 ft (1 m).
(D Tips
• Turn the MMI on and select the reverse gear. The left or right orientation lines and sur-
The parking system is turned on and the faces will be displayed, depending on the
parallel parking indicator is displayed . turn signal being used.
• Press the contro l button on the MMI con-
trols (D ¢ fig . 186 . The cross parking indica- Trailer mode
tor is displayed . Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system plus with
front· and rearview camera a nd tra iler hitch
•Backup and align yo ur vehicle so the blue
area @ borders on the rear end of the vehi- This view assists you in positioning the vehicle
cle or on the parking space lin e ¢ .&. in Gen- in front of a trailer.
eral information on page 150, ¢ (Din Gen-
eral information on page 151 . The blue area
represents an extension of the vehicle's out -
line by approximately 16 ft (5 m) to the rear.
The long side of the blue area should be on
the curb . The entire blue area must fit into
the parking space.
• With the vehicle stopped, turn the steer ing
wheel to the right as far as it w ill go.
• Back into the parking space until the blue
curve ¢ fig . 187 touches the curb ¢ .&. in Fig. 188 MMI d is play: Rea r m ode
General information on page 150, ~CD in

Requirement: the trailer mode is selected
General information on page 151 . Stop the
c:>
page 152 .
vehicle.
• With the vehicle stopped, turn the steer ing • Now yo u can position your vehicle in front of
wheel to t he left as far as it will go . .&. in General information on
the trailer c::>
• Continue to back into the parking space un- page 150, c::> (D in General information on
t il the vehicle is parked parallel to the curb page 151 . The orange colored orientation
¢ .&. in General information on page 150, line denotes the expected path toward the
¢ (Din General information on page 151 . trailer hitch. Use the blue lines to help you
@ marks the rear bumper. Stop the vehicle, estimate the distance to the trailer hitch .
at the latest, when the red orientation line
© borders an obstacle. Keep an eye on the Setting the mode
front of your vehicle while doing th is. Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system plus with
front· and rearview camera
Parking next to obstacles
• Select: !CAR Ifunction button> Car systems*
When the re is an obstacle (such as a wall)
control button > Driver assist > Parking aid
next to the parking space, choose a space w ith
> Change to front / rear > Auto or Manual.
mo re space on the sides. Position the long
side of the blue area so that there is sufficient Auto - This view behind the vehicle ( Rear
space from the curb. The area must not be on mode) is displayed automatically when you
the curb. You wi ll also need to start turning shift into reverse. This view in front of the ve-
the steering wheel much earlier . There should hicle (Front mode) is displayed automat ically
be a sufficient amount of space between the whe n you shift into the forward gears.
curb and the blue curve, and the blue curve
Manual - This view behind the vehicle (Rear
fig. 187 must not touch the curb.
c::>
mode) is always displayed when you turn on
the system .
Parking systems 155
Adjusting the display Error messages

and warning tones Applies to vehicles: with rear park assist/Audi parking sys-
tem plus with rearview camera/front- and rearview cam-
Applies to vehicles: with rear park assist/Audi parking sys- era
era
There is an error in the system if the LED in
The display* and warning tones can be ad- the~ button* is blinking and you hear a con-
justed in the MMI. tinuous alarm for a few seconds after switch-
ing on the park ing system or when the park-
~ Select: ICARI function button> Systems*
ing system is already activated . If the error is
control button > Parking system. Or
not corrected before you switch off the ign i-
~ Select: ICARIfunction button> Car systems*
tion, when you switch on the parking system
control button > Driver assist> Parking aid.
again, the LED in the ~ button* will blink. If
Display* you activate the parking system with the but-
ton in this case, the continuous warning tone
- Off - when the parking system is switched will continue to sound.
on, only audible signals are given.
- On - when the parking system is switched Parking system plus with front and
on, either the visua l display or the picture rearview camera*
from the rearview camera is disp layed. There is another system error if:
Warning tones - the~·· symbol appears in the display and

- Front volume* - front sensor volume the corresponding display area is shown in
blue. The camera is not working in this area.
- Front frequency* - front sensor frequency
- Rear volume - rear sensor volume - all segments around the vehicles are red or
if no segments are displayed.
- Rear frequency - rear sensor frequency
- In-car entertainment fader/ Music volume Drive to your authorized Audi dealer or au-
while parking - when the parking system is thorized repair facility immed iately to have
switched on, the volume of the active audio the malfunction corrected .
source is lowered.
The newly adjusted value is briefly heard from Trailer hitch

Applies to vehicles: with rear park assist/Audi parking sys-
the signal generator .
era and trailer hitch
(D Tips
For vehicles using the trailer socket, the park-
- The warning tones can also be adjusted
ing system rear sensors do not turn on when
direct ly by the visual disp lay* or the pic-
you shift into reverse gear or when you press
ture from the camera*. Simply press the
the~ button*. This results in the follow ing
Settings* contro l button.
restrictions:
- Changed settings are activated when
parking system is switched on again. Rear park assist*
- The settings are automatically stored
There is no warning for distances to the rear.
and assigned to the remote control key
being used. Audi parking system plus with rearview
camera/front and rearview camera*
M
There is no distance warning for the rear. The
N
0
front sensors remain activated. The visual dis-
...J
'SI:
,...., play switches to the trailer towing mode. The
..,.,
\!)
rearview camera image will not show the ori-
,....,
..,., entat ion lines and the blue surfaces . ..,.
,....,
156 Parking sys tem s
Trailer hitches that are not installed at the

factory may cause the parking system to
malfunct ion or they may restrict its func-
tion.
Adaptive A i r Suspension 157
Adaptive Air A WARNING

Suspension The height of the parked vehicle can
change due to temperature fluctuations or
Air suspension and
changes in load .
damping
Description @ Note
App lies to vehicles: with Adapt ive Air Suspension - Whenever you park your vehicle, a lways
Air suspension and damping con be adjusted make sure there is adequate clearance
separately. above and below the vehicle. The he ight
of the parked vehicle can change as the
Adaptive Air Suspension is an electronically result of temperature fluctuations,
controlled springing and damping system . changes in load condition and changes in
This chassis system makes it easier on the the driving mode (ground clearance).
driver by adapt ing to the particular situation - If the vehicle is be ing t ransported (e.g .
through imperceptible control processes. by tow truck, train, sh ip, etc.), mount the
The Adaptive Air Suspension component reg - tie-down chains/cables over the running
ulates ground clearance depending on vehicle surface (circumference) of the tires. Nev-
speed and driver input. It functions independ- er secure the vehicle by the axle, the sus -
ently from the load condition . Accelerating to pension struts or the front or rear tow-
a speed above a predetermined limit will line eye . For technica l reasons, the pres-
make the vehicle lower itself . On the other sure in the suspens ion struts may change
hand, driving more slowly results in the vehi- dur ing the transport, which could result
cle raising again at specific speeds. in the vehicle no longer being secured
properly.
The damping component provides individual - If you are going to tow a trailer with a
control of the damping forces . For example, trailer hitch that was not installed ac-
w ith damping characterist ics set to provide cording to factory specif ications, you
greater comfort, damping is set somewhat must activate the tra ile r operation mode
harder for a br ief per iod only as required, for man ua lly <::;,page161 .
example, when go ing aro und a curve or when
braking. (D Tips
Settings - Before you can raise your vehicle using
the vehicle jack (for example, when
Adapt ive Air Suspension prov ides the driver
chang ing a f lat tire) or a veh icle lift, you
with the opportun ity to set the chassis charac-
must activate the jacking mode
ter istics also to their individual preference.
c::;,page 161.
With the driving modes Comfort, Automatic
- On some mode ls, the vehicle can reach
and Dynamic the driver has three chassis set-
its maximum speed only in the Automat -
tings available, ranging from comfort to spor-
ic and Dynamic modes.
ty. The Offrood mode can be selected for driv-
ing on poor quality stretches of road. In addi-
tion, Lift provides a fifth mode, which can be Chassis controls
selected when exceptionally high ground Appli es to vehicles : wit h Adaptive Air Suspension
clearance is needed c::;,page 157, Chassis con - Five different driving modes can be set by the
M
N trols . driver.
0
...J
'SI"
,...., The modes are set in MMI <::;,
page 159.
\!) The automatic control processes are speed-
1.1'1
,...., and time-dependent. For example, it is not
1.1'1
,....,
158 Ad a pti ve Air S u s p e n s ion
possible to raise the suspension to a high level ity and fuel consumption is reduced as a re-
above certain speeds. sult of reduced wind resistance . When a
speed of about 100 mph (160 km/h) is ex-
When a speed of about 75 mph (120 km/h) is
ceeded for more than 20 seconds, the vehi-
exceeded f or more than 30 seconds, the vehi-
cle is automatically lowered by an addit ional
cle is automatically lowered to low level when
0.8 inch (20 mm) to highway level .
in comfort and automatic mode. Ground
- Automat ic raising: When the vehicle is at
clearance is about 0.6 inch (15 mm) less,
highway level and the speed falls below
compared to the normal level.
about 80 mph (130 km/h) for more than 20
When a speed of about 100 mph (160 km/h) seconds, the vehicle is automatically raised
is exceeded for more than 20 seconds, the ve- to low level. The vehicle is automatically
hicle is automat ically lowered to highway lev- raised again to normal level if the speed
el when in automatic and dynamic mode. fa lls below about 44 mph (70 km/h) f or a
Ground clearance is about 1.4 inches (35 mm) period of 2 minutes . The vehicle is raised im -
less, compared to the normal level. Road mediately when speed fa ll s below about 22
hold ing is optimized as a result of the lower mph (35 km/h).
center of gravity, and fuel consumption is re-
duced as a result of reduced wind resistance. Dynamic
Select the dynam ic mode if you pref er a spor-
Level adjustment Ground clearance
ty suspension setti ng. I n t his mode, the vehi-
high level 2 about 9.4 inches cle is lowered to low level while it is still sta-
(24 0 mm) t ionary and sporty damping characteristics
high level 1 about 8 inches are selected . The warning light . in the in-
(205 mm) strument cluster will come on for a few sec-
normal level about 7 inches onds just to rem ind you of the reduced ground
(180 mm) clearance.
low level about 6.5 inches If you switch off the engine whi le the vehicle
(165 mm) is in the dynamic mode and then switch on the
highway level about 5.7 inches ignition once again, the . warn ing light will
(145 mm) also come on again for a few seconds as a re-
minder .
The segment disp lay @ in the MMI Display
page 159 or in the instr ument cluster dis-
c:::> - Automat ic lowering: When a speed of
page 160 shows the current vehicle
play c:::> about 100 mph (160 km/h) is exceeded for
level. more than 20 seconds, the vehicle is auto-
mat ically lowered by 0.8 inch (20 mm) to
Automatic highway level .
Select the automatic mode if you prefer a bal- - Automa tic raising: The vehicle is automati-
anced, comfortable suspension setting . The cally raised to low level again, if the speed
damping characteristics are adjusted accord- fa lls below about 80 mph (130 km/h) for a
ingly. period of 20 seconds. The vehicle is raised
immed iate ly w hen speed f alls below about
- Autom atic lowe ring: When a speed of
22 mph (35 km/h).
about 75 mph (120 km/h) is exceeded for
more than 30 seconds, the vehicle is auto- Comfort
matically lowered by about 0.6 inch (15
Select the comfort mode if you desire a sus-
mm) to the low level, wh ich is more suitable
pension setti ng with a special emp hasis on
for highway speeds. Road hold ing is opti-
comfort. Damping characteris t ics w ith a clear .,.
mized as a result of the lower center of grav-
Adaptive Air Suspension 159
emphasis on comfort are se lected in this MMI settings

mode. Applies to vehicles: wit h Adaptive Air Suspension
- Automatic lowering: When a speed of Driving modes are adjusted in the MMI and
about 75 mph (120 km/h) is exceeded for the current vehicle level is displayed .
more than 30 seconds, the vehicle is auto-
matically lowered by 0.6 inch (15 mm) to
low level .
- Automatic raising: The vehicle is automati-
cally raised to normal level again, if the
speed falls below about 44 mph (70 km/h)
for a period of 2 minutes . The vehicle is
raised immediately when speed falls below
about 22 mph (35 km/h) .
Offroad Fig. 189 MMI Display: Sett i ngs
Select the offroad mode when you have to

travel over poor quality sections of road (e.g.
trails). In th is mode, the vehicle is raised to
high level 1, and damp ing characteristics for
poor road stretches are selected . When
sw itch ing to offroad mode , the Adaptive Air
Suspension ind icato r appears automat ically in
the ins t rument cluster display ¢ page 160.
The offroad mode can only be activated at

Fig. 190 MMI Displ ay: Sett ings
speeds below 37 mph (60 km/h) . Offroad
mode ends automatically and the automatic
The ign it ion must be switched on to set the
mode is activated when a speed of approxi-
driving modes.
mately 50 mph (80 km/h) is exceeded.
1- Select: !CAR
!function button .
Lift
Raising and lowering
Select the lift mode when except ionally high
ground clearance is needed at a reduced If the arrow (D ¢ fig . 189 is white or if the ar-
speed. In this mode, the veh icle is raised to rows (D blink ¢ fig . 190, the vehicle is being
high level 2. When switching to lift mode , the raised .
Adaptive Air Suspension indicator appears au-
If the arrow @ i=>fig . 189 is white or if the ar-
tomatically in the instrument cluster display
rows (D point downward and blink ¢ fig. 190,
¢ page 160.
the vehicle is being lowered .
The lift mode can be act ivated only at speeds
The respective arrow stays on/blinks until the
below 12 mph (20 km/h). When a speed of
level change is complete . The time used for a
about 25 mph (40 km/h) is exceeded, the sys-
level change can vary, depending on the cur-
tem automatically leaves lift mode and the
rent driving conditions .
offroad mode is activated. The instrument
cluster display automat ically switches the dis- Displaying the vehicle level
M play to Adaptive Air Suspens ion to indicate re-
"' The current vehicle level is shown with seg-
0
..J duced ground clearance .
"". ments filled out in the segment display @ . If
rl
I.O only the bottom segment is filled out, the ve-
"'
rl
hicle is at highway level. If all segments are IJJ>-
"'
rl
160 Ad a pti v e Air Su spen si on
fi lled out, the vehicle is at high level 2 and has Appearance in the instrument cluster
the greatest amount of ground clearance pos- display
sib le. Applies to vehicles: with Adapt ive Air Suspension
While the vehicle is being raised or lowered, You can view the current vehicle level in the
the target level is indicated by an arrow @ instrument cluster display.
fig. 189 or a white border @ c::>fig. 190 . The
c::>
arrow/border disappears aga in when the vehi-
cle is at the target level.
Limitations to MMI setting s

Please note that not eve ry dr iving mode can
be selected in every driving situation . For ex-
ample, it is not possible to switch to "lift"
mode at speeds above 12 mph (20 km/h) .
This mode is then shown greyed out in the Fig. 191 Display: Adapt ive Air Suspensio n
MMI Display.
The vehicle can only be lowered when all of

the vehicle's doors are closed. If one door is
open, all driving modes whose level sett ing is
below the current vehicle level appear greyed
out in the MMI Display. If a door is opened
while the vehicle is being lowered, the lower-
ing process is interrupted until all doors are
closed again .
Fig. 192 Displ ay: Adapt ive Air Suspensio n
If the system is temporar ily unava ilable due
to, for instance, an empty compressed air Repeated, brief tapping of the IRESET ! button
tank, the driving modes that cannot be set ap- on the windshield wiper lever allows you to
pear greyed out in the MMI Display. As soon se lect whether information concerning the
as t he system is available again, t he driv ing trip computer, digital tachometer, nav igat ion*
modes can once more be selected in t he dis- or "Adapt ive Air Suspension" is to appear in
play. the instrument cluster d isp lay.
Display of the Adaptive Air Suspension is auto-

(D} Tips matic when the offroad or lift mode is select-
- For addition al informat ion on the d riving ed, or when the vehicle is automatically low-
modes c::>page 157, Chassis controls. ered in lift mode .
- When t he compressed air t ank is empty,
the compressor can be switched on by Raising and lowe ring
starting the engine . The Adaptive Air If arrow (J) is white c::>fig. 191 or c::>fig. 192,
Suspension is once again available, after the vehicle is raised.
waiting a few minutes.
If arrow @ is white, t he vehicle is lowered .
- To prevent over load, the system switches
off tempera rily if several adj ustments The respective arrow stays on until the level
are made in a row. The Adaptive Air Sus- change is complete. The ti me requ ired for a
pension is once again available, after level change can vary, depending on the cur-
waiting a few minutes. ren t drivi ng conditions . ..,_
Adaptive A i r Suspension 161
Displaying the vehicle level .,. Select: !CAR I function button > Car systems*
The cu rrent vehicle leve l is shown with seg- contro l button > Vehicle settings > Air
ments filled out in the segment disp lay @ . If susp.: towing .
on ly the bottom segment is filled out, the ve- As long as towing mode is activated, a vehicle
hicle is at highway leve l. If all segments are with a trai ler appears in the adaptive air sus-
filled out, the vehicle is at high level 2 and has pension main menu.
the greatest amount of ground clearance pos-
sible. Level Adjustment when towing a trailer
While the vehicle is being raised or lowered, - Before hitching up the trailer and before ad-
the target level is indicated by an arrow @ jus t ing the tongue weight at th e trailer, the
¢ fig. 191 or a white border @ ¢ fig. 192. The automatic or comfort mode must be se lect -
arrow/border disappears aga in when the vehi- ed so that the ve hicle can be at normal level
cle is at the target level. ¢ page 159, MMI settings.
- If driving in dynamic mode is desired, this

mode must be selected before hitching up
Jacking mode when changing a flat tire
Applies to vehicles: with Adaptive Air Suspension
the trailer and before adjusting the tongue
weight. However, note that your vehicle is
This mode must be activated in the MMI be- lowered and ground clearance is reduced.
fore raising the vehicle with a jack or on a ve- - If you have to dr ive under difficult road con-
hicle lift. ditions, you can select offroad or lift mode,
.,.Select: ICARI funct ion button> !SETUP I func- after hitch ing up the trailer or after adjust-
t ion button > Jacking mode. Or ing the tongue weight.
.,. Select: I CARI funct ion button > Car systems* - If the veh icle is at normal level, and you se-
control button > Servicing & checks> Air lect offroad mode while travelingat speeds
susp.: tire change. higher than 22 mph (35 km/h), the veh icle
w ill not be ra ised. Offroad mode will appear
The vehicle jack mode must be activated be- as the active mode in the MMI Display.
fore changing a wheel so that the automatic - If the veh icle is in offroad mode at high level
control processes fo r the a ir suspension do 1, it automatically lowers to normal level
not make lift ing with the vehicle jack more dif- when the ve hicle is t ravel ing at speeds ex-
ficult. ceeding approximately 31 mph (SO km /h).
The check lamp II in the instrument cluster The vehicle is automatically raised to high
d isp lay illuminates in vehicle jack mode. level 1 again when the traveling speed falls
be low approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
0) Tips
Restrictions when operating with a trailer
The vehicle jack mode is switched off auto-
When operating w ith a tra iler, the lift mode
mat ically at speeds above 9 mph (15 km/
can on ly be selected up to about 12 mph (20
h).
km/h). Lift mode is automatically cance led
again when a speed of about 25 mph (40 km/
Towing a trailer h) is exceeded.
Appl ies to vehicles: with towing hitch and Adaptive Air
Suspension If the vehicle is in automatic, comfo rt , offroad
or lift mode before the trai ler towing mode is
Automatic lowering is not desirable when
M activated, the dynamic mode cannot be acti-
N towing a trailer.
0
...J
vated.
'SI:
,...., .,.Se lect: ICAR I function button> !SETUP I func-
..,.,
\!) If the vehicle is in dynamic mode before tow-
,...., tion button > Towing mode. Or
..,., ing operation is activated, it can be driven in IJI,-
,....,
162 Ad a pti ve Air Su s pen s ion
this mode. If the suspension is switched from In cargo mode, the rear axle is lowered by 2 .2
this mode to another mode, dynamic mode inches (S5 mm), compared to the normal lev-
cannot be re-selected . el.
While the veh icle is in ca rgo mode, the seg-

(D Tips
ments do not appear as filled in the segment
- For vehicles with a factory installed tow - display.
ing hitch or a trailer hitch that was in-
stalled later accord ing to factory specifi- Cargo mode is a utomatic a lly ca nce le d again
cations, the system recognizes "Trailer when a different mode is selected in t he MMI
tow ing mode" and activates th is specia l Display, or when a speed of about 3 mph (5
mode automatically, as soon as the elec- km/ h) has been exceeded .
trical connection on the trailer socket is If the system is t empora rily unavailable due
connected. The mode ceases a utomat i- to, for instance, an empty compressed air
ca lly when the elect rical connection to tank, the Lower for loading * function appears
t he trai ler socket is d isconnected. greyed out in the MMI Display. As soon as the
- If the tra iler towing mode has been acti- system is available again, the funct ion can
vated, the vehicle will not drop to the once more be selected in the disp lay.
low or highway level.
While the vehicle is being lowered, the indica-
tor light @ ~ fig . 193 on the switch in the
Cargo mode luggage compartment flashes. When the car-
Applies to vehicles: with Adapt ive Air Suspension
go leve l has been reached, the indicator light
The rear of the vehicle can be lowered to comes on and remains on as long as the vehi-
make it easier to load. cle is in cargo mode. When the vehicle is
raised agai n, the indicator light flashes again.
(D Note
Make sure before canceling cargo mode
that there is sufficient clearance above the
vehicle and around the trunk lid, if open.
(D Tips
- The vehicle will not be lowered if one of
Fig. 193 Luggage compartment deta il: Cargo mode the vehicle doors is open, or if the com-
switch
pressed air tank is empty. The indicator
light on the switch flashes three times.
Using switch for activating cargo mode
- Whe n the compressed air tank is empty,
.. Close all vehicle doors . it will refill when you drive at speeds
.. Open the trunk lid . over 25 mph (40 km/ h). The vehicle can
.,.Press the lower pa rt of the switch @ be lowered to cargo level whe n t he com-
~ fig . 193. The rea r of t he vehicle is low-
pres sed air tan k is adequately filled.
ered. - If the vehicle is in lift or off road mode
.,.Press the uppe r part of the switch @ . The
when you act ivate cargo mode, t he vehi-
rear of the vehicle is raised again .
cle will first drop down to no rma l level.
Activating cargo mode in the MMI*
.. Select: ICAR Ifunct io n button> ! SETUP Ifunc-
t ion button > Lower for loading .
Dr iv ing S a fel y 163
Driving Safely accident . The following is a list of just a few of

the safety features in your Audi : •
General notes •
- sophis t icated safety belts fo r drive r and all
Safe driving habits passenger seat ing posit ions,
- belt tens ione rs fo r the fro nt seats and the
Please remember - safety first!
outer seati ng posit ions in t he second row
This chapter contains important information, seating,
tips, instructions and warnings that you need - belt height adjustment fo r t he front seats
to read and observe for your own safety, the and t he oute r seat ing positions in the sec-
safety of your passengers and others . We have ond row seati ng,
summarized here what you need to know - head restra ints for each seati ng posit ion,
about safety belts, airbags, child restra ints as - front airbags,
well as child safety. Your safety is for us priori- - side airbags in the fro nt seats and the outer
ty number 1. Always observe t he information seating posit ions in t he second row seat-
and warn ings in th is sect ion - for your own ing*,
safety as well as that of your passengers . - side curta in airbags,
The information in this section applies to all - special LATCHanchorages for child re-
model versions of your veh icle . Some of the straints,
feat ures described in th is sect ions may be - adjustab le steeri ng column.
standa rd equipment on some models, or may These individual safety features, can work to -
be optional equipment on others . If you are gether as a system to help protect you and
not sure, ask your authorized Audi dealer. your passengers in a wide range of accidents.
These features cannot work as a system if
A WARNING they are not always correctly adjusted and cor-
- Always make sure that you follow the in- rect ly used.
st ruct ions and heed the WARNINGS in
Safety is everybody's responsibil ity!
this manual. It is in your interest and in
the inte rest of you r passengers.
- Always keep all of the Owner's Literature Important things to do before driving
man uals in your Audi when you lend or Safety is everybody 's job! Vehicle and occu-
sell your vehicle so t hat this im portant pant safety always depends on the informed
information will always be availab le to and careful driver.
the driver and passengers.
- Always keep the Owner's Literature han- For your safety and the safety of your passen-
dy so t hat you can find it easily if yo u gers, before driving always:
have quest ion s. .. Make sure that all lights and signa ls are op-
erating correctly .
Safety equipment .. Make sure that the tire pressure is correct .
.. Make sure that all windows are clean and af-
The safety features are part of the occupant ford good visibility to the outs ide.
restraint syst em and work togeth er to help .. Secure all luggage and ot her items carefu lly
redu ce the risk of injury in a wide variety of ¢ page 90 .
accident situations . .. Make sure that nothing can interfere with
M
N Your safety and the safety of your passengers the pedals.
0
...J
should not be left t o chance. Advances in .. Adj ust fron t seat, head rest raint and m irrors
'SI:
,....,
\!)
t echnology have made a var iety of fea tu res correctly fo r you r heigh t . .,..
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
available t o hel p reduce the risk of injury in an
164 Dr iving Safel y
• Instr uct passenge rs to adjust the head re- Proper occupant

straints according to their height.
seating positions
• Make sure to use the right child restraint
correct ly to protect children <=> page 203, Proper seating position for the driver
Child Safety .
The proper driver sea ting posi tion is imp or-
• Sit properly in your seat and make sure that
tant for safe, relaxed driving.
you r passenge rs do the same <=> page 74,
General recomm endations .
• Fasten your safe ty be lt and wear it properly.
Also ins t ruc t you r passengers t o fas te n t heir
safety belts properly <=> page 173 .
What impairs driving safety?
Safe driving is directly rela ted to the condi-

tion of the vehicle, the driver as well as t he
driver's ability to concentrate on the road Fig. 194 Corr ect seating posit ion
without being distracted .
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of
The driver is respo nsible fo r the safety of the injury in the event of an accident, we recom-
vehicle an d a ll of it s occupants . If you r a bility mend that you adjust t he driver's seat to the
to d rive is impai red, safety risks for everybody fo llow ing pos ition:
in the vehicle increase and yo u a lso become a
• Adjust t he d river's seat so that you can easi-
hazard to everyone else on the road <=> &_.
ly push the pedals all the way to the floor
Therefore:
while keepi ng your knee(s) slightly bent
• Do not let yo ursel f be distracte d by passe n- ¢ &_.
gers or by using a cellular telephone. • Adj ust t he angle of t he seatbac k so that it is
• NEVER dr ive when your dr iving ability is im- in an upr ight position so that your back
paired (by medicat ions, alcohol , drugs, etc.). comes in full conta ct w ith it when you d rive.
• Observe all traffic laws, rules of the road • Adjust t he steering wheel so t ha t t here is a
and speed limits and plain common sense . d ist ance of at least 10 inches (2 5 cm) be -
• ALWAYSadju st your speed to road, t raff ic t ween the steer ing whee l and your breast
and weathe r con d it ions . bone ~ fig. 194. If not possible, see your a u-
• Take frequent breaks o n long t rips. Do not thorized Audi dealer about adaptive equip -
dr ive for mor e th an two hours at a str etch . ment.
• Do NOTdrive when you are t ired, under • Adjust t he steering wheel so that the steer-
pressure or when you are st ressed . ing wheel and airbag cover poi nts at your
chest and not at your face .
A WARNING • Grasp t he top of the ste ering whee l w ith
Impai red driving safety increases the risk your elb ow(s) slightly ben t.
of serious persona l injury and death when- • Adjust t he head re st ra int so the upper edge
ever a veh icle is being used. is as even as possible wit h th e top of your
head . If that is not poss ible, try to adjust
the head restraint so that it is as close to
this pos ition as possib le .
.,. Fasten and wear safety belts correct ly
<=>page 177.
Driving Safely 165
~ Always keep both feet in the footwell so jury due to incorrect positioning of the
that you are in control of the vehicle at all •
safety belt and improper seating posi-
times. tion . •
- Children must always ride in child safety
For detailed information on how to adjust the
seats ¢ page 203. Special precautions
driver's seat, see ¢ page 75.
apply when installing a child safety seat
A WARNING on the front passenger seat ¢ page 182 .
Drivers who are unbelted, out of position

or too close to the airbag can be seriously Proper seating position for the front
passenger
injured by an airbag as it unfolds. To help
reduce the risk of serious personal injury: The proper front passenger seating position
- Always adjust the driver's seat and the is important for safe, relaxed driving.
steering wheel so that there are at least
10 inches (25 cm) between your breast- For your own safety and to reduce the risk of
bone and the steering wheel. injury in the event of an accident, we recom -
- Always hold the steering wheel on the mend that you adjust the seat for the front
outside of the steering wheel rim with passenger to the following position :
your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock ~ Adjust the angle of the seatb ack so that it is
positions to help reduce the risk of per- in an upright position and your back comes
sonal injury if the driver's airbag inflates. in full contact with it whenever the vehicle is
- Never hold the steering wheel at the moving .
12 o'clock position or with your hands at ~ Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge
other positions inside the steering wheel is as even as possible with the top of your
rim or on the steering wheel hub. Hold- head. If that is not possible , try to adjust
ing the steering wheel the wrong way the head restraint so that it is as close to
can cause serious injuries to the hands, this position as possible ¢ page 166.
arms and head if the driver's airbag de- ~ Keep both feet flat on the floor in front of
ploys. the front passenger seat .
- Pointing the steering wheel toward your ~ Fasten and wear safety belts correct-
face decreases the ability of the supple- ly¢ page 177 .
mental driver's airbag to protect you in a
collision . For detailed information on how to adjust the
front passenger 's seat, see ¢ page 74.
- Always sit in an upright position and nev-
er lean against or place any part of your
body too close to the area where the air-
A
,_ WARNING
bags are located. Front seat passengers who are unbelted,
- Before driving, always adjust the front out of position or too close to the airbag
seats and head restraints properly and can be seriously injured or killed by the air-
make sure that all passengers are prop- bag as it unfolds. To help reduce the risk of
erly restrained. serious personal injury:
- Never adjust the seats while the vehicle - Passengers must always sit in an upright
is moving . Your seat may move unexpect- position and never lean against or place
edly and you could lose control of the ve- any part of their body too close to the
hicle. area where the airbags are located.
M
N
0 - Never drive with the backrest reclined or - Passengers who are unbelted, out of po-
...J
'SI:
,...., tilted far back! The farther the backrests sition or too close to the airbag can be
\!)
1.1'1
are tilted back, the greater the risk of in- seriously injured by an airbag as it
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
166 Driving Safely
unfolds with great force in the blink of .. Make sure that the seatback is securely
an eye . latched in the upright position c::>
page 82.
- Always make sure that there are at least .. Keep both feet flat in the footwell in front of
10 inches (25 cm) between the front the rear seat .
passenger's breastbone and the instru- .. Fasten and wear safety belts properly
ment panel. page
c::> 177.
- Each passenger must always sit on a seat .. Make sure that children are always properly
of their own and properly fasten and restrained in a child restraint that is appro-
wear the safety belt belonging to that priate for their size and age c::>
page 203.
seat.
- Before driving, always adjust the front _& WARNING -
passenger seat and head restraint prop- Passengers who are improperly seated on
erly. the rear seat can be seriously injured in a
- Always keep your feet on the floor in crash.
front of the seat. Never rest them on the - Each passenger must always sit on a seat
seat, instrument panel, out of the win- of their own and properly fasten and
dow, etc. The airbag system and safety wear the safety belt belonging to that
belt will not be able to protect you prop- seat .
erly and can even increase the risk of in- - Safety belts only offer maximum protec-
jury in a crash. tion when the seatback is securely latch-
- Never drive with the backrest reclined or ed in the upright position and the safety
tilted far back! The farther the backrests belts are properly positioned on the
are tilted back, the greater the risk of in- body. By not sitting upright, a rear seat
jury due to incorrect positioning of the passenger increases the risk of personal
safety belt and improper seating posi- injury from improperly positioned safety
tion. belts!
- Children must always ride in child safety - Always adjust the head restraint properly
seats c::>page 203. Special precautions so that it can give maximum protection.
apply when installing a child safety seat
on the front passenger seat c::>page 182 .
Proper adjustment of head restraints
Correctly adjusted head restraints are an im-

Proper seating positions for passengers
in rear seats portant part of your vehicle's occupant re-
straint system and can help to reduce the risk
Rear seat passengers must sit upright with of injuries in accident situations.
both feet on the floor consistent with their
physical size and be properly restrained
whenever the vehicle is in use.
To reduce the risk of injury caused by an incor-

rect seating position in the event of a sudden
braking maneuver or an accident, your pas-
sengers on the rear bench seat must always
observe the following :
.. If there are passengers in the rear seat, fold Fig. 19S Head restra int: viewed from the front
the head restraints up on the occupied seats
or slide the center head restraint upward at The head restraints must be correctly adjust-
least to the next notch c::>
page 80. ed to achieve the best protection. .,.
Dr iv ing S a fel y 167
~ Adjust the head restraints so the upper edge when they are properly positioned on the
is as even as possib le with the top of your body. Improper seating positions reduce the •
head. If that is not possib le, try to adj ust effectiveness of safety belts and will even in- •
the head restraint so that it is as close to crease the risk of injury and death by moving
th is position as possible ¢ fig. 195. the safety belt to crit ical areas of the body.
~ If there are passengers in rear seat, fo ld the Improper seating positions also increase t he
head restraints up on the occupied seats or risk of serious inj ury and death when an air-
slide the center head restra int upward at bag deploys and str ikes an occupant who is
least t o the next notc h. not in the proper seat ing posit ion. A dr iver is
responsible for the safet y of all vehicl e occu-
Adjust ing head restraints ¢ page 79.
pant s and especially for children . Theref ore:
A WARNING ~ Never allow anyone to assume an incor rect

seating posit ion when t he vehicle is being
All seats are equipped with head re-
used¢ & .
st raints. Driving without head restra ints or
w it h head restra ints t hat are not properly The following bullet ins list only some samp le
adjusted increases t he risk of serious or f a- positions t hat will i ncrease the risk of serious
t al neck injury dramat ically. To help reduce injury and deat h. Our hope is that t hese exam-
the risk of injury: ples will ma ke you more aware of seating po-
- Always drive wit h the head restraints in sitions t hat are dangerous .
place and properly adjusted.
- Every person in t he veh icle must have a Therefore , whenever the vehicle is
moving:
properly adju sted head restra int .
- Alw ays make sure each person in the ve- - never stand up in t he vehicle
hicle properly adjust s the ir head re- - never stand on the seats
st raint . Adj ust the head rest raint s so the - never kneel on the seats
upper edge is as even as possib le wit h - never ride w it h the seatback reclined
the top of your head. If that is not possi- - never lie down on the rear seat
ble, try to adjust the head restra int so - never lean up against the instrument panel
that it is as close to this position as pos- - never sit on the edge of the seat
sible . - never sit sideways
- Never attempt to adjust head restraint - never lean out the window
wh ile driving. If you have driven off and
- never put your feet out the window
must adjust the dr iver headrest for any
- never put your feet on the instrument panel
reason, first stop the vehicle safely be-
- never rest your feet on the seat cushion or
fore attempting to adjust t he head re-
back of the seat
st raint .
- never ride in the footwell
- Children must always be properly re-
- never ride in the cargo area
st rained in a child restrai nt t hat is app ro-
pr iate for their age and size c>page 203.
A WARNING
-
Imp roper seating posit ions increase the
Examples of improper seating posit ions risk of serious persona l injury and death
The occupant restraint system can only re- whenever a vehicle is being used.
duce the risk of injury if vehicle occupants are -Always make sure that all vehicle occu-
M
N
properly seated. pants stay in a proper seating position
0
...J
'SI: and are properly rest rained whenever the
,....,
\!) Improper seating posit ions can cause serious veh icle is being used.
1.1'1
,...., inju ry or death . Safety belts can on ly work
1.1'1
,....,
168 Dr iv ing Safely
Pedal area Floor mats used in your vehicle must be at -

tached to these fasteners . Properly securing
Pedals the floor mats will prevent them from sliding
The pedals must always be free to move and into positions that could interfere with the
must never be interfered with by a floor mat pedals or impair safe operat ion of your vehicle
or any other object. in other ways.
Make sure that all pedals move freely without A

,-
WARNING
interference and that nothing prevents them Pedals that cannot move freely can result
from returning to the ir original positions . in a loss of vehicle control and increase the
Only use floor mats that leave the peda l area risk of ser ious persona l injury.
free and can be secured with floor mat fasten- - Always make sure that floor mats are
ers. properly secured.
- Never place or install floor mats or other
If a brake circuit fails, increased brake peda l
f loor coverings in the vehicle that cannot
travel is required to bring the vehicle to a full
be prope rly secured in place to prevent
stop.
them from slipping and interfer ing wit h
A WARNING
the peda ls or the ability to contro l the
vehicle.
Pedals that cannot move freely can cause - Never place or install floor mats or other
loss of vehicle control and increase the risk floor coverings on top of already instal -
of serious injury. led floor mats . Additiona l floor mats and
- Never place any objects in the driver 's other coverings will reduce the size of
footwell. An object could get into the the pedal area and interfere with the
peda l area and interfere w ith pedal func- pedals.
tion. In case of s udden braking or an ac- - Always properly reinsta ll and secure floor
cident, you would not be ab le to bra ke or mats that have been taken out for clean-
accelerate! ing.
- Always make su re that nothing can fa ll - Always make sure that objects cannot
or move into t he driver's footwell. fall into the dr iver footwell while the ve-
hicle is moving . Objects can become
Floor mats on the driver side trapped under the brake pedal and accel-
erator pedal causing a loss of vehicle
Always use floor mats that can be securely
control.
attached to the floor mat fasteners and do
not interfere with the free movement of the
pedals .
.,.Make su re that the floor mats are properly

secured and cannot move and interfere with
the pedals~ .&_.
Use only floor mats that leave the pedal a rea

unobstructed and that a re firmly secured so
that they cannot slip out of position. You can
obtain suitable floor mats from your author-
ized Audi dealer.
Floor mat fasteners are installed in your Audi .

Dr iv i n g Sa fe ly 169
Stowing luggage A WARNING

Loading the luggage compartment Heavy loads will influence the way your ve-
hicle handles. To help reduce the risk of a
All luggage and other objects must be prop-
loss of control leading to serious personal
erly stowed and secured in the luggage com-
injury:
partment.
-Always keep in mind when transporting
heavy objects, that a change in the cen-
ter of gravity can also cause changes in
veh icle handling:
- Always distribute the load as evenly as
possible.
- Place heavy objects as far forward in
the luggage compartment as possible.
- Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rat-
ing or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Fig. 196 Safe load position ing: place heavy objects as
low and as far forward as possible. specified on the safety compliance stick-
er on the left door jamb. Exceeding per-
Loose items in the luggage compartment can miss ible weight standards can cause the
shift suddenly, changing vehicle handling veh icle to slide and handle differently.
characteristics . Loose items can also increase - Please observe information on safe driv-
the risk of serious personal injury in a sudden ing qpage 163 .
veh icle maneuver or in a collision .
.. Distribute the load evenly in the luggage

A WARNING
-
compartment. To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas
.. Always place and properly secure heavy from being drawn into the vehicle, a lways
items in the luggage compartment as low keep the rear lid closed while driving.
and as far forward as poss ible q fig. 196. - Never transpo rt objects larger than
.. Secure luggage using the tie-downs provid- those fitting comp letely into the luggage
ed ¢ page 83. area because the rear lid cannot be fu lly
.. Make sure that the rear seatback is securely closed .
latched in place. - If you absolutely must dr ive with the rea r
lid open, observe the following notes to
A WARNING red uce the risk of poisoni ng:
Improperly stored luggage or other items - Close all windows,

can fly through the vehicle causing serious - Close the Panoramic s liding sunroof *,
personal injury in the event of hard brak- - Open all air outlets in the inst rument
ing or an acc ident. To help reduce the risk panel,
of serious personal injury: - Switch off the air rec irculat ion,
- Always put objects, for example, luggage - Set the fresh a ir fan to the highest
or other heavy items in the luggage com- speed.
partment.
- Always secure objects in the luggage A WARNING
M
compartment us ing the tie-down eye lets Always make sure that the doo rs, all win-
"'
0 and suitable straps . dows, the Pano ramic s liding sunroof* and
..J
-<I'.
rl
the rear lid are securely closed and locked
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
170 Dr iv ing Safel y
to reduce the risk of inj ury when the vehi- serious injury. It ems in t he vehicle possess en-
cle is not being used. ergy which vary with vehicle speed and the
- After closing the rear lid, always make weight of t he item . Vehicle speed is the most
sure that it is properly closed and locked. significant factor.
- Never leave your vehicle unattended es- For example, in a frontal collision at a speed
pecially with the rear lid left open . A of 30 mph (48 km/h), the forces acting on a
child could crawl into the vehicle through 10-lb (5 kg) object are about 20 times the
the luggage compartment and close the normal weight of the item. This means that
rear lid becoming trapped and unable to the weight of the item would sudden ly be
get out . Being trapped in a vehicle can about 200 lbs. (90 kg). You can imag ine the
lead to serious persona l injury. injur ies that a 200 lbs . (90 kg) item fly ing
- Never let children play in or around the fr eely t hrough the passenger compa rtment
vehicle . could cause in a col lision like t his.
- Never let passengers ride in the luggage
compartment . Vehicle occupant s must _& WARNING
always be proper ly restrained in one of Weak, damaged or imprope r st raps used
the vehicle's seating positions. to secure items t o tie-downs can f ail dur-
ing hard braking or in a collision and cause
(D Tips serious personal injury.
- Air circulation helps to reduce window -Always use suita ble mo unt ing straps and
fogging . Stale air escapes to the outside properly secure items to the tie-downs in
th rough vents in the trim panel. Be sure the luggage compa rtment to help pre-
to keep these slots free and open. vent items from shift ing or fly ing fo r-
- The t ire pressuremust correspondto the ward as dangerousmissiles.
load. The t ire pressure is shown on the - When the rear seat backrest is folded
tire pressure label. The t ire pressure la- down, always use suitable mounting
bel is locate d on the dr iver's side B-pi llar. straps and properly secure items to the
The t ire pressure label lists the recom- tie-downs in t he luggage compartment
mended cold t ire inflat ion pressures for to hel p prevent items from fly ing for-
the vehicle at its maximum capacity ward as dangerous missiles into the pas-
weight and the tires that were on your senger compartment.
vehicle at the time it was manufact ured. - Never attach a chi ld safety seat t ether
For recommended t ire pressures for nor- st rap to a t ie-down .
mal load conditions, please see chapter
Q page278.
Reporting Safety
Defects
Tie-downs
The luggage compartment is equipped with Applicable to U.S.A.

four tie-downs to secure luggage and other
items .
If you believe that your vehi cle
has a def ect whi ch could cause
Use the tie-downs to secure your cargo prop-
erly ¢ page 169 , Loading the luggage com- a crash or could cause injury or
partment . death, you should immediately
In a coll ision, the laws of physics mean that inform the National Highway
even smaller items that are loose in the vehi-
cle will become heavy missiles that can cause Traffic Safet y Administration ""
Driving Safely 171
(NHTSA) in addition to notify- Applicable to Canada •

ing Audi of America, Inc. If you live in Canada and you •
'
If NHTSA receives similar com- believe that your vehicle has a

plaints, it may open an investi- defect that could cause a crash,
gation, and if it finds that a injury or death, you should im-
safety defects exists in a group mediately inform Transport
of vehicles, it may order a recall Canada, Defect Investigations
and remedy campaign. Howev- and Recalls. You should also no-
er, NHTSA cannot become in- tify Audi Canada .
volved in individual problems Canadian customers who wish
between you, your dealer, or to report a safety-related de-
Audi of America, Inc. fect to Transport Canada, De-
To contact the NHTSA, you may fect Investigations and Recalls,
either call: may either call Transport Cana-
da toll-free at:
Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153) or Tel.: 1-800-333-0510 or
1-800-424-9 3 9 3 Tel.: 1-819-994-3328 (Ottawa
region and from other coun-
or you may write to:
tries)
NHTSA TTY for hearing impaired:
U.S. Department of Transporta- 1-888-67 5-6863
tion
or contact Transport Canada by
1200 New Jersey Ave., S.E.
mail at:
West Building
Washington, DC 20590 Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Investiga-
You can also obtain other infor-
tions Laboratory
mation about motor vehicle
80 Noel Street
safety from:
Gatineau, QC
http:/ /www.safercar.gov J8Z 0Al
M
N
0
For additional road safety infor-
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
mation, please visit the Road
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
Safety website at: 1)1,,
172 Driving Safely
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/
roadsafety/menu. htm
Safety belts 173
Safety belts A WARNING •

General notes Not wearing safety belts or wearing them •
improperly increases the risk of serious
Always wear safety belts! personal injury and death .
Wearing safe ty bel ts correctly saves lives! - Never strap more than one person, in-
cluding small children, into any belt . It is
This chapter explains why saf ety belts ar e nec- especially dangerous to place a safety
essary, how they work and how to adjust and be lt over a child sitting on your lap.
wear them correc t ly. - Never let more people ride in the vehicle
...Read all the information that follows and than there are safety belts available .
heed all of the instructions and WARNINGS. - Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is
properly restrained with a separate safe-
A WARNING ty belt or child restraint.
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them

improperly increases the risk of serious Safety belt warning light
personal injury and death . Your vehicle has a warning system for the
- Safety belts are the single most effective driver and front seat passenger (on USA mod-
means available to reduce the risk of se- els only) to remind you about the importance
rious injury and death in automobile acci- of buckling-up.
dents . For your protection and that of
your passengers, always correctly wear
safety belts when the vehicle is moving .
- Pregnant women, injured, or physically
impaired persons must also use safety
belts. Like all vehicle occupants, they are
more likely to be seriously injured if they
do not wear safety be lts . The best way to
protect a fetus is to protect the mother -
throughout the entire pregnancy.
Fig. 197 Safet y bel t warn ing ligh t in the inst rum e nt
cluster - enla rged
Number of seats
Before driving off, always:
Vehicles with five seats: Your vehicle has two
... Fasten your safety belt and make sure you
front seats and three rear seats. Each seating
are wearing it properly .
position has a safety belt.
"' Make sure that your passengers also buckle
Vehicles with six seats:* Your vehicle has two up and properly wear their safety belts.
front seats, two seats in the second row and "' Protect children with a child restraint sys-
two seats in the third row. Each seating posi- tem appropriate for the s ize and age.
tion has a safety belt .
The warning light . in the instrument clus-
Vehicles with seven seats:* Your vehicles has ter lights up when the ign it ion is switched on
two front seats, three seats in the second row as a reminder to fasten the safety belts . In ad-
and two seats in t he third row. Each seating dition, you will hear a warning tone for a cer-
~ position has a safety belt. tain period of time.
0
..J
'SI:
,...., Fasten your safety belt and make sure that
\!)
1.1"1 your passengers also properly put on their
,....,
safety belts.
"' ,....,
174 S a fet y belt s
Vehicle speed is the most significant factor . If

_&. WARNING the speed doubles from 15 to 30 mph (25 to
- Safety belts are the sing le most effective 50 km/h), the energy increases 4 times!
means available to reduce the risk of se-
rious injury and death in a utomob ile acci- Because the passengers of this vehicle a re not
dents. For your protection and that of us ing safety belts ~ fig. 198, they will keep
your passengers, always correctly wear moving at the same speed the vehicle was
safety belts when the vehicle is moving. moving just before the crash, until someth ing
- Failure to pay attention to the warning stops them - here , the wa ll ~ fig . 199.
light that come on, could lead to person- The same principles apply to people sitting in
al injury. a vehicle that is involved in a frontal collision .
Even at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30 to 50
Why safety belts? km/h), the forces acting on the body can
reach one ton (2,000 lbs. o r 1,000 kg) or
Frontal collisions and the law of physics more. At greater speeds, these forces are even
Frontal crashes create very strong forces for higher .
people riding in vehicles. Peop le who do not use safety belts are also
not attached to their vehicle . In a frontal colli-
s ion they will also keep moving forward at the
speed their veh icle was t ravell ing just before
the crash . Of course, the laws of physics don't
just app ly to frontal collisions, they determine
what happens in all kinds of accidents and col-
lisions .
Fig. 198 Unbe lted occupants in a vehicle head ing for a

wall
Fig. 199 The vehicle cras hes into the wall
The physical principles are simple . Both the

vehicle and the passengers possess energy
which varies with veh icle speed and body
weight . Engineers call this energy "kinetic en -
ergy.''
The higher the speed of the vehicle and the
g reater the vehicle's weight, the more energy
that has to be "absorbed" in t he crash.
Safety belts 175
What happens to occupants not wearing there to offer protection in those accidents in
safety belts? which airbags are not supposed to deploy or
when they have already deployed. Unbelted
In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop
occupants can a lso be thrown out of the vehi-
themselves from flying forward and being in-
cle where even more severe or fatal injuries
jured or killed. Always wear your safety belts!
can occur .
It is also important for the rear passengers to
wear safety belts correctly . Unbelted passen -
gers in the rear seats endanger not only them-
selves but also the driver and other passen -
gers ¢ fig. 201. In a frontal collision they will
be thrown forward violently, where they can
hit and injure the driver and/or front seat pas-
senger.
Fig. 200 A driver not wearing a safety belt is violently
thrown forward Safety belts protect
People think it's possible to use the hands to
brace the body in a minor collision. It's simply
not true!
Fig. 201 A rear passen ge r not wearin g a safety belt

will fly forwar d and st rike the driver
Unbelted occupants are not able to resist the

tremendous forces of impact by holding tight Fig. 202 Driver is correctly rest rained in a sud den brak-
or brac ing themselves. Without the benefit of ing maneuver
safety restraint systems, the unrestrained oc-
cupant will slam violent ly into the steering Safety belts used properly can make a big dif-
wheel, instrument panel, windshield , or what- ference. Safety belts help to keep passengers
ever else is in the way ¢ fig. 200. This impact in their seats, gradua lly reduce energy levels
with the vehicle interior has all the energy applied to the body in an accident, and help
they had just before the crash. prevent the uncontrolled movement that can
cause serious injuries. In addition, safety belts
Never rely on airbags alone for protection.
reduce the danger of being thrown out of the
Even when they deploy, airbags provide only
vehicle.
additional protection. Airbags are not sup-
posed to deploy in all kinds of accidents. Al- Safety belts attach passengers to the car and
though your Audi is equipped with airbags, all give them the benefit of being slowed down
vehicle occupants, including the driver , must more gently or "softly" through the "give" in
wear safety belts correctly in order to mini - the safety belts, crush zones and other safety
M
mize the risk of severe injury or death in a features engineered into today's vehicles. By
"'
0
..J crash . "absorbing" the kinetic energy over a longer
"".
rl
I.O
period of time, the safety belts make the liJl,
Remember too, that airbags will deploy only
"'
rl
"'
rl
once and that your safety belts are always
176 Safety belts
forces on the body more "tolerable" and less - Always fasten your safety belts correctly
likely to cause injury. before driving off and make sure all pas-
Although these examples are based on a fron- sengers are correctly restrained.
tal collision , safety belts can also substantial- - For maximum protection, safety belts
ly reduce the risk of injury in other kinds of must always be positioned properly on
crashes . So, whether you're on a long trip or the body.
just going to the corner store, always buckle - Never strap more than one person, in-
up and make sure others do, too. Accident sta- cluding small children, into any belt .
tistics show that vehicle occupants properly - Never place a safety belt over a child sit-
wearing safety belts have a lower risk of being ting on your lap.
injured and a much better chance of surviving - Always keep feet in the footwell in front
an accident . Properly using safety belts also of the seat while the vehicle is being driv-
greatly increases the ability of the supplemen- en.
tal airbags to do their job in a collision. For - Never let any person ride with their feet
this reason, wearing a safety belt is legally re- on the instrument panel or sticking out
quired in most countries including much of the window or on the seat.
the United States and Canada. - Never remove a safety belt while the ve-
hicle is moving. Doing so will increase
Although your Audi is equipped with airbags ,
your risk of being injured or killed .
you still have to wear the safety belts provid-
- Never wear belts twisted.
ed. Front airbags, for example, are activated
- Never wear belts over rigid or breakable
only in some frontal collisions . The front air-
objects in or on your clothing, such as
bags are not activated in all frontal collisions,
eye glasses, pens, keys, etc., as these
in side and rear collisions, in roll overs or in
cases where there is not enough deceleration
may causeinjury.
through impact to the front of the vehicle . - Never allow safety belts to become dam-
The same goes for the other airbag systems in aged by being caught in door or seat
your Audi. So, always wear your safety belt hardware.
and make sure everybody in your vehicle is - Do not wear the shoulder part of the belt
properly restrained! under your arm or otherwise out of posi-
tion .
- Several layers of heavy clothing may in-
Important safety instructions about
terfere with correct positioning of belts
safety belts
and reduce the overall effectiveness of
Safety belts must always be correctly posi- the system.
tioned across the strongest bones of your - Always keep belt buckles free of anything
body. that may prevent the buckle from latch-
ing securely .
.. Always wear safety belts as illustrated and
- Never use comfort clips or devices that
described in this chapter.
create slack in the shoulder belt . Howev-
.. Make sure that your safety belts are always
er, special clips may be required for the
ready for use and are not damaged.
proper use of some child restraint sys-
A WARNING
tems .
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear, and
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them damaged belt hardware can break in an
improperly increases the risk of serious accident. Inspect belts regularly. If web-
personal injury and death. Safety belts can bing , bindings, buckles, or retractors are .,,.
work only when used correctly .
Safety belts 17 7
damaged, have belts replaced by an au- .. Pull on the belt to make sure that it is se-
thorized Audi dealer or qualified curely latched in the buckle .
workshop.
Automatic safety belt retractors
- Safety belts that have been worn and
loaded in an accident must be replaced Every safety belt is equipped with an automat-
with the correct replacement safety belt ic be lt retractor on the shoulder belt. This fea-
by an authorized Audi dealer. Replace- ture locks the belt when the belt is pulled out
ment may be necessary even if damage fast, during hard braking and in an accident.
cannot be clearly seen. Anchorages that The belt may also lock when you drive up or
were loaded must also be inspected. down a steep hill or through a sharp curve.
- Never remove, modify, disassemble, or During normal driving the belt lets you move
try to repair the safety be lts yourself. freely.
- Always keep the belts clean. Dirty belts Safety belt pretensioners
may not work properly and can impair
The safety belts are equipped with a belt pre-
the funct ion of the inertia reel 9 ta-
tensioner that helps to tighten the safety belt
ble Cleaning interior on page 244 .
and remove slack when the pretensioner is ac-
tivated. The function of the pretensioner is
Safety belts monitored by a warning light c::>page 16.
Fastening safety belts Switchable locking feature
Safety first - everybody buckle up! Every safety belt except the one on the driver
seat is equipped with a switchable locking fea -
\ ture that must be used when the safety be lt is
used to attach a child safety seat. Be sure to
read the important information about this
feature <=>page 213.
A WARNING
Improperly posit ioned safety belts can
cause ser ious injury in an accident
Fig. 203 Belt buckle and tongue on the driver's seat ¢ page 178, Safety belt position.
- Safety belts offer optimum protection

To provide maximum protection, safety belts
only when the seatback is upr ight and
must always be positioned correctly on the
belts are properly positioned on the
wearer's body .
body .
.. Adjust the front seat and head restraint - Always make sure that the rear seat
properly c::> page 74, General recommenda- backrest to which the center rear safety
tions . be lt is attached is securely latched when-
.. Make sure the seatback of the rear seat ever the rear center safety belt is being
bench is in an upright posit ion and securely used. If the backrest is not securely
latched in place before using the belt c::>&_. latched, the passenger will move for-
.. Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it even- ward with the backrest during sudden
ly across the chest and pelvis¢ ,&. . brak ing, in a sudden maneuver and espe-
M .. Insert the tongue into the correct buckle of cially in a crash .
"'
0 your seat until you hear it latch securely - Never attach the safety belt to the buck-
..J
"".
rl <=>fig . 203. le for another seat. Attaching the belt to ~
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
178 Safety belts
the wrong buckle will reduce safety belt should always fit snugly ¢ fig. 204. Pull
effectiveness and can cause serious per- on the belt to tighten if necessary.
sonal injury. - The lap belt portion of the safety belt
- A passenger who is not properly restrain- must be positioned as low as possible
ed can be seriously injured by the safety across pelvis and never over the abdo-
belt itself when it moves from the stron- men. Make sure the belt lies flat and
ger parts of the body into critical areas snug¢ fig. 204 . Pull on the belt to ti9ht-
like the abdomen. en if necessary .
- Always lock the convertible locking re- - A loose-fitting safety belt can cause seri-
tractor when you are securing a child ous injur ies by shifting its position on
page 215.
safety seat in the vehicle c:::> your body from the strong bones to more
vulnerable, soft tissue and cause serious
Safety belt position injury.
-Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
Correct belt position is the key to getting other important information
maximum protection from safety belts . page
c:::> 176.
u,
....
0
:t Pregnant women must also be correctly
~
restrained
The best way to protect the fetus is to make
sure that expectant mothers always wear
safety belts correctly - throughout the preg-
nancy.
Fig. 204 Safety be lt posit ion
Standard features on your vehicle help you ad-

just the position of th e safety belt to match
your body size.
- belt height adjustment for the front seats

and the outer seat ing positions in the sec-
ond row seating,
Fig. 20S Safety belt position dur ing pregnancy
- height-adjustable front seats.
To provide maximum protect ion, safety belts
.&_WARNING - must always be positioned correctly on the
Improperly positioned safety belts can wearer's body ¢ page 178 .
cause serious personal injury in an acci-
dent. "Adju st the front seat and head restraint cor-
rectly c:>page 74, General recommenda -
- The shoulder belt should lie as close to
the center of the collar bone as possible tions.
and should fit well on the body. Hold the "Make sure the seatback of the rear seat
belt above the latch tongue and pull it bench is in an upright position and securely
evenly across the chest so that it sits as latched in place before using the belt.
low as possible on the pelvis and there is "Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it even -
ly across the chest and pelvis ¢ fig. 205 ,
no pressure on the abdomen. The belt
¢A . ~
Safety belts 179
.. Inse rt the tongue into the correct buckle of

your seat until you hear it latch securely
A WARNING
e:>
page 177, fig. 203 . Never unfasten safety belt whi le the vehi-
.. Pull on the be lt to make sure that it is se - cle is mov ing . Doing so will increase your
curely latched in the buckle . risk of being injured o r killed.
A WARNING Adjusting safety belt height

Improperly positioned safety belts can Wit h the aid of the safety belt heigh t adjust-
cause se rious personal injury in an acci- ment, the three point safety belt strap rout-
de nt. ing can be fitted to the shoulder area, accord-
- Expectant mothers must a lways wear the ing to body size .
lap po rtion of the safety belt as low as
poss ible across the pe lvis and be low the
rounding of the abdomen.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
other impor tant information e:>.&.in Fas-
tening safe ty belts on page 177.
Unfastening safety belts

Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release
Fig. 207 Safety be lt height adj ust ment - loop-a round
button only after the vehicle has stopped. fittings
The shoulder belt should lie as close t o the

center of the collar bone as possible and
should fit well on the body e:>.&.in Safety belt
position on page 178 .
.. Push the loop-around fittings up c:>fig. 207
@, or
.. squeeze together the (D button, and push
the loop-around fittings down @ .
Fig. 206 Releas ing the tongu e from the buckle
.. Pull the belt to make sure that the upper at-
t achment is properly engaged .
.. Push the red release button on the buck le
e:>fig. 206 . The belt tongue will spring out
of the bu ckle c:>_&. A
-
WARNING
.. Let the bel t wind up on the retractor as you Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
guide the belt tongue to its stowed posit ion. page 176 .
other important information c::>
On vehicles with third row seat* : an unfas- (0 Tips

t ened safety belt can be secured in the retain-
With the front seats, the he igh t adj ust-
ing clip in t he luggage compartment s ide
ment of the sea t can also be used to adju st
tr im . In this way, the luggage compartment
the position of the safety belts.
cover can be removed without obst ruct io n. Al-
M
so, the belt tongue height can be adjusted so
"'
0
that luggage compartment can be loaded
..J
"". without obst ruction wit h the backrest folded
rl
:5: forward.
rl
l/1
rl
180 Safet y belts
Improperly worn safety belts and disposal of safety belt pretensioner on

page 181. Taking up the slack helps to reduce
Incorrectly positioned safety belts can cause forward occupant movement dur ing a coll i-
severe injuries. s ion.
Wear ing safety belts improperly can cause se-
rious injury or death. Safety belts can only
(D Note
work when they are correctly positioned on Never let the belt remain over a rear seat-
the body . Improper seating positions reduce back that has been fo lded forward.
the effect iveness of safety belts and will even
increase the risk of injury and death by mov- (D Tips
ing the safety belt to crit ical areas of the The safety belt pretensioner can only be
body . Improper seating positions also in- activated once.
crease the risk of serio us injury and death - In minor frontal and s ide collisions, in
when an airbag deploys and strikes an occu- rear-end collisions and in accidents in-
pant who is not in the correct seating posi- volving very little impact force, the safe-
tion . A driver is responsible for the safety of ty be lt pretensioner are not activated.
all vehicle occupants and especially for ch il- - When the safety belt pretensioners are
dren . Therefore: activated, a fine dust is released. This is
.. Never permit anyone to assume an incorrect normal and is not caused by a fire in the
sitting position in the vehicle wh ile traveling vehicle.
¢ _&. - The relevant safety requirements must
be observed when the vehicle or compo-
A WARNING nents of the system are scrapped. An au-
thorized Audi dealer or qualified work-
Improperly worn safety belts increase the
shop is familiar with these regulations
risk of se rious personal injury and death
and will be pleased to pass on the infor-
whenever a veh icle is being used .
mation to you .
- Always make sure that al l vehicle occu-
- Be sure to observe all safety, env iron-
pants are correctly restrained and stay in
mental and other regu lations if the ve hi-
a correct seating posit ion wheneve r the
cle or individual parts of the system, par-
vehicle is be ing used.
t icular ly the safety belt or airbag, are to
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
be disposed. We recommend you have
other important informat ion
your authorized Audi dealer perform this
¢page 176.
service for you .
Safety belt preten- Service and disposal of safety belt

sioners pretensioner
How safety belt pretensioners work The safety belt pretens ioners are parts of the
safety belts on your Audi. Insta lling, remov-
In front, side and rear-end collisions above a
ing, serv icing or repairing of be lt pretension-
particular severity and in a rollover, safety
ers can damage the safety belt system and
belts are tensioned automatically.
prevent it from working correctly in a colli-
The safety belts are equipped with safety belt sion .
pretensioners . The system is activated by sen- The re a re some important t hings you have to
sors in front, side and rear-end collisions of know to make su re that the effectiveness of ..,.
g reat seve rity and in a rollove r. This tightens
the belt and takes up be lt s lack ¢ .&. in Service
Sa f ety belts 181
the system will not be impa ired and that dis -

carded components do not cause injury or •
pollute the environment. •
A WARNING
Improper care, servicing and repair proce-
dures can increase the risk of personal in-
jury and death by preventing a safety belt
pretens ioner from act ivat ing when needed
or act ivat ing it unexpectedly:
- The be lt pretensioner system can be acti-
vated only once. If belt pretens ioners
have been act ivated, the system must be
replaced.
- Never repa ir, adjust, or change any parts
of the safety belt syst em.
- Safety belt systems includ ing safety be lt
pretensione rs cannot be repaired. Spe-
cial procedu res are required for removal,
inst allation and disposal of this system.
- For any wor k on the safety belt syst em,
we st rongly recommend that you see
your authorized Audi dealer or qualified
technician who has an Audi approved re-
pair manual, t raining and specia l equip-
ment necessary.

Undep loyed airbag modu les and preten-
sioners might be classified as Perchlorate
Material -specia l hand ling may apply, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardo uswaste/per-
chlorate. When the vehicle or parts of the
restraint system including airbag modules
safety belts with pretens ioners are scrap-
ped, all applicable laws and regulat ions
must be observed. Your autho rized Audi
dea le r is familiar with these requirements
and we recommend that you have your
dea le r perform t his serv ice for you.
M
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
182 Airb a g sys tem
Airbag system dition that prevents you from sitting properly

on the driver seat with the safety belt properly
Important things to fastened and reaching the pedals , or if you
know have concerns with regard to the function or
operation of the Advanced Airbag System ,
Importance of wearing safety belts and please contact your author ized Audi dealer or
sitting properly
qualified workshop, or call Audi Customer Re-
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. For lations at 1-800-822-2834 fo r poss ible modi-
airbags to do their job , occupants must al- ficat ions to your veh icle.
ways properly wear their safety belts and be
When the airbag system deploys, a gas gener -
in a proper seating position.
ator will fill the a irbags, break open t he pad-
For your safety and the safety of your passen- ded cove rs, and inflate between the steering
gers, before driving off, a lways: whee l and t he dr iver and between the instru-
ment pane l and the fron t passenger. The a ir-
• Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel bags will deflate immediately after dep loy-
properly ¢ page 164, ment so that the front occupants can see
• Adjust the front passenger's seat properly t hrough the windshie ld again witho ut inter-
r=;page 75, ruption .
• Wear safety be lts properly ¢ page 176,
• Always properly use the proper child re- All of th is takes p lace in the blink of an eye, so
straint t o protect children ¢ page 203. fast that many peop le don't even realize tha t
the airbags have deployed. The airbags a lso
In a collision, airbags must inflate within the inflate with a great dea l of force and nothing
blink of an eye and with considerable force . shou ld be in their way when they deploy.
The supplemental airbags can cause injuries if Front airbags in combination with properly
the dr iver or the front seat passenger is not worn safety belts slow down and lim it the oc-
seated properly . Therefore in order to he lp the cupant's forward movement . Together they
a irbag to do its job, it is important, both as a help to prevent the drive r and front seat pas-
d river and as a passenger to sit prope rly at all senger from hitting pa rts of the inside of the
times. vehicle while reducing t he forces acting on the
occupant during the crash . In this way they
By keeping room between your body and the
help to reduce the risk of injury to the head
steering wheel and the front of the passenger
and upper body in the crash. Airbags do not
compartment, the airbag can inflate fully and
protect the arms or the lower parts of the
comp letely and provide supp lemental protec-
tion in ce rtain frontal collisions ¢ page 164, body.
Proper occupant seating positions. For detai ls Both front airbags will not inflate in all fronta l
on the operation of the seat adjustment con- collisions . The triggering of the airbag system
t rols ¢ page 75. depends on the vehicle dece lerat ion rate
It's especially important that children are caused by the collision and registered by the
properly restrained ¢ page 203. electron ic control unit. If t his rate is below
the reference value programmed into the con -
There is a lot that the driver and the passen- t rol unit , the airbags will not be trigge red,
ge rs can and must do to help the individua l even though the car may be badly damaged as
safety features installed in your Audi work to- a res ult of the co llision . Vehicle damage, re-
gether as a system. pair costs or even the lack of vehicle damage
Proper seat ing pos ition is important so that is not necessari ly an indication of whether an
the front airbag on the driver side can do its airbag shou ld inflate or not . IJll-
job. If you have a physical impa irment or con-

A irbag sys tem 183
Since the circums t ances will vary considerab ly - To reduce the risk of injury when an air-
between one collision and another , it is not •
bag inflates, always wear safety belts
possible to define a range of veh icle speeds properly ¢ page 177, Safety belts. •
that will cover every possible kind and angle - Always make certain that ch ild ren age 12
of impact t hat will always t rigger the a irbags . or younger a lways ride in the rear seat. If
Important factors include, for example, the children are not properly restrained, they
nature (hard or soft ) of the object which the may be severe ly inju red or killed when an
car hits, the ang le of impact, vehicle speed , airbag inf lates .
etc. The front airbags will a lso not inflate in - Never let ch ildren ride unrestra ined or
side or rear collisions, or in roll-overs . improperly restrained in the vehicle. Ad-
Alw ays rememb er: Airbags will deploy only just the front seats prope rly.
once, and only in certa in kinds of collisions. - Never ride with the back rest reclined .
Your safety belts are always there to offe r pro- - Always sit as far as possible from the
tect ion in those s ituations in which airbags steer ing whee l or the instrument pane l
are not supposed to deploy , or when they have ¢ page 164 .
a lready deployed ; for example , when your ve- - Always sit upright with your back against
hicle strikes or is struck by another vehicle af- the backrest of your seat .
ter the first collision . - Never place your feet on the instrument
panel or on the seat. Always keep both
This is just one of the reasons why an a irbag is
feet on the f loor in front of the seat to
a supp lementary restraint and is not a substi -
he lp preven t serio us inj uries to the legs
tute for a safety belt . The airbag system
and hips if the airbag infla tes.
works most effectively when used with the
- Never recline the front passenger 's seat
safety belts. Therefore, always properly wear
to transport objects . Items can also
your safety belts ¢ page 173 .
move into the area of t he s ide a irbag or
A WARNING the front a irbag du ring bra king or in a
sud den maneuve r. Obje cts near the air-
Sitting too close to the steer ing whee l or
bags can become projectiles and cause
instrument panel will dec rease the effec-
injur y when an airbag inflates.
tiveness of the airbags and will increase
the risk of pe rsonal injury in a co llision .
- Never sit closer than 10 inches (2S cm)
A WARNING
Airbags that have de ployed in a crash must
to the stee ring wheel or instr ument pan-
be replaced.
el.
- Use on ly orig inal equipment airbags ap-
- If you cannot sit more than 10 inches
proved by Aud i an d installed by a trained
(2 5 cm) from the steer ing whee l, investi-
technician who has the necessary too ls
gat e whethe r adaptive equipment may
be available to help you reach the pedals and d iagnost ic equipment to properly re-
and increase your seating distance from place any airbag in your vehicle and as-
the steering wheel. sure system effectiveness in a crash .
- If you are unrestrained, lean ing forward, - Never perm it salvaged or recycled air-
sitting sideways or out of position in any bags to be installed in your vehicle .
way, yo ur risk of injury is much higher.
- You will also receive serio us injuries and
M cou ld even be killed if you are up against
N
0
...J
the a irbag or too close to it when it in-
'SI:
,...., flates - even with an Advanced Airbag.
\!)
1.1"1
,....,
1.1"1
,....,
Child restraints on the front seat - some - will go off if the front passenger seat is oc-
important things to know cupied by an adult as registere d by the
weight -sensing mat r::!) page 193, Monitor-
• Be sure to read the important information ing the Advanced Airbag System.
and heed the WARNINGSfor important de-
ta ils about ch ildren and Advanced Airbags The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on
i=>page 203. when the control unit detects a tota l weight
on the front passenger seat that req uires the
Even though your vehicle is equipped with an front a irbag to be turned off .
Advanced Airbag System, make certain that
If the total weight on the front passenge r
all children, especially those 12 years and
seat is more than that of a typica l 1 year -old
younger, a lways ride in the back seat properly
child but less than the weight of a small
restra ined for their age and size. The airbag
adult, the front airbag on the passenger side
on the passenger side makes the front seat a
can deploy (the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF
potentially dangerous place for a child to ride .
light does not come on). If the PASSENGER
The front seat is not the safest place fo r a
AIR BAG OFF light does not come on, the
chi ld in a fo rward-facing chi ld safety seat. It
front a irbag on the passenger side has not
can be a very dangerous place for a n infan t or
a child in a rearward -facing seat. been tur ned off by the elect ronic con t rol unit
and can deploy if t he control unit se nses an
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle impact that meets the cond itions stored in its
has been certified to comply with the require- memory .
men t s of United States Federa l Moto r Vehicle
Safety Standard 208 as applicable at the time For example, the airbag may deploy if:
your vehicle was manufact ured. - a small ch ild that is heav ier t han a typical 1
year-old ch ild is on the front passenger seat
The Standa rd requires the fron t a irbag on t he
(regard less of whethe r the child is in one of
passenger side t o be tu rned off ("sup-
pressed") if a child up to about one yea r of the child safety seats listed r::!) page 205), or
age restrained in one of the rear-facing or for- - a child who has outgrown ch ild restraints is
ward-facing infant restraints listed in Federal on t he front passenger seat.
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the
the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light comes on in
was certified has been installed on the front the instrument cluster and stays on.
passenger seat . For a listing of the child re-
The front airbag on the passenger side may
straints that we re used to certify compliance
not deploy (the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
with the US Safety Sta ndard c>page 205.
light does not illum inate and stay lit) even if a
The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light in the in- small ad ult o r teenager, or a passenger who is
strument panel tells you when the front Ad- not sitt ing up right with their back against a
vanced Airbag on the passenger side has been non- reclined ba ckrest wit h thei r feet on t he
turned off by t he e lectronic control unit. vehicle floor in front of the sea t is on the front
Each t ime you tur n on the ignition, the PAS- passenge r seat c::>page 164, Proper sea ting
SENGERAIR BAGOFF light will come on for a position for the driver.
few seconds a nd: If t he fron t passenger a irbag dep loys, the
- will stay on if the front passenger seat is not Fede ra l Sta ndard req uires the airbag to meet
occupied the "low risk" dep loyment criteria to red uce
the risk of injury t hrough interactio n wit h the
- will stay on if there is a small child or child
airbag. "Low risk" dep loyment occ urs in those
restraint on the front passenger seat
crashes that take place at lower dece lerat ions ..,_
A irbag sys tem 185
as defined in the electronic control unit - Always ma ke sure the forward-facing

pa ge 193, PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light . •
¢ seat has been designed and certified by
its manufacturer for use on a front seat •
Always remember, a child safety seat or infant
carrier installed on the front seat may be wit h a passenger front and side airbag.
struck and knocked out of position by the rap- - Never put the forward-facing child re-
idly inflating passenger's airbag in a frontal straint up against or very near the instru-
collision. The airbag could greatly reduce the ment panel.
effectiveness of the child restraint and even - Always move the passenger seat into its
seriously injure the child during inflat ion. rearmost position in t he seat's fore and
aft adjustment range, as far away from
For this reason, and because the back seat is the airbag as possible before installing
the safest place for children - when properly the forward-fa cing child restra int. The
restra ined accord ing to their age and size - we backrest must be adjuste d to an upright
strongly recommend that children always sit posit ion.
in the back seat ¢ page 203, Child Safety.
- Make sure that t he PASSENGERAIR BAG
A WARNING
OFFlight comes on and stays on all the
time wheneve r the ignition is swit ched
A child in a rearward-facing child safety on.
seat insta lled on the front passenger seat
will be seriously injured and can be killed if
t he front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
A WARNING
vanced Airbag System .

To reduce the risk of serious injury, make
sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF
- The inflating airbag will hit the child
light will be displayed whenever a child re-
safety seat or infant carrier wit h great
straint is installed on the front passenger
force and will smash the child safety seat
seat and the ignition is switched on.
and child against the backrest, center
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight
armrest, door or roof.
does not stay on, perform the checks de-
- Always install rear-facing child safety
scribed ¢ page 193, Monitoring the Ad-
seats on the rear seat.
vanced Airbag System .
- If you must install a rearward facing
- Take t he child restraint off the front pas-
child safety seat on the front passenger
senger seat and install it properly at one
seat because of exceptional circumstan-
of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN-
ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF
GERAIR BAGOFFlight does not stay on.
light does not come on and stay on, im-
- Have the airbag system inspected by
med iately install the rear-facing child
your author ized Audi dealer immed iate-
safety seat in a rear seating posit ion and
ly.
have the airbag system inspected by your
- Always carefully follow instr uctions from
authori zed Audi dealer.
child rest raint manufa cture rs when in-
- Forward-facing child safety seats instal-
st alling child restra ints.
led on the front passenger's seat may in-
terfere with the deployment of t he air-
bag and cause serious person al injury to
A WARNING
the child. If, in except iona l circumstan ces, you must
insta ll a forward or rearward-facing child
M WARNING restra int on the front passenger's seat:
N
0 - Imp roper inst allation of child restraints
...J If, in exceptional circumstances, you mus t
'SI:
,...., can reduce t heir effect iveness or even
\!) install a forwa rd-facing child restra int on
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
the front passenger's seat:
,....,
186 Airbag syst em
prevent them from providing any for the seats have "pretensioners" that help
protection. to take slack out of t he belt system . The pre-
- An improperly installed child restraint tens ioners are also act ivated by the electronic
can interfere with the airbag as it de- control unit for the airbag system.
ploys and serious ly injure or even kill the The front safety be lts also have load limiters
child - even with an Advanced Airbag to help reduce the forces applied to the body
System . in a crash .
- Always carefully follow the manufactur-
er's instructions provided with the child The airbag for the drive r is in t he stee ring
whee l hub ¢ fig. 208 and the airbag for the
safety seat or carrier.
front passenger is in the instr ument panel
- Never place additional items on the seat
~ fig. 209 . The general locat ion of the a irbags
that can increase the total weight regis-
is marked "AIRBAG".
tered by the weight-se ns ing mat and can
cause injury in a crash. There is a lot you nee d to know about the air-
bags in your vehicle . We urge you to read the
Front airbags detailed information about airbags, safety
belts and child safety in this and the other
Description of front airbags chapters that make up the owner's literature.
Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they
The airbag system can provide supplemental
protection to properly restrained front seat are extremely importa nt for your safety and
occupants. the safety of you r passengers, especially in-
fants and small chi ldren.
_&.WARNING
Never rely on airbags alo ne for protection.
- Even w hen they deploy, airbags provide
only su pplement al pro t ectio n.
- Airbag work most effect ive ly when used
with properly wor n safety bel t s.
- Therefore, always wea r you r safety belts
Fig. 208 Locat ion of dr iver a irbag : in stee ring wheel a nd make sure tha t eve rybody in your ve-
hicle is pro perly res t rained.
_&.WARNING
-
A pe rso n on t he fron t passenger seat, es-
pe cial ly infa nt s and sm all children, will re-
ceive serio us inju ries and can even be kil-
led by being too close to the airbag when
it inflates .
- Although t he Advanced Airbag System in
Fig. 209 Location of front passenger's airbag: in the in- your veh icle is des igned to tur n off the
st rument panel
front passenge r airbag if an infant or a
small child is on the front passenger
Your veh icle is equipped with an "Advanced
seat, nobody can absolutely guarantee
Airbag System" in complia nce with United
that deployme nt under these special ..,
States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
(FMVSS) 208 as app licab le at the time your
veh icle was manufactured. The safety belts
Airbag system 187
conditions is impossible in all conceiva- jury through interaction with the front airbag
that can occur, for example, by being too •
ble situations that may happen during
the useful life of your vehicle. close to the steering wheel and instrument •
- The Advanced Airbag System can deploy panel when the airbag inflates.
in accordance with the "low risk" option In addition, the system has been certified to
under the U.S. Federal Standard if a child comply with the "suppression" requirements
that is heavier than the typical one-year of the Safety Standard, to turn off the front
old child is on the front passenger seat airbag for infants 12 months old and younger
and the other conditions for airbag de- who are restrained on the front passenger
ployment are met. seat in child restraints that are listed in the
- Accident statistics have shown that chil- Standard ~ page 205, Child restraints and
dren are generally safer in the rear seat Advanced Airbags .
area than in the front seating position.
"Suppression" requires the front airbag on the
- For their own safety, all children, espe-
passenger side to be turned off if:
cially 12 years and younger, should al-
ways ride in the back properly restrained - a child up to about one year of age is re-
for their age and size. strained on the front passenger seat in one
of the rear-facing or forward-facing infant
Advanced front airbag system restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard 208 with which the Ad-
Your vehicle is equipped with a front Advanced vanced Airbag System in your vehicle was
Airbag System in compliance with United certified. For a listing of the child restraints
States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard that were used to certify your vehicle's com-
208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was pliance with the US Safety Standard
manufactured. ~page 205,
The front Advanced Airbag System supple- - weight less than a thresho ld level stored in
ments the safety belts to provide additional the control unit is detected on the front pas-
protection for the driver's and front passeng- senger seat .
er's heads and upper bodies in frontal crashes. When a person is detected on the front pas -
The airbags inflate only in frontal impacts senger seat, weighing more than the total
when the vehicle deceleration is high enough . weight of a child that is about 1 year old re-
The front Advanced Airbag System for the strained in one of the rear-facing or forward-
front seat occupants is not a substitute for facing infant restraints (listed in Federal Mo-
your safety belts . Rather, it is part of the over- tor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which
all occupant restraint system in your vehicle . the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle
Always remember that the airbag system can was certified), the front airbag on the passen-
only help to protect you, if you are sitting up- ger side may or may not deploy.
right, wearing your safety belt and wearing it The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on
properly. This is why you and your passengers when the electronic control unit detects a to-
must always be properly restrained, not just tal weight on the front passenger seat that re-
because the law requires you to be. quires the front airbag to be turned off. If the
The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not
has been certified to meet the "low risk" re- come on, the front airbag on the passenger
M
N quirements for 3 and 6 year-old children on side has not been turned off by the control
0
...J
the passenger side and very small adults on unit and can deploy if the control unit senses
'SI:
,....,
\!) the driver side. The low risk deployment crite- an impact that meets the conditions stored in
1.1'1
,...., ria are intended to help reduce the risk of in- its memory. ..,.
1.1'1
,....,
If the tota l weight on the front passenger - If you are unrestra ined, leaning forward,
seat is more than that of a typical 1 year-o ld, sitt ing s ideways or out of pos ition in any
but less than the weight of a small adu lt, the way, your risk of injury is much higher.
front airbag on the passenger side may deploy - You will a lso receive serious injuries and
(the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not could even be killed if you are up aga inst
come on). the airbag or too close to it when it in-
For exa mple , the airbag may deploy if : flates - eve n wit h an Advanced Airbag
¢page 182.
- a small child that is heavier than a typical 1
year-o ld child is on the front passenger seat
(regardless of whether the child is in one of
A
"--
WARNING
-
A child in a rearward-fac ing ch ild safety
the chi ld safety seats listed ¢ page 205),
seat installed on the front passenger seat
- a chi ld who has outgrown child restraints is
will be serious ly inju red and ca n be killed if
on the front passenger seat.
the front air bag infla t es - even with an Ad-
If the front passenger airbag is t urned off, the vanced Airbag System.
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the center - Alt ho ugh t he Advanced Airbag Syst em in
of the instrument pane l will come on and stay your veh icle is d esigne d t o tur n off the
on. front airbag when a rearward -facing
The front ai rbag on the passenger side may child restraint has been insta lled on the
not deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF front passenger seat, nobody can abso-
light does not illuminate and stay lit) if: lutely g uarantee that dep loyment is im-
possible in all conceivable situations that
- a small adu lt o r teenager is on the front pas- may happen dur ing the usefu l life of your
senger se at veh icle.
- a passenger who is not sitt ing upr ight wit h - The inflating airbag will hit the child
their back against a non-reclined backrest safety seat or infant carrier with great
with their feet on the veh icle floo r in front force and will smash the child safety seat
of the seat is on the front passenge r seat . a nd child aga inst the bac krest, center
If the front passenge r airbag deploys, the armrest, doo r, or roof.
Federal Standa rd requires t he airbag to meet - Always install rea rward-fac ing ch ild re-
the "low risk'' deployment criter ia to help rest raint s on the rear seat.
d uce the risk of injury through interaction - If you must inst all a rearwa rd fac ing
with the airbag. "Low risk" deployment occurs child safety seat on the fro nt passenger
in those crashes that take place at lower de - seat because of exceptiona l circu mstan-
celerations as defined in the electronic control ces and t he PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
un it. ¢ page 193 light does not come on an d st ay on, im-
mediately insta ll the rear-facing child
Always remember: Even tho ugh your vehicle
safety seat in a rear seating position and
is equipped with Advanced Airbags, the safest
place for children is properly restrained on the
author ized Audi dealer.
back seat. Please be sure to read the impor-
tant information in the sect ions that follow
and be sure to heed a ll of the WARNINGS.
A
- WARNING
If, in except io nal circumstances, you m ust
A WARNING install a forward-facing child restraint on
the front passenge r's seat: II--
To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag
inf lates, a lways wear safety belts prope rly.
A irbag sys tem 189
- Always make sure the forward-facing - An elect ron ic cont rol unit, with integrated
crash sensors for front and side impacts . •
seat has been designed and certified by
its manufacturer for use on a front seat The control unit "decides" whether to f ire •
with a passenger front and side airbag . the front airbags based on the informat ion
- Never put the forward-facing child re- received from the crash sensors. The control
straint up against or very near the instru- unit also "decides" whether the safety belt
ment panel. prete nsioners shou ld be act ivat ed.
- Always move the passenger seat into its - An Advanced Airbag w it h gas generator for
rearmost position in the seat's fore and the driver inside the steering wheel hub.
aft adjustment range, as far away from - An Advanced Airbag w ith gas generator in-
the airbag as possible, before insta lling side the instrument panel for the front pas-
the fo rward -facing child restraint . The senger.
backrest must be adjust ed to an upr ight - A weight-sensing mat under the upholstery
posit ion. padding of the front passenger seat cushion
- Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG that measures the to t al weight on the seat.
OFF light comes on and st ays on all the The informat ion registe red is sent continu-
t ime w henever the ignition is switched ously to the elect roni c contr ol unit to regu-
on . lat e deployment of the front Advanced Air-
bag on the passenger side.
- An airbag moni t ori ng syst em and ind icator
Advanced Airbag System components
light in the instr ument cluster q page 193.
The front passenger seat in your vehicle has a - The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ligh t comes
lot of very important parts of the Advanced on and stays on in the cent er of t he inst ru-
Airbag System in it. These parts include the ment panel q page 193, fig. 211 and t ells
weight-sens ing mat, sensors, wiring, brack- you whe n the front Advanced Airbag on the
ets, and more . The function of the system in passenger side has been tu rned off .
the front passenger seat is checked by the - A sensor below the safety belt latch f or the
electronic control unit when the ignit ion is on. front seat passenger to measure the tension
The control unit mon itors the Advanced Air- on the safety belt . The tension on the safety
bag Syst em and tu rns t he airbag indicat or belt and the weight registered by the
light on when a ma lfunction in t he system weight-sensi ng mat help the control unit
components is detected . The function of the "decide" whether the front airbag for the
airbag indicator light is described in greater front passenger seat should be turned off or
deta il below. Because the front passenger not q pag e 184, Child restraints on the
seat contains important parts of the Ad- front seat - some important things to
vanced Airbag System, you must take care to know.
prevent it from being damaged . Damage to - A sensor in the safety belt latch fo r the driv-
the seat may prevent the Advanced Airbag for er and fo r the fro nt seat passenger t hat
the front passenger seat from doing its j ob in senses w hethe r that safety belt is latche d or
a crash. not and transmi t s this informa t ion to the
electronic contro l unit.
The front Advanced Airbag System
consists of the following:
.&_WARNING -
- Crash sensors in the front of the veh icle that
Damage to the front passenger seat can
M measu re vehicl e accelerat ion/decele rati on prevent the front airbag from work ing
N
0
...J
to provide info rmation to t he Advanced Air - properly .
'SI:
,...., bag System abo ut t he severity of the crash.
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
190 Airb a g sys t e m
- Improper repair or disassembly of the straint manufacturer's instructions re-

front passenger and driver seat will pre- qu ire the use of a towel, foam cushion or
vent the Advanced Airbag System from something e lse to properly pos ition the
functioning properly. child restraint, make certain that the
- Repairs to the front passenger seat must PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes
be performed by qualified and properly on and stays on whenever the ch ild re·
trained workshop personnel. straint is installed on the front passen-
- Never remove the front passenger or ger seat.
dr iver seat from the veh icle . - If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light
- Never remove the upholstery from the does not come on and stay on, immed i-
front passenger seat. ately insta ll child restrain t in a rear seat-
- Never disassemble or remove parts from ing position and have the airbag system
the seat or disconnect wires from it. inspected by your authorized Audi dealer.
- Never carry sharp objects in your pockets
or place them on the seat. If the weight- How the Advanced Airbag System
sensing mat in the passenger seat is components work together
punctured it cannot work properly.
The front Advanced Airbag System and the
- Never carry things on your lap or carry
s ide airbags supplement the protection of-
objects on the passenger seat. Such
fered by the front three-point safety belts
items can increase the weight registered
with pretensioners and load limiters and the
by the weight-sens ing mat and send the
adjustable head restraints to help reduce the
wrong info rmation to the airbag control
risk of injury in a wide range of accident and
unit.
crash situations. Be sure to read the impor -
- Never store items under the front pas·
tant information about safety and heed the
senger seat. Parts of the Advanced Air-
WARNINGS in this chapter.
bag System under the passenge r seat
cou ld be damaged, prevent ing them and Deployment of the Adva need Airbag System
the airbag system from wo rking proper- and the activation of the safety belt preten-
ly. sioners depend on the deceleration measured
- Never place seat covers or replacement by the crash sensors and registered by the
upholstery that have not been specifical- electron ic control unit. Crash severity depends
ly approved by Audi on the front seats. on speed and deceleration as well as the mass
- Seat covers can prevent the Advanced and stiffness of the vehicle or object involved
Airbag System from recognizing child rein the crash .
straints or occupants on the front pas-
When the electronic control unit registers a
senger seat and prevent the side airbag
low severity crash and the safety belt is being
in the seat backrest from deploy ing prop-
used, the airbag will not deploy. If the safety
erly.
belt is not being used, the first stage deploys,
- Never use cush ions, pillows, blankets or
followed by the second stage after a much lat·
similar items on the front passenger
er t ime in the crash sequence.
seat. The add itiona l padd ing will prevent
the weight-sensing mat in the seat from If the electron ic control unit registers a crash
accu rately reg iste ring the ch ild restra int of medium severity, the first stage of the air·
or person on the seat and prevent the bag deploys followed by the second stage at a
Advanced Airbag System from function- much later time in the crash sequence· re·
ing properly . gard less of whether the safety belt is being
- If you must use a child restra int on the used o r not . In higher sever ity crashes as reg-
front passenger seat and the ch ild re- iste red by the electronic control unit, both the ..,.
A irba g sy stem 191
first and second stages deploy almost at the The front airbags are designed to provide ad -
same time. ditional protection for the chest and face of
the driver and the front seat passenger when:
On the passenger s ide, regard less of safety
be lt use, the airbag will be turned off if the - safety belts are worn properly
weight on the passenger seat is less than the - t he seats have bee n positioned so that the
amo unt programmed in the electronic control occ upant is properly seated as far as poss i-
un it. The front airbag on the passenger side b le from t he airbag
will also be turned off if one of the child safe- - and the head restraints have been properly
ty seats that has been certified under Federal adj usted
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 has been
Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye
recog nized on the seat . The PASSENGERAIR
with great force, t hings you have on your lap
BAGOFF light comes on and stays on to tell
or have placed on the seat could become dan-
you when the front Advanced Airbag on the
gerous projecti les, and be pushed int o you if
passenger side has been t urned off
the a irbag inflates.
Q page 184, Childrestraints on the front seat
- some important things to know. When an airbag deploys, fine dust is re leased.
This is no rma l and is not caused by a fire in
_&. WARNING the vehi cle. This dust is made up mos t ly of a
To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag powder used to lub ricate the airbags as they
inf lates, a lways wear safety belts properly. deploy. It could irritate skin.
- If you are unrestrained, lean ing forward, It is important to remembe r that wh ile the
sitting sideways or out of position in any s upplementa l airbag system is designed to re-
way, yo ur risk of injury is much higher. duce the likelihood of serious injuries, other
- You will also receive serio us injuries and injuries, for example swelling, bruising and
cou ld even be killed if you are up against minor abrasions, can a lso happen when air-
the a irbag or too close to it when it in- bags inflate . Airbags do not protect the arms
flates - even with an Advanced Airbag or the lower parts of the body. Front airbags
Qpage 182. supplement the th ree-point safety belts only
in some frontal collisions in which the vehicle
More important things to know about deceleration is high enough to deploy the air-
front airbags bags.
Front airbags will not deploy :

- if the ignition is sw itched off when a crash
occurs
- in side collisions
- in rear-end collisions
- in rollovers
- when the crash dece leration meas ured by
the air bag system is less t han the minimum
Fig. 210 Inflated front airbags threshold needed for airbag deployment as
reg istered by the electronic cont rol unit
Safety belts are important to help keep front
seat occupants in the proper seated pos ition The front passenger airbag also will not
M
deploy:
"'
0
so that airbags can unfo ld properly and pro -
..J
"". vide supplemental protection in a fronta l col- - when the front passenger seat is not occu-
rl
I.O
lision. pied ..,.
"'
rl
"'
rl
192 Airbag system
- when the weight on th e front passenger

seat as sensed by t he Advanced Airbag Sys-
A WARNING
-
tem indicates that the front airbag on the Objects between you and the airbag will
passenger side has to be turned off by the increase the risk of injury in a crash by in-
electronic control unit (the PASSENGER AIR terfering with the way the airbag unfolds
BAG OFF light comes on and stays on) or by being pushed into you as the airbag
inflates .
A WARNING - Never hold things in your hands or on
your lap when the vehicle is in use.
Sitting in the wrong position can increase
the risk of serious injury in crashes. - Never transport items on or in the area
of the front passenger seat. Objects
- To reduce the risk of injury when the air-
could move into the area of the front air-
bags inflate, the driver and passengers
bags during braking or other sudden ma-
must always sit in an upright position,
neuvers and become dangerous projec-
must not lean against or place any part
tiles that can cause serious personal in-
of their body too close to the area where
jury if the airbags inflate.
the airbags are located.
- Never place or attach accessories or oth-
- Occupants who are unbelted, out of posi-
er objects (such as cupholders, tele-
tion or too close to the airbag can be se-
phone brackets, large, heavy or bulky ob-
riously injured by an airbag as it unfolds
jects) on the doors, over or near the area
with great force in the blink of an eye
marked "AIRBAG"on the steering wheel,
¢page 184.
instrument panel, seat backrests or be-
A WARNING
-
tween those areas and yourself . These
objects could cause injury in a crash, es-
A child in a rearward-facing child safety pecially when the airbags inflate.
seat installed on the front passenger seat - Never recline the front passenger's seat
will be seriously injured and can be killed if to transport objects. Items can also
the front airbag inflates - even with an Ad- move into the area of the side airbag or
vanced Airbag System. the front airbag during braking or in a
- The inflating airbag will hit the child sudden maneuver. Objects near the air-
safety seat or infant carrier with great bags can become projectiles and cause
force and will smash the child safety seat injury, particularly when the seat is re-
and child against the backrest, center clined.
armrest, door or roof. - Never tilt the front passenger seat back-
- Always install rear-facing child safety rest forward when the vehicle is moving.
seats on the rear seat. An inflating airbag will force the back-
- If you must install a rearward-facing rest backward and can injure rear seat oc-
child safety seat on the front passenger cupants.
seat because of exceptional circumstan-
ces and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
A WARNING
The fine dust created when airbags deploy
mediately install the rear-facing child
can cause breathing problems for people
with a history of asthma or other breath-
ing conditions.
authorized Audi dealer.
- To reduce the risk of breathing problems,
those with asthma or other respiratory
....__
c_o_n_d_it_i_o_
ns_ s_
ho_u_l_d....:
g:_e_t_f_re_s_h_a_i_r_ri.g:....
.::h_t__ _J .,.
A irbag sys tem 193
away by getting out of the vehicle or

opening windows or doors.
A WARNING
- •
An airbag system that is not functioning •
- If you are in a collision in which airbags
properly cannot provide supplemental pro-
deploy, wash your hands and face with
tection in a frontal crash.
mild soap and water before eating.
- If the airbag ind icator light q page 16
- Be careful not to get the dust into you r
comes when the vehicle is being used,
eyes, or into any cuts or scratches.
have the system inspected immediately
- If the residue should get into your eyes,
by your authori zed Audi dealer. It is pos-
flush them with water.
sible tha t the airbag will inflate when it
is not supposed t o, or will not infla t e
Monitoring the when it should .
Advanced Airbag
System PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
Airbag monitoring indicator light
Two separate indicators monitor the function

of the Advanced Airbag System: the airbag
monitoring indicator light and the PASSEN·
GER AIR BAG OFF light.
The Advanced Airbag System (including the .r--------------,

electronic control unit, sensor circuits and sys-
------------------
tem wiring) is monitored cont inuously to
Fig. 21 1 Sect ion from t he in strument panel: PASSEN·
make sure that it is functioning properly GERAIR BAG OFF light
whenever the ignit ion is on . Each t ime you
turn on the ignition, the airbag monitoring in- The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light is located
dicator light . w ill come on for a few sec- in the center of the instrument panel
onds (self diagnostics). q fig. 211.
The system mu st be inspe cted when the The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light wi ll come
indicato r light • = on and stay on to tell you w hen the front Ad-
- does not come on when the ignit ion is vanced Airbag on the passenger side has been
switched on turned off by the electron ic control unit. Each
- does not go out a few seconds after you time you turn on t he ignit ion, the PASSEN·
GER AIR BAG OFF light will flash for a few
have switched on the ignition, or
seconds and:
- comes on wh ile driving
- w ill stay on if the front passenger seat is not
If an airbag system malfunct ion is detected,
the indicator light will first start flashing to occupied
catch the driver's attention and then stay on - wi ll stay on if there is a small chi ld or child
continuously to serve as a constant reminde r restraint on the front passenger seat
to have the system inspected immediately. - w ill go out if the front passenger seat is oc-
cupied by an adult as registered by the
If a malfunction occurs that turns the front weight-sensing mat
airbag on the passenger side off, the PASSEN-
M
N GER AIR BAG OFF light w ill come on and stay The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light must
0
...J
on w henever the ignition is on . come on and stay on if the ignition is on and
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!)
- a car bed has been inst alled on t he fron t
,....,
..,., seat, or
,....,
- a rearward-facing ch ild restraint has been - make sure that things that may increase the
insta lled on the front passenger seat, or weight of the child and child safety seat are
- a forward-facing child restraint has been in- not being transported on the front passen-
sta lled on the front passenger seat, or ger seat;
- the weight registered on the front passen- - make sure that the safety belt tension sen -
ger seat is equa l to or less than the com- sor is not blocked. Shake the safety belt
bined weight of a typical 1 year-old restrain- latch on the front passenger seatback and
ed in one of the rear-facing or forward-fac- forth;
ing infant restraints listed in Federal Motor - If a strap or tether is be ing used to tie the
Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the child safety seat to the front passenger
Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was seat, make sure that it is not so tight that it
certified. causes the weight-sens ing mat to measure
more weight than is actually on the seat.
If the front passenger seat is not occupied,
the front airbag will not deploy, and the PAS- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light still
SENG ER AIR BAG OFF light will stay on . Nev- does not come on and does not stay on con-
er install a rearward-fac ing ch ild restra int on t inuously (when the ignition is switched on),
the front passenger seat, the safest place for
- take the child restraint off the front passen-
a child in any kind of child rest raint is at one
ger seat and install it properly at one of the
of the seat ing positions on the rear seat
rear seat positions . Have the airbag system
¢ page 184, Child restraints on the front seat
inspected by your autho rized Audi deale r
- some important things to know and
immed iate ly.
¢ page 203, Child Safety.
- move the child to a rear seat position and
If t he PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes make sure that the child is properly restra in-
on when one of the conditions listed above is ed in a child restra int that is approp riate for
met, be sure to check the light regular ly to its s ize and age.
make certain that the PASSENGER AIR BAG
The PASSENG ER AIR BAG OFF light should
OFF light stays on cont inuo usly whenever the
NOT come on when the ignit ion is on and an
ignit ion is on. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG
adult is sitting in a proper seating position on
OFF light does not appear on and does not
t he front pas senge r sea t . If the PASSENGER
stay on all the time, stop as soon as it is safe
AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on or
to do so and
flashes for about 5 seconds wh ile driving, un -
- react ivate the system by turning the ignition der these circumstances, make sure that:
off and then turning it on again;
- the adult on the front passenger sea t is
- remove and reinsta ll the chi ld restraint.
prope rly seated on the cente r of the sea t
Make sure that the child restraint is properly
cushion with his or her back up aga inst the
installed and that the safety be lt for the
backrest and the backrest is not reclined
front passenger seat has been correctly
¢ page 164, Proper occupant seating posi-
routed through the child restraint as descri-
tions,
bed in the chi ld restraint manufactu rer's in-
- the adult is not taking weight off the seat by
stru ctions;
holding on to the passenger assist handle
- make sure that the convertible locking fea-
above the front passenger door or support-
tu re on the safety be lt fo r the front passen-
ing their weight on the armrest,
ger seat has been activated and that the
- the safety belt is being proper ly worn and
sa fety belt has been pulled tight . The belt
that there is not a lot of s lack in the safety
must not be loose or have loops of slack so
be lt webb ing, .,..
that the senso r below the safety be lt latch
on the seat can do its job ¢ page 213.
A irbag sys tem 195
- accessory seat covers or cushions or other - If you must install a rearward-facing

things that may cause an incorrect reading •
or impression on the weight-sens ing mat seat because of exceptional circumstan- •
under the upholstery of the seat have been ces and the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF
removed from the front passenger seat, light does not appear and stay on, imme-
- a safety be lt extender has not been left in diate ly install the rear-facing child safety
the safety belt latch for the front passenger seat in a rea r seat ing pos ition and have
seat. the airbag system inspe cted by your au-
In addition to the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF thorized Audi dealer.
light in the center of the instrument panel, - A t ight tether or other strap on a rea r-
the message PASSENGERAIR BAG OFFor ward- facing child rest raint attached t o
PASSENGERAIR BAG ON will briefly appear the front passenger seat can put too
in the instrument cluster display . This is to in- much pressure on the weight-sensing
form the driver of the current front passenger mat in the seat and registe r more weight
a irbag status . than is actually on the seat. The heavier
weight registered can make the system
work as though an adult were on the seat
Important safety instructions on
and deploy the Advanced Airbag when it
monitoring the Advanced Airbag System
must be suppressed causing ser ious or
A WARNING
even fata l injury to the ch ild.
- If, in exceptiona l circumstances, you
An airbag system that is not funct ioning must install a forward-fac ing ch ild re-
properly cannot provide supplemental pro- straint on the front passenger seat, al-
tection in a frontal crash . ways move t he sea t into its rearmost po-
- If the airbag indicator light c>page 16 sition in the seat's fore and aft adjust-
comes when the vehicle is be ing used, ment range, as far away from the airbag
have the system inspected immediately as possible . The backrest must be adjust-
by you r a utho rized Audi dea ler. It is posed to an upright pos ition. Make sure that
sible that the a irbag will inflate when it the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight
is not supposed to, or will not inflate comes on and stays on all the time when-
when it sho uld. ever the ignit ion is switched on.
A WARNING A
...--
WARNING
-
If the front airbag inflates , a ch ild without - If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight
a child restraint, or in a rearward-facing does not go out when an adult is sitting
child safety seat, or in a forward-facing on the front passenger sea t after taking
child restraint that has not been properly the steps described above, make su re the
installed will be serious ly inju red and can adu lt is prope rly seated and restr ained at
be killed. one of the rear seat ing pos itions.
- Even though your veh icle is equipped - Have the airbag system inspe cted by
with an Advanced Airbag System, make your author ized Audi dealer befo re trans-
certain that al l children, especially 12 porting anyone on the front passenger
years and younge r, a lways rid e on the seat.
back seat properly restr a ined fo r t heir
M
N
age and size. (D Tips
0
...J - Always install forward or rea r-facing
'SI:
,...., If the weight-sensing mat in the front pas-
child safety seats on the rear se at - even
..,.,
\!)
senger seat detects an empty sea t, the
,....,
..,., with an Advanced Airbag System.
,...., front airbag on the passenger side will be ..,.
196 Airbag system
turned off, and the PASSENGER AIR BAG - For any work on the airbag system, we
OFF light will stay on. strongly recommend that you see your
authorized Audi dealer or qualified work-
Repair, care and disposal of the airbags shop.
- Never modify the front bumper or parts
Parts of the airbag system are installed at of the vehicle body.
many different places on your Audi. Installing,
- Always make sure that the side airbag
removing, servicing or repairing a part in an
can inflate without interference:
area of the vehicle can damage a part of an
- Never install seat covers or replace-
airbag system and prevent that system from
ment upholstery over the front seat-
working properly in a collision.
backs that have not been specifically
There are some important things you have to approved by Audi.
know to make sure that the effectiveness of - Never use additional seat cushions that
the system will not be impaired and that dis- cover the areas where the side airbags
carded components do not cause injury or pol- inflate.
lute the environment. - Damage to the original seat covers or
to the seam in the area of the side air-
& WARNING bag module must always be repaired
Improper care, servicing and repair proce- immediately by an authorized Audi
dures can increase the risk of personal in- dealer.
jury and death by preventing an airbag - The airbag system can be activated only
from deploying when needed or deploying once. After an airbag has inflated, it
an airbag unexpectedly: must be replaced by an authorized Audi
- Nevercover,obstruct, or changethe dealer or qualified technician who has
steering wheel horn pad or airbag cover the technical information, training and
or the instrument panel or modify them special equipment necessary .
in any way. - The airbag system can be deployed only
- Never attach any objects such as cu- once . After an airbag has been deployed,
pholders or telephone mountings to the it must be replaced with new replace-
surfaces covering the airbag units. ment parts designed and approved espe-
- For cleaning the horn pad or instrument cially for your Audi model version. Re-
panel, use only a soft, dry cloth or one placement of complete airbag systems
moistened with plain water . Solvents or or airbag components must be per-
cleaners could damage the airbag cover formed by qualified workshops only.
or change the stiffness or strength of the Make sure that any airbag service action
material so that the airbag cannot de- is entered in your Audi Warranty & Main-
ploy and protect properly. tenance booklet under AIRBAG REPLACE-
- Never repair, adjust, or change any parts MENT RECORD.
of the airbag system. - For safety reasons in severe accidents,
-All work on the steering wheel, instru- the alternator and starter are separated
ment panel, front seats or electrical sys- from the vehicle battery with a pyrotech-
tem (including the installation of audio nic circuit interrupter.
equipment, cellular telephones and CB - Work on the pyrotechnic circuit inter-
radios, etc.) must be performed by a rupter must only be performed by a
qualified technician who has the training qualified dealer - risk of an accident!
and special equipment necessary. - If the vehicle or the circuit interrupter
is scrapped , all applicable safety pre-
cautions must be followed.
A irba g sy stem 19 7
@ For the sake of the environment A WARNING

Undeployed airbag modu les and preten- Items stored between the safety belt
sioners might be classified as Perchlorate buckle and the center console can cause
Material - special handling may apply, see the sensors in the buckle to send the
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/per- wrong informa t ion to the electronic con-
chlorate. When the vehicle or parts of the trol module and prevent the Advanced Air-
restraint system including airbag modules bag System from wo rking properly.
and safety belts w ith pretens ioners are - Always ma ke sure that nothing can inter-
scrapped, all applicable laws and regula- fe re with the safety belt buckles and that
tions must be observed. Your authori zed they are not obst ruct ed.
Aud i dealer is familiar w ith these require-
ments and we recommend that you have Side airbags
your dealer perform this service for you.
Description of side airbags
Other things that can affect Advanced The airbag system can provide supplemental
Airbag performance protection to properly restrained occupants.
Changing the vehicle's suspension system can
change the way that the Advanced Airbag Sys-
tem performs in a crash. For example, using
tire-r im combinations not approved by Audi,
lowering the vehicle, changing the stiffness of
the suspension, including the springs, suspen-
sion struts, shock absorbers etc. can change
the forces that are measured by the airbag
sensors and sent to the electronic control
unit. Some suspension changes can, for exam- Fig. 212 Side airbag locat ion in t he drive r's seat
ple, increase the force levels measured by the
sensors and make the airbag system deploy in The side airbags are located in the sides of the
crashes in wh ich it would not deploy if the front seat backrests~ fig. 212 and the rear
changes had not been made. Other kinds of backrest* facing the doors . They are identified
changes may reduce the force levels meas- by the wo rd "AIRBAG".
ured by t he sensors and prevent t he airbag The side airbag system bas ically consi st s of :
from deploying when it should .
- the electron ic control module and external
A WARNING side impact sensors
- the two side airbags located in the sides of
Changing the vehicle's suspension includ-
the front backrests
ing use of unapproved tire-rim combina -
- two rear side airbags (as an ordered option)
tions can change Advanced Airbag per-
- the airbag warn ing light in the instrument
formance and increase the risk of serious
cluster.
personal injury in a crash.
- Never install suspension components The airbag system is mon itored elect ronically
that do not have the same performance t o make certain t hat it is f unction ing properly
characteristics as the components origi- at all times . Each time you tu rn on the ig ni-
M
"' nally installed on you r vehicle. tion, the airbag system indicator light will
0
..J
"". - Never use tire- rim combinat ions that come on for a few seconds (self diagnostics) . ..,.
rl
I.O have not been approved by Audi.
"'
rl
"'
rl
198 Airbag syst em
The side airbag system supplements the safe- t io n. In some coll isions, both front and side
ty belts and can help to reduce the risk of in- airbags may inflate . Remember too, that air-
jury to the driver's, front and rear* passeng- bags will deploy only once and on ly in certain
er's upper torso on the side of the vehicle that kinds of collisions - yo ur safety be lts are a l-
is struck in a side collision . The airbag deploys ways there to offer protection in those acc i-
only in s ide impacts and on ly when the veh icle dents in which airbags are not supposed to
acceleration registered by the control un it is deploy or when they have al ready deployed .
high enough . If this rate is below the refer-
The side airbag system will not deploy:
ence va lue programmed into the control u nit,
the side airbags will not be triggered , even - when the ignit ion is t urned off
though the car may be badly damaged as a re- - in side collisions when the acce leration
sult of the collision . It is not possible to de - measured by the sensor is too low
fine an airbag triggering range that will cover - in front -end collisions
every possible angle of impact, since the cir- - in rear -end collis ions
cumstances will vary considerably between - in rollove rs.
one collision and another. Important fac t ors
In some types of accidents the front airbags,
include, for examp le, the nature (hard or soft)
s ide curtain airbags and s ide a irbags may be
of t he impacting object, the angle of impact,
t rigge red togethe r.
vehi cle speed, etc. 9 page 199, Important
safety instructions on the side airbag system.
A WARNING
Aside from the ir normal safety function, safe -
- Safety belts and the airbag system will
ty belts work to help keep t he driver or front
only provide pro te ct ion when occup an ts
passenger in position in the event of a side are in t he proper sea t ing posi t ion
coll isio n so that the side a irbags can provide 9 page 199.
protec t ion .
- If t he a irbag ind icator light 9 page 16
The airbag system is not a substitute for your comes when the vehicle is being used,
safety belt. Rather, it is pa rt of the overall oc- have the system ins pected immediately
cupa nt res t raint system in your ve hicle. Al- by your authorized Audi dealer. It is pos-
ways remember t hat the side airbag system sible that the airbag will inflate when it
can only help to protect you if you are wearing is not supposed to, or will not inflate
your safety belt and wearing it properly. This when it should .
is another reason why you sho uld a lways wear
your safety belts, not just beca use the law re- How supplemental side airbags work
quires you to do so 9 page 173, General
notes. Side airbags deploy instantly and can help re-
duce the risk of upper torso injuries for occu-
It is important to remember that whi le the pants who are properly restrained.
supp lemental s ide a irbag system is designed
to reduce the likelihood of serious injur ies,
other injuries, for example, swelling, bruising,
a nd minor abras io ns can also be associated
with deployed side a irbags . Remember too,
side ai rbags will deploy on ly once and on ly in
cer tain kinds of acc idents - your safety belts
are a lways t here t o offer protect io n.
Vehicle damage, repa ir costs or even the lack

of vehicle damage are not necessar ily an indi- Fig. 213 Inflated side airbags on left side of ve hicle,
cation of over -sensitive or failed airbag activa- rear side airbag opt iona l eq uipment
A irbag sys tem 199
When the system is triggered, the airbag is - Always sit in an upright position and
fi ll ed with propellant gas and breaks through •
never lean against the area where the
a seam in the seat surface area marked "AIR- supplementa l side airbag is located. •
BAG". It expands between the side trim panel - Never let a child or anyone else rest
and the passenger. In order to help provide their head against the side trim panel
this additional protection, the side airbag in the area where the supplemental
must inflate withi n a fraction of a second at side airbag inflates.
very high speed and with great force . The sup- - Always make sure that safety belts are
plemental side airbag could injure you if your worn correctly,
seating position is not proper or upr ight or if - Do not let anyone sitting in the front
items are located in the area where the sup- seat put their hand or any other parts
plemental side airbag expands. This applies of their body out of the window .
especially to children c::,page 203, Child Safe-
- Always make sure that the side airbag
ty . Supplemental side airbags inflate between can inflate without inte rference.
the occupant and the door panel on the side
- Never install seat covers or replace-
of the vehicle that is struck in certain side col-
ment upholste ry over t he fron t seat-
lision c::> fig . 213 .
backs that have not been specifically
Although they are not a soft pillow, they can approved by Audi.
"cushion" the impact and in th is way they can - Never use additional seat cushions that
help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper cover the areas where the side airbags
part of the body. deploy.
A fine dust may develop when the airbag de- - Damage to the orig inal seat covers or
ploys. This is normal and does not mean there to the seam in the area of the side air-
is a fire in the vehicle. bag module must always be repaired
immediately by an author ized Audi
dealer.
Important safety instructions on the
- Objects between you and the airbag can
side airbag system
increase the risk of injury in an accident
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. Al- by interfer ing with the way the airbag
ways properly wear safety belts and ride in a unfo lds or by being pushed into you as
proper seating position. the airbag inflates .
- Never place or attach accessories or
There is a lot that you and your passengers
other objects (such as cup holders, tele-
must know and act accordingly to help the
phone brackets, or even large, bulky
safety belts and airbags do the ir job to pro-
objects) on the doors, over or near the
vide supp lemental protection.
area marked "AIRBAG" on the seat
A WARNING backrests .
- Such objects and accessories can be-
An inflating side airbag can cause serious
come dangerous project iles and cause
or fatal injury. Improperly wearing safety
injury when the supplementa l side air-
belts and improper seating positions in-
bag deploys.
crease the risk of serious personal injury
- Never carry any obj ects or pets in the
and death whenever a vehicle is being
deployment space between them and
used.
the airbags or allow child ren or other
M - In order to reduce the risk of injury when
N passengers to trave l in th is position.
0
...J the supplemental side airbag inflates:
'SI:
,....,
- Always use the built-in coat hooks only
..,.,
\!)
for lightweight clothing . Never leave any ...,
,....,
..,.,
,....,
200 Airbag system
heavy or sharp-edged objects in the Side curtain airbags

pockets that may interfere with side air-
Description of side curtain airbags
bag deployment and can cause personal
injury in an accident . The side curtain airbags can provide supple-
- Always prevent the side airbags from be- mental protection to properly restrained oc-
ing damaged by heavy objects knocking cupants.
against or hitting the sides of the seat-
backs.
- The airbag system can only be triggered
once. If the a irbag has been triggered,
the system must be replaced by an au-
thorized Audi dealership.
- Damage (cracks, deep scratches etc.) to
the original seat covers or to the seam in
the area of the side airbag module must
always be repaired immediately by an au- Fig. 214 Side curtain airbags, driver's side: location
thorized Audi dealer.
- If children are seated improperly, their The side curtain airbags are located on both
risk of injury increases in the case of an sides of the interior above the front and rear
accident ¢ page 203, Child Safety. side windows ~ fig. 214. They are identified
- Never attempt to modify any compo- by the word "AIRBAG"on the windshield
nents of the airbag system in any way. frame and the center roof pillar .
- In a side collision, side airbags will not The side curtain airbag system supplements
function properly if sensors cannot cor- the safety belts and can help to reduce the
rectly measure increasing air pressure in- risk of injury for occupants' heads and upper
side the doors when air escapes through torso on the side of the vehicle that is struck
larger, unclosed openings in the door in a side collision. The side curtain airbag in-
panel. flates in side impacts and only when the vehi-
- Never drive with inter ior door trim pan- cle acceleration registered by the control unit
els removed. is high enough . If this rate is below the refer-
- Never drive when parts have been re- ence value programmed into the control unit,
moved from the inside door panel and the side curtain airbag will not be triggered,
the openings they leave have not been even though the car may be badly damaged as
properly closed. a result of the collision. It is not possible to
- Never drive when loudspeakers in the define an airbag triggering range that will
doors have been removed unless the cover every possible angle of impact, since the
speaker holes have been properly circumstances will vary considerably between
closed. one collision and another. Important factors
- Always make certain that openings are include, for example, the nature (hard or soft)
covered or filled if additional speakers of the impacting object, the angle of impact,
or other equipment is installed in the vehicle speed, etc. ¢ page 201, How side cur-
inside door panels. tain airbags work .
- Always have work on the doors done by
Aside from their normal safety function, safe-
an authorized Audi dealer or qualified
ty belts work to help keep the driver or front
workshop.
passenger in position in the event of a colli-
sion so that the side curtain airbags can pro-
vide protection.
A irba g sy stem 201
The airbag system is not a substitute for your have the system inspected immediately
safety be lt. Rathe r, it is part of t he overall oc- by your authorized Audi dealer . It is pos-
cupant restraint system in your veh icle. Al- sible that the airbag will inflate when it
ways remember that the airbag system can is not supposed to, or will not inflate
only help to protect you if you are wearing when it should .
your safety belt and wear ing it prope rly. This
is another reason why you shou ld always wear
How side curtain airbags work
your safety belts, not just beca use the law re-
qu ires you t o do so ~ page 173, General Side curtain airbags can work together wit h
notes. side airbags to help reduce the risk of head
and upper torso injuries for occupants who
It is important to remember that while the
are properly restrained .
side curta in airbag system is designed to help
reduce the likelihood of serious injur ies, other
injuries, fo r example , swelling , bruising, and
minor abrasions can also be associated with
these airbags upon deployment . Remember
too, these airbags will dep loy on ly once and
only in certain kinds of accidents - your safety
belts are always there to offer protection.
The side curta in airbag system basically

consists of : Fig. 2 15 Illus tr ation of principle: Inflat ed side curtain
a irbags o n th e left s ide
- The electronic contro l mod ule and externa l
s ide impa ct sensors
The side curtain airbags inflate between the
- The side curtain airbags above the front and
occupant and the windows on the s ide of the
rear side windows
vehicle that is struck in a side collis ion
- The airbag indicator light in the instrument
Q fig. 215 .
panel
When the system is t riggered , the side curta in
The airbag system is monitored ele ct ron ically
airbag is filled with propellant gas and breaks
to make certain it is functioning proper ly at all
through a seam above the front and rear side
times. Each time you t urn on the ignition, the
windows identified by the AIRBAGlabe l. In or-
airbag system indicator light will come on for
der t o help provide this additional protection,
a few seconds (se lf diagnostics).
the side curta in airbag m ust inflate withi n t he
The side curtain airb ag is not activated: blink of an eye at very high speed and with
great fo rce. The side curta in airbag could in-
- if t he ignit ion is turned off
jure you if your seating posit ion is not proper
- in side collisions when t he accelerat ion or upright or if items are located in the area
measure d by the sensor is too low where the supplemental side curta in airbag
- in rear-end collisions. inflates. This applies especially to children
¢ page 203 .
_& WARNING .
Although they are not a soft pillow, side cur-
- Safety belts and t he airbag syst em will
only provide protection whe n occupant s ta in airbags can "cushion" the impact and in
are in the proper seating position th is way they can help t o reduce the risk of in-
M
"' ~ page 74, General recommendations . jury to the head and the upper part of the
0
~
..J
"". - If the airbag indicat or light ¢ page 16 bod~
rl
I.O
"'
rl
comes when the vehicle is be ing use d,
"'
rl
A fine dust may develop when the airbag de- - Only use f actory-installed sun shades or,
ploys. This is qu ite normal and does not mean in the case of shades installed after the
there is a fire in the vehicle. vehicle leaves the factory, only Audi roll-
up sunscreens may be used ~ page 328,
Important safety instructions on the Additional accessories and parts re-
side curtain airbag system placement.
-Always sit in proper seat ing position and
Airbags are only supplemen t al restraints. Al-
wear safety belts wh ile traveling so that
ways properly wear safety belts and ride in a
the side curtain airbags can help provide
proper seating position .
protection.
There is a lot that you and your passengers - The airbag system can only be triggered
must know and do to help the safety belts and once. If t he airbag has been triggered,
airbags do the ir job to provide supplemental the system must be replaced by an au-
protection . thor ized Audi dealer or qualified work-
shop.
A WARNING - Always have work involving the side cur-
Improperly wearing safety belts and im- tain airbag system, removal and insta lla-
proper seat ing positions increase the risk tion of the airbag components, or other
of serious personal injury and death when- repairs performed by an authorized Audi
ever a vehicle is being used. dealer or qualified workshop. Otherwise
- Never let occupants place any parts of the airbag system may not work correct-
their bodies in the area from wh ich t he ly.
side curtain airbags inflate. - Never attempt to mod ify any compo-
- Always make sure that the side curta in nents of the airbag system in any way.
airbags can inflate w ithout int erference.
Unsuitable accessories fitted inside the
expansion range of a side curta in airbag
can dangerously interfere with its func-
t ion. A deploying head airbag develops
enough force to catapult any piece of
add-on component out of its path of in-
flation and into the passenger compart-
ment . An occupant hit by such a projec-
t ile can suffer serious injury or death
~ page 329, Technical Modifications.
- Do not swivel the sun visors to the side if
you have any objects clipped onto them
(for example pens). If the airbag should
deploy, you could be inju red by these ob-
jects.
- Use the built-in coat hooks only for light-
we ight cloth ing. Never leave any heavy or
sharp-edged objects in the pockets that
may interfere with airbag deployment
and can cause personal injury in an acci-
dent .
- Never use hangers to hang clothing from
the hooks.
Child Sa f et y 203
Child Safety straints are on the front passenger seat . Be-

cause of the large amount of important infor- •
Important things to mation, we cannot repeat it a ll here . We urge •
know you to read the detailed information in this
owner's manual about airbags and the Ad-
Introduction vanced Airbag System in your vehicle and the
The rear seat is generally the safest place in a very important information about transport-
collision. ing children on the front passenger seat .
Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they
The physical principles of what happens when are extremely important for your safety and
your veh icle is in a crash app ly also to chi ldren the safety of your passengers, especially in-
~page 175, What happens to occupants not fants and small chi ldren .
wearing safety belts? . But unlike adults and
teenag ers, their muscles and bones are not .A, WARNING
fu lly developed. In many respects children are
- Accident statistics have shown that chil -
at greater risk of serious injury in crashes than
dren are generally safer in the rear seat
adu lts.
area than in the front seating position.
Because children's bodies are not fully deve l- Always restrain any child age 12 and un-
oped, they require restraint systems especial- der in the rear.
ly designed for their size, weight, and body - All vehicle occupants and especially chil-
structure. Many countries and all states of the dren must be restrained properly when-
United States and provinces of Canada have ever riding in a vehicle . An unrestrained
laws requiring the use of approved child re- or improperly restrained chi ld could be
straint systems for infants and small children . injured by str iking the interior or by be-
ing ejected from the vehicle during a
In a fronta l crash at a speed of 20 -35 mph
sudden maneuver or impact. An un re -
(30-56 km/h) the forces acting on a 13-pound
strained or improper ly restrained chi ld is
(6 kg) infant w ill be more than 20 t imes the
also at greater risk of injury or death
weight of the child . This means the weight of
through contact with an inflating airbag.
the child would suddenly be more than
- A suitable chi ld restraint properly instal-
260 pounds (120 kg). Under these conditions,
led and used at one of the rear seating
on ly an appropriate chi ld restraint properly
positions provides the highest degree of
used can reduce the risk of ser ious injury .
protection for infants and small children
Child restra ints, like adult safety belts, must
in most accident situations.
be used properly to be effective. Used improp-
erly, they can increase the risk of serious in-
jury in an accident.
A WARNING
Children on the front seat of any car even
Consult the child safety seat manufacturer's
with Advanced Airbags can be ser iously in-
instructions in order to be sure the seat is
jured or even killed when an a irbag in-
right for your chi ld's size ~ page 206, Impor-
flates. A child in a rearward-facing ch ild
tant safety instructions for using child safety
safety seat installed on the front passen-
seats. Please be sure to read and heed all of
ger seat will be ser iously injured and can
the important information and WARNINGS
be killed if the front airbag inflates .
about ch ild safety, Advanced Airbags, and the
M installation of child restraints in this chapter .
N safety seat or infant carrier with great
0
...J
There is a lot you need to know about the Ad- force and will smash the child safety seat
'SI:
,....,
\!) vanced Airbags in your vehicle and how they and child against the backrest, center
1.1"1
,...., work when infants and children in child re- armrest, or door.
1.1"1
,....,
204 Ch ild Saf e t y
- Always install rear-facing child safety (FMVSS) 208 as applicable at the time you r
seats on the rear seat. vehicle was manufacture d.
- If you must install a rearward facing The Advanc e d Airbag system in your vehicle
child safety seat on the front passenger has been certified to mee t the "low-risk" re-
seat in exceptiona l circumstances and quirements for 3- and 6-year old children on
the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does the passenger side and sma ll adults on the
not come on and stay on, immed iately drive r side. The low risk dep loyment criteria
install the rear-facing child safety seat in are intended to red uce the risk of inj ury
a rear seating posit ion and have the air- through interact ion wit h the airbag that can
bag system inspec ted immediately by occur, for example, by being too close to the
your Audi dealer. steering wheel and instrument panel when
the a irbag inflates . In addition, the syst em
_& WARNING has been certified to comply wit h the "sup-
If, in exceptional circumstances, you mus t pression" requi rements of t he Safety Sta nd-
install a forward -facing child restra int on ard, to t urn off the fron t a irbag for infan t s up
the front passenger's seat: to 12 months who are res t rained on the front
- Always make su re the forward-fac ing passenger seat in child restraints that a re list-
seat has been designed and certified by ed in the Standard.
its manufacturer for use on a front seat Even though your veh icle is eq uipped wit h an
with a passenger front and side airbag. Advanced Airbag system , a ll children, espe-
- Always follow the man ufacturer's in- cially those 12 years and younger, should a l-
struct ions provided with the child safety ways ride in the back seat properly restrained
seat or carrier. for their age and size. The airbag on the pas-
- Always move t he passenger seat into its senger side makes the front seat a potentially
rearmost position in the seat 's fore and dangerous place for a ch ild to ride . The front
aft adjustment range, as far away from seat is not the safest place for a child in a for-
the a irbag as poss ible before installing ward-fac ing ch ild safety seat. It can be a very
the ch ild restraint. The backrest must be dange rous place fo r an infan t o r a large r child
adjusted to an upr ight position . in a rea rward-f acing se at .
- Always make sure that the PASSENGER
AIR BAGOFF light comes on and stays
Advanced Airbags and the weight-
on all the time whenever the ignition is sensing mat in the front seat
switched on.
The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle
(D Tips detects the presence of an infant or child in a
child restra int on the front passenge r seat us-
Always rep lace child rest raints that were
ing the weig ht-sens ing mat in the seat cush -
installed in a vehicle during a crash. Dam-
ion and the sensor be low t he safe ty belt latch
age to a child rest raint that is not visible
o n the front passenge r seat that measures t he
could cause it to fail in another collisio n
tens ion on the safety be lt.
sit uat ion.
The we ight -sensi ng mat measures total
Advanced front airbag system and we ight of t he chi ld and the child safety seat
children and a child bla nket on the front passenger
seat. The we igh t on the fron t passe nger seat
Your veh icle is equipped with an "Advanced
is relate d t o t he desig n of the ch ild res t rai nt
Airbag System" in compliance with United and its "footp rint", the s ize and shape of the
States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard bottom of the chi ld restraint as it sits on the .,..
Child Sa f et y 205
seat. The weight of a child restraint and its mat inside the front passenger seat, that the
"footprint" vary for different kinds of chi ld re- front passenger airbag is turned off and that •
straints and for the different models of the the a irbag status is always correct ly signaled •
same kind of child restraint offered by child by the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light.
restra int manufacturers.
Many types and models of child restraints
The weight ranges for the individual types, have been available over t he years, new mod-
makes and mode ls of ch ild restra ints that the els are introduced regu larly incorporating new
NHTSAhas specified in the Safety Standard and improved des igns and o lder models are
together with the we ight ranges of typical in- taken out of product ion. Child restraints are
fants and typical 1 year-old child have been not standard ized . Child restraints of the same
stored in the control unit of the Advanced Air- type typ ically have d ifferent weights and sizes
bag System. When a chi ld restraint is being and different 'footpr ints,' the size and shape
used on the front passenge r seat with a typi- of the bottom of the ch ild restrai nt t hat sits
cal 1 year -old ch ild, the Advanced Airbag Sys- o n the seat, when they a re insta lled on a veh i-
tem compares the we ight measured by the cle seat. These diffe rences make it virtually
weight sensing mat with the information stor- impossible to certify compliance with the re-
ed in the electronic control unit. quirements for advanced airbags with each
and every ch ild restraint that has ever been
The electron ic contro l unit al so registers the
sold in the past or will be sold over the course
tension on the front passenger safety be lt.
of the useful life of your veh icle.
The tension on the safety be lt for the front
passenger seat will be different for an adult For this reason, the United States National
who is properly using the safety belt as com- Highway Traffic Safety Adm inistrat ion has
pared to the tension on the be lt when it is published a list of spec ific type, makes and
used to attach a child restraint to the seat. models of child restraints that must be used
The sensor below the latch for the safety belt to certify comp liance of the Advanced Airbag
for the front seat passenger measures the System in your veh icle with the suppression
tension on the belt. The input from this sen- requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
sor is t hen used with the we ight to "decide", Standa rd 208. These chi ld restraints are:
whether there is a ch ild restraint with a typ ical
Subpart A - Car bed child restraints
1 year-o ld child on the front passenger seat
and whether or not the airbag must be turned Model Manufactured on or
off. after
Angel Guard Angel September 25, 2007
Child restraints and Advanced Airbags Ride AA2403FOF
Regard less of the child restraint that you use, Subpart B - Rear-facing child restraints
make sure that it has been certified to meet
United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Model Manufactu red on or
Standards and has been certified by its manu- after
facturer for use with an airbag . Always be sure Century Smart Fit December 1, 1999
that the chi ld restraint is properly instal led at 4543
one of the rear seat ing pos itions. If in excep- Cosco Arriva September 25, 2007
tional circumstances you must use it on the 22-013PAW and base
front passenger seat, carefu lly read all of the 22-999WHO
M
N information on child safety and Advanced Air- Evenflo Discovery Ad- December 1, 1999
0
...J
'SI: bags and heed a ll of the app licable WARN- just Right 212
,....,
..,.,
\!) INGS. Make certain that the child restraint is
,....,
..,., correctly recognized by the weight-sensing
,....,
206 Child Safety
Model Manufactured on or - Have the airbag system inspected by

after your authorized Audi dealer immed iate-
Evenflo First Choice December 1, 1999 ly.
204
Graco Infant 8457 December 1, 1999
@ Tips
Graco Snugride September 25, 2007 The child seats listed in categories A to C
have been statically tested by Audi only for
Peg Perego Primo Vi- September 25, 2007
the Advanced Airbag function.
aggio SIP IMUN00US
Subpart C - Forward-facing and Important safety instructions for using

convertible child restraints child safety seats
Model Manufactured on or Correct use of child safety seats substantially

after reduces the risk of injury in an accident!
Britax Roundabout September 25, 2007
As the driver, you are responsib le for the safe-
E9L02xx
ty of everybody in the vehicle, especially chil-
Cosco Touriva 02519 December 1, 1999 dren:
Cosco Summit Deluxe September 25, 2007
.. Always use the right chi ld safety seat for
High Back Booster
each child and always use it properly
22-262
c::;,page209.
Cosco High Back September 25, 2007 .. Always carefully follow the child safety seat
Booster 22-209 manufacturer's instruct ions on how to route
Evenflo Tribute V September 25, 2007 the safety belt properly through the child
379xxxx safety seat .
Evenflo Medallion December 1, 1999 .. When using the vehicle safety belt to install
254 a child safety seat, you must first activate
September 25, 2007 the convertible locking retractor on the
Evenflo Generations
safety belt to prevent the child safety seat
352xxxx
from moving ¢ page 213 .
Graco Comfo rtSport September 25, 2007
.. Push the child safety seat down with your
Graco Toddler Safety September 25, 2007 full weight to get the safety belt really tight
Seat Step 2 so that the seat cannot move forward or
Graco Platinum Cargo September 25, 2007 sideways more than one inch (2 .5 cm) .
.,.If a strap or tether is be ing used to tie the
A WARNING child safety seat to the front passenger
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make seat , make sure that it is not so tight that it
sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF causes the weight-sensing mat to measure
light comes on and stays on whenever a more weight than is actually on the seat.
child restraint is installed on the front pas- .. Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
senger seat and the ignition is switched c::;,
page 208.
on.
Always remember: Even though your vehicle is
- Take the child restraint off the front pas-
equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all
senger seat and install it properly at one
children, especially those 12 years and young-
of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN-
er, shou ld always ride in the back seat proper-
GER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on.
ly restrained for their age and size . .,.
Child Safety 207
1
A WARNING - Never let babies or older children ride in
a vehicle while sitting on the lap of an-
•
Not using a child safety seat, using the •
other passenger.
wrong child safety seat or improperly in-
- Holding a child in your arms is never a
stalling a child restraint increases the risk
substitute for a child restraint system.
of serious personal injury and death .
- The strongest person could not hold
-All vehicle occupants and especially chil-
the child with the forces that exist in
dren must always be restrained properly
an accident. The child will strike the in-
whenever riding in a vehicle.
terior of the vehicle and can also be
- An unrestrained or improperly restrain-
struck by the passenger.
ed child can be injured or killed by be-
- The child and the passenger can also
ing thrown against the inside of the ve-
injure each another in an accident.
hicle or by being ejected from it during
- Never install rear-facing child safety
a sudden maneuver or impact.
seats or infant carriers on the front pas-
- An unrestrained or improperly restrain-
senger seat . A child will be seriously in-
ed child is at much greater risk of injury
jured and can be killed when the passen-
or death by being struck by an inflating
ger airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
airbag.
vanced Airbag System.
- Commercially available child safety seats
are required to comply with U.S. Federal
safety seat or infant carrier with great
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) •
force and will smash the child safety seat •
213 (in Canada CMVSS213).
- When buying a child restraint, select
armrest, door or roof .
one that fits your child and the vehicle.
- Alwaysinstall rear-facingchild safety
- Only use child restraint systems that
seats or infant carriers on the rear seat .
fully contact the flat portion of the
- Forward-facing child safety seats instal-
seat cushion. The child restraint must
led on the front passenger's seat can in-
not tip or lean to either side. Audi does
terfere with the airbag when it inflates
not recommend using child safety
and cause serious injury to the child. Al-
seats that rest on legs or tube-like
ways install forward-facing child safety
frames . They do not provide adequate
seats on the rear seat .
contact with the seat.
- If exceptional circumstances require the
-Always heed all legal requirements per-
use of a forward-facing child restraint on
taining to the installation and use of
the front passenger's seat, the child's
child safety seats and carefully follow
safety and well-being require that the
the instructions provided by the manu-
following special precautions be taken:
facturer of the seat you are using.
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has
- Never allow children under 57 inches
been designed and certified by its man-
(1.45 meters) to wear a normal safety
ufacturer for use on a front seat with a
belt. They must always be restrained by a
passenger front and side airbag.
proper child restraint system. Otherwise,
- Always carefully follow the manufac-
they could sustain injuries to the abdo-
turer's instructions provided with the
men and neck areas during sudden brak-
child safety seat or carrier.
ing maneuvers or accidents.
- Always move the front passenger seat
M - Never let more than one child occupy a
N into the rearmost position of the pas-
0
...J
child safety seat.
'SI:
,....,
senger seat's fore and aft adjustment
\!)
1.1'1 range, and as far away from the airbag
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
208 Child S a fet y
as possible before insta lling the child If a child safety seat is used on the rear bench,
restra int. especially with LATCHuniversal lower ancho-
- Always make sure t hat nothing pre- rages, the unused safety belts must be se-
vents the front passenger's seat from cured so that the child in the child restraint
being moved to the rearmost position cannot reach them c::>& .
in its fore and aft adjustment range. - Guide the safety belt webbings @ and @
- Always make sure that the backrest is beh ind the head restraint of the seat where
in the upright position . the child restra int is insta lled c:>fig. 216.
- Always buck le the child safety seat firmly When doing so, do not engage the converti-
in place even if a child is not s itting in it. ble locking retractor! You shou ld not hear a
A loose ch ild safety seat ca n fly around "clicking" sound when winding up the safety
dur ing a sudden stop or in a coll is ion. be lt.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS - Let the belt retractor wind up the safety belt
whenever using a child restrained in ave- webbing.
hicle is being used c::>page 173, Safety
A
belts, c::>page 182, Airbag system and
page 203, Child Safety.
c::> - WARNING
A child in a chi ld safety seat installed with
the LATCHlower a nchorages or wit h the
A WARNING standard sa fety be lt o r a child in a boos t er
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make seat on the rear seat could p lay with un-
sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF used rear seat safety belts and become e n-
light comes on and stays on whe never a tang led . This could cause t he chi ld ser ious
child rest raint is installed on the front pas - personal injury and even death.
senge r seat and the ignition is switched - Always secure unused rear seat safety
on. be lts out of reach of children in child
- Take the child rest raint off t he front pas - seats such as by proper ly rout ing them
senger seat and install it proper ly at one around the head restraint of the seat
of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN- where the ch ild restraint is installed.
GER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on. - Never activate the convertible locking re-
- Have the airbag system inspected by tractor when routing the safety be lts
your authorized Audi dealer immediate- arou nd the head restraints.
ly. - Never let anyone s it at the center rear
seating position if the center rear safety
Secure unused safety belts on the rear be lt has been routed a round a rear head
seat restra int.
Fig. 2 16 Schematic overview: keep unused safety belts

away from children in child safety seats. @ · oute r rear
safety belt, @ · center rear safety belt
Child S a f ety 209
Child safety seats A WARNING

Infant seats Not using a child safety seat, using t he
wrong child safety seat or improperly in-
Babies and infants up to about one year old
stall ing a ch ild restraint increases the risk
and 20 lbs. or 9 kg need special rearward-fac -
of ser ious personal injury and death in a
ing child restraints that support the back,
crash.
neck and head in a crash.
- Never install rear-facing child safety
seats or infant ca rrie rs on the front pas-
senger seat - even with an Advanced Air-
bag Syst em. A ch ild will be ser iously in-
jured and ca n be killed when the inflat -
ing airbag hits the child safety seat or in-
fant carrier with great force and smashes
the child safety seat and child against
the backrest, center armrest, door or
roof ¢ page 184, Child restraints on the
Fig. 217 Schemati c overview: rearward-fac ing infant
front seat- some important things to
seat, properly installed o n the rear seat
know .
~ When using the vehicle safety belt to install -Always install rear-fac ing ch ild safety
a ch ild safety seat, you must first activate seats or infant carriers on the rear seat .
the convertible locking retracto r on the - Never install a rear-fac ing ch ild restraint
safety be lt to prevent the child safety seat in the forward-fac ing d irect ion. Such re-
from moving ¢ page 213 or install the seat straints are designed for the special
using the LATCH attachments. needs of infants and very small ch ild ren
~ Push the child safety seat down with your and cannot prote ct them properly if the
full weight to get the safety belt rea lly tight seat is forward- facing.
so that the seat cannot move forward or - If you mus t insta ll a rearward fac ing
sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm). child safety seat on the fro nt passenger
~ Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat seat because of exceptiona l circumstan-
¢ page 208. ces and t he PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
Infants up to about one year (20 lbs . or 9 kg) mediately insta ll the rear -fac ing child
are best protected in special infan t carriers safety seat in a rear seating position and
and child safety seats designed for their age have the airbag system inspected by your
group . Many experts believe that infants and Audi dea ler.
small children should ride only in spec ial re- - Always read and heed all WARNINGS
straints in which the ch ild faces t he back of wheneve r us ing a child restrained in ave-
the vehicle. These infant seats support the ba- hicle is being used ¢ page 173, Safety
by's back, neck and head in a crash ¢ fig. 217. belts, ¢ page 182, Airbag system and
The airbag on the passenger side makes the ¢ page 203, Important things to know.
front seat a po t entially dangerous place for a
child to ride . The front seat is not the safest
place for a child in a forward -facing child seat.
M It is a very dangerous place for an infant or a
"'
0_, larger child in a rearward-facing seat.
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
210 Child Safety
Convertible child safety seats Toddlers and children who are older than one
year up to about 4 years old and weigh more
Properly used convertible child safety seats
than 20 lbs. (9 kg) up to 40 lbs. (18 kg) must
can help protect toddlers and children over
always be properly restrained in a child safety
age one who weigh between 20 and 40 lbs. (9
seat certified for their size and weight
and 18 kg) in a crash.
fig . 218 and c::>fig . 219 .
c::>
The airbag on the passenger side makes the

front seat a potentia lly dangerous place for a
child to ride. The front seat is not the safest
place for a child in a forward-facing child safe-
ty seat . It is a very dangerous place for a n in-
fant or a larger child in a rearward-facing seat.
_&.WARNING -
Fig. 218 Schemat ic overview : installat ion of t he at- Not using a child safety seat, using the
ta chments appl icable to a LATCHseat wrong child safety seat or improp e rly in-
stalling a child restraint increases the risk
of serious personal injury and death in a
collision or other emergency situation .
- Children on the front seat of any car,
even with Advanced Airbags, can be seri-
ously injured or even killed when an air-
bag inflates . A child in a rearward-facing
child safety seat installed on the front
passenger seat will be seriously injured
Fig. 219 Schematic overview: inst allation of the sea t and can be killed if the front airbag in-
using the vehicle's safety belt system
f lates - even with an Advanced Airbag
System .
.. When using the vehicle safety be lt to install
- The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild
a child safety seat, you must first activate
safety seat or infant carrier with great
the convertible locking feature on the safety
force and will smash the child safety seat
belt to prevent the child safety seat from
moving c::>page 213 or install the seat using
armrest, doo r or roof.
the LATCHattachments .
- Always install rear-facing child safety
seats on t he rear seat .
full weight to get the safety belt really t ight
so that the seat cannot move forward or - If you must install a rearwa rd facing
sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm) child safety seat on th e front passenger
seat because of exceptiona l circumstan-
c::>page213.
.. If the child safety seat is eq uipped wit h a ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
tether strap, attach it to the tether anchors light does not come on and stay on, im-
i=>page220. mediately insta ll the rear-facing child
.. Secure unused safety be lts on the rear seat safety seat in a rear seating position and
page 208.
c::>
Audi dealer.
A toddler or child is usually too large for an in- - The rear side of the child safety seat
fant restra int if it is more than one year old should be pos itioned as close as possible ..,.
and weighs more than 20 lbs. (9 kg).
Child Safety 211
to the backrest on the vehicle seat. Ad- - Take the child restraint off the front pas-
just or remove the rear seat head senger seat and install it properly at one
restraint if it is difficult to inst all the of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN-
child seat with the head restraint in place GERAIR BAG OFF light does not stay on
¢ page 80. Install the head restraint whenever the ignition is switched on.
again immediately once the child seat is
removed. Driving without head restraints Booster seats and safety belts
or with head restraints that are not prop-
erly adjusted increases the risk of serious Properly used booster seats con help protect
or fatal neck injury dramatically. children weighing between about 40 lbs. and
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS 80 lbs . (18 kg and 36 kg) who are less than 4
whenever using a child restrained in ave- ft. 9 in . (57 inches/1.45 meters) tall.
hicle is being used ¢page 173, Safety
....
In
N
belts,¢ page 182, Airbag system and 0
±
¢ page 203, Important things to know. ~
A WARNING
-
If exceptional circumstances requ ire the
use of a forward-facing child restraint on
the front passenger's seat, the child's safe-
ty and well-being require that the follow-
Fig. 220 Rear seat: chil d properly rest rained in a boos-
ing special precautions be taken:
ter seat
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has
been designed and certified by its manu- The vehicle's safety belts alone will not fit
facturer for use on a front seat with a most children until they are at least 4 ft. 9 in.
passenger front and side airbag. (57 inches/1.45 meters) tall and weigh about
-Always follow the manufacturer's in- 80 lbs. (36 kg). Booster seats raise these chil-
structions provided with the child safety dren up so that the safety belt will pass prop-
seat or infant carrier. erly over the stronger parts of their bodies
- Always move the front passenger seat in- and the safety belt can help protect them in a
to the rearmost position of the passen- crash.
ger seat's fore and aft adjustment range,
and as far away from the airbag as possi- .,. Do not use the convertible locking retractor
when using the vehicle's safety belt to re-
ble before installing the child restraint.
strain a child on a booster seat.
- Always make sure that nothing prevents
...The shoulder belt must lie as close to the
the front passenger's seat from being
center of the child's collar bone as possible
moved to the rearmost position in its
and must lie flat and snug on the upper
fore and aft adjustment range.
body. It must never lie across the throat or
- Always make sure the backrest is in an
neck . The lap belt must lie across the pelvis
upright position.
and never across the stomac h or abdomen .
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
Make sure the belt lies flat and sn ug . Pull on
OFF light comes on and stays on all the
the belt to tighten if necessary.
time whenever the ignition is switched
.,.If you must transport an older child in a
on.
M booster seat on the front passenger seat,
"' - If the light does not stay on, perform the
0
..J
you can use the safety belt height adjust-
"". checks¢ page 193, Monitoring the Ad-
rl ment to help adjust the shou lder portion
I.O vanced Airbag System.
"'
rl
properly.
"'
rl
• Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat will receive serious or possib ly even fatal in-
9page 208. jury .
Children up to at least 8 years old (over 40 In order fo r the airbag to offer protect ion, it is
lbs. or 18 kg) are best protected in chi ld safe- important t hat a ll vehicle occupants, espec ial-
ty seats designed for their age and weight. Ex- ly any children, who must be in the front seat
perts say that the ske leta l structure, particu- because of exceptiona l circumstances, be
larly the pelvis, of these chi ldren is not fully proper ly restrained and as far away from the
developed, and they must not use the vehicle airbag as possible. By keeping room between
safety belts w ithout a su itable child restraint. the child's body and the front of the passen-
ger compartment, the airbag can inflate com-
It is us ually best to put these children in ap-
pletely and prov ide supplemental protection
propriate booster seats. Be sure the booster
in certain frontal collisions.
seat meets all applicab le safety standards.
Booster seats raise the seating position of the .&, WARNING .

child and reposition both the lap and shoulder Not using a booste r seat, using the boos-
parts of the safety belt so that they pass ter seat improperly, inco rrectly installing a
across the child's body in the right places. The booster seat or using the vehicle safety
routing of the belt over the child's body is very belt improperly increases the risk of seri-
important for the ch ild's protection, whether ous persona l injury and death in a collision
or not a booster seat is used . Children age 12 or other emergency situat ion. To he lp re-
and under must always ride in the rear seat. duce the risk of serious personal injury
and/or death:
Children who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (S7 in-
ches/1.4S meters) tall can generally use the - The shou lder belt must lie as close to the
vehicle's three po int lap and shoulder belts. center of the child's collar bone as possi-
Never use the lap belt portion of the veh icle's ble and must lie flat and snug on the up-
safety belt a lone to restrain any child, regard- per body. It must neve r lie across the
less of how big the child is. Always remembe r throat or neck. The lap belt must lie
that children do not have the pronounced pe l- across the pe lvis and neve r ac ross t he
vic structure required for the proper function stomach or abdomen. Make sure the belt
of lap belt portion of the vehicle's three point liesflat a ndsnug.Pullon t hebeltto
lap and shoulder be lts. The child's safety ab- tighten if necessary.
solutely requires that a lap be lt portion of the - Failure t o properly route safety belts
safety belt be fastened snugly and as low as over a child's body will ca use seve re inju-
possible around the pelvis . Never let the lap ries in an accident or other emergency
be lt portion of the safety belt pass over the situation ¢page 173 .
chi ld's stomach or abdomen. - The rear side of the child safety seat
should be pos itioned as close as possib le
In a crash, airbags must inflate within a blink to the backrest on the vehicle seat. Ad-
of an eye and with cons iderable force . In order just or remove the rear seat head re-
to do its job, the airbag needs room to inflate straint if it is difficu lt to install the child
so that it will be there to protect the occupant seat with the head restraint in place
as the occupant moves forward into the air- c::>page 80. Install the head restraint
bag. aga in immediately once the ch ild seat is
A vehicle occupant who is out of position and removed. Driving without head restraints
too close to the airbag gets in the way of an or with head restra ints t hat a re not prop-
inflat ing airbag. When an occupant is too erly adju sted increases the risk of serious
close, he or she will be struck violen t ly and or fatal neck injury dramatically . ""
Child Sa f et y 213
- Children on the front seat of any car, The safety belt must be locked so that be lt
webbing cannot unree l. The retractor can be •
even with Advanced Airbags, can be seri-
ous ly injured or even killed when an a ir- activated to lock the safety belt and prevent •
bag inflates. the safety belt webbing from loosening up
- Never let a child stand or kneel on any during normal dr iving . A child safety seat can
seat, for examp le the front seat. only be properly installed when the safety belt
- Never let a child ride in the cargo area of is locked so that the chi ld and child safety
your vehicle . seat w ill stay in place .
- Always remember that a ch ild lean ing Always remember: Even though your vehicle is
forward, sitt ing sideways or out of posi- equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all
t ion in any way during an acc ident can be children, especially those 12 years and young-
struck by a deploying airbag . This will re- er, shou ld always ride in the back seat proper-
sult in se rious personal injury or death . ly restrai ned fo r the ir age and size.
- If you must install a booster seat on the
front passenger seat because of excep- A WARNING
t ional circumstances the PASSENGER Improperly installed chi ld safety seats in-
AIR BAG OFF light must come on and crease the risk of serious personal injury
stay on, whenever the ignition is switch- and death in a collision.
ed on. - Always ma ke sure that the safety belt re-
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light tracto r is locked when installing a child
does not come on and stay on, perform safety seat . An unlocked safety belt re-
the checks described ¢ page 193, Moni- tractor cannot hold the child safety seat
toring the Advanced Airbag System. in place during normal dr iving or in a
- Take the child restrain t off the front pas- crash.
senger seat and install it properly at one - Always buckle the child safety seat firmly
of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN- in place even if a ch ild is not sitt ing in it.
GER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on A loose child safety seat can fly around
whenever the ignition is switched on. during a sudden stop or in a collision .
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS - Always make sure that the rear seat
whenever using a child restrained in ave- backrest to which the center rear safety
hicle is being used ¢ page 173, Safety belt is attached is securely latched when-
belts,¢ page 182, Airbag system and eve r the rea r center safety belt is being
c:>page 203, Important things to know. used to secure a ch ild restra int.
- If the backrest is not securely latched,
Installing a child safety the child and the child restraint will be
seat thrown forward together with the back-
rest and will strike parts of the vehicle
Securing a child safety seat using a interior. The child can be seriously in-
safety belt jured or killed.
Safety belts for the rear sea ts and the fron t - Never install rear-fa cing child safety
passenger can be locked with the convertible seats or infant ca rrie rs on the front pas -
locking retractor to properly secure child senger seat . A child will be serio us ly in-
safety seats . jured and can be killed when the passen-
ger airbag inflates.
M
N The safety belts emergency locking retractors - The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild
0
...J
'SI:
for the rear seats safety belts and for the safety seat or infant carrier with great
,....,
..,.,
\!) front passenger's seat safety belt have a con - force and will smash the child safety seat ~
,...., vert ible locking retractor for child restraints .
..,.,
,....,
214 Child Safety
and child against the backrest, center - Always carefully follow the manufactur-
armrest, door or roof. er's instructions provided with the child
- Always install rear-facing child safety safety seat or carrier.
seats or infant carriers on the rear seat. - Never place additional items on the seat
- Forward-facing child safety seats or in- that can increase the total weight regis-
fant carriers installed on the front pas- tered by the weight-sensing mat and can
senger's seat may interfere with the de- cause injury in a crash .
ployment of the airbag and cause serious
A
-
injury to the child.
It is safer to install a forward-facing
child safety seat on the rear seat.
- WARNING
Forward-facing child restraints:
- Always make sure the forward-facing
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS seat has been designed and certified by
whenever using a child restrained in ave- its manufacturer for use on a front seat
hicle is being used c::>page 203 . Special with a passenger front and side airbag .
precautions apply when installing a child - Never put the forward-facing child re-
safety seat on the front passenger seat straint up, against or very near the in-
page 184, Child restraints on the front
c::> strument panel.
seat - some important things to know. - Always move the passenger seat into its
rearmost position in the seat's fore and
A WARNING aft adjustment range, as far away from
Always take special precautions if you the airbag as possible before installing
must install a forward or rearward-facing the forward-facing child restraint. The
child restraint on the front passenger's backrest must be adjusted to an upright
seat in exceptional situations: position.
- Whenever a forward or rearward-facing - Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
child restraint is installed on the front OFF light comes on and stays on all the
passenger seat, the PASSENGERAIR time whenever the ignition is switched
BAG OFF light must come on and stay on on .
whenever the ignition is switched on.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light A WARNING
does not come on and stay on, perform Rearward-facing child restraints:
the checks described <=:> page 193, Moni- - A child in a rearward-facing child safety
toring the Advanced Airbag System. seat installed on the front passenger
- Take the child restraint off the front pas- seat will be seriously injured and can be
senger seat and install it properly at one killed if the front airbag inflates - even
of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN- with an Advanced Airbag System .
GER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on - The inflating airbag will hit the child
whenever the ignition is switched on. safety seat or infant carrier with great
- Improper installation of child restraints force and will smash the child safety seat
can reduce their effectiveness or even and child against the backrest, center
prevent them from providing any protec- armrest, door or roof.
tion. - Always be especially careful if you must
- An improperly installed child restraint install a rearward facing child safety seat
can interfere with the airbag as it de- on the front passenger seat in exception-
ploys and seriously injure or even kill the al circumstances. ~
child.
Child Safety 215
- A tight tether strap on a rearward-facing pull the belt out of the retractor. The con-
vertible locking retractor is now activated. •
child restraint attached to the front pas-
senger seat can put too much pressure .. Make sure that the red release button is fac- •
on the weight-mat in the seat and regis- ing away from the child restraint so that it
ter a heavier weight in the Advanced Air- can be unbuckled quickly.
bag System . The heavier weight regis- .. Pull on the belt to make sure the safety belt
tered can make the system work as is properly tight and fastened so that the
though an adult were on the seat and de- seat cannot move forward or sideways more
ploy the Advanced Airbag when it must than one inch (2 .5 cm).
be suppressed causing serious or even
fatal injury to the child . _&.WARNING
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
-
Using the wrong child restraint or an im-
OFF light comes on and stays on all the properly installed child restraint can cause
time whenever the ignition is switched serious personal injury or death in a crash.
on. - Always make sure that the safety belt re-
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light tractor is locked when installing a child
does not come on and stay on, immedi- safety seat. An unlocked safety belt re-
ately install the rear-facing child safety tractor cannot hold the child safety seat
seat in a rear seating position and have in place during normal driving or in a
the airbag system inspected by your Audi crash.
dealer. -Always buckle the child safety seat firmly
in place even if a child is not sitting in it.
Activating the convertible locking A loose child safety seat can fly around
retractor during a sudden stop or in a crash.
- Always make sure the seat backrest to
Use the convertible locking retractor to se-
which the child restraint is installed is in
cure a child restraint.
an upright position and securely latched
Always heed the child safety seat manufactur- into place and cannot fold forward . Oth-
er's instructions when installing a child re- erwise, the seatback with the child safety
straint in your vehicle . To activate the conver- seat attached to it could fly forward in
tible locking retractor : the event of an accident or other emer-
gency situation .
.. Place the child restraint on a seat, prefera-
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS
bly on the rear seat.
whenever using a child restrained in ave-
.. Slowly pull the belt all the way out .
hicle is being used ¢ page 203. Special
.. Route it around or through the child re-
precautions apply when installing a child
straint belt path ~ &_ .
safety seat on the front passenger seat
¢ page 184, Child restraints on the front
full weight to get the safety belt really tight.
seat - some important things to know .
.. Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for
that seating position .
.. Guide the safety belt back into the retractor
until the belt lies flat and snug on the child
safety seat .
M
.. You should hear a "clicking " noise as the
N
0 belt winds back into the inertia reel. Test the
..J
'SI:
,...., convertible locking retractor by pulling on
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
the belt . You should no longer be able to
1.1'1
,....,
Deactivating the convertible locking LATCH Lower

retractor anchorages and tethers
The convertible locking retractor for child re- for children
straints will be deactivated automatically
when the belt is wound all the way back into Child Restraint System anchors and how
the retractor . are they related to child safety
To provide a simpler and more practicable way

.,.Press the red button on the safety belt buck-
to at tach the child restra int on the vehi cle
le. The be lt tongue will pop out of the buck-
seat, Federal regulat ions req uire spec ial lowe r
le .
anchorages in vehicles and devices on new
.. Guide the safety belt all the way back into
child restraints to attach to the vehicle ancho-
its stowed position .
rages.
Always let the safety belt retract complete ly
The combination of the tether anc horages and
into its stowed position . The safety belt can
the lowe r anchorages is now genera lly called
now be used as an ordinary safety belt with -
t he LATCHsystem fo r "Lower Anchorages and
out the convertib le locking retractor for chi ld
Tethers for Child ren."
restra ints.
Forward-facing chi ld restrai nts ma nufa ctured
If the convertible locking retractor shou ld be
after September 1, 1999, are requ ired by U.S.
activated inadvertently, the safety belt must
federa l regu lations to comply with new child
be unfastened and guided completely back in-
head movement performance req uirements.
to its stowed pos ition to deactivate th is fea-
These new performance req uirements make a
ture. If the convertible locking retractor is not
tether necessary on most new child seats.
deactivated, the safety belt will gradually be-
come tighter and uncomfortable to wea r. Installing a child restraint that requires a top
tether without one can seriously impair the
A WARNING performance of the child restra int and its abil-
Imprope rly insta lled child safety seats in- ity to protect the child in a coll is ion. Insta lling
crease the risk of ser ious personal inju ry a chi ld restraint that requires a top tether
and death in a collision. without the top tether may be a violat ion of
state law.
- Never unfaste n the safety belt to deacti-
vate the convert ible locking ret ractor for Child restraint manufacturers offer LATCH
child rest rain t s while the veh icle is mov- lower anchorages on their child seats with
ing. You would not be rest rained and hook-on or push-on connectors attached to
cou ld be seriously injured in an accident. adjustable straps.
- Always read and heed all WARNI NGS
In add ition to the LATCHlower anchorages,
whenever using a child rest rained in ave -
these chi ld restraint systems usually require
hicle is being used ¢ page 203. Special
the use of tether straps to he lp keep the chi ld
precautions apply when installing a ch ild
rest raint firmly in place.
safety seat on the front passenger seat
-A
¢ page 184, Child restraints on the front
WARNING
seat - some important things to know. -
Imp roper installat ion of child restra ints
will increase the ris k of injury a nd death in
a crash.
Child S a f ety 21 7
- Always follow the instructions provided Description

by the manufacturer of the ch ild re-
The lower anchorage positions are marked
straint you intend to install in your veh i-
for quick locating .
cle .
- Never install a child restraint without a
properly attached top tether strap if the
child restraint manufacturer's instruc-
t ions req uire the top tether strap to be
used.
- Improper use of child restra int LATCH
lower anchorage po ints can lead to injury
in a collis ion. The LATCH lower anchorage
poin t s are des igned to withstand only
Fig. 222 Second row of seats: lower anchorage bracket
those loads imposed by correct ly fit t ed locat ions
child restraints.
- Never mount two chi ld restraint systems
on one LATCH lower anchorage point .
- Never secure o r attach any luggage or
other it em to the LATCH lower anchorag-
es .
{i) Tips
- In Canada, the terms "top tether" with
"lowe r universa l anchorages" (or "lowe r Fig. 223 Third row of seats: locator buttons for lower
a nchorages
universa l anchorage bars") are used to
desc ribe the system .
Attachment locato r markers for lower
- In ot her countries, the term "ISOFIX" is anchorages
used to describe the lower anchorages.
The lower anchorage locations in the second
row of seats are indicated by the attachment
Location
locator marke rs of the lower anchorage brack-
ets¢ fig. 222. Remove the covers to access
the lower anchorage brackets . Circular locator
buttons on the third row of seats" indicate the
lower anchorage locations on the third row of
seats ¢ fig . 223.
Low er anchorages
The lower anc horage attachment points are
located between the rear seatback and rear
Fig. 22 1 Schematic overview : LATCHanc horage point seat cushion ¢ fig. 222 or¢ fig. 223.
locations
Lower anchorages secure the chi ld restraint in
The illustration shows the seating locations in the seat without using the vehicle's safety
your vehicle which are equipped with the low- belts. Anchorages provide a secure and easy-
M
"' er anchorages system. to-use attachment and minimi ze the possibili-
0
..J
"". ty of improper child restra int installation. .,..
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
21 8 Child S a f e t y
All child restraints manufactured after Sep-

tember 1, 2002, must have lower anchorage
attachments for the LATCH system.
Remember that the lower anchorage points 0

are on ly intended for installation and attach-
ment of child restraints specifically certified
for use with LATCH lower anchorages . Child
restra ints that are not equipped with the tow-
er anchorage attachments can still be instal- Fig. 225 Close-up: fitt ing the guidance fixture over the
led in compliance with the child restra int lower anchorage bracket
manufacturer's instruct ions on using vehicle
safety belts. The lower ancho rage attachment points are
located on the third row of seats between the
A WARNING seatback and the seat cushion. Special guid-
ance fixtures increase the conven ience of the
Improper use of LATCHlower anchorages
lower anchorages and help protect the seat
can cause serio us pe rsonal injury in an ac-
mater ial from possib le damage when instal-
cident.
ling ch ild restra ints .
- Always carefully follow the ch ild re-
strain t s manufac t urer's instruct io ns for In stalling the guid ance fixture s
proper installation of the child restraint
.,. Push down on the seat cushion so that the
and proper use of the lower anchorages
tower anchorages are vis ible.
or safety belts in your vehicle .
.,. Hold the guidance fixture with the part
- Never secure o r attach any luggage or
number facing downward and push it in the
ot her items to the LATCH lower ancho-
d irection of the arrow onto the anchorage
rages.
¢fig. 225 .
- Always read and heed the important in-
.,. Make sure that each of the t wo guidance fix-
formation about child restraints in this
t ures per sea t snaps into place.
chapter and WARNINGS ¢ page 203,
Child Safety. Removing the guidance fixtures
.,. Remove the ch ild restra int according the
Guidance fixtures for lower anchorages child restraint manufacture r's instructions .
Applies to vehicles: with third row seating .,. Push dow n on the seat cushion so that the
Special guidance fixtures increase the conven- lowe r ancho rages are vis ible.
ience of the lower anchorages and are availa- .,. Pull off the gu idance fixtures from t he lower
ble from your authorized Audi dealer. anchorages.
.,.Always remove the guidance f ixt ures and
keep them in a safe place when not in use .
You may find it easier to install chi ld re-

straints equipped with hooks attached to
straps witho ut the g uidance fixtures in place.
If this is the case, remove the guidance fix-
tures by pulling them off the anchorages.
However, the gu idance fixtures can help you
to locate the LATCH anchorages . ..,.
Fig. 224 Third row of seats: install ing the gu idance fix·
tures
Child S a f ety 219
_& WARNING Installing a child restra int with LATCH

lower anchorages
Improper use of tether anchorages or low-
er anchorages can cause serious personal Whenever you install a child restraint always
injury in a crash. f ollow the child res train t manufa cturer's in-
- Always carefully follow the child re- structions.
straint manufacturer's instruct ions for
proper installation and use of child re-
st raint systems.
- Never use the LATCHor tether anchorag-
es to attach safety belts or othe r kinds of
occupant restraints.
- Child restraint tether attachments a nd
lower attachments are only des igned to
secure a child res t raint t hat has been
equipped t o use these anchorages. Fig . 22 6 Lower anchorages: proper mount ing
- Tether anc horages and lower an chorages

Mounting
are desig ned to withstand o nly t hose
loads imposed by corre ctly fitted ch ild .. Make sure the seatback of the rear seat
rest raints . Under no circumstances can bench is in the upright pos ition and securely
they be used safe ly for adu lt or child latched in place.
safety belts or harnesses. .. At tach both hook-on connectors with the
- Never mount more than one child re- spring catch release on the child safety seat
st raint to a sing le tether or to a lower an- onto the LATCHlower anchorage so that t he
chorage point. Attac hing two child re- connecto rs lock into place ¢ fig . 226.
straints to a single anchorage point can .. Pull on t he con nector atta chme nts t o ma ke
cause the anchorage to fail and cause se- sure t hey are properly at tac hed to the LATCH
rious persona l injury in a crash. lower ancho rage .
.. Pull straps tight fo llowing the child restraint
(D Note manufact ure r's instruct ions .
- Remove the guidance fixtures before Releasing
fo ld ing the rear seatback to prevent
.. loose n t he tension on the straps following
damag ing the seat cushion.
t he child restraint manufac t urer's instruc-
- If you leave the guidance fixtures instal-
tions .
led for several days, they could leave a
.. Depress the spring catches to release the
mark on the upho lstery on the seat cush-
anchorage hooks from t he lower anchorag-
ion and backrest in the area that the
es.
guidance fixtures wer e insta lled. The up-
ho lst ery would a lso be permanently Remember: Use te t her st raps to help keep the
stretched around t he guid a nce fixtures. child restraint f irmly in place .
This applies especially to leat her seats.
'-
A WARNING
Imp roper use of the LATCHsystem can in-
crease the risk of serious personal injury
M
"' and death in an accident.
0
..J
'<I'.
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
220 Child S a f e t y
- These anchors were developed only for

child safety seats us ing the ''LATCH"sys-
tem.
- Never attach other child safety seats,
belts or other objects to these anchors.
- Always make sure that you hear a click
when latching the seat in place. If you do
not hear a click the seat is not secure and
cou ld fly forward and hit the interior of Fig. 228 Tet her anchors for t hird row of seats: attach-
the vehicle, or be ejected from the vehi- men t hook locations
cle.
The tether anchors for the three rear seating
A WARNING
-
positions in the second row of seats are locat-
ed underneath the seats in the back
Improper insta llation of chi ld restraints
c>fig. 22 7. For vehicles with third row seat-
will increase t he risk of injury in an acc i-
ing*, the tether anchors for the two seating
dent.
pos itions in the third row of seats are stored
- Always fo llow the child restraint system
underneath a plastic cover cap in the floor
ma nufacturer's instructions for proper
¢ fig . 228 .
installation of the child restraint system
and proper use of tether straps as we ll as A tether is a stra ight or V-shaped strap that
the lower anchorages or safety belts in attaches the top part of a ch ild restra int to
your vehicle. special anchorage po ints in the vehicle .
- Always read and heed the important in-
The purpose of the tether is to reduce the for-
format ion and WARNINGS about child
ward movement of the child restraint in a
safety and the installation of child re-
crash, in order to help reduce the risk of head
straint systems ¢ page 203, Child Safe-
injury that could be caused by striking t he ve-
ty.
hicle inte rior.
Forward facing child restraints manufactured
Tether anchors and tether straps
after September 1, 1999, are required by U.S.
federa l regu lations to comply with new child
head movement perfo rmance requ irements .
These new perfo rma nce req uirements make a
tether nece ssary on most new child safety
seats .
,&_WARNING
-=
Improper installation of child restraints
-
will increase the risk of injury and death in
Fig. 2 27 Tether anchors for second row of seats: at-
tachme nt hook locatio ns a crash.
- Always follow the instr uctions provided
by the manufacturer of the child re-
straint yo u intend to install in your Audi. ..,_
Child S a f ety 22 1
- Improper use of child restra int anchors Installing the upper tether strap on the
(incl uding tether anchors) can lead to in- anchorage
jury in a collision. The anchors are de-
signed to withstand only those loads im-
posed by correctly fitted ch ild restraints .
- Never mount two child restraint systems
on one LATCHlower anchor po int.
- Never attach two child restraint systems
to one tether strap or tether anchorage.
- Never attach a tether strap to a tie-down
hook in the luggage compartment.
- Never use child restra int tether ancho- Fig. 229 Tether st rap: proper rout ing and mounti ng
rages to secure safety belts or other

kinds of occupant restra ints.
- Never secure or attach any luggage or
other items to t he LATCHlower ancho-
rages or to the tether anchors.
- If a tether or other strap is used to at-
tac h a child restraint to the fro nt passen-
ger seat, make sure that it is not so
t ight, that it causes the we ight-sensing
Fig. 23 0 Tether strap fo r second row seat s: prope r
mat to measu re mo re weight than is ac-
routin g and moun t ing
t ual ly on the seat.
- The heav ier we ight reg iste red can make Installing the tether strap
the Advanced Airbag System wo rk as
... Release or deploy the tet her strap on the
though an adult were on the seat and de-
child res t raint accord ing to the child re-
ploy the Advanced Airbag when it must
st raint manufacture r's ins t ructions .
be suppressed causing serious or even
...Guide the upper tether strap unde r the rear
fatal injury to the child.
head restraint and into the rear cargo area
- If you must install a rearward facing
(raise the head restraint if necessary).
...For the second row of seats: Pull the floor-
seat because of exceptional circumstan -
ing back, in order to reach the anchor brack-
ces and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
et c:::>
fig. 230 .
...For the third row of seats:* Remove the
med iately install the rear-facing child
plastic cover cap with a screw drive r, in orde r
safety seat in a rear seating posi t ion and
to reach the anchor bracket c:::> page 220,
have the a irbag system inspected by you r
fig . 228.
Audi dealer.
.,.Slide the tether strap hook over the anchor
bracket .
...Pull on the tether strap hook so that the
spring catch of the hook engages .
.,.Tighten the tether strap firmly follow ing the
child restraint manufacturer's instructions .
M
.,.For the second row of seat s: Push the floor-
"'
0 ing forward into place again . 1iJJ,,
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
222 Child Safety
Releasing the tether strap weight registered can make the system
.. Loosen the tension following the child re- work as though an adult were on the seat
straint manufacturer's instructions. and deploy the Advanced Airbag when it
.. Depress the spring catch on the hook and re- must be suppressed causing serious or
lease it from the anchorage. even fatal injury to the child.
.. For the second row of seats: Push the floor- - If you must install a rearward facing
ing forward into place again. child safety seat on the front passenger
.. For the third row of seats:* Replace the seat because of exceptional circumstan-
plastic cover cap . ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
(D Note mediately install the rear-facing child
If you leave the child restraint with the
tether strap firmly installed for several
Audi dealer.
days, this could leave a mark on the up-
holstery on the seat cushion and backrest
in the area where the tether strap was in- Additional Information
stalled. The upholstery would also be per-
Sources of information about child
manently stretched around the tether restraints and their use
strap. This applies especially to leather
seats. There are a number of sources of additional
information about child restraint selection, in-
Using tether straps on rearward-facing stallation and use:
child restraints NHTSAadvises that the best child safety seat
Currently , few rear -facing child restraint sys- is the one that fits your child and fits in your
vehicle, and that you will use correctly and
tems come with a tether . Please read and
consistently.
heed the child restraint system manufactur-
er's instructions carefully to determine how to Try before you buy!
properly install the tether.
U.S National Highway Traffic Safety Admin-
& WARNING
istration
Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TIY: 1-800-424-9153)
A child in a rearward-facing child safety
http://www.nhtsa.gov
seat installed on the front passenger seat
will be seriously injured and can be killed if National SAFE KIDS Campaign
the front airbag inflates - even with an Ad- Tel.: (202) 662-0600
vanced Airbag System. http://www.safekids .org
- The inflating airbag will hit the child Safety BeltSafe U.S.A
safety seat or infant carrier with great Tel.: (800) 745 -SAFE (Eng Lish)
force and will smash the child safety seat Tel.: (800) 747-SANO (Spanish)
and child against the backrest, center http://www.carseat.org
armrest, or door .
- A tight tether or other strap on a rear- Transport Canada Information Centre
ward-facing child restraint attached to Tel.: 1-800 -333-0371 or call
the front passenger seat can put too 1-613-998-8616 if you are in the Ottawa area
much pressure on the weight-mat in the http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/roadsafety/
seat and register a heavier weight in the menu.htm
Advanced Airbag System. The heavier Audi Customer Relations
Tel.: (800) 822-2834
Intelligent technology 223
Intelligent technology oversteering and understeering or the whee ls

spinning . The vehicle is stabilized by applying •
Notice about data the brakes or reducing engine torque . Once •
recorded by vehicle the ESCis active, the indicator lightGI blinks
control modules in the instrument cluster.
The following systems are integrated in the

Your vehicle is not equipped with an Event Da-
ESC:
ta Recorder (EDR), installed by some manu-
facturers fo r the express purpose of capturing Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
data for retrieval after an accident or crash
ABS prevents the wheels from locking up
event. EDRsare sometimes called "crash re-
when braking. The vehicle can sti ll be steered
corders".
even during hard braking. App ly steady pres-
Some state laws restrict the retr ieval or down- sure to the brake pedal. Do not pump the ped-
loading of data stored by EDRsthat were inal. A pulsing in the brake pedal indicates that
stalled in a vehicle for the express purpose of the system is helping you to brake the vehicle.
retrieving data after an accident or crash
Brake assist system
event without the owner's consent.
The brake assist system can decrease braking
Although your vehicle is not equipped with an
distance. It increases braking power when the
EDR, it is equipped with a number of electron-
driver presses the brake pedal quickly in emer-
ic control modules for various vehicle systems
gency situations. You must press and hold the
such as, for example, engine function, emis-
brake pedal until the situation is over. In
sion control, as well as for the airbags and
vehicles with adaptive cruise control*, the
safety belts.
brake assist system is more sensitive if the
These electronic control modules also record distance detected to the vehicle ahead is too
vehicle-related data during norma l vehicle op- small.
eration for diagnostic and repair purposes.
The recording capacity of the electronic con- Anti-slip regulation (ASR)
trol modules is limited to data (no sound is re- ASR reduces engine power when the drive
corded) and only a small amount of data is ac- wheels begin to spin and adapts the force to
tually recorded over a very limited period of the road conditions . This makes it easier to
time and stored when a system fault or other start, accelerate and dr ive up hill s.
condition is sensed by a control unit. Some of
the data then stored may relate to vehicle Electronic differential lock (EDL)
speed, direction, braking as we ll as restraint The EDLbrakes wheels that are spinning and
system use and performance in the event of a transfers the drive power to the other wheels.
crash or other condition. Stored data can only This function is not available at higher speeds.
be read and downloaded with special equip-
In extreme cases, EDL automatically switches
ment.
off to help keep the brake on the braked wheel
from overheating. EDLwill switch on again au-
Electronic Stabilization tomatically when conditions have returned to
Control (ESC) normal.
M
Description
A WARNING
N
0
The Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) rein- - The ESCand its integrated systems can-
...J
'SI:
,...., forces driver safety. It reduces the risk of slip - not overcome the laws of physics. This is
\!)
1.1'1 ping and improves driving stability. ESCde- especially important on slippery or wet ~
,....,
1.1'1
,...., tects critical situations such as the vehicle
224 Int e llig e nt te chnol o g y
roads. If the systems begin acting to sta- are wet or covered with ice and snow.
bilize your vehicle, you should immedi- The drive wheels can spin even w ith
ately change your speed to match the these assistance systems that cannot al-
road and traff ic conditions. Do not let ways help to reduce the risk of loss of ve-
the increased safety provided by these hicle control.
systems tempt you to take risks. Doing
so w ill increase the risk of a loss of vehi- (D Tips
cle cont rol, coll ision and serio us personal - ABS and ASR only work correctly when
injuries. all four wheels are equipped with identi-
- Always adapt your speed to road, traff ic cal tires. Different tire sizes can lead to a
and weather condit ions. The risk of los- reduction in engine power.
ing contro l of the vehicle increases when - You may hear noises when the systems
driv ing too fast, especially t hrough described are working.
curves and on slippery or wet roads, and
when driving too close to vehicles up
- If the ind icator light DJ fil
or (USA
mode ls)/ ti] (Canada models) appears,
ahead. The ESCand its integrated sys-
there may be a malfunction <:;>
page 16,
tems cannot always prevent collisions -
<:;>page18 .
there is still a risk of accidents!
- Always accelerate with special care on
even, smooth surfaces such as those that
Switching on/off
ESC turns on automatically when you start the engine .
- Rocking the vehicle to free it when it is st uck

- Driving in deep snow or on loose ground
- Driving with snow chains
- Driving on rough terrain when much of the
car's weight is lifted off the whee ls (axle ar-
ticulation)
,.-------------., - Driving downh ill wh ile braking on loose
ground
------------------
Fig. 231 Upper cente r console: f'JOFF button
The follow ing situations are exceptions where

it may be useful to switch on offroad mode to
allow the whee ls to spin:
Offroad mode on Offroad mode off

Behavior The ESCand ASR stabilization funct ions The fu ll stab ili zation funct ion of the ESC
are limited <:;>
,&.. and ASR is availab le again.
Operation Press the I~ O FFI button . Press the I~ O F F I button again.
Indi cato r IJ t urnson. II turns off.
light s
Driver mes- Stabil izat ion cont rol ( ESC): Off road. St abil ization control (ESC): On
sages Warning! Restricted stability
Int e llig e nt technolog y 225
Hill descent control and -go city t raff ic or are driven hard, the
brake pads should be checked by your author- •
The hill descent control is switched on in off-
ized Audi dealer more often than specif ied in •
road mode. When slowly descending steep
gradients on loose ground or when the axles the Warranty & Maintenance booklet . Failure
to have your brake pads inspected can result
are articulated, hill descent control provides
assistance by automatically applying the in reduced brake performance.
brakes to keep vehicle speed constant. The ve- On steep slopes, you sho uld use the braking
hicle is also rendered easier to steer by selec- effect of the engine . This way, you prevent un-
tive distribution of braking force . Hill descent necessary wear on the brake system. If you
control intervenes when: must use your brakes, do not hold the brakes
- the accelerator pedal is not pressed, down cont inuously . Pump the brakes at inter-
vals.
- the vehicle is travelling less than 12 mph
(20 km/h), Noises may occur when braking depending on
- a steep gradient is detected, the speed, braking force and outside condi -
- wheel behavior indicates loose ground or t ions such as temperature and humid ity .
conditions with poor adhesion (e.g. also axle
Mo ist ure or road salt
articulation) .
Under certa in conditions, for example, when
Hill descent control operates both dr iving f or-
driv ing through water or very heavy rain, or
ward and in reverse. Active hill descent con-
even after washing your veh icle, the braking
trol is deactivated by pressing the accelerator
effect can be reduced due to moisture (or in
pedal until the conditions for act ivation al-
freez ing cond itions ice) on the brake pads. A
ready listed are met again.
few carefu l brake applications should dry off
A WARNING
the brake pads or remove any ice coatings.
You should only switch offroad mode on if When you are drivi ng at higher speeds with
your dr iving abilities and road conditions the windshield w ipers on, the brake pads wi ll
permit . briefly touch the brake discs in regular inter-
- The stabilization function is limited vals so as to improve reaction time when brak-
when offroad mode is switched on. The ing on wet surf aces. You, the drive r, wi ll not
dr iving wheels could spin and the vehicle notice anything .
could swerve, especially on slick or slip- The effect iveness of the brakes can be reduced
pery road surfaces. whe n the vehicle is driven on a salt- covered
- You should on ly switch offroad mode on road and the brakes are not used. Here too,
when driving offroad . you should clean off accumulated salt coat ing
from brake discs and pads with a few caref ul
(D Tips applications of the brake ~ & .
Offroad mode cannot be switched on when
Corrosion
adapt ive cru ise control* is switched on.
There may be a tendency for di rt to build up
on the brake pads and corros ion to fo rm on
Brake system
the discs if the car is not driven regularly or
Operating condit ions and driving hab it s only for short trips with litt le use of the
brakes.
M The brakes on today's automob iles are st ill
N
0
...J
subject to wear, depending largely on operat- If t he brakes are not used frequently, or if cor-
'SI:
,...., ing conditions and dr iving habits ~ & . On rosion has formed on the discs, it is advisable
\!)
1.1'1
,...., vehicles that are either driven mostly in stop- to clean off the pads and discs by braking .,.
1.1'1
,....,
226 Int e llig e nt te chnol o g y
firm ly a few times from a mode rately high accumu late on the brake pads, linings,
speed ¢ .&.. discs and drums. Carefully app ly brakes
for a test. Brakes will dry and ice coat-
Faults in the brake system
ings will be cleaned off after a few care-
If you should notice a sudden increase in ful brake applicat ions .
brake peda l travel, t hen one of the two bra ke - Driving for an extended period of time on
circuits may have failed ¢ .&.. salt-covered roads without using your
brakes can also affect braking efficiency .
Low brake flu id level
Clean off accumulated salt coating from
Malfunct ions can occur in the brake system if brake discs and pads with a few ca reful
the brake fluid level is too low. The brake fluid brake applications.
leve l is monitored electronically . - If you damage the front spoiler, or if you
Brake booster install a diffe rent spoiler, be sure the a ir
f low t o the front brakes is not obs t ruct-
The brake booster increases the pressure that ed . Otherwise the brake system could
you generate w ith the brake pedal. It only op- overheat reducing the effectiveness of
erates while the eng ine is running ¢ ,&.. the entire brake system .
Brake lining we ar st atu s - Failure of one brake circuit will impai r
the braking capability resulting in an in-
Brake lining wear may be checked by visual in-
creased stopping distance . Avoid driving
spection of the condition of the brake pads
the vehicle and have it towed to the near-
through the openings in the wheel. If neces-
est authorized Audi dea ler or qualified
sary, the wheel may be removed for this in-
workshop .
spection ¢ page 307 , Changing a wheel.
- Never let the vehicle roll to a stop with
A WARNING
-
the engine shut off.
If the brake booster is not working, the
- You should perfo rm bra king maneuve rs brake peda l must be pressed cons idera-
for the purpose of clean ing the b rake bly harder to make up for the lack of
system on ly if road condit ions permit. booster assistance.
Other road users must not be put at risk -
you may cause an accident!
- Before descending a steep grade, reduce
Servotronic - advanced
speed and shift transmission into a lower power steering system
gear or lower driving range. Do not ride The power steering systems uses the power of
the brakes or hold the pedal down too the running engine to allow precise steering
long or too often. This could cause the with Little effort.
brakes to get hot and dimin ish braking
efficiency . The advanced Servotronic power steer ing sys -
- Do not "ride the brakes" by resting your tem senses the road speed and electronica lly
foot on the pedal when you do not intend adjusts power assistance to provide comforta-
to brake . This may cause the brakes to ble and safe steering response exactly match-
overheat, premature wear and increased ed to the vehicle speed.
stopping distance. Power st eer ing will not work if the engine is
- Under certain climat ic and operating off. As a result, the steering wheel will be hard
condit ions such as passing through wa- to turn.
ter, driving in heavy ra in or after wash ing
the vehicle, the effect iveness of t he The powe r steering fluid level is checked d ur-
brakes can be reduced . In winter, ice can ing the sched uled maintenance services . ..,.
Int e llig e nt technolog y 22 7
(D Note Driving with your

•
If there is an electronic malfunction, ser- quattro •
votronic will still function like a conven- With all-wheel drive, all four wheels are driv-
tional power steer ing system, providing a en .
constant steer ing support force that is no
longer proportionate to the vehicle speed. General info rmation
This is most noticeable when turning the With all-wheel drive, power is distributed to
steer ing whee l at low speeds (for examp le all four wheels. This happens au t oma t ically
when parking), - more effo rt will be re- depending on your driving style and the road
qui red than usual. cond it ions at the time . See also ~ page 223 .
- Be awa re of the different than usual
Winter t i res
stee ring response and adjust your stee r-
ing force accord ingly . When d riving in the winter, your vehicle with
- Have the problem checked and set right all-wheel drive has an advan t age, even with
by an Aud i dealer as soon as possible . regular t ires. In winter road conditions it may
be advisable to mount winter tires (or all -sea -
(D Tips son tires) for improved driveability and brak-
- When the engine is runn ing, never hold ing: these tires must be mounted on all four
the steer ing whee l turned a ll the way to wheels. See also ~ page 298, Winter tires.
the right or to the left for longer than 15
Tire chains
seconds. The power st eer ing pump w ill
overheat the hydraulic fluid if you keep Where tire chains are mandatory on certain
ho lding the steering whee l turned a ll the roads, this normally also applies to veh icles
way. This is likely to damage the power with all-wheel drive ~ page 299, Snow
steering system . chains .
- If the power steer ing system should fai l Replacing w heels/ ti res
entirely, or if the engine is not running
(for example, while being towed), you Vehicles with a ll-wheel drive must always
will still be ab le to steer the vehicle . have tires of the same s ize . Also avoid tires
However, considerably more effort will with different tread depths . For deta ils see
be required to do so . page ~ page 291, New tires and replacing
- If the power steering system should tires and wheels.
have a leak, or is not functioning proper-
ly, contact your authorized Audi dealer
.8, WARNING
immediately. Always adj ust your dr iving to road and t raf-
- The power steering system requires a fic conditions . Do not let the extra safety
spec ially formulated hydraulic fluid . The afforded by all-wheel drive tempt you into
power steer ing reservo ir is the one locat- taking extra risks.
ed farthest to the rear on the left side of - Altho ugh the a ll-wheel drive is very ef-
the engine compartment ~ page 258 . fective, always remember that braking
The correct fluid leve l in the reservoir is capacity is limited by tire traction . You
important for proper functioning of the should therefore not drive at excessive
power steer ing . speeds on icy or slippery road surfaces.
M
- On wet road surfaces, be careful not to
N
0 drive too fast because the front wheels
...J
'SI:
,...., could begin to slide on top of the water
..,.,
\!)
(aquaplaning). If th is should occur, you
,....,
..,.,
,....,
228 Intelligent technology
will have no warning from a sudden in- Dynamic energy management

crease in engine speed as with a front- While the vehicle is being driven, dynamic en-
wheel drive vehicle. Always drive at ergy management distributes the energy gen -
speeds wh ich are suited to the road con- erated according to the needs of the individu-
ditions - risk of crash. al components. It regulates consumption, so
that more electrical energy is not being used
Energy management than is being generated and ensures an opti-
mal state of charge for the battery.
Starting ability is optimized
Energy management controls the distribution (!) Tips

of electrical energy and thus optimizes the - But even energy management cannot
availability of electrical energy for starting negate the limits of physics. Consider
the engine. that the power and life of a battery are
limited.
If a vehicle with a conventional energy system - If start ing ability is threatened, you are
is not driven for a long period of time , the bat- informed by a warning ¢ page 229,
tery is discharged by idling current consumers
Drivernotification in the instrument
(e.g. immobilizer) . In certain circumstances it
cluster display.
can result in there being insufficient energy
available to start the engine.
What you should know
Intelligent energy management in your vehi-
cle handles the distribution of electrical ener-
The highest priority is given to maintaining
gy. Starting ability is markedly improved and
starting capability.
the life of the battery is extended. The battery is severely taxed in short-distance
Basically , energy management consists of driving, in city traffic and during the cold time
battery diagnosis, idling current manage- of year. Abundant electrical energy is re-
ment and dynamic energy management. quired, but only a little is generated . It is also
critical if the engine is not running and electri -
Battery diagnosis cal components are turned on. In this in-
Battery diagnosis continuously determines stance energy is being consumed but none is
the state of the battery. Senso rs determine being generated.
battery voltage, battery current and battery It is in precise ly these s ituations that you will
temperature. This determines the current notice energy management active ly regu lat -
state of charge and the power of the battery. ing the distribution of ene rgy.
Idling current management Vehicle stands for an extended period
Idling current management reduces energy If you do not drive your vehicle over a period
consumption while the vehicle is standing. of several days or weeks, e lectr ica l compo-
With the ignition switched off, it contro ls the nents are gradually cut back or sw itched off.
energy supply to the various e lectrica l compo- This reduces energy consumption and ma in-
nents. Data from battery diagnosis is consid- ta ins starting capability over a longer period.
ered.
Take into consideration that when you unlock
Depending on the battery's state of charge, your vehicle, some convenience functions,
individual consumers are gradually turned off such as the interior lights or the power seat
to prevent excessive discharge of the battery adjustment, may not be availab le. The con-
and thus ma intain starting capability. venience functions will be availab le again
Intelligent technology 229
when you turn on the ignition and start the is shown in the instrument cluster display
engine. with the following driver message: •
•
With the engine turned off (•) I.ow battery charge: battery will be
charged while driving
If you listen to the radio, for example, with
the engine turned off or use other MMI func- This not ificat ion reminds you that the start ing
tions, the battery is being discharged. capability of the engine may be limited. As
soon as you start dr iving again, th e battery
If starting capability is jeopardized due to en-
will be recharged and t he not if icat ion will go
ergy consumpt ion, the following warning ap-
out.
pears in the MMI disp lay:
Driver notification appears and goes out
Please start engine, otherwise system will
again
switch off in 3 minutes.
If t his driver notification appears after the ig-
The warning ind icates that the system will be
nition is t urned on or whi le driving and it goes
turned off automatically after 3 minutes . If
out again after a while, the battery has been
you wish to cont inue using the functions, you
adequately recharged.
have to start the engine.
Driver notification appears and does not
With the engine running go out again
Although electrical energy is generated when If this driver notification appears after the ig-
the vehicle is being driven, the battery can be- nition is turned on or whi le driving and does
come discharged . This happens mostly when not go out again, the battery's state of charge
little energy is being generated and a great is not in the optimal range. Starting abili ty is
deal consumed and the battery's state of restricted. Havethe battery checkedas soon
charge is not optimal. as possible by an authorized Audi dealer or
To br ing the energy balance back into equili - qualified workshop.
brium, consumers which require especially
large amounts of energy are temporarily cut
back or swit ched off. Heating systems in par-
t icular requ ire a great deal of energy. If you
notice, for example , that the heated seats* or
the heated rear window are not heating, they
have been temporari ly cut back or switched
off. These systems will be available again as
soon as the energy balance has been restored.
You will also notice that engine idle speed has

been increased slight ly. This is norma l and not
a cause for concern . By increasing engine idle
speed the additiona l energy required is gener-
ated and the battery is charged.
Driver notification in the instrument

cluster display
M
N
0
If battery powe r drops int o the range where it
..J
'SI:
,...., can limit the ability of the engine to start, this
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
230 Driving and environment
Driving and {® For the sake of the environment

environment Do not drive with unnecessarily high en-
The first 1,000 miles gine speeds - upshifting early saves fuel,
reduces noise and protects the environ-
(1,500 km) and ment.
afterwards
New engine , New tires
The engine needs to be run-in during the first If your vehicle is runni ng on new tires, drive
1,000 miles (1,500 km). part icularly caref ul for t he first 350 miles
(500 kil omete rs) afte r fitt ing.
For the fir st 600 miles (1,000
kilometers) :
.,.Do not use full throttle.
A WARNING
New t ires tend to be slippery and must al-
...Do not drive at engine speeds that are more
so be "b roken-in" . Be sure to remember
than 2/3 of the maximum permitted RPM.
this dur ing the fi rst 350 mi les (500 kilo -
From 600 to 1,000 miles (1 ,000 to meters) . Brake gently . Avoid fo ll ow ing
1,500 kilomete rs): closely behind other vehicles or other sit-
uations that might require sudden, hard
.,.Speeds can gradually be increased to the
braking.
maximum permissible road or engine speed.
During and after break-in period

New brake pads
...Do not rev the engine up to high speeds
Remember that new brake pads do not have a
when it is cold. This applies whether the
full braking effect dur ing the fi rst 250 miles
transmission is in N (Neutra l) or in gear.
(400 kil omete rs) afte r they are insta lled.
After the break-in period
New brake pads have to be "burnished in" be-
...Do not exceed maximum engine speed unfo re t hey have optima l grab¢ A .
der any circumstances.
...Upshift into the next higher gear before During the break-in period, you should avoid
reaching the red area at the end of the tach- putting severe loads on the brakes. Severe
ometer scale ¢ page 10. loads include, for example, sudden hard brak-
ing, in particular at very high speeds or, for
During the first few hours of driving, the en- example, on mounta in passes.
gine's inter nal friction is higher tha n later
when all the moving parts have been broken A WARNING
in. How well this break-in process is done de- New brake pads don't have t he best stop-
pends to a conside rable extent on t he way the ping power and must be "broke n-in" dur-
vehicle is driven du ring the first 1,000 miles ing the in iti al 100 to 150 mi les (150 t o
(1, 500 kilome t ers). 20 0 kilometers) of normal city driving . You
can compensate for this by pressing the
(D Note
brake pedal more f irm ly. This also applies
Extremely high engi ne speeds are auto- later when new pads are installed.
mat ically reduced. However, these rpm
lim its are programmed for an engine well
run-in, not a new engine.
Dri v in g and en v ir o nm e n t 23 1
Catalytic converter - Do not exceed the correct engine oil level

page
c::> 261. •
Applies to vehicles: with gasoline engine
- Do not drive until the fue l tank becomes •
It is very important that your emission con-
completely empty. The engine cou ld mis-
trol system (catalytic converter) is function-
fire. Unburned fuel could also get into
ing properly to ensure that your vehicle is run-
the exhaust system and this cou ld cause
ning in an environmentally sound manner .
the catalytic converter to overheat.
...Always use lead-free gasoline c::>
page 248, - Do not turn off the ignition while the ve-
Gasoline . hicle is mov ing.
...Never run the tank down all the way to emp- - Do not continue to operate your veh icle
ty . under these conditions, as otherwise fuel
...Never put too much motor oil in your engine can reach the catalyt ic converter. This
page
c::> 261, Adding engine oil 't=r.. cou ld result in overheating of the con-
.,.Never try to push- or tow-start your veh icle. verter, requir ing its replacement.
- To assure efficient operation of the Emis-
The catalytic converter is an eff icient "clean-
sion Control System:
up" device built into the exhaust system of
- Have you r vehicle main t ained properly
the vehicle. The catalytic converter burns
and in accordance w ith t he se rvice rec-
many of the pollutants in the exhaust gas be -
ommendations in your Warranty &
fore they are released into the atmosphere.
Maintenance book let.
The exclus ive use of unleaded fuel is crit ically - Lack of proper maintenance as we ll as
important for the life of the cata lytic convert- improper use of t he vehicle will impair
e r and proper functioning of the engine. the function of the emission contro l
system and could lead to damage.
& WARNING
,~
The temperature of the exhaust system is @) For the sake of the environment
high, both when driving and after stopping Even when the Emission Control System is
the engine . operating properly, the exhaust gas can
- Never touch the exha ust tail pipes once have a sulfur-like exhaust gas smell under
they have become hot. This could result some operat ing states. This depends on
in burns. the sulfur content of the fuel being used .
- Do not park or operate the vehicle in Using a different brand of fuel may help,
areas where the hot exhaust system may or filling the tank with lead-free s uper
come in contact with dry grass, brush, g rade gasoline.
fuel spill or other material which can
cause a fire. Diesel particulate filter
- Do not apply additional undercoating or Appli es to vehicles: wit h diesel engine
rustproofing on or near the exhaust
manifold, exhaust pipes, catalytic con- The diesel part iculate filter filters nearly all of
verter or heat shields . During driving, the the soot pa rticles out of the exhaust . The fil-
substance used for undercoating cou ld te r clea ns itself automat ically under no rma l
overheat and cause a fire. driving cond itions. If the filter cannot clean it -
self (for example, because you are on ly driving
(D Note short distances), the filter becomes clogged
M
N - Be aware that just one tank f illing with
with soot and the II
symbol for the diese l
0
...J
particulate filter illuminates c::> page 36. ..,_
'SI:
,....,
leaded fuel will already seriously de-
\!)
1.1'1 grade the performance of the catalytic
,....,
1.1'1
,...., conve rter.
232 Dr iv ing and e n v ironm e nt
If you anticipate what you need to do next and

,8. WARNING drive economically, you can easily cut your
- Do not park your vehicle over flammable fuel consumption by 10-15 percent . This sec-
materials such as grass or leaves because tion will give you some tips on how you can
the high temperature of the diesel par- help the environment and your pocketbook.
t iculate filter could start a fire .
- Do not apply an underbody protectant in (D Tips
the exhaust system area or a fire could
The consumption estimates as published
start.
by ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONAGENCY
(EPA)and Transport Canada may not corre-
Avoid damaging the spond to your actual consumption on the
vehicle road, which will vary depending upon vehi-
cle load and speed, road and weather con-
When you are driving on poor roads, or over dit ions, trip length, etc.
curbs, steep ramps, etc., make certain that
low-lying parts such as spoilers and exhaust
· Drive smoothly and keep a lookout
system parts do not bottom out and get dam- ahead
aged.
Vehicles use the most fuel when they ore ac-
This is especia lly true for vehicles with low-
celerating.
slung chassis (sports chassis)* and fully load-
ed vehicles. ., Avoid unnecessary accelerating and braking.
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are ac-

Shutting down vehicle celerating . If you anticipate what is going to
If you would like your vehicle to remain inop- happen next, you will need to brake less and,
erative for a longer period of time, contact an thus, accelerate less. Let the vehicle coast
Audi or other specialized dealer . They can ad- whenever possible - for examp le when you see
vise you on necessary precautions e.g . corro- that the next traffic light is red.
sion prevention, maintenance and storage.
Pay attention to additional information con- Avoid full throttle
cerning the battery. Refer to c::>
page 266 .
Driving at moderate speeds saves fuel and
improves your mileage.
Operate your vehicle
economically and ., Try and keep well below your car's maximum
speed.
minimize pollution
Accelerating gently reduces fuel consump-
General
tion, engine wear, and does not disturb the
Your personal style of driving will determine environment.
the economy of your vehicle, as well as ex-
Fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and en-
haust and noise levels .
gine noise increase disproportionately at high
Fuel economy, environmental impact, and speeds. If you drive at approximately three
wear on your engine, brakes and tires largely quarters of top speed, fuel consumption will
depend on three factors: be reduced by one half. Never drive faster
than the posted speed limit and weather con-
- your personal driving style
ditions permit.
- operating conditions
- technical limitations
Driving and environment 233
Reducing unnecessary idling The amount of oi l used is related to engine

load and speed. •
Even when your car isjust idling it burns up •
fuel. It is normal for the oil consumption of a new
engine to reach its lowest value after a certain
11-Shut the engine off when you are not driving mileage has been driven.
the vehicle.
11-Do not warm up the vehicle by letting the
You must drive your veh icle about 3,000 miles
engine run at idle . (S,000 kilometers) before you can properly
assess oil consumpt ion.
It makes sense to shut off the engine in traffic
This also applies to fue l consumption and en-
jams, when waiting for trains to pass at rail-
gine output.
road crossings, or at traffic lights that have
long wa its on red. Turning the engine off for
(D Note
just 30-40 seconds saves more fue l than is
burned starting the eng ine again. - Have your veh icle ma inta ined properly
and in accordance with the service rec-
It takes a long time for the engine to warm up ommendations in your Warranty & Main-
fully when it is running at idle . However, wear tenance booklet. Lack of prop er mainte-
and noxious em issions are especially high nance as well as improper use of the ve-
when the engine is warming up. So you should hicle will impair the function of the
drive away as soon as you start the engine and emission cont rol system and could lead
avoid running at high rpms while the engine is to damage.
still warming up. - Do not alter or remove any component of
the Emission Control System unless ap-
(D Note
provedby the manufacturer.
Do not leave engine idling unattended af- - Do not alter or remove any device, such
ter starting. If warning lights should come as heat shield s, switches, ignition wires,
on to indicate improper operation, they valves, which are designed to protect
wou ld go unheeded. Extended idling also your vehicle's Emission Control System
produces heat, which could result in over- and other important vehicle compo-
heating or other damage to the vehicle or nents.
other property .
Fewer short trips
Regular maintenance
Fuel consumption will always be relatively
A badly tuned engine unnecessarily wastes a high on short trips .
lot of fuel .
Try to avoid driv ing short distances w ith a
11-
Have your vehicle serviced at regular inter-

11- cold engine.
vals.
The engine and cata lytic converter have to
By having your vehicle regularly serviced by an reach their optimal operating temperature to
authorized Audi dealer helps to ensure that it reduce fuel consumpt ion and noxious em is-
runs properly and economically. The condition sions effectively .
of your vehicle not only affects its safety and
Just after starting, a cold engine in a mid-size
abili ty to hold its value, it also affects fuel
M
car only achieves a fuel economy of 6-8 mi les
N consumption.
0
..J
per gallon (30-40 l/l00km). After about a
'SI:
,...., Checkyour oil each time you fill your tank. half a mile, fuel economy climbs to 12 mpg
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
(20 l/100 km). After about 2.5 miles (4 km), liJI,
1.1'1
,....,
234 Driving and environment
the engine is at its proper operat ing tempera -

ture and fue l economy has reached a norma l
level. So you can see that you sho uld avoid
short tr ips wheneve r possib le.
The outside temperature is also crit ical in t his

regard. Your car consumes more fuel in the
winter than in t he summer .
Driving off road 235
Driving off road A WARNING

- •
Driving in difficult road - Drive especially attentively and plan •
ahead in diff icu lt road conditions and
conditions and offroad
when off road. Excessive speed o r inco r-
General information rect maneuve rs can cause injuries and
damage to the vehicle.
The operation of the Electronic Stabilization
- Always adapt your speed and driving
Control (ESC) is expanded fo r operation away
style to road, offroad, t raff ic, and weath-
from paved roads. In situations where slip or a
e r condition s. Drive e spe cially slowly off-
differential lock ing funct ion is required, the
road when yo ur view is restricted.
offroad mode can be activated c::;,page 223.
- Please be aware that in offroad mode,
Hill descent control is a lso ava ilable in the off-
pa rti cularly on a smoo t h and s lippery
road mode, which automat ically brakes the
road, t he whee ls may have an increased
ve hicle and thereby keeps speed consta nt
tendency to spin and the vehicle may
when differe nt w heel speeds a re detected
break away - danger of skidding!
when descending a hill ¢page 22 5. Your Aud i
- Stability is limited in the offroad mode .
a lso has permanent a ll-wheel drive in addi-
tion.
Howeve r, your Aud i is no t a pure off road ve hi-
Avoid damage to the environment and re-
cle. It was not built for d riving unde r extreme
spe ct na t ure.
conditions, e.g. fo r trips that are in the nat ur e
of an expedition . @ Tips
Drive only on roads and offroad sections Only d rive where it is permitted and stay
which match the design of your vehicle and on marked roads and paths.
your abilitie s as a driver. Never t ake risks!
Before driving offroad Explanation of some technical terms
- Check the eng ine oi l level, t ire pressu re, The following data refer to ideal cond itions .
coolant level, and the fluid level in the w ind- Depend ing on ve hicle load and gro und condi-
shield washe r reservo ir. tions and the environment, the numbers may
- Stow luggage items a nd other objects in the vary . It is the driver's responsibility to decide
luggage compartment, and sec ure t hem whether a veh icle can overcome a specific s it-
against slid ing aro und. uat ion c::;,&, .
After driving offroad Gradient angle
- After trips off road, remove any twigs and The number of meters in altitude ga ined over
othe r foreign objects from the grill, the un- a distance of 109.4 ya rds or 100 meters
derbody and the wheels. Pay spec ia l atten- (grade) are given as a percentage or degrees.
t ion to fore ign ob jects (stones) which have Information about the grad ient the vehicle
become lodged in t he tire tre ad. can climb under its own power (depends in
- Clean t he body and the vehicle unders ide, part on the road surface and engine power).
and inspect the veh icle for possible damage. Maximum perm itted grade : 31 °
- Clean dirty w indows, headlamp lenses, rear
Ground clearance
M
N
ligh t s, and license plates .
0
...J - Perfo rm a brake check (particularly after The distance between the road surface and
'SI:
,...., the lowest point of the vehicle underbody.
\!)
t ravell ing throug h water).
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
236 Dr iv ing o f f road
- Vehicles with out air spring s: ground clear- Drive brisk ly through sandy or marshy offroad
ance: 8.1 in (204 .8 mm) sections and do not stop, if at all possible .
- Vehicles with adapt ive air suspension* :
Driving through w ater
maximum ground clearance: 9.4 in
(239.8 mm) at high level 2 Note the following to avoid vehicle damage
when driving through wate r, for example on
A WARNING flooded roads:
Exceeding the stated maximum figures - The water must not be any higher than the
can result in severe injuries or vehicle dam- bottom of the vehicle body.
age. - Do not dr ive faster than walk ing speed.
- All the information was gathered on lev-
el, firm and non-slippery road surfaces, Driving on a slope
and under dry weather conditions. If you ever find you rself not able to climb a
- Ideal conditions do not prevail offroad. slope, do not try to t urn around, drive back
Never utilize the maximum readings to down in reverse. Otherwise, you run the risk
their fullest, always leave a safety re- of tipp ing over.
serve.
If the vehicle th reatens to t ip over when
driving across a slope, you must immediate -
Driving tips ly steer downhill in the direction of th e
On poor road and offroad, there is always on- slope.
ly one motto : Plan ahead and drive slowly! Do not park your vehicle on steep slopes or
grades.
Please observe the following when dr iving
away from paved roads: To reduce the risk of t ipping over, drive on
slopes in th e direction of the downward slope
• Drive only on roads and offroad sections
(fall line) - not crosswise.
which match the design of your vehicle and
your abilities as a driver. Never take risks!
• Drive slowly and plan ahead!
A
- WARNING
• Take int o consideration t he ground clear- After driv ing through water, mud, slush,
ance of your vehicle . etc ., the brakes may be slow to take effect
• Activate the offroad mode Q page 223 as because of wet brake rotors and pads. Dry
needed. the brakes first by braking carefully to re-
• Use the hill descent control ~ page 225 store t he fu ll braking effect.
when driving down steep sections on hills.
(D Note
Unp aved road s and offroad
Vehicle components such as the engine,
Drive slowly on unfamiliar roads and unknown transmission, suspension or electrica l sys-
offroad sections, and look out for unexpected tem can be severely damaged by dr iving
obstacles (e.g. potho les, rocks, tree stumps , th rough water .
etc .).
To prevent the vehicle from bottom ing and

(D Tips
avoid damage to the underbody, you should - Check the depth of the water before d riv-
drive st raight across severe bumps in the ing through it .
ground with on ly one side of the vehicle so - Do not stop the vehicle, drive in reverse
that on ly two of your wheels cross the bumps. or switch the engine off when driving
through water.
Driving off road 237
- Keep in mind that oncoming vehicles

may create waves that raise the water •
level and make it too deep for yo ur vehi- •
cle to drive through safely.
- Avoid driving thro ugh salt water because
it can cause corrosion.
M
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
238 Trailer towing
Trailer towing Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a braking sys-
Driving with a trailer tem, check to be sure that it conforms to all
General information regulations.
Your Audi was designed primarily for passen- The trailer hydraulic brake system must not be
ger transportation . directly connected to the vehicle's hydraulic
brake system c:::>A .
If you plan to tow a trailer, please remember
that the additional load will affect durability, Safety chains
economy and performance . Always use safety chains between your vehicle
Trailer towing not on ly places more stress on and the tra iler.
the vehicle, it also calls for more concentra- Trailer lights
tion from the driver.
Trailer lights must meet all regulations. Be
For this reason, always follow the operating sure to check with your authorized Audi dealer
and driving instructions provided and use for correct wiring, switches, and relays.
common sense.
Mirrors
@ Note If you are unable to see the traffic behind you
If you are going to tow a trai ler, you must using the regular outside mirrors, then you
activate the trailer operation mode must install extended mirrors. It is important
page 161, Towing a trailer.
c:::> that you always have clear vision to the rear .
Technical requirements A
,-
WARNING
-
- If a trailer has electrical brakes please
Trailer hitch
note that these brakes are not activated
Use a weight-carrying hitch conforming to the by t he factory-fitted control unit - risk of
gross trailer weight. The hitch must be suita- accident!
ble for your vehicle and trailer and must be - After removing the trailer hitch, do not
mounted securely on the vehicle's chassis at a store it in your vehicle. In case of sudden
technically sound location . Use only a trailer braking, the hitch could fly forward and
hitch with a removable ball mount. Always injure you or your passengers.
check with the trailer hitch manufacturer to - Never install a "weight distributing" or
make sure that you are using the correct "load equalizing" trailer hitch on your ve-
hitch. hicle. The vehicle was not designed for
Do not use a bumper hitch.
these kinds of trailer hitches. The hitch
attachment can fail, causing the trailer
The hitch must be installed in such a way that to tear loose from the vehicle.
it does not interfere with the impact-absorb- - The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating for your
ing bumper system. No modifications should vehicle, found on the safety compliance
be made to the vehicle exhaust and brake sys- label on the driver's side B-pillar, must
tems. From tim e to time, check that all hitch never be exceeded under any circumstan-
mounting bolts remain securely fastened. ces. Exceeding the Gross Vehicle Weight
When you are not towing a trailer, remove the Rating of your vehicle is likely to damage
trai ler hitch ball mount. This prevents the your vehicle, and such damage will not
hitch from causing damage should your vehi- be covered by your Limited New Vehicle
cle be struck from behind c:::>A . Warranty. Exceeding the Gross Vehicle ~
Trailer towing 239
Weight Rating will also change the per- may not exceed 660 lbs (300 kg). With an af-
termarket trailer hitch, the maximum permis - •
formance and handling characterist ics of
your vehicle, which could cause a crash sible load on the ball hitch may not exceed •
result ing in serious injury or death . 550 lbs (250 kg). It is recommended to use
- The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating for your the maximum permissible load.
vehicle would be exceeded if your vehicle
Trailer load distribution
is simultaneously equipped with Panor-
amic sliding sunroof; th ird-row seating; Be sure the load in the trailer is held securely
trailer towing equipment (factory or in place to prevent it from shifting forward,
dealer-installed), and running boards backward or sideways.
(dealer-installed) . UNDERNO CI RCUM- Never allow a passengerto ride in a trailer
STANCESMAYALL SUCHITEMS BE IN- ¢ .& in Driving instructions on page 240.
STALLEDON THE SAME VEHICLE.
Ball mount
Operating instructions The trailer hitch may only be used w ith suita-
ble ball mount and ball ¢ fig. 232. Installa-
t ion of the hit ch ball must be carried out in ac-
cordance with the manufacturer's instruc-
tions. At the height dimension of 1.5 in
(38.5 mm) a tolerance of+/- 0.5 in (12 . 7 mm)
is perm issible.
E
1/1 E
1/1 Engine cooling system
... a)
MAX 6.9" m
MAX175mm Towing a trailer makes the engine work hard-
Fig. 232 Permitted ball posit ion of t he tra iler hitch
er. It is important that the cooling system's
performance is up to the additional load.
Trailer towing weights Make sure that the cooling system has enough
fluid .
W ith a factory-installed tra iler hitch, the
maximum permissible trailer we ight is 6,600 Tire pressure
lbs (3,000 kg). The maximum permissible un-
When towing a t railer, inflate the t ires of your
braked trailer weight is 1,650 lbs (750 kg).
vehicle to the cold tire pressure listed under
With an aftermarket trailer hitch, the maxi-
" Full load" on the tire pressure label. The tire
mum permissible t railer we ight is 5,500 lbs
pressure label is located on the driver's side B-
(2,500 kg). These specifications apply when
pillar . Inf late trailer tires to trai ler and t ire
driving on roads having an incline of less than
manufacturers' specificat ions.
12%.
Lights
Permissible tongue load
The headlight settings should be checked with
For best vehicle handling under these
the trailer attached before driving off . Check
changed conditions, adjust the trailer load so
to make sure both vehicle and trailer lights
that the tongue load is at the maximum al-
are working properly .
lowable or slightly lower. You can get an ap-
proximation of the tongue load with a bath- Safety chains
room scale or you can measure the load at a
M Be sure trailer safety chains are properly con-
N
trucking company or weighing station .
0
...J nected from the trailer to the hitch on the ve-
'SI:
,....,
\!)
With a factory-installed tra iler hitch, the hicle . Leave enough slack in the chains to per-
1.1'1
,...., maximum permissible load on the ball hitch mit turning corners. When you install safety Ill-
1.1'1
,....,
240 Trailer t owing
chains, make sure they will not drag on the duce your speed even more if load, weather or
road when you are driving . wind conditions are unfavorable - particularly
when going downhill.
The cha ins shou ld cross under the tra ile r
tongue to prevent it from dropping in case of Reduce veh icle speed immediately if the trail-
separation from the hitch. er shows the slightest sign of sway ing. Do not
t ry to stop the swaying by acceleratin g.
0 Note
Observe speed limits. In some a reas, speeds
If you are going to tow a tra ile r, you must for vehicles tow ing tra ile rs are lower than for
activa t e the t railer operation mode regular vehicles.
~ page 161, Towing a trailer.
Always apply brakes early. When driving
down hill, shift into a lowe r gear to use the en-
Driving instructions
gine braking effect to slow t he vehicle . Use of
Driving with a trailer always requires extra the brakes alone can cause them to overheat
core and consid eration. and fail.
To obta in the best poss ible handling of vehicle Coolant temperature

and tra ile r, please not e the following: The coo lant tempe ratu re gauge ~ page 10
.. Do not tow a loaded tra iler when your car it- must be observed caref ully. If t he need le
self is not loaded. moves close to the upper end of the scale, re-
.,.Be especia lly careful when pass ing othe r duce speed immediately and/or turn off the
vehicles . air conditioner.
.. Observe speed limits.
If t he coolant temperature warn ing light in
.. Do not drive at th e maximum permissible
the instr ume nt cluster starts flashing . , pull
speed. off the road , stop and let the engine idle for
.. Always apply brakes early. about two min utes to prevent heat build -up .
.. Monitor the temperature gauge.
Weight di stributio n A
"--
WARNING
-
Anyone not proper ly restrained in a mov-
Towing a loaded trai ler with an empty car re-
ing vehicle is at a much greater risk in an
sults in a high ly unstable distribution of
accident. Never let anyone ride in your car
weight . If this cannot be avoided, drive at very
who is not properly wearing the restraints
low speeds only to avoid the risk of losing
provided by Audi .
steering control.
A "balanced" rig is eas ier to operate and con -

Trailer towing tips
trol. This means that the tow vehicle should
be loaded to the extent possible and permiss i- Important to know
ble, while keeping the trailer as light as possi-
Your vehicle handles d ifferently when towing
ble under the circumstances. Whenever possi-
a trai ler because of the additional weight and
ble, transfer some cargo to the luggage com-
different weight distr ibut ion. Safety, perform-
pa rtment of the tow veh icle wh ile observing
ance and economy will great ly depend on how
tongue load requirements and vehicle loading
carefully you load your tra iler and operate
considerations .
your rig .
Speed
Before you act ua lly tow your tra iler, practice
The higher t he speed, t he more difficult it be- turning, stopping and backing up in an area
comes for the driver to control the rig . Do not away from traffic. Keep pract icing unt il you
drive at the maximum permiss ible speed . Re-
Trailer towing 241
have become comp letely familiar with the way .. Start the engine.
your vehicle-trailer combination behaves and .. Move the selector lever to D. •
responds. .. Release the parking brake and slowly pull •
out and away from the wheel chocks.
Backing up is difficult and requires practice.
.. St op and have someone retr ieve the wheel
Backing up with a trai ler genera lly requires
chocks.
steering action opposite to that when backing
up your vehicle without a trailer .
(D Tips
Maintain a greater distance between your ve-
If you move the selector lever of the auto-
hicle and the one in front of you. Youwill need
matic transmission to P before applying
more room to stop . To compensate for the
the parking brake and before blocking the
trai ler, you will need a larger than norma l
whee ls, you may have to use more force
turning radius.
later to move the lever out of the P posi-
When passing, remember that you cannot action.
celerate as fast as you normally would be-
cause of the added load . Make sure you have
enough room to pass. After passing, allow
plenty of room for your tra iler before chang-
ing lanes aga in.
Avoidjerky starts, sharp turns or rapid lane
changes.
@ Tips
- Do not tow a traile r during the break-in
period of your vehicle.
- If you tow a trailer, your Audi may re-
quire more frequent maintenance due to
the extra load ¢ page 326.
Parking on a slope
Do not park on a slope with a trailer. If it can-

not be avoided, do so only after doing the fol-
lowing:
When parking:
.. Apply the foot brake .
.. Have someone place chocks under both the
vehicle and the trai ler wheels .
.. With chocks in place, slowly release the
brakes until the wheel chocks absorb the
load .
.. Turn the wheels towards the curb .
.. Apply the parking brake.
M
N .. Move the selector lever to P.
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
When restarting after parking:
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
.. Apply the foot brake.
242 Vehicle care and cleaning
Vehicle care and sure and spraying dist ance. Do not aim the
spray direct ly at seals on side windows, doors,
cleaning
t he hood, the rear lid or the sunroof* or at
General information t ires, rubber hoses, insulating material, sen-
sors" or camera lenses*. Keep a dista nce of at
Regular, proper care helps to maintain your least 16 inches (40 cm) .
vehicle's value. It can also be a requirement
when subm itting warranty claims for corro- Do not remove snow and ice with a pressure
sion damage and paint defect s on t he body. washer.
The required cleaning and care prod ucts can Never use rotary nozzles or high pressure noz-
be obtained from your authorized Audi dealer zles.
or a qualified workshop. Read and follow the The wate r te mperature must not be above
instr uctions for use on t he packaging . 140 ° F (60 ° ( ) .
A WARNING
-
Automatic car washes
- Using cleaning and care products incor- Spray off the vehicle befo re washing .
rectl y can be dange rous to your health .
Make sure that the w indows and roof * are
- Always store cleaning and care produc t s
closed and the winds hield wipers are off. Fol-
out of reach of childre n t o reduce the risk
low instructions from the car wash operator,
of poisoning.
especially if there are accessories attached to
your vehicle .
If possible, use car washes that do not have
- Preferably use environmentally-frie ndly
brushes .
products when buying cleaning agents .
- Do not dispose of leftover cleaning and Wa shing by hand
care produ cts with household trash .
Clean the vehicle starti ng from the to p and
wor king down using a soft sponge or cleaning
Car washes brush. Use solvent-free clean ing products .
The longer deposits remai n on t he vehicle, the Washing vehicles with matte finish paint
mo re the surface can be damaged. High tem- by hand
perat ures such as those caused by sunli ght in-
To avoid damaging the paint when washing,
crease t he damaging effe ct s.
first remove dust and large particles from
Before washing, wet heavy deposit s w ith plen- yo ur vehicle. Insects, grease spots and fi nger-
ty of wate r. pr ints are best removed w ith a special cleaner
for matte finish paint .
Stubbor n deposits such as bird dropp ings or
tree sap are best removed with plen ty of wa- Apply t he prod uct using a microfiber cloth. To
ter and a microfiber cloth . avoid damaging the paint surface, do not use
too much pressure.
Also, wash the underside of your vehicle once
road salt stop s being used for the season. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with water. Then
clean using a neutra l shampoo and a soft mi-
Pressure washers
crofiber cloth.
When wash ing your vehicles w ith a pressure
Rinse the vehicle thoro ughly again and let it
washer, always follow the operating instr uc-
air dry. Remove any water residue using a
tions provided w ith the pressure washer. This
shammy.
is especially important in regard to the pres-
V e hicl e ca re a nd cl ea nin g 243
& WARNING
- To prevent paint damage, do not wash
the vehicle in direct sunlight. •
- Only wash the vehicle when the ignition - To reduce the risk of damage to the sur- •
is off and follow the instructions from face, do not use insect removing spong-
the car wash operator to reduce the risk es, kitchen sponges or similar items.
of accidents.
- Matte finish painted vehicle compo-
- To reduce the risk of cuts, protect your-
nents:
self from sharp meta l components when
- To reduce the risk of damage to the
washing the underbody or the inside of
surface, do not use polishing agents or
the wheel housings.
ha rd wax .
- After washing the vehicle, the braking ef-
- Never use car wash cycles that apply
fect may be delayed due to moisture on
protective wax. It can destroy the
the brake rotors or ice in the winter . The
matte fin ish effect .
brakes must be dried first with a few
- Do not place any stickers or magnet ic
careful brake applicat ions .
signs on vehicle parts painted w ith
matte fin ish paint. The pai nt cou ld be
{[) Note
damaged when t he stickers or magnets
- If you wash the vehicle in an automatic a re removed.
car wash, you must fold the exterior m ir-
rors in to reduce the risk of damage to @ For the sake of the environment
the mirrors . Power folding exterior m ir-
Only wash the ve hicle in facilities spe cially
rors* must only be folded in and out us-
designed for that purpose . This will red uce
ing the power folding function.
the risk of dirty water contam ina t ed with
- Compare the track of your vehicle w ith
oil from entering the sewer system.
the d istance between the gu ide ra ils of
the faci lity- there is a risk of damage to
the wheels and tires.
- Compare the height and width of you r
vehicle with the he ight and width of the
tunnel at the facility.
Cleaning and care information

When clea ning and caring for individua l vehi - nents that are not listed, refer t o an author-
cle components, refe r to t he fo llowing tab les. ized Audi dealer or a qualified workshop . Also
The information contained there is simply rec - follow the information fo und in ¢ .& .
ommendations. For questions or for compo -
Cleaning ext erior

Component Situation Solution
Wipe r blades Dirty c:>page 69, Cleaning windshield wiper blades
Headligh ts/ Dirty Soft sponge with a m ild soap so lutiona >
tail lights
Sensors/ Dirty Sensors: soft cloth w ith a so lvent-free cleaning product
M
N camera lenses Came ra lenses : soft cloth with an alcohol -free cleaning
0
...J solution
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!) Snow/ice Hand brush/so lvent-free de-icing spray
,....,
..,.,
,....,

Wheels Road sa lt Water
Brake dust Acid-free special cleaning so lution
Exhaust tail Road sa lt Water, cleaning solut ion suitable for sta inless steel, if
pipes necessary
Decorative Dirty Mild soap solutional, a clean ing solution su itab le for
parts/ sta inless steel, if necessary
trim
Paint Paint damage Refer to the paint number on the veh icle data label, re-
pair with touch up pa int¢ page 323
Spilled fuel Rinse with water immediately
Rust film Rust film remover, then protect with hard wax; fo r ques-
tions, refe r to an a uthor ized Audi dea le r or a qualified
workshop
Corrosion Have it removed by an authorized Aud i dealer or a quali-
fied workshop
Water no longer Protect with hard wax (at least twice per year)
beads on the surface
of clean paint
No sh ine even Treat w ith suitable polish; then apply pa int protectant if
though paint has the polish that was used does not con ta in any protec-
been protected/ tant
paint looks poor
Deposits such as in- Dampen with water immed iately and remove with a mi-
sects, bird drop- crofiber cloth
pings, tree sap and
road salt
Grease-based con- Remove immediately with a mild soap solution al and a
tam inants such as soft cloth
cosmetics or sun-
block
Carbon parts Dirty Clean tlhe same way as painted parts ¢ page 242 , Car
washes
a) Mild soap sol ut ion: max im um two tab lespoo ns neut ral soap in 1 quart (l l it er) of water
Cleaning interior

Windows Dirty Glass cleaner, then wipe dry
Decorative Dirty Mild soap solutiona)
parts/
trim
Plastic parts Dirty Damp cloth
Heavily soiled Mild soap solutional, solvent-free plast ic cleaning solu-
t ion, if necessary
V e hicl e ca re a nd cl ea nin g 24 5
Component Situ at ion Solution

•
Displays Dirty Soft cloth with LCDcleaner
•
Co ntrols Dirty Soft brus .h, then a soft cloth with a mild soap solut iona)
Safety bel ts Dirty Mild soap solutional, allow to dry before letting them re -
tract
Textiles, Stains adher ing to Vacuum cleaner
Vinyl, the surface
Alcantara Water -bas ed stains Absorbent cloth and mild soap solutiona>
such as coffee, tea,
blood, etc.
Oil-based stains Apply a mild soap solutiona), blot away the dissolved oil
such as oil, make- or dye, treat afterward with water, if necessary
up, etc .
Special stains such Special st ain remover, blot with absorbent material,
as ballpoint pen, treat afterward with mild soap solution a>, if necessary
nai l polish , latex
pa int, shoe polish,
etc.
Natural lea the r Fresh stains Cotton cloth with a mild soap solutiona )
Water-based stains Fresh stains: absorbent cloth
such as coffee, tea, Dried stains: sta in remover suitable for leather
blood, etc .
Oil-based stains Fresh stains: absorbent cloth and stain remover suitable
such as oil, make- for leather
up, etc. dried stains: Oil cleaning spray
Special sta ins such Sta in remover sui t able for leather
as ballpoint pen,
nai l polish , latex
paint, shoe polish,
etc.
Care Regularly apply condit ion ing cream that protects from
light and penetrates into the mater ial. Use specially-col-
ored condit ion ing cream, if necessary.
Carbon part s Dirty Clean the same way as plastic parts
al Mild soap sol ut ion: maximum two tablespoons neutral soap in 1 quart (1 l iter) of water
_&.WARNING -
@ Note
The windshield may not be treated with - He adlight s/ tail ligh t s
wate r-repelling windsh ie ld coating agents. - Neve r clean headlights or tail lights
Unfavorab le conditions such as wetness, with a dry cloth or sponge .
darkness, or low sun can result in in- - Do not use any cleaning product that
M
N
creased glare . Wiper blade chatter is a lso contains alcohol, because they could
0
...J possible. cause cracks to form .
'SI:
,....,
\!) -Whe e ls
1.1"1
,....,
1.1"1
,....,
- Never use any paint polish or other - Safety belts

abrasive materia ls. - Do not remove the safety belts to clean
- Damage to the protective layer on the them.
rims such as stone chips or scratches - Never clean safety belts or their com-
must be repaired immediately . ponents chemically or with corrosive
- Sen sors/ camera le nse s f luids or solvents and never allow
- Never use warm or hot water to re- sha rp objects to come into contact
move snow or ice from the camera with the safety belts. This could cause
lens. This could cause the lens to crack. damage to the bel t webbing.
- Never use abrasive cleaning materials - If there is damage to the webbing, the
or alcohol to clean the camera lens. connection s, the ret racto rs or the buck-
This could cause scratches and cracks . les, have them repla ced by an author-
- Windows ized Audi dealer or a qualified work-
- Remove snow and ice on windows and shop.
exte rior mirrors with a plastic scraper . - Textiles/Viny l/Alcantara
To avoid scratches, move the scraper - Never treat Vinyl/Alcantara with leath-
only in one direction and not back and er care products, solvents, floor polish,
forth. shoe polish, stain remover or similar
- Never remove snow or ice from win- products.
dows and m irrors using wa rm or hot - To avoid damage, have stubborn stains
water because this cou ld cause cracks removed by an autho rized Audi dea le r
to form. or a qualified workshop .
- To avoid damage to the rear window - Never use steam cleaners, brushes,
defogger, do not apply any stickers on hard sponges,etc. when cleaning.
the heating wires on the ins ide of the - Do not turn on t he seat heating* to dry
window. the seat.
- Decorative parts/ trim - Objects with sharp edges s uch as zip-
- Never use chrome care o r cleaning pers, rivets on clothing or be lts can
products. cause damage to the surface.
- Paint - Open hook and loop fasteners, for ex-
- To reduce the risk of scratches, the ve- ample on cloth ing, can damage seat
hicle must be free of dirt and d ust be- covers . Make sure hook and loop fas-
fore polishing or waxing. tene rs are closed .
- To prevent paint damage, do not polish - Natural leather
or wax the veh icle in direct sun light . - Neve r trea t leat her wit h solven ts , floo r
- To reduce the risk of paint dama ge, do polish, shoe polish, stain remover or
not polish away rust film. similar products.
- Remove cosmet ics and sunblock imme - - Objects with sharp edges s uch as zip-
diately. Otherwise, the paint could be pers, rivets on clothing or be lts can
damaged . cause damage to the su rface.
- Displays - Neve r use st eam cleaners, br ushes,
- To avoid scratches, do not use dry hard sponges, etc . when cleaning .
cleaning methods on displays. - Do not t urn on the seat heating * to dry
- Controls the seat.
- To help preve nt t he leat her from fad -
- Make s ure that no f luids ente r the con-
ing, do no t leave t he vehicle in d irect
t rols, because th is could cause dam-
sunlight for long per iods of t ime. If
age .
Vehicle care and cleaning 247
leaving the vehicle parked for long pe-

riods of time, you should cover the •
leather to protect it from direct sun- •
light.
@ Tips
- Insects are eas ier to remove from paint
that has been fresh ly waxed.
- Regu lar waxing can prevent rust fi lm
from forming.
M
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1"1
,....,
1.1"1
,....,
248 Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank
Fuel supply and filling ratings t hat can usually be found on the fi ll er
pump:
your fuel tank
- Premium Grade: 91 - 96 AKI
Fuel supply
- Regular Grade: 87 - 90 AKI
Gasoline
Appl ies to vehicles: with gasoline engine Explanation of the abbreviations:
Using the right fuel helps keep the environ- AKI = Anti Knock I ndex = (R+M)/2 = (RON
ment clean and prevents engine damage . +MON)/2
Fuel recommendation RON= Research Oct ane Number
The fuel recommended for your vehicle is un- MON = Motor Octane Number.
leaded premium grade gasolin e. Audi recom-
mends using TOP TI ER Det ergent Gasoli ne
(D Note
wit h a minimum octane rat ing of 9 1 AKI (95 - Do not use any fue l w it h octane rat ings
RON). For more inform at ion on TOPTIER De- lower tha n 87 AKI or 91 RON othe rwise
tergent Gasoline, please go t o t he off icial expensive engine damage w ill occur.
websi t e (www.t opt iergas.com) . - Do not use leaded gasoline. The use of
leaded gasoline w ill severely damage
The recommended gasoline octa ne rating for
yo ur vehicl e's catalytic converter and its
your engine can also be f ound on a label locat-
ability to control exhaust em issions .
ed on the inside of the f uel filler flap . This rat-
ing may be specified as AKI or RON.
Blended gasoline
Your veh icle may also be operated using un- Applies to vehicles: with gasoline engine
leaded regular gasoline with a minimum oc-
tane rating of 87 AKI/91 RON. However, using Use of gasoline containing alcohol or
MTBE (methyl tertiary butyl ether )
87 AKI/91 RON octa ne fue l wi ll slightly re-
duce eng ine perfo rmance . You may use unleaded gasoline blende d wit h
alcohol or MTBE (commonly referred to as
Use unleaded gasoline only. Unleaded gaso-
oxygenates) if the blende d mixture meets t he
li ne is available th rougho ut t he USA, Canada,
f oll ow ing criteria:
and in most European countries . We recom -
mend that you do not ta ke your vehicle to Blend of gasoline methanol (wood alcohol or
areas or countries where unleaded gasoline methyl alcohol)
may not be available.
- Anti -kno ck index must be 87 AKI or higher.
For mo re informat ion on refue ling your vehi- - Blend must contain no more t han 3% meth-
cle, see ~ page 250. anol.
- Blend must contain more than 2% co-sol -
Octane rating
vents.
Octane rating ind icates a gasoli ne's ability to
Blend of gasoline and ethanol (grain alcohol
resist engine dam aging "kno ck" caused by
or ethyl alcohol)
premature ign ition and detona t ion. Therefore,
buying the correct grade of gasoli ne is very - Anti -knock index must be 87 AKI or higher .
important to help prevent possible engine - Blend must not conta in mo re tha n 15%
damage and a loss of engine performance. ethanol.
Gasoline most commonly used in t he Unite d Blend of gasoline and MTBE
States and Canada has the following octane
- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher. IJll,
Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank 249
- Blend must contain not more than 1S% brands include additives to keep engine and
MTBE. fuel systems clean, they are not equally effec- •
tive . •
Seasonally adjusted gasoline
Audi recommends using TOP TIER Detergent
Many gasoline grades are blended to perform
Gasoline . For more information on TOP TIER
espec ially we ll for winter or summer driving.
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the official
During seasonal change-over, we suggest that
webs ite (www.toptiergas.com).
you fill up at busy gas stat ions where the sea-
sonal adjustment is more likely to be made in After an extended per iod of using inadeq uate
time . fuels, carbon deposit build-ups can rob your
engine of peak performance.
(D Note
- Methanol fuels which do not meet these CDNote
requirements may cause corrosion and Damage or ma lfunct ion due to poor fuel
damage to plastic and rubber compo- quality is not covered by the Audi New Ve-
nents in the fuel system. hicle Limited Warranty.
- Do not use fue ls that fail to meet the
specified criter ia in this chapter. Diesel fuel
- If you are unable to determine whether Applies to veh icles: with diesel engine
or not a particular fue l blend meets the
specifications, ask your service station or Always use ULSD(Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel)
its fuel supp lier. No. 2. The ULSDNo. 2 meets the ASTMD97S.
- Do not use fuel for which the contents Diesel fuel with concentrations of biodiesel
cannot be identified. highe r than S % such as Bll, B2O or BlOO are
- Fuel system damage and performance strictly prohib ited .
problems resulting from the use of fuels
Service stat ion fuel pumps are labeled with
different from those specified are not
the cor rect fuel informat ion for easy recogn i-
the responsibility of Audi and are not
tion by the user. If the diesel fue l pump is not
covered under the New Vehicle or the
labeled ask the station operator what fuel is
Emission Control System Warranties.
being dispensed before filling up your vehicle.
- If you experience a loss of fuel economy
or driveability and performance prob- ULSDNo. 2 may not be available outside the
lems due to the use of one of these fuel USAand Canada. Be sure to check before trav-
blends, we recommend that you switch eling to other countries .
to unblended fuel. ULSDNo. 2 can become thicker in very cold
temperatu res, and this can impair the en-
Gasoline additives gine's start ing and running. Depending on the
Applies to vehicles : wit h gasoli ne engine season, gas stations provide ULSDNo. 2 that
flows better in cold temperatures so that you
A majo r concern among many auto manufac-
can continue operating your vehicle as usua l.
ture rs is carbon deposit build-up caused by
the type of gasoline you use.
CDNote
Although gasoline grades differ from one - Your vehicle's diesel engine was de-
manufacturer to another , they have certain signed soley for use with ULSDNo. 2.
M
N things in common. All gasoline grades contain Therefore, never use gasoline, heating
0
...J substances that can cause deposits to collect oil, other fuels or flow improvers. These
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!) on vital engine parts, such as fuel injectors conta in substances that will severely
,....,
..,., and intake valves. Although most gasoline damage the fuel system and the engine . .,.
,....,
Such damage will not be covered by your such fuel containers . Make certain the con-
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. tainer meets industry standards (ANSI/
- If you put any amount of incorrect fue l in ASTM F852 - 86).
the fue l tank, do not start the engi ne un-
der any circumstances. Immediately con- (D Note
tact the nearest authorized Audi dealer
Never drive your vehicle until the fue l tank
or authorized Audi Service Facility for as-
is completely empty. The irregu lar supply
s istance. These fuels contain substances
of fue l can cause misfiring. Gasoline could
that can severely damage the fuel sys-
enter the exhaust system and damage the
tem and the engine if the engine is start-
catalytic converter .
ed.
Refuelling
Fuel tank
Fuel filler neck
The fuel filler neck is located on the right rear
side panel behind the fuel filler flap.
If the power locking system should fail, you

can st ill open the flap manually - for detailed
instructions see c;,page 252.
You can find the fue l tank capacity of your ve-

Fig. 233 Right rear vehicle side: Opening the fuel filler
hicle in c;,page 325. flap
The label on t he inside of the fue l filler flap
tells you the cor rect fuel for you r vehicle. Fo r
more information about fuel specifications,
see c::>page 248.
Your veh icle fuel tank has an on-board refuel-

ling vapor recovery system . This feature helps
to prevent fu el vapors from escaping from the
tank and polluting the environment while you
refuel your vehicle. In order to fill the tank Fig. 234 Fuel cap hoo ked on t he opened fuel filler flap
properly whi le protecting the env ironment,
please follow t his refueling procedure careful- When add ing fuel, the ignit ion and any cellu-
ly. lar phones in the veh icle must be switched
off. When activating the central locking, the
A WARNING fuel filler flap is automatically un locked or
Under normal operating conditions, neve r locked. Refuel th e vehicle with the ign it ion
carry add itiona l fuel containers in you r car. turned off.
Gas canisters and other containers used to
Taking the fuel cap off
transport fue l can be dangerous. Such con-
tainers, full or empty, may leak and could .,.To open the fue l filler flap, press on the left
cause a fire in a collision. If you must side of the f lap c;,fig. 2 33 -arrow-.
transport fue l to use for yo ur lawn mower, .,.Unscrew fue l filler cap coun te r-clockw ise
snow blower, etc., be very careful and al- and hang it on the fue l filler flap c;,fig. 234 . .,._
ways observe local and state laws regard-
ing the use, transportation and storage of
~ Check the lab e l on the inside of the fuel fill- - Never smoke or have an open flame any-
er flap to determine if the vehicle must be •
where in or near your vehicle when refu-
fueled with gasoline or diesel fuel. eling or filling a portable fuel conta iner . •
- For your safety, we strongly recommend
Refuelling procedure
that you do not travel with a portable
~ Inse rt the fuel nozzle from the gasol ine fuel container in your vehicle . The con-
pump into the fue l filler neck as far as it will tainer, full or empty may leak and could
go. cause a fire, especially in a crash.
~ Se lect a medium refuelling rate so that the - If, under exceptional circumstances, you
no zzle switches off automatica lly when the must t ransport a portable fuel container,
tank is full. please observe the following:
Putting the fuel cap back on - Never fill a portable fuel container
while it is anywhere in or on the vehicle
~ After filling your tank, twist the fuel filler
(for example, in the luggage compart-
cap clockwise as far as it will go.
ment, or on the trunk). Stat ic electrici-
~ Close the fuel filler flap .
ty can build up while filling and can ig-
To avoid fuel spi lling or evaporating from the nite fuel vapors causing a fire .
fuel tank always close fuel filler cap properly - Always place a portable fuel conta iner
and comp lete ly. An improperly closed fuel fill- on the ground before filling.
er cap may also cause the MIL lamp r=) page 2 7 - Always keep the filler no zzle complete-
to come on (only vehicles with gasoline en- ly inside the portable container before
gine) . and dur ing filling .
- If filling a portable container made of
A WARNING metal, the filler nozzlemust alwaysbe
Improper refueling or handling of fuel can in contact with the conta iner . This will
cause fire, explosion and severe burns. help prevent static electric ity from d is-
- Fuel is highly flammable and can cause charging and cause a fire .
severe burns and other injuries . - Never spill fue l inside the vehicle or
- Failure to shut the engine off while refu- luggage compartment. Fuel vapo rs are
eling and/or to insert the pump nozzle highly flammable .
fully into the fuel filler neck could cause - Always observe local and state/provin-
fuel to spray out of f iller neck or to over- cia l laws regarding the use, storage
flow. Fuel spray and ove rflow ing fuel can and transportation of fuel containers .
cause a fire. - Make certain the fuel container meets
- Never use a cellular telephone wh ile re- industry standa rds (ANSI/ ASTM
fueling. The electromagnetic radiation F852 - 86).
can cause sparks that can ign ite fue l va-
pors and cause a fi re. (D Note
- Never get back into you r vehicle while re- If any fuel has sp illed onto the car, it
fueling. If in exceptiona l circumstances shou ld be removed immediately to prevent
you must get back in your vehicle whi le damage to the paint.
refueling, make certain that you close
the door and touch metal to discharge @ For the sake of the environment
M
static electricity before touching the fill- As soon as the correctly operated nozzle
N
0
er nozzle again. Static electricity can switches off automat ica lly for the first
...J
'SI:
,...., cause sparks that can ignite fuel vapors time, the tank is full. Do not try to add
\!)
1.1'1 released during refueling. more fuel because fuel may spill out . In
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
addition, the expans ion space in the fuel

tank will be filled - causing the fuel to
overflow when it becomes warm and pol-
lute the environment.
@ Tips
- Running your engine while refuelling
may cause vapors to escape or even
cause fue l to spill out of the tank. This Fig. 236 Luggage compa rtment: Emergency opening
would then shut off the fuel nozzle be- of fue l fille r flap
fore the tank is full.
- Do not refuel your vehicle w ith the igni- .. Remove the right-side trim panel with the
tion turned on. The fuel gauge may oth- aid of a screwdriver ¢ fig. 235.
erwise not ind icate the correct fuel level .. Pull the loop down in the direction of the ar-
after refuell ing. row to unlock the fuel filler flap ¢ fig. 236.
- Diesel veh icles* are equipped with a die-
sel misfueling protector. It allows the Selective catalytic
vehicle to be fueled only w ith a diesel reduction
fuel pump nozzle. A worn or damaged
nozzle or a nozz le that is too small may General information
not be able to open the diesel misfueling Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine
protector. If this is the case, try turning
On vehicles with selective catalytic reduction,
the nozz le before inserting it in the fue l
an urea solution (AdBlue) is injected into the
filler neck, use a different fuel pump or
exhaust system before a nitrogen oxide cata-
see your authorized Audi dealer or au-
lytic converter to reduce nitrogen emissions.
thorized repair facility for assistance.
The Ad Blue is stored in a separate tank in the
vehicle. The AdBlue usage accounts for ap-
Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand
proximately 0.5% to 1.2% of the diesel fuel
You con open the fuel filler flop by hand if the that is used .
power locking system should foil.
You must refill the AdBlue or have it ref illed
by your authorized Audi dealer or qualified
workshop as soon as the Ad Blue refill mes-
sage appears in the instrument cluster
¢ page 254 .
&_ WARNING
• e
~
Failure to heed AdBlue refill info rmation in

the instrument cluster can prevent the ve-
hicle from being started and dr iven. If the
Fig. 235 Luggage compartment: Prying cover open
vehicle cannot be driven and an emergency
arises, personal injury can occur.
- Always have the AdBlue tank refilled we ll
before the tank runs dry. .,.
Fu e l s uppl y and filli n g your fuel t a nk 253
@ Tips
Refill Ad Blue! No
resta rt ! See owner's manual
- The instrument cluster display indicates
the distance remaining that can be driv- This message appears when the Ad Blue t ank
page 253. If the AdBlue tank is
en c::.> is emp ty. Please add AdBlue . Ot herw ise you
completely empty, the engine will not will not be able to start the engin e aga in once
start again after the ignition is sw itched you stop it .
off . When t he min imum Ad Blue leve l has bee n
- AdBlue is required by law to operate this reached, you m ust add Ad Blue c::.>
page 254.
vehicle .
¢,fjFilling incorrectly
Indicator in the instrument cluster If the AdBlue tank was filled with a different
display fl uid than AdBlue and the system detects t hat
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine it is inco rrect, a message will appear.
The display indicates if the Ad Blue level is low AdBl ue ,/' 600 m i (1000 km) AdBlue!
or if it was filled incorrectly . No restart in 600 mile s ( 1000 km)! See own-
er's manual
This message appears w hen it is on ly possible

to dr ive the distance indicated in the d river in-
fo rmat ion system . Drive to the nearest quali-
fied wor kshop to have th e malfunction re-
paired. Othe rwise the eng ine will not sta rt
again if you stop it once the distance indicated
has been driven .
Fig. 23 7 In str ume nt cluster : ind icat or in the disp lay AdBlue : system
fault . No restart! See owner' s manual
AdBlue level low
This message appears if the system detects it
You will be info rmed if the AdBlue in t he tank was filled inco rrectly . Drive immediate ly to
drops be low a certain leve l. the nearest qualified wor kshop to have t he
AdBlue /9 1500 mi (2400 km) Refill malfu nction repaired. Ot he rwise you w ill not
Ad Blue. See owner 's manual be able to star t the eng ine again on ce you
stop it.
This indicator appears when there is only
enough AdBlue left to dr ive the d istance ind i-
cated in the d river informat ion system . Please
add AdBlue.
AdBlue /9 600 mi (1000 km) Refill

Ad Blue! No restart in 600 miles ( 1000 km)!
See owner's manual
This ind icator appe ars when t here is only

e nough AdBlue left to dr ive the d istance ind i-
cated in the d river informat ion system . Please
M ad d AdBlue. Otherw ise the eng ine will not
"'
0
..J st art aga in if you stop it once the dist a nce in-
"".
rl
I.O
d icated has been driven .
"'
rl
"'
rl
Filling AdBlue • Press ligh t ly against the bottom of t he bot -

Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine tle @ to empty it. Continue pressing the
bottom of the bottle unt il it is empty or un -
A special refill bottle must be used to fill the
til f lu id stops flow ing into the tank.
AdBlue .
• Turn the bottle to t he left without pressing
on the bottom .
Clos ing the filler tube

• Turn the cap clockwise on the filler tu be
with the lug wrench until you hear it t ighten
completely .
• Close the tank cover.
After filling
Fig. 238 Right rear vehicle side: removing the Ad Bl ue
The vehicle must be driven . The system may
cap
take up to two minutes to detect that the
AdBlue has been filled.
• If the re was no Ad Blue left in the t ank and a

range of O mi (0 km) was displayed in the
instrument cluster, switch the ignition on
for about 15 seconds before start ing the en-
gine.
Fig. 2 3 9 Ad Blue filler t ube: insert ing the refill bott le

A
>=
WARNING
AdBlue can irritate the s kin, eyes and res-
pirat o ry system . If there is contac t wit h
The AdBlue filler tube is located near the die-
the fluid, flush immediat ely with plenty of
sel filler tube . Always add 1 gallon (3 .8 liters)
wat er. Cons ult a phys icia n if necessa ry.
of AdBlue (two bottles). This is the m inimum
amount requ ired to ensure the system detects
the ref illing a nd to start the engine . The AdBl-
(D Note
ue tank capac ity is approximate ly 6 ga llons - Only use AdBlue that conforms to the
(2 3 liters) . standard ISO 22241-1. Do not mix a ny
add itives with th e AdBlue and do not d i-
Opening the filler tube and adding lut e it with water.
AdBlue
- Do not add Ad Blue to the d iese l tank or
Requirement : The requ est to add AdBlue must ad d diese l fue l to t he AdBlue tank . Mix-
appear in t he instr umen t cluste r display. ing can lead to d am age to t he e ngine
and t he AdBlue ta nk system. The Lim ite d
• Switch the ign ition off.
New Ve hicle Wa rranty does not cover
• Ope n th e tank cover ¢ page 250 .
such damage .
• Turn the cap counte rclockw ise wit h the lug
- Ad Blue attacks surfaces s uch as paint ed
wrenc h fro m the veh icle tool kit t o remove it
vehicle components, p lastic a nd carpet.
¢fig. 238.
Remove t he fluid as quickly as possible
• Remove the cap from the refill bottle.
with a damp clot h and plenty of cold wa-
• Pos ition the refill bott le on the filler tube
and tu rn the bottle clockwise until it stops ter. If the AdBlue has already crystal-
turning (D ¢ fig . 239. lized, use warm water and a sponge. .,..
AdBlue residue that is not removed will

crystallize and can damage the affected •
surface. •
- Do not store the refill bott le in the vehi-
cle. If it leaks, the escaping AdBlue could
damage the vehicle interior.
- Do not allow AdBlue to come into con-
tact with clothing. If there is contact
with the fluid, flush immediately with
plenty of water.
(D Tips
- You can obtain refill bott les from any au-
thorized Audi dealer or other qualified
workshop.
- Follow the AdBlue manufacturer's in-
structions for usage and storage.
M
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
256 Che cking and filling
Checking and filling A

- WARNING
Engine hood Hot engine coolant can burn you.
- To reduce the risk of being burned, never
Releasing the engine hood open the hood if you see or hear steam
The engine hood is released from inside the or coolant escaping from the engine
vehicle. compa rtment . Wait unt il no steam or
coolant can be seen or heard before care-
fu lly openi ng t he hood.
Closing the engine hood
.. Pull the hood down unt il the pressure from

t he stru t s is reduced .
.. Let t he hood drop down and latch in place.
Do not try to push it shut; it may fail to en-
gage ¢ &_ .
Fig. 2 4 0 Driver's s ide footwell: eng ine hood release
lever
.. With the driver's door open, pull the lever -A WARNING

A hood that is not completely latched
-
under the instrument panel in the direction could fly up and block your view while dr iv-
of the arrow ¢ fig. 240. ing.
The hood pops up slight ly under spring pres- - W hen you close the engine hood, check it
sure. to make sure the safety catch has proper-
ly engaged . The hood should be flush
wit h the surrou nding vehicle body parts.
Opening the engine hood
- If you notice while dr iving t hat t he hood
is not secured properly, stop at once and
close it .
Working in the engine compartment
Be especially careful whenever you work in

the engine compartment .
Whenever you must perform any work in the

Fig. 241 Release lever under the eng ine hood engine compartment, for example checking
and filling different fluids, th ere is a risk of
Before opening t he engine hood, make sure injury, burns and accidents. To prevent per-
that the windsh ield w ipers are flat against the sonal injury always observe the following
windshie ld. Otherwise, they could damage the WARNINGS. The engine compartm ent of any
paint on the hood . vehicle is a hazardous area ¢ &, .
.. Lift the hood slight ly¢ &_ .

.. Pull up on the release unde r the hood
A WARNING
¢ fig . 241 . This releases the catch. To help avoid injury, before yo u check any-
.. Open the hood all the way. thi ng under t he hood:
- Turn off the engine.
- Remove t he ignit ion key.
Checking and filling 257
- Apply the parking brake. - First, fully apply the parking brake,
•
- Move selector lever to P (Park). move selector lever to P (Park).
- Always use extreme caution to prevent •
- Always let the engine cool down. Hot
components will burn skin on contact. clothing, jewelry, or long hair from get-
- To reduce the risk of being burned, never ting caught in the radiator fan, V-belts
open the hood if you see or hear steam or other moving parts, or from contact-
or coolant escaping from the engine ing hot parts . Tie back hair before
compartment. Wait until no steam or starting, and do not wear clothing that
coolant can be seen or heard before care- will hang or droop into the engine.
fully opening the hood. - Minimize exposure to emission and
- Keep children away from the engine com- chemical hazards ~ &. .
partment .
- Never spill fluids on hot engine compo- A WARNING
nents. They can cause a fire. California Proposition 65 Warning:
- Never touch the radiator fan. The auxili- - Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,
ary electric fan is temperature controlled and certain vehicle components contain
and can switch on suddenly. or emit chemicals known to the State of
- Never open the coolant reservoir cap California to cause cancer and birth de-
when the engine is still warm. The cool- fects and reproductive harm. In addition,
ant system is pressurized and hot cool- certain fluids contained in vehicles and
ant could spray out . certain products of component wear con-
- Protect your face, hands and arm from tain or emit chemicals known to the
steam or hot engine coolant by placing a State of California to cause cancer and
thick rag over the cap when you open the birth defects or other reproductive harm.
coolant reservoir . - Battery posts, terminals and related ac-
- Do not remove the engine cover under cessories contain lead and lead com-
any circumstances . This increases the pounds, chemicals known to the State of
risk of burns. California to cause cancer and reproduc-
- If work on the fuel system or the electri- tive harms. Wash hands after handling.
cal system is necessary:
- Always disconnect the battery . Q) Note
- Never smoke or work near heaters or When adding fluids, always make sure that
open flames. Fluids in the engine com- they are poured into the proper container
partment could start a fire. or filler opening, otherwise serious dam-
- Keep an approved fire extinguisher image to vehicle systems will occur .
mediately available.
- To avoid electrical shock and personal in- @ For the sake of the environment
jury while the engine is running or being To detect leaks in time, inspect the vehicle
started, never touch: floor pan from underneath regularly . If
- Ignition cables you see spots from oil or other vehicle flu-
- Other components of the high voltage ids, have your vehicle inspected by an au-
electronic ignition system. thorized Audi dealer.
- If you must perform a check or repair
M
with the engine running:
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
258 Checking and filling
Engine compartment
These are the most important items that you can check.
Fig. 242 Typical layout for containers, engine oil dipstick and engin e oil fille r cap
(D W indshield/head lig ht washer Engine oil

.
cont ainer (;R
,....) .............. . 270
@ Coolant expansion tank (-L) .. . Engine oil specifications
263
@ Engine oi l filler cap ('t".:r.) . . . . . . 261 The engine oil used must conform to exact
© Engine oil dipstick .......... . 260 specifications .
® Brake fluid reservoir ((0)) ..... . 265
The service interva l disp lay in t he instrument
® Power steering reservoir . . . . . . 226 cluster of your vehicle will inform you when it
(j) Jump start connector( +) under is time for an oil change . We recommend that
a cover,( ·) with hex head screw 268,317 you have your oil changed by an authorized
The position of the engine oil fi lling hole and Audi Service Advisor.
the engine oil dipstick r=;,fig. 242 (position ® If you have to top off the oil between oil
and @ ) can vary according to the type of en- changes, use the Audi oil quality standard
gine . specified in the table.
_&.WARNING -
Audi oil quality standard
Before you check anything in the engine Gasoline VW 502 00 or

compartment, always read and heed all engine vw 504 00
WARNINGS ¢ .&. in Working in the engine Diesel vw 507 00
compartment on page 256. engine
Checkin g and fillin g 259
Using the proper engine oil is important for from engine to engine and may change over
the functionality and service life of the en- the life of the engine. Engines tend to use •
gine. Your engine was factory -filled with a more oil during the break-in period than they •
high-quality oil which can usually be used do afterward, when oil consumption has sta-
t hroughout the entire year. bili zed. Depending on the way the vehicle is
driven and the operati ng conditions, oil con-
sumption can be up to 1 quart per 1,200
Your Limited New Vehicle Warranty does mil es(! lite r per 2,000 km) . Consumption
not cover damage or ma lf unctions due to may be higher wi t hin t he fi rst 3,000 m iles
fa il ure to follow recommended mainte- (5,000 km) .
nance and use requirements as set forth in Under normal cond itions, the rate of oil con-
the Audi Owner's Manual and Warranty & sumption depends on oil quality as well as vis-
Maintenance booklet . cosity, engine speed (rpm), outs ide tempera-
- Use only a high quality engine oil that ex- ture, road condi t ions, t he amount of oil dilu-
pressly complies w ith the Audi oil quality t ion caused by condensed water or fue l resi-
sta ndard specified for your vehicle's en- due, and oxidation of the oi l. Oil consump t ion
gine . Using any other oil can cause seri- may increase with engine wear over time, un-
ous engine dam age. ti l replacement of worn engine parts may be-
- Do not m ix any lubrica nts or othe r addi- come necessary.
tives into the engine oi l. Doing so can
Because of all these variables, there is no
cause engine damage.
standard or "norma l" rate of oil consumption .
We urge you to check the engine oil level at
regular intervals, preferably every time you
If you need to add oil and there is none
fill the fuel tank, and always before a long
availab le t hat meet s the Audi oil quality
trip.
st andard your engine requires, you may
add a tota l of no more than 0.5 quart/ liter The oil pressure wa rning light. is not an
of a high -quality "synthetic"oil t hat meets indicato r of low engine oil level. If the warn-
the f ollowing specifications. ing light does not go out after starting, or
- Vehicles with gasoli ne engine: ACEAA3 flash es while driving (above 1500 rpm), a
or API SM with a viscosity grade of buzzer will sound . It indicates that the oil
SAE OW-30, SAESW-30 or SAE SW-40. pressure is too low. Stop the engine immedi-
- Vehicles with diesel engine: ACEAC3 or ately, check the engine oil level and add oil if
API CFwith a viscosity grade of necess ary. If the e ngine oil level is normal,
SAE OW-30 or SAESW-30. but the light continues to flash , do not keep
- For more information about engine oi l driving or let the engine idle, as dam age may
that has been approved for your vehicle, occur.
please contact either your authori zed If you believe your engine uses too much oil,
Audi dealer or Audi Customer Relations we recommend that you consul t your author -
at 1 (800) 822 -2834 or visit our web site ized Audi dealer so that the cause of your con-
at www.a udiusa.com or cern can be proper ly diagnosed . Keep in mind
www.aud icanada.ca. that accurate measurement of oil consump-
tion requires great care and may t ake some
Eng ine oil consumption time . Your Audi dealer has inst ruct ions for
M
N how to measure oil consumption accurately . I),
0
...J To provide effect ive lubrication and cooling for
'SI:
,....,
\!) internal engine parts, all inte rnal combust ion
1.1'1
,...., engines use some oil. Oil consumption varies
1.1'1
,....,
260 Ch eck ing and filling
& WARNING INGS ~ .&. in Working in the engine compart-

ment on page 256.
Stop! Before working in the engine com-
partment, always read and heed all WARN- Determin ing oil level
INGS ~ A in Working in the engine com- • Park yo ur vehicle so that it is horizontally
partment on page 256 . The engine com- level.
pa rt ment of any motor ve hicle is a poten- • W hile at operat ing state tempe rature, brief-
tially da ngerous area and can cause ser i- ly let the engine run at idle and then shu t it
ous personal injury. off .
.. Wait approx. two minutes .
.. Pull out the oil dipst ick. W ipe off the oil dip-
- The eng ine depends on o il to lubr icate stick w ith a clean cloth, and slide it back in
and cool a ll of its moving pa rts. The en- as far as it w ill go.
gine o il m ust be che cked reg ularly and • Pull it back out and read off the o il level
kept at the required leve l. ~ fig. 243 o r ~ fig. 244. Top off the eng ine
- Make it a habi t to have the eng ine oi l lev- oil, if applicable ~ page 261.
el checked every t ime you fill the fue l
tank .
Oil level within range 0
- Too litt le engi ne oil may cause seve re e n- • Do not add oil.
gine damage.
Oil leve l within range @
• You can add oil. Afterwards, the oil leve l
Checking the engine oil level
should be within range G).
The dipstick indicates the engine oil level.
Oil level within range 0
• You must add oil. Afterwards , the oil leve l
should be wit hin range G).
The oil leve l needs to be checked at regular in-

te rva ls. The best ti mes to do th is are whenev -
er you refuel a nd prior to long t rips .
Depend ing on the way the vehicle is dr iven

and the ope rat ing cond itions, oi l consumption
Fig. 24 3 Illustrat ion of principle 1: Markers on oil dip - can be up to 1 quart pe r 1,200 m iles (I liter
st ick per 2,000 km). Consumption m ay be higher
within t he first 3,000 miles (5,000 km) .
Fig. 2 44 Illust rat ion of principl e 2: Markers on oil dip-

st ick
Before you chec k anythin g in the eng ine com-

partment, always read and heed all WARN-
Checkin g and fillin g 26 1
Adding engine oil ~ Contact an authorized deale rship to draw

off oil, if necessary. •
- Audi does not recommend the use of oil •
additives. They may damage the engine
and adversely affe ct your New Vehicle
War ranty.

- Under no circumstances can the oil come
in contact with the sewage network or
Fig. 245 Engine compartment : cover on the engine oil the soi l.
filler neck - Observe and follow legal regulations
when disposing of empty oil containers .
Before you check anything in the engine com-
partment, always read and heed all WARN-
· Changing the engine oil
ING S 9 Ain Working in the engine compart-
ment on page 256 . Engine oil must be changed at intervals listed
in the Warranty & Maintenance booklet.
"' Shut the engine off.
"' Unscrew the cap~ to the engine oil fill ing The engine oi l and oil fi lter must be changed
hole 9 fig. 245, 9 page 258, fig. 242 . according to the mileage and time intervals
"' Carefully top off with 0.5 quarts (0.5 liters) specified in your vehicle's Warranty & Mainte-
of the appropriate oil 9 page 258. nance booklet. Do not exceed these intervals -
"' Check the oil level again after two minutes harmful sludge and deposits from old engine
9 page 260, Checking the engine oil level. oil can reduce engine performance and can
"' Top off the oil again, if necessary. lead to expensive engine repairs.
"' Screw the cap back on the filling hole and
slide the oil dipst ick in as far as it will go . Changing oi l at regular intervals is so very im-
portant because the lubricat ing properties of
A WARNING
oil decrease gradually during normal vehicle
use. If you are not sure when to have the oil
Stop! Before work ing in the engine com- changed, ask your authorized Audi Service Ad-
partment, always read and heed all WARN- visor.
INGS 9 .&.in Working in the engine com-
partment on page 256. The engine com- Under some circumstances the engine oil
partment of any motor vehicle is a poten- shou ld even be changed more often than
tially dangerous area and can cause seri- specified for normal use. Change oil more of-
ous personal injury. ten if you often dr ive short distances, operate
the vehicle in dusty areas or mostly under
A WARNING stop- and-go t raffic conditions, or when you
use your vehicle where temperatures stay be-
Spilled oil is a fire hazard.
low freezing point f or long periods.
- The oil fille r cap must be properly se-
cured to prevent oil from being sprayed Detergent additives in the oil will make fres h
on the hot engine and exhaust system oil look dark after the engine has been ru n-
when the engine is running. ning for a short time. This is normal and is not
M
a reason to change the oil more often than
N
0 recommended. ll>-
..J
'SI:
,...., - The oil level must not be above range ~
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,., - danger of converter or engine damage!
,....,
262 Ch e ck ing and filling
- Always dispose of used oil properly. Nev-

8_ WARNING
- er dump it on garden soil, in wooded
Stop! Before working in the engine com- areas, into st reams or down sewage
partment, always read and heed all WARN- drains.
INGS ~ .&.in Working in the engine com- - Recycle used oil by taking it to a used en-
partment on page 256 . The engine com- gine oil collection facility in your area, or
partment of any motor vehicle is a poten- contact a service station.
tially dangerous area and can cause seri-
- We strongly recommend that you have
ous personal injury. your oil changed by an authorized Audi
dealer or a qualified workshop with the
8_
,,,__
WARNING
. special tools and expert ise required, and
If you must change the engine oil in your proper means of disposal.
vehicle:
- Always wear eye protection . Engine cooling system
- To reduce the ris k of burns from hot en-
gine oil let the engine cool down to the Coolant
touch. The engine coolant performs two functions: it
- Whe n removing the oil drain plug with keeps the engine from overheating and it pro-
your fingers, stay as far away as possible. tects the engine from freezing in the winter.
Always keep your forearm paralle l to the
ground to help prevent hot oil from run- The cooling syst em is sealed and generally re-
ning down your arm. quires little attention.
- Drain the oi l into a container designed The cooling system has been fi lled at the fac-
for this purpose, one large enough to tory with a permanent coolant which does not
hold at least the total amount of oil in need to be changed. The coolant consists of a
your engine. mixtu re of specially conditioned water and the
- To reduce the risk of poisoning, never use manufacturer's g lycol -basedcoolant add i-
empty food or beverage containers that tive Gl 3 antifreeze with anticorrosion addi-
might m islead someone into dr inking tives (SO% for USA mode ls; 60% for Canadian
from them. models). This mixture both assures the neces-
- Engine oil is poisonous. Keep it well out sary frost protection and protects metal com-
of the reach of children. ponents in the engine's cooling system from
- Continuous contact with used engine oil corrosion and scaling. It also raises the boil-
is harmful to your skin. Always protect ing point of t he coolant .
your skin by washing thoroughly with
Do not reduce the concentration of the cool-
soap and water .
ant in the summer by adding plain wate r. The
proportion of coo lant additive must be at
(D Note
least 50 °/4 but not more than 60 °/4 to main-
Never mix oil additives with your engine ta in ant ifreeze protect ion and cooling eff icien-
oil. These additives can damage your en- cy. If the coolant fros t protection is too low,
gine and adversely affect your Audi Limit- the coolant could freeze and damage the vehi-
ed New Vehicle Warranty. cle heating and engine cooling system.
@i For the sake of the environment For year-round driving, antifreeze is added at
t he factory fo r temperatures down to:
- Before changing the oil, first make sure
you know where you can properly dispose - -31°F(-35°C)USA
of the old oil. - - 40 °F ( - 40 °C) Canada.
Checkin g and fillin g 26 3
If you must add coolant, use a mixture of wa- Checking the engine coolant level
ter and coolant additive. Mixing the coolant
The engine coolant level can be checked with
addit ive with distilled water is recommended .
a quick glance .
.&_WARNING -
Before you check anything in the engine
compartment, always read and heed all
WARNINGS ¢ .&. in Working in the engine
compartment on page 256 .
(D Note
- Before winter sets in, have the coolant
checked to see if the coolant additive in Fig. 24 6 Engine compartm ent: Coolant expansion ta nk
your vehicle is suffic ient to meet the cli-
mate cond itions . This is especially impor- Befo re you check anyth ing in the eng ine com -
tant if you live in a region where the w in- partment, always read and heed all WARN-
te r is extremely cold. If necessary, in- INGS ¢ A in Working in the engine comport-
crease the proport ion of coolant additive ment on page 256 .
to 60% .
.,..Park your vehicle on a level su rface.
- When adding coolan t addi tive to you r
.,..Turn off t he ignition .
cooling system , remember:
.,..Let the engine cool down.
- We recommend using only coolant ad-
.,..Place a thick rag over the coolant expans ion
ditive G12 ++ or G13 for your vehicle.
tank ¢ fig. 246, ¢ page 258, fig. 242 and
This coo lant additive is available at au-
carefully twist the cap counter-clockwise
thorized Audi dealers . Other types of ¢ _&..
antifreeze can significantly reduce cor-
.,..Read the engine coolant level in the open
rosion protection . The resu lting corro-
coo lant expansion tank. Wit h a cold eng ine,
sion can cause a loss of coo la nt and se-
the coolant leve l should be between the
rious engine damage.
"min " and "max" mar kings. When the en-
- Do not add a ny type of radiator leak sea l-
gi ne is wa rm, the level may be slightly above
ant to your veh icle's engine coo la nt. t he "max" mark ing.
Adding rad iator repair fluid may adverse -
ly affect the function and performance of The location of the coo lant expansion tank
your cooling system and could result in can be seen in the engi ne compa rtment illus-
damage not covered by your New Vehicle trat ion ¢ page 258 .
Limited Warranty.
To obtain an accu rate reading, the engine
must be switched off.
The expansion ta nk in your vehicle is equ ipped

with an electric coolant level sensor .
When the coolant leve l is too low, the warning

light in the Auto-Check System ¢ page 32 will
blink unti l you add coolant and the level has
M been restored to normal. Even though there is
"'
0 an electric coo lant level senso r, we still rec-
..J
"". ommend you check the coolant level from
rl
I.O
"' t ime to t ime .
rl
"'
rl
Coolant lo ss .. Turn off the engine .

.. Let the engine cool down.
Coolant loss may indicate a lea k in t he cooling
system. In the event of coolant loss, the cool - .. Place a thick rag over the coo lant expansion
ing system should be inspected immediately tank c>page 263 , fig. 246 and carefully
by your authorized Audi dealer. It is not twist the cap counter-clockwise c>,&..
enough merely to add coolant. .. Add coo lant m ixed in the correct rat io
page
c:::> 262, Coolant.
In a se ale d system, losses can occur only if .. Twist the cap o n again tightly.
the boiling point of the coolant is exceeded as
a result of overheating. Replacement engine coo lant must conform to
exact spec ificat ions c>page 262, Coolant.
A WARNING We recommend using only coo lant add it ive
The cooling system is under pressure and G12 ++, G13 or in an emergency G12 +. Do not
can get very hot. Reduce the risk of scald- use a different add itive. In an emergency use
ing from hot coolant by following these plain water until you can get the correct addi-
steps. t ive and can restore the correct ratio . This
- Turn off the engine and allow it to cool shou ld be done as soon as poss ible.
down.
If you have lost a considerab le amount of
- Protect your face, hands and arms from
coolant, the n you should add cold ant ifreeze
escaping fluid and steam by covering the
and cold water on ly when the eng ine is cold .
cap with a large, thick rag .
- Turn the cap slowly and very carefully in Always use new engine coolant when refilling.
a counter-clockwise direction wh ile ap- Do not fill coo lant above the "MAX" mark . Ex-
plying light, downward pressure on the
cess coolant will be forced out through the
top of the cap . pressure relief valve in the cap when the en-
- To avoid being burned, do not spill ant i- gine becomes hot.
freeze or coolant on the exhaust system
or hot eng ine parts. Under certain condi-
t ions, the ethy lene g lycol in engine cool-
A WARNING
- The cooling system is under pressure and
an t ca n cat ch f ire.
can get very hot. Reduce the risk of
0 Note
scalding from hot coolant by following
these steps.
Do not add any type of radiator leak seal- - Turn off the engine and allow it to coo l
ant to your vehicle's eng ine coolant. Add- down.
ing radiato r repair fluid may adve rsely af-
- Protect your face, hands and arms from
fect the function and performance of your escaping fluid and steam by covering
cooling system and could res ult in damage the cap with a large, th ick rag.
not covered by your New Vehicle Limited
- Turn the cap slow ly and very carefully
Warranty .
in a counter-clockwise direction while
applying light, downward pressure on
Adding coolant the top of the cap.
Be very careful when adding engine coolant. - To avoid being burned, do not spill an-
tifreeze or coolant on the exhaust sys-
Before you check anything in t he engine com- tem or hot engi ne parts. Under certain
pa rtmen t , always read and heed all WARN- cond it ions, the ethylene g lycol in e n-
INGS c:::>A in Working in the engine compart - gine coolant can catch fire .
ment on page 256.
- Antifreeze is poisonous . Always store an-

t ifreeze in its or iginal container and well
A WARNING
- To reduce the risk of personal injury nev-
out of the reach of children.
er touch the rad iator fan.
- If you drain the coolant, it must be
- The auxiliary electric fan is temperature
caught and safely stored in a proper con-
controlled and can switch on suddenly
tainer clearly marked "poison".
even when the engine is not running .
- The auxiliary radiator fan sw itches on au-
(D Note
tomatically when the engine coolant
- Coolant pollutes the env ironment and reaches a certain temperature and will
could cause an engine fire. Excess coo l- continue to run until the coo lant temper-
ant will be forced out through the pres- ature drops.
sure relief valve in the cap when the en-
gine becomes hot.
- If, in an emergency, only water can be
Brake fluid
added, the correct ratio between water Checking brake fluid level
and antifreeze ¢ page 262 must be re-
stored as soon as possib le.
The brake fluid level can be checked with a
quick glance.
,.-
N
N
N
Drained coolant should not be reused. Al-
:8
ways dispose of used coolant while observ-
ing all environmental regulations .
Radiator fan
The radiator fan switches on automatically by

itself
Fig. 247 Engine compa rtment : cover on the brake fluid
The radiator fan is driven by the engine via the reservoir
V-belt . The viscous clutch regulates the speed
of the fan accord ing to the temperature of the Before you check anything in the eng ine com-
coolant . partment , always read and heed all WARN-
An auxiliary electric radiator fan* switches on

INGS ¢ A in Working in the engine compart-
ment on page 256.
and off depending on coolant temperature
and other vehicle operating conditions . .,. Read the brake fluid level from the brake
fluid reservoir ¢ fig. 247, ¢ page 258,
After you switch the engine off, the auxilia ry
fig. 242. The brake fluid level must be be-
fan can continue running f or up to 10 minutes
tween the "MIN" and "MAX"markings .
- even with the ignition off. It can even switch
on again later by itself ¢ & , if The brake fluid reservoir is located at the rear
partition of the eng ine compartment on the
- the temperature of the engine coolant rises
left side ¢ page 258.
due to the heat build-up from the engine in
the engine compartment, or The fluid level may drop slightly after some
- the engine compartment hea t s up because time due to t he automatic adjustment of the
M
the vehicle is parked in intense sunlight . brake pads. This is not cause for alarm. ..,_
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
If the brake fluid level falls considerably be- - Use only brake fluid that meets SAE
low the "MIN" mark, the brake warning/indi- specification J 1703 and conforms to
cator light (U.S. mode ls: 11111
, Canadian Federa l Motor Vehicle Standard 116.
models: . ) will come on <=> page 19 and Always check with your authorized Audi
<=>page 32. Do not continue to operate t he ve- dealer to make sure you are using the
hicle . The complete brake system should be correct brake fluid . The correct type of
thoroughly checked by an authorized Audi brake f luid is also ind icated on the
dea ler or qualified workshop and the cause brake flu id reservoir.
corrected. If the brake fluid level is too low, - The brake fluid must be new. Heavy use
the brake warning/indicator light will illum i- of the bra kes ca n cause a vapo r lock if
nate . Contact an authorized Audi dealer im- the brake fluid is left in the system too
mediately. long . This can seriously affect the effi -
ciency of the brakes as well as your
@ Tips safety. This could resu lt in an accident.
The brake fluid rese rvoir is located unde r-
neath t he cove r. (D Note
Brake fluid will damage the paint of you r
Changing brake fluid vehicle .
Hove the broke fluid changed by on experi-
enced technician.
(® For the sake of the environment
Because of the prob lem of proper disposal
Brake fluid absorbs moisture from the a ir. If of b ra ke fluid as well as the spec ial t oo ls
the water content in the brake fluid is too required and the necessary expertise, we
high , corrosion in the brake system may result re commend that yo u have the brake fluid
after a per iod of t ime. The bo iling po int of the changed by your authorized Aud i dea ler.
brake fluid will also decrease considerably and
decrease braking performance.
Battery
Therefore, the brake flu id must be changed
General information
every two years. Always use new brake fluid
which conforms to Federal Motor Vehicle Under normal ope rat ing cond itions , the bat-
Standard "FMVSS 1 16 DOT 4". tery in your Audi does not need any ma inte-
The brake flu id reservo ir can be difficult to nance. With high o utside t empe ratur es or
reach, therefore, we recommend that you long dai ly drives we recommend that you have
have the brake flu id changed by you r author- the e lectrolyte level checked by an authorized
ized Audi dealer. Your dea ler has the correct Audi dealer or qualif ied workshop. The elec-
too ls, the right brake fluid and the know -how trolyte level should also be checked each time
to do this for you. the battery is charged <=> page 268.
Have the battery checked when you take your

A WARNING vehicle in for service. You are well advised to
- Brake fluid is poisonous . It must be stor- replace a battery that is o lder than 5 years .
ed only in the closed orig inal container
With certain types of airbag deployment, the
o ut of the reach of children!
battery is disconnected from the veh icle elec-
- Brake fa ilure can result from old or inap-
trical system for safety reasons <=>
.& in Re-
propriate brake fluid. Observe these pre-
pair , core and disposal of the airbags on
caut ions:
page 196. ~
Disconne cting the batt e ry t erminals Working on the battery

•
Some vehicle functions (power window regu- Be especially careful when working on or near •
lators, for example) are lost if the battery ter- the battery.
minals are disconnected . These functions have
to be relearned after the battery terminals are The battery is located under the driver's seat.
connected again. To prevent this, the battery Before you check anyth ing under the driver's
should only be disconnected from the vehicle seat, read and heed all WARNINGS G &_.
electrical system when absolutely necessary
Always heed the safety warnings , when work-
for repairs .
ing on the vehicle battery or the vehicle elec-
Vehicle s not driven fo r long period s trical system to prevent injury.
If you do not drive your vehicle over a period The following WARNINGS a re very
of several days or weeks, electrical compo- important when working on the batter y:
nents are gradually cut back or switched off.
Alway s heed the following WARN I NG SYM-
This reduces energy consumption and main-
BOLSand safety precaution s when working
tains starting capab ility over a longer per iod
on the battery .
¢ page 228 .
Alw ays wear eye prot ection.
Take into consideration that when you unlock
your vehicle, some convenience functions,
®
Batt ery acid contain s sulfuric acid. Al-
such as the inter ior lights or the power seat ~ ways wear gloves and eye prot ecti on.
adjustment, may not be available . The con-
venience funct ions will be available again No
when you turn on the ignition and start the
@ - sparks
engine. - f lames
- smoking .
Winter operation
When a batter y is charged, it produces
During the winter months, battery capacity ~ hydrogen gas w hich is explosive and
tends to decrease as tempe ratures drop. This could cause personal injury.
is because more power is also consumed while Alw ays keep th e batt ery well out of
start ing, and the headl ights, rea r window de -
fogger, etc., are used more often.
® reach of children.
Avoid unnecessary power consumption, par- A WARNING

ticularly in city t raffic or when t raveling only Whenever working on the battery or on
short distances. Let your autho rized Audi the electrical system, there is the risk of
dealer check the capacity of the vehicle bat- injury, accident and even fire. Read and
tery before winter sets in ¢ page 268 . A well heed the following WARNINGS:
charged battery will not only prevent starting - Always wear eye protection. Do not let
problems when the weather is cold, but will battery acid or any lead particles get on
also last longer . your skin or clothing. Shield your eyes.
Explosive gases can cause blindness or
other injury.
If your vehicle is left standing for severa l - Battery acid conta ins sulfuric acid. Sulfu-
weeks at extremely low temperat ures, the ric acid can cause blindness and severe
M
N
vehicle battery should be removed and burns.
0
...J stored where it will not freeze. This will - Always wear gloves and eye protection.
'SI:
,...., prevent it from being damaged and having Do not tilt the battery because acid ~
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,., to be replaced.
,....,
2 68 Ch eck ing and filling
could leak out of the venti lation charged batte ry can freeze over at 32 °F
open ings. (0 oc) .
- If you get battery acid in your eyes or - Make sure the vent hose is a lways attach-
on your skin, immediately rinse with ed to the opening on the side of the bat -
cold water for several m inutes and get tery .
medical attention. - Never use batteries which are damaged .
- If you should ingest any battery acid, There is the danger of an explosion! Al-
see k medical attention immediately. ways replace a damaged battery.
- Do not expose the battery to an open
-
flame, electric sparks or an open light.
Do not smoke.
-A WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning:
- Do not interchange the positive and neg- - Battery posts, terminals and related ac-
ative cab les . cessories conta in lead and lead com-
- When wo rking on the battery, be sure pounds, chemicals known to the State of
not to short-circuit the terminals with California to cause cance r and reproduc-
tools or other metal objects. This would tive problems. Wash hands after han-
cause the battery to heat up very quickly, dling.
which could lead to damage or explosion
and personal injury. (D Note
- When a battery is charged, it produces
- Do not disco nnect the vehicle battery
hydrogen gas which is explosive and
when the ignit ion is switched on or when
could cause personal injury.
the engine is runn ing, otherwise, you will
- Always keep the battery well out of the
damage electron ic components in the
reach of children .
electrical system.
- Before work is done on the electrical sys-
- If your vehicle is going to stand for a
tem, disconnect the negative ground ca-
long period of ti me without be ing driven,
ble .
prot ect the ba ttery from "free zing", ot h-
- Before perform ing any work on the elec-
erw ise it will be damaged and will then
trical system, switch off the engine and have to be replaced .
ignition as well as any electrical equip-
ment. The negative cable on the battery
Battery charging
must be disconnected. If you are just go-
ing to rep lace a light bu lb, then it is Starting the engine requires a well charged
enough to switch off t he lights. battery .
- Before dis connect ing the battery, switc h
off the anti-theft alarm system! Other-
wise you will set off the alarm.
- Whe n disconnecting the batte ry, first
disconnec t the negative cable and then
the positive cable.
- Before reconnect ing the battery, make
sure al l electrical consumers are switch-
ed off. Reconnect the positive cable first
and then the negative cable . Never inter- Fig. 24 8 Engine compart ment: Conn ectors for charger
change the cables - this could start a fire! and jumper cables Ill>
- Never charge a frozen or a thawed-out
battery . It could explode! If a battery has
frozen, then it must be replaced. A dis-
Alwa ys read and heed all WARNING S be low Fast charging th e battery (charging rate
¢ A. and ¢ A. in Working on the battery on above 14 .8 Volt s) •
page 267. For technical reasons do not use a battery •
.,.Turn off the ignit ion and a ll electrical con- charger that uses voltage greater than 14.8
sumers . Volts to charge your vehicle's battery.
.,.Make sure the area is well venti lated when
you charge the battery. ~
A WARNING
-
.,.Open the hood ¢ page 256. Charging a battery can be dangerous .
.,.Open the red cover on the positive pole -Always follow the operating instructions
¢ fig. 248 . provided by the battery charger manu-
.,.Connect the charger connectors accord ing to facturer when charg ing your battery .
the instructions to the j ump start bolt s. - Never charge a frozen battery. It may ex-
(Bolts under the red cover= "positive", Bolts plode because of gas trapped in the ice.
with hex head= "negative") . Allow a frozen battery to thaw out f irst.
.,.Only now plug the mains lead for the charg- - Do not reuse batteries wh ich were fro-
ing equipment into the wall outlet and turn zen. The battery hous ing may have
it on ¢ A_. cracked and weakened when t he battery
.,.Make sure the charging rate is not over froze.
30 amp s/ 14.8 Volt. - Charge the battery in a well ventilated
.,.When the battery is fully charged: Turn the area. Keep away from open flame or elec-
charging equ ipment off and remove the tr ica l spar k. Do not smoke. Hydrogen gas
mai ns lead from the wa ll outlet. genera t ed by the battery is explos ive .
.,.Now remove the clamps for the charging - To reduce the danger of explosion, never
equipment. connect or d isconnect charger cab les
.,.Close the red cove r on the pos it ive po le. while the charger is ope rat ing .
.,.Close the hood ¢ page 256. - Fast cha rging a batte ry is dange rous and
should only be att empted by a compe-
A discharged battery can freeze at tempera-
tent techn ician wit h the prope r equip-
t ures of only O 0 C. Allow a frozen batte ry to
men t.
thaw comp letely before attempting t o charge
it ¢ & . However, we recommend not using a - Battery acid tha t may spi ll dur ing cha rg-
thawed battery again because the battery cas- ing should be washe d off wit h a solu ti o n
of wa rm water and baking soda to neu -
ing can be cracked due to ice formation and
tralize the acid.
can leak battery acid .
Battery charging (Maximum charging rate ([) Note

of 30 amps/ 14 .8 Volt)
Never use a fast charger as a booster to
When charging at low voltages (e.g . with a star t the engine. This will seriously dam-
tric kle charger), the battery cables do not age sens it ive e lectronic com ponen t s, such
have to be d isconnected first. The battery as contro l units, re lays, radio, etc., as well
caps should not be opened when charging a as the batte ry charger.
battery .
It is not necessary to remove the battery from

the luggage compartment.
M
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
Battery replacement Windshield/headlight

The new battery must have the same specifi- washer container
cations and dimensions as the original equip-
ment battery.
Intelligen t energy management in your veh i-

cle is respons ible for d istributing the e lectr i-
cal en e rgy throughout your vehicle
¢ page 228. The intell igent e nergy manage-
ment system w ill keep the eng ine battery

cha rged better then vehicles without this sys-
tem . To make sure the additional e lectrica l en -
Fig. 24 9 Engine compart ment : cover on t he wi ndshield
ergy is availab le once again after you have and headlight* washer f luid reservoir
changed the battery, we recommend that you
install batteries of the same type and manu- The washer fluid co nta iner is marked w ith the
facture only (the same as those installed at symbol Won its cap ¢ fig . 249, ¢ page 258,
the time your vehicle was delivered). Specifi- fig. 242 .
cations are listed on the battery hous ing . Your
.. Before you check anything in the engine
author ized dealer must code the battery in
compartment, always read and he ed all
the ene rgy management system to enable you
to use the energy management funct ions cor-
WARNINGS ¢ &
in Working in the engine
compartment on page 256 .
rectly after replac ing the battery.
.. Lift the fille r cap tongue to add washer flu-
If it is not poss ible to use a battery of this id. You can fill the container to the top.
type, the new battery must have the same ca- .. Press the cap back onto t he fille r neck afte r
pac ity, voltage (12 volts), amperage , con- filling the container.
struction and plug seal ing.
You can find the reservo ir capacity in the table
When insta lling the battery, make sure the ig- in ¢ page 325.
nit ion and all e lectr ica l consumers a re turned
Clean water should be used when filling up . If
off.
poss ible, use soft water to prevent scaling on
Q;) Note the washer jets. Always add a glass clea ne r
solution (with frost prote ction in the winter).
Make sure the venti lation hose on the s ide
of the battery is connected, otherwise
fumes or battery ac id can leak o ut.
0 Note
Do not mix engine coolant antifreeze or
@ For the sake of the environment any other additives to fill up the wind-
s hield washer rese rvoir.
Because of the problem of proper d isposa l
of a battery, we recommend your autho r-
ized Audi dealer change the ba t te ry for
you. Bat t eries contain sulf uric ac id and
lead and must always be disposed of prop -
erly in compliance with all environmental
reg ulations. Disposing of vehicle batteries
improper ly is very dangerous to the envi-
ronment.
Tires and wheels 2 71
Tires and wheels Avoiding damage

•
Tires If you have to drive over a curb •
'
General notes or similar obstacle , drive very

slowly and as close as possible
Tires may be the least appreci-
at a right angle to the curb.
ated and most abused parts of
a motor vehicle. Always keep chemicals includ-
ing grease, oil, gasoline and
Tires may be the least appreci-
brake fluid off the tires.
ated and most abused parts of
a motor vehicle. Tires are, how- Inspect the t ires regularly for
ever, one of the most important damage (cuts, cracks or blis-
parts of a vehicle, particularly ters, etc.). Remove any foreign
considering the comparatively bodies embedded in the treads.
small patch of rubber on each Storing tires
tire that assures that all-impor- Mark tires when you remove
tant contact between you, your them to indicate the direction
vehicle and the road. of rotation. This ensures you to
Maintaining the correct tire be able to mount them correct-
pressure, making sure that your ly when you reinstall them.
vehicle and its tires do not have When removed, the wheels or
to carry more weight than they tires should be stored in a cool,
can safely handle, avoiding dry and preferably dark place.
damage from road hazards and
regularly inspecting tires for Store tires in a vertical position
damage including cuts, slashes if they are not mounted on
irregular wear and overall con- rims, in a horizontal position if
dition are the most important they are mounted on rims.
things that you can do to help New tires
avoid sudden tire failure includ- New tires have to be broken in
ing tread separation and blow- ¢ _&..
~ outs.
0
...J The tread depth of new tires
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
may vary, according to the type .,.
,....,
"' ,....,
272 Tir es a nd whee l s
and make of tire and the tread - New tires tend to be slip-
pattern. pery and must be broken in .
Hidden damage To reduce the risk of losing
control, a collision and seri-
Damage to tires and rims is of-
ous personal injuries, drive
ten not readily visible. If you
with special care for the
notice unusua l vibration or the
first 350 miles (560 km).
vehicle pulls to one side, this
-Driv ing with worn or dam-
may indicate that one of the
aged tires can lead to loss of
t ires has been damaged . The
control, sudden tire fa ilure,
tires must be checked immedi -
including a blowout and
ately by an authorized Audi
sudden deflation, crashes
dealer or qualified workshop .
and serious personal inju-
Unidirectional tires ries. Have worn or damaged
A unid irectional tire can be tires replaced immediately.
identified by arrows on the -Tires age even if they are
sidewall, that point in the direc- not being used and can fail
tion the tire is designed to ro- suddenly, especially at high
tate. You must follow the speci- speeds. Tires that are more
fied direction of rotation . This is than 6 years old can only be
necessary so that these tires used in an emergency and
can develop their optimum then with special care and
characteristics regarding grip, at low speed .
road noise, wear and hydro- -Never mount used tires on
planing resistance. For more in- your vehicle if you are not
format ion c:>page 311 . sure of their "previous histo-
ry." Old used tires may have
&_ WARNING
been damaged even though
New tires or tires that are
the damage cannot be seen
old, worn or damaged cannot
that can lead to sudden tire
provide maximum control
failure and loss of vehic l e
and braking ability.
control.
Tires and wheels 273
-If you notice unusual vibra- If summer tires are used in •

tion or if the vehicle pulls to very cold temperatures, •
'
one side when driving, al- cracks can form on the tread
ways stop as soon as it is bars, resulting in perma-
safe to do so and check the nent tire damage that can
wheels and tires for dam- cause loud driving noise and
age. unbalanced tires. Audi is not
responsible for this type of
(D Note
damage.
-Please note that summer -Burnished, polished or
and winter tires are de- chromed rims must not be
signed for the conditions used in winter road condi-
that are typical in those sea- tions. The surface of the
sons. Audi recommends us- rims does not have suffi-
ing winter tires during the cient corrosion protection
winter months. Low tem- for this and could be perma-
peratures significantly de- nently damaged by road salt
crease the elasticity of or similar substances.
summer tires, which affects
traction and braking ability.
Glossary of tire and loading terminology

Accessory weight Aspect ratio
means the combined weight (in means the ratio of the height to
excess of those standard items the width of the tire in percent.
which may be replaced) of auto- Numbers of 55 or lower indi-
matic transmission, power cate a low sidewall for im-
steering, power brakes, power proved steering response and
windows, power seats, radio, better overall handling on dry
and heater, to the extent that pavement.
M
these items are available as fac-
N
0
...J
'SI:
tory-installed equipment
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
(whether installed or not).
1.1'1
,....,
27 4 Tir es a nd w h ee l s
Bead Extra load tire

means the part of the tire that means a tire design to operate
is made of steel wires, wrapped at higher loads and at higher
or reinforced by ply cords and inflation pressures than the
that is shaped to fit the rim . corresponding standard tire .
Extra load tires may be identi-
Bead separation
fied as "XL", "xl", "EXTRA
means a breakdown of the bond
LOAD", or "RF" on the sidewall.
between components in the
bead . Gross Axle Weight Rating
(" GAWR")
Cord
means the load-carrying capaci-
means the strands forming the ty of a single axle system,
plies in the tire . measured at the tire-ground in-
Cold tire inflation pressure terfaces .
means the tire pressure recom- Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

mended by the vehicle manu- ("GVWR ")
facturer for a t ire of a designat- means the maximum total
ed size that has not been driven loaded weight of the vehicle.
for more than a couple of miles
Groove
(kilometers) at low speeds in
the three hour period before means the space between two
the tire pressure is measured or adjacent tread ribs.
adjusted. Load rating (code)
Curb weight means the max imum load that
means the weight of a motor a tire is rated to carry for a giv-
vehicle with standard equip - en inflation pressure . You may
ment including the maximum not find th is information on all
capacity of fuel, oil, and cool- tires because it is not required
ant, air condit ioning and addi- by law. ...
tional weight of optional equip-
ment.
Maximum load rating Overall width

•
means the load rating for a tire means the linear distance be- •
'
at the maximum permissible in- tween the exteriors of the side-

flation pressure for that tire. walls of an inflated tire, includ-
ing elevations due to labeling,
Maximum loaded vehicle
weight decorations, or protective
bands or ribs.
means the sum of:
Ply
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight means a layer of rubber-coated
(c) Vehicle capacity weight, and parallel cords.
(d) Production options weight Production options weight
Maximum (permissible) means the combined weight of
inflation pressure those installed regular produc-
means the maximum cold inflation options weighing over 5
tion pressure to which a tire lbs. (2 .3 kg) in excess of those
may be inflated. Also called standard items which they re-
"maximum inflation pressure." place, not previously consid-
ered in curb weight or accessory
Normal occupant weight
weight, including heavy duty
means 150 lbs. (68 kilograms) brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,
times the number of occupants heavy duty battery, and special
seated in the vehicle up to the trim.
total seating capacity of your
Radial ply tire
vehicle.
means a pneumatic tire in
Occupant distribution
which the ply cords that extend
means distribution of occu- to the beads are laid at sub-
pants in a vehicle. stantially 90 degrees to the
Outer diameter centerline of the tread.
M
N
0
means the overall diameter of
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
an inflated new tire.
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
276 Tir es a nd w h ee l s
Recommended inflation Sidewall

pressure means that portion of a tire be -
see page
c:::> 2 7 4, Cold tire infla- tween the tread and bead.
tion pressure.
Speed rating (letter code)
Reinforced tire
means the speed at which a tire
means a tire design to operate is designed to be driven for ex-
at higher loads and at higher tended periods of time . The rat-
inflation pressures than the ings range from 93 mph (150
corresponding standard tire . km/h) to 186 mph (298 km/h)
Reinforced tires may be identi - page 294. You may not find
c:::>
fied as "XL", "xl", "EXTRA this informat ion on all tires be-
LOAD", or "RF" on the sidewall. cause it is not required by law.
Rim The speed rating letter code,
means a metal support for a where applicable, is molded on
tire or a tire and tube assembly the tire sidewall and indicates
upon which the tire beads are the maximum permissible road
seated . A in Winter tires on
speeds c:::>
page 298.
Rim diameter
Tire pressure mon itoring
means nominal diameter of the
system
bead seat. If you change your
wheel size, you will have to pur- means a system that detects
when one or more of a vehicle's
chase new tires to match the
tires are underinflated and illu-
new rim diameter .
m inates a low tire pressure
Rim size designation warning telltale.
means rim diameter and width.
Tread
Rim width means that portion of a tire
means nominal distance be- that comes into contact with
tween rim flanges. the road. ...
Tread separation UTQGinformation on the tires, •

means pulling away of the molded into the sidewalls. •
'
tread from the tire carcass. U.S. DOT Tire Identification

Treadwear indicators (TWI) Number (TIN)
means the projections within This is the tire's "serial number"

the principal grooves designed It begins with the letters "DOT"
to give a visual indication of the and indicates that the tire
degrees of wear of the tread. meets all federal standards.
See¢ page 289, Tread Wear The next two numbers or let-
Indicator (TWI) for more infor- ters indicate the plant where it
mation on measuring tire wear. was manufactured, and the last
four numbers represent the
Uniform Tire Quality Grading week and year of manufacture.
is a tire information system de- For example,
veloped by the United States DOT ... 2214 ...
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA)that is means that the tire was pro-
designed to help buyers make duced in the 22nd week of
relative comparisons among 2014. The other numbers are
tires. The UTQGis not a safety marketing codes that may or
rating and not a guarantee that may not be used by the tire
a tire will last for a prescribed manufacturer. This information
number of miles (kilometers) or is used to contact consumers if
perform in a certain way. It a tire defect requires a recall.
simply gives tire buyers addi- Vehicle capacity weight
tional information to combine means the rated cargo and lug-
with other considerations, such gage load plus 1 SO lbs.
as price, brand loyalty and deal- (68 kilograms) times the vehi-
er recommendations. Under cle's total seating capacity as
UTQG,tires are graded by the listed on the label located on
M
N
0
tire manufacturers in three the driver's side 8-pillar. ...
...J
'SI:
,...., areas: treadwear, traction, and
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
temperature resistance. The
,....,
278 T ires a n d whee ls
Vehicle maximum load on d istribut ing t o each axle its

the tire share of the curb weight, acces-
means that load on an individu- sory weight, and normal occu-
al tire that is determ ined by pant weigh t (distributed in ac-
distr ibuting to each axle its cordance with table below
share of the maximum loaded ¢ page 2 78) and dividing by
vehicle weight and div iding by two .

two.
Vehicle normal load on the

tire
means that load on an individu-
al t ire that is determ ined by
Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for

various designated seating capacities
Designated seating Vehicle normal load, Occupant distribu-
capacity , number of number of occupants tion in a normally
occupants loaded vehicle
5/6*/7* 3 2 in front, 1 in sec-
ond seat
Cold tire inflation pressure

Tire pressure affects the overall handling, performance and safety
of a vehicle.
~----------~"'
<l e:==.=: I : I :::,.. I ){;;) :g
,_.
• =:- :-
~--=-==--=~1::.-=--=-
SIA COU>lR"f"fU;Sl,R
MW OWE lSlllHS P'RES5l0HOESf'Nall A,FIIICJD
:"" - ICPA.• PSI

.::. - KPA... PSI
°'~ - KPA. - PSI
Fig. 25 0 Tire pressure label: located Fig. 251 Tire pressure label
on driver's side 8-pillar
Tire pressure generally refers to tant things you can do to help •

the amount of air in a tire that avoid sudden tire failure. Un- •
'
it needs it to do its job and derinflated tires are a major
safely carry the combined load cause of sudden tire failure.
of the entire vehicle and its con- Keeping tires at the right pres-
tents. Tire pressure is measured sure is also important for safe
in kilopascals (kPa), the inter- and responsive vehicle han-
national measuring unit and in dling, traction, braking and
pounds per square inch (PSI). load carrying. Tire pressures
Tire pressure is based in part on are particularly important
the vehicle's design and load when the vehicle is being driv-
limit - the greatest amount of en at higher speeds, and then
weight that the vehicle can car- especially when heavily loaded
ry safely and the tire size. The even within the permissible
proper tire pressure is frequent- load-carrying capacities ap-
ly referred to as the "recom- proved for your vehicle.
mended cold tire inflation pres- The recommended tire pres-
sure." Air in the tires expands sures for your Audi depend on
when the tire heats up because the kind of tires on your vehicle
of internal friction when it flex- and the number of passengers
es in use. The tire pressure is and/or amount of luggage you
higher when the tire has will be transporting.
warmed up than when it is
The tire pressure label is locat-
"cold." It is the inflation pres-
ed on the driver's side B-pillar.
sure in a "cold" tire that counts.
The tire pressure label lists the
Therefore, you should never let
recommended cold tire infla-
air out of a warm tire to match
tion pressures for the vehicle at
"cold tire inflation pressure"
its maximum capacity weight
recommendations. The tires
and tires that were on your ve-
would then be underinflated
hicle at the time it was manu-
and could fail suddenly.
M
N
0
factured.
...J
'SI:
,....,
Maintaining proper tire pres-
\!)
1.1'1
,...., sure is one of the most impor-
1.1'1
,....,
280 Tires and wheels
If you wish to improve comfort See the illustration ¢ fig. 250

when operating the vehicle at for the location of the label on
normal load (up to 3 occu- driver's side B-pillar (color of
pants), you can adjust tire the actual label and exact loca-
pressures to those specified tion on the vehicle will vary
for normal vehicle load. Before slightly).
operating the vehicle at maxi- Note that the following table is
mum load, you must increase accurate at the time of going to
the tire pressures to those press and is subject to change .
specified for maximum vehicle In the event of discrepancies,
load ¢ &. the tire pressure label located
Bear in mind that the tire pres- on the driver's side B-pillar al-
sure monitoring system can on- ways takes precedence.
ly monitor the tire pressures The table below lists the rec-
you have stored . The system ommended cold tire inflation
does not recognize the load pressures for the Audi model
condition of your vehicle. covered by your Owner's Litera-
The effectiveness of the tire ture at the vehicle's capacity
pressure monitoring system weight and the tire sizes instal-
will be impaired if you store led on the respective models as
normal load pressures but then original equipment, or as a fac-
operate the vehicle at its maxi- tory option. ...
mum load ¢ &.
Model/ Tire designation Tire pressure

•
Engine normal load condition full load condition
•
'
front rear front rear
PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA
255/55 R18 109H XL
35 240 35 240 44 300 49 340
All Season
265/50 Rl9 llOH XL
35 240 35 240 44 300 49 340
All Season
Q7:
275/45 R20 110H XL
3.0 liter 35 240 35 240 44 300 49 340
All Season
6-cylinder
275/4S R20 llOY XL
35 240 35 240 44 300 49 340
High Performance
295/35 R21 107V XL 36 250 35 240 44 300 49 340
High Performance
XL~ reinforced or extra load tire. It may also appear as xl, EXTRA LOAD, or RF on the tire side-
wa .
The correct tire pressure for the Remember, your safety and
spare wheel is located on a la- that of your passengers also de-
bel on the driver's side B-pillar. pends on making sure that load
Because technical changes may limits are not exceeded. Vehicle
be made to vehicle equipment load includes everybody and ev-
during the model year, always erything in and on the vehicle.
compare the tire size designa- These load limits are technical-
tion on the tire pressure label ly referred to as the vehicle's
on your vehicle with the tires on Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
your vehicle. Make sure that the ("GVWR").The Gross Axle
tire size information on the ve- Weight Rating ("GAWR")is the
hicle label is the same as the maximum load that can be ap-
size of the tires on the vehicle. plied at each of the vehicle's
This is especially important if two axles. The Gross Vehicle
the vehicle belongs to someone Weight Rating and the Gross
else or you bought the vehicle Axle Weight Rating are listed
with different rims/tires or you on the safety compliance stick-
bought the vehicle as a previ- er label located on the driver's
M
N
0
...J ously owned vehicle. side B-pillar. The tire pressure
'SI"
,....,
\!)
label on your Audi lists the
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,...., maximum combined weight of ""
all of the occupants and lug- Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-

gage or other cargo that the ve- ing.
hicle can carry. For the location
of the tire pressure label A WARNING
-
¢fig. 250 . -Incorrect tire pressures
and/or underinflation can
A WARNING
lead to a ser ious or fatal ac-
Overloading a vehicle can cident .
cause loss of vehicle control, -Incorrect tire pressures
a crash or other accident, se- and/or underinflation cause
rious personal injury, and increased tire wear and can
even death. affect the handling of the
-Carrying more weight than vehicle.
your vehicle was designed -Incorrect tire pressures
to carry will prevent the ve- and/or underinflation can
hicle from handling properly also lead to sudden tire fail-
and increase the risk of a ure, including a blowout
loss of vehicle control. and sudden deflation, caus-
-The brakes on a vehicle that ing loss of vehicle control.
has been overloaded may
not be able to stop the vehi- Checking tire pressure
cle within a safe distance.
The correct tire pressure for the
-Tires on a vehicle that has
tires originally installed on
been overloaded can fail
your vehicle is listed on the tire
suddenly causing loss of
pressure label located on driv-
control and a crash.
er's side 8-pillar.
-Always make sure that the
total load being transported The recommended tire pres-
- including the weight of a sures are on the tire pressure
trailer hitch and the tongue label and in the table
weight of a loaded trailer - c;, page 2 78, Cold tire inflation
does not make the vehicle pressure.This means that the

heavier than the vehicle's pressure must be checked and
adjusted when the tire has not .,.
been driven for more than a It is usually not possible to see •

couple of miles (kilometers) at whether the radial tires used •
'
low speeds during the previous today are underinflated just by
three hours . Air in the tires ex- looking at them.
pands when the tire heats up as Therefore, be sure to check tire
a result of internal friction as it pressures at least once a month
flexes in use. The tire pressure and always before going on a
is higher when the tire has long trip. Make sure to take the
warmed up than when it is number of people and the
"cold." amount of luggage into ac-
It is the inflation pressure in a count when adjusting tire pres-
"cold" tire that counts. There- sure for a trip - even one that
fore, you should never let air you would not consider to be
out of a warm tire to match "long. " See ¢ page 286 , Tires
"Cold tire inflation pressure" and vehicle load limits for more
recommendations ¢ page 2 78. important information.
The tires would then be under- Always use an accurate tire
inflated and could fail sudden- pressure gauge when checking
ly. and adjusting inflation pres-
The tire pressure label on your sures. Check all of the tires and
Audi lists the recommended be sure not to forget the spare
cold tire inflation pressures at tire . If the pressure in any tire is
maximum capacity for the new, too high when the tire is "cold,"
original equipment tires that let air out of the tire slowly
were on your vehicle at the time with the edge of the tire gauge
it was manufactured. For the and keep checking the pressure
location of the label until you reach the pressure
¢ page 278, fig. 250. that is correct for the load (pas-
Most tires lose air naturally sengers and luggage) and kind
of driving you plan to do . ....
over time. They can also lose
M
N
0
..J
some air if you drive over a pot-
'SI:
.... hole or hit a curb while parking .
\!)
1.1'1
....
....
1.1'1
284 T ires and whee l s
If the pressure in any tire is too were on your vehicle at the

low, note the difference be- time it was manufactured . For
tween the pressure in the cold recommended tire pressures
tire and the pressure you need for normal load conditions,
and add the air that you need to please see chapter
reach the correct pressure for ¢ page 278 .
the vehicle load (passengers -Turn the valve stem cap coun-
and luggage) for the tires on ter -clockwise to remove it
your veh icle as listed on the on from the tire valve.
your veh icle and in this manual -Place the air pressure gauge
and the kind of driving you plan on the valve.
to do . -The tire pressures shou ld only
Never exceed the maximum in- be checked and adjusted when
flation pressure listed on the the tires are cold . The slightly
ti re sidewall for any reason. raised pressures of warm tires
must not be reduced .
Remember that the vehicle
-Ad j ust the tire pressure to the
manufacturer, not th e t ire man-
load you are carrying .
ufacturer, determines the car-
-Reinstall the valve stem cap
rect t ire pressure for the tires
on the valve .
on your vehicle.
When should I check the tire
It is important to check the tire
pressure?
pressure when the tires are
cold . The correct tire pressure is es-
pecially important at high
-Read the required tire pres-
speeds . The pressure should
sure from the tire pressure la-
therefore be checked at least
bel. The tire pressure label is
once a month and always be-
located on the driver's side B-
fore starting a journey . Do not
pillar . The tire pressure label
forget to check the t ire pres -
lists the recommended cold
sure for the spare wheel. ..
tire inflation pressures for the
vehicle at its max imum capaci-
ty weight and the tires that
When should I adjust the -The driver is responsible for •

tire pressures? the correct tire pressures for •
'
Adjust the tire pressure to the all tires on the vehicle. The
load you are carrying. After applicable pressure values
changing a wheel or replacing are located on a sticker on
wheels you have to adjust the the driver's side 8-pillar.
tire pressures on all wheels. In -Only when all tires on the
addition, you must then store vehicle are filled to the cor-
the new tire pressures in the rect pressure, the tire pres-
tire pressure monitoring sys- sure monitoring system can
tem c>page 303. work correctly.
A WARNING
-The use of incorrect tire
pressure values can lead to
Incorrect tire pressures and/
accidents or other damage.
or underinflation can lead
Therefore it is essential that
sudden tire failure, loss of
the driver observe the speci-
control, collision, serious per-
fied tire pressure values for
sonal injury or even death .
the tires and the correct
-When the warning symbol
pressures for the function of
II] appears in the instru-
the tire pressure monitoring
ment cluster, stop and in-
system.
spect the tires.
-Always inflate tires to the
-Incorrect tire pressure and/
recommended and correct
or underinflation can cause
tire pressure before driving
increased tire wear and can
off.
affect the handling of the
-Driving with underinflated
vehicle and stopping ability.
tires bend more, letting
- Incorrect tire pressures
them get too hot resulting
and/or underinflation can
in tread separation, sudden
also lead to sudden tire fail-
tire failure and loss of con-
ure, including a blowout
trol.
M
N and sudden deflation, caus-
0
...J
-Excessive speed and/over-
"':
,...., ing loss of vehicle control.
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
loading can cause heat
1.1'1
,....,
build-up, sudden tire failure handle well and is more diffi-

and loss of control. cult to stop. Overloading can
-If the tire pressure is too not only lead to loss of vehicle
low or too high, the tires control, but can also damage
will wear prematurely and important parts of the vehicle
the vehicle will not handle and can lead to sudden tire fail-
well. ure, including a blowout and
-If the tire is not flat and you sudden deflation that can cause
do not have to change a the vehicle to crash .
wheel immediately, drive at Your safety and that of your
reduced speed to the near- passengers also depends on
est service station to check making sure that load limits are
the tire pressure and add air not exceeded. Vehicle load in-
as required. cludes everybody and every-
thing in and on the vehicle.
(D Note
These load limits are technical-
Driving without valve stem
ly referred to as the vehicle's
caps can cause damage to
GrossVehicle Weight Rating
the tire valves. To prevent
("GVWR") .
this, always make sure that
factory installed valve stem The "GVWR" includes the
caps on all wheels are secure- weight of the basic vehicle, all
ly mounted on the valve . factory installed accessories, a
full tank of fuel, oil, coolant
and other fluids plus maximum
Underinflated tires will also load. The maximum load in-
increase the fuel consump- cludes the number of passen-
tion . gers that the vehicle is intend -
ed to carry ("seating capacity")
Tires and vehicle load limits
with an assumed weight of
There are limits to the amount 150 lbs (68 kg) for each pas-
of load or weight that any vehi- senger at a designated seating
cle and any tire can carry. Ave- position and the total weight of
hicle that is overloaded will not any luggage in the vehicle. If ""
you tow a trailer, the weight of the total weight of whatever is •

the trailer hitch and the tongue being carried in the vehicle (in- •
'
weight of the loaded trailer eluding the weight of a trailer
must be included as part of the hitch and the tongue weight of
vehicle load. the loaded trailer) is limited.
The Gross Axle Weight Rating The more passengers in the ve-
("GAWR")is the maximum load hicle or passengers who are
that can be applied at each of heavier than the standard
the vehicle's two axles. weights assumed mean that
less weight can be carried as
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- luggage .
ing and the Gross Axle Weight
Rating are listed on the safety The tire pressure label on your
compliance sticker label locat- Audi also lists the maximum
ed on the driver's side B-pillar. combined weight of all of the
Your Audi has 5 seating posi- occupants and luggage or other
tions, 2 in the front and 3 in the cargo that the vehicle can carry.
rear for total seating capacity For the location of the label
of 5. On vehicles with six ¢ page 278, fig. 250.
seats* , your vehicle has two
-
A WARNING
~
front seats, two seats in the Overloading a vehicle can

second row seating and two cause loss of vehicle control,
seats in the third row seating. a crash or other accident, se-
On vehicles with seven seats*, rious personal injury, and
your vehicle has two front even death.
seats, three seats in the second -Carrying more weight than
row seating and two seats in your vehicle was designed
the third row seating . Each to carry will prevent the ve-
seating position has a seat belt hicle from handling properly
¢ page 173, Safety belts .
and increase the risk of the
The fact that there is an upper loss of vehicle control.
M
N
0
...J
limit to your vehicle's Gross Ve-
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
hicle Weight Rating means that
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
- The brakes on a vehicle that Steps for Determining

has been overloaded may Correct Load Limit
not be able to stop the vehi- 1. Locate the statement "THE
cle within a safe distance. COMBINEDWEIGHT OF OC-
-Tires on a vehicle that has CUPANTSANDCARGO
been overloaded can fail SHOULDNEVEREXCEEDXXX
suddenly, including a blow- KGOR XXXLBS"onyour vehi-
out and sudden deflation, cle's placard (tire inflation
causing loss of control and a pressure label) ~ page 2 78,
crash. fig. 250 .
-Always make sure that the 2. Determine the combined
total load being transported weight of the driver and pas-
- including the weight of a sengers that will be riding in
trailer hitch and the tongue your vehicle .
weight of a loaded trailer - 3. Subtract the combined
does not make the vehicle weight of the driver and pas-
heavier than the vehicle's sengers from "XXX"kilo-
Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- grams or "XXX" pounds
ing. shown on the sticker
~ page 278, fig. 250.
Determining correct load 4. The resulting figure equals
limit the available amount of car-
Use the example below to cal- go and luggage load capaci-
culate the total weight of the ty. For example, if the "XXX"
passengers and luggage or oth- amount equals 1400 lbs .
er things that you plan to trans- and there will be five 150
port so that you can make sure lbs. passengers in your vehi-
that your vehicle will not be cle, the amount of available
overloaded. cargo and luggage load ca-
pacity is 650 lbs. (1400 -750
(5 X 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo .,..
....
being loaded on the vehicle. N
M
::;;
;g
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your trail- Fig. 253 Rotating tires for more even
wear
er will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual Tread Wear Indicator (TWI)
to determine how this re-
The original tires on your vehi-
duces the available cargo
cle have 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)
and luggage load capacity of
high "wear indicators"
your vehicle.
¢ fig. 252 running across the
.,.Checkthe tire sidewall
tread. Depending on the make,
(¢ page 291, fig. 254) to de-
there will be six to eight of
termine the designated load
them evenly placed around the
rating for a specific tire.
tire. Marks on the tire sidewall
(for example "TWI" or other
Tire service life
symbols) indicate the positions
The service life of tires depends of the tread wear indicators.
on a lot of different things in- Worn tires must be replaced.
cluding proper installation and Different figures may apply in
balancing, correct tire pressure other countries ¢ & .
and driving style .
Tire pressure
Incorrect tire pressure causes
premature wear and can cause
sudden tire blow-out. For this
reason, tire pressure must be
checked at least once a month
¢ page 282.
M Fig. 252 Tire tread: tread wear indi-
"'
0
..J cators (TWI)
""'.
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
Driving style - Extra care must be taken when

Drivingfast around curves, rotating direction-specific
heavy acceleration and hard tires ¢ page 311 .
braking increase tire wear. Wheel balancing
Rotating tires for more even The wheels on new vehicles are
wear balanced. However, various sit-
For all four tires on your vehicle uations during everyday driving
to have the same service life, can cause them to become un-
we recommend that the front balanced, resulting in vibra-
and rear tires are rotated ac- tions you can usually feel
cording to the tire manufactur- through the steering wheel.
er's suggested tire rotation in- Unbalanced wheels must be re-
tervals . Please remember the balanced to avoid excessive
following: wear on steering, suspension
-T ire rotation intervals may dif- and tires. A wheel must also be
fer from the vehicle service in· rebalanced when a new tire is
tervals outlined in your War- insta lled.
ranty & Maintenance booklet . Incorrect wheel alignment
- The longer one tire is used in
Incorrect wheel alignment can
one location on the vehicle,
cause excessive ti re wear, im-
the more it wears at certain
pairing the safety of t he vehi-
points; t herefore, we recom-
cle. If t ires show excessive
mend that you follow the tire
wear, have the wheel alignment
manufacturer's suggested tire
checked by an authorized Audi
rotation interva ls.
dealer or qualified workshop.
-Vehicles with front-wheel
drive experience more t read All-wheel drive
wear on the front wheels com- Vehicles with quattro must al-
pared to all-wheel drive (quat- ways have tires of the same
tro) . size, construction and tread
-Please rotate tires as shown type. For details see
¢ fig . 253. ¢ page 227. ...
,&_ WARNING failure and loss of vehicle

-
Sudden tire failure can lead control.
to loss of control, a crash and
serious personal injury! New tires and replacing
-Never drive a vehicle when tires and wheels
the tread on any tire is worn New tires and wheels hove to
down to the wear indica- be broken in.
tors.
-Worn tires are a safety haz-
ard, they do not grip well on
wet roads and increase your
risk of "hydroplaning" and
loss of control.
-Always keep chemicals that
can cause tire damage, such
as grease, oil, gasoline and
brake fluid away from tires.
-Tires age even if they are
not being used and can fail
suddenly, especially at high
Fig. 254 Tire specification codes on
speeds. Tires that are more
the sidewall of a tire
than 6 years old can only be
used in an emergency and No. Description
then with special care and
CD Passenger car tire (where
at lower speeds. applicable)
-Never mount used tires on
your vehicle if you are not
0 Nominal width of tire in
millimeters
sure of their "previous histo-
ry." Old used tires may have ® Ratio of height to width
(aspect ratio)
been damaged even though
M the damage cannot be seen © Radial
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
that can lead to sudden tire ® Rim diameter code
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
No. Description proper facilities for disposing of

the old ti res.
® Load index and speed rat-
ing Autho rized Audi dealers have
(J) U.S. DOTtire identifica- the necessary information
tion number about technical requirements
for installing or changing tires
® Audi Original tire
and rims .
® Sever snow conditions
@ Tire ply composition and Replacing tires and wheels
materials used Tires should be replaced at
@ Maximum load rating least in pairs and not individu-
@ Treadwear, traction and ally (for example both front
temperature grades tires or both rear tires togeth-
@ Maximum permissible iner).
flation pressure Be sure to read and heed the in-
formation to the tire pressure
The tires and rims are essential
parts of the vehicle's design . monitoring system
The tires and rims approved by page 301.
c::>
Audi are specially matched to Always buy replacement radial

the characteristics of the vehi- tires that have the same specifi-
cle and can make a major con- cations as the tires approved
tribution to good road holding for your vehicle by Audi. Re-
and safe handling when in good placeme nt tires m ust always
condition and properly inflated have the same load rating spec-
¢ ,&.. ification as the orig inal equip-
ment or approved optional tires
We recommend that all work
listed in the table c::>page278.
on tires and wheels be per-
formed by an authorized Audi Audi-app roved specificat ion
dealer. They are familiar with tires are specially matched to
recommended procedures and your vehicle and its load limits ,
have the necessary special too l s and can contribute to the im-
and spare parts as well as the portant roadholding, driving .,.
characteristics, and safety of This contains the following in- •

the vehicle. The table formation: •
'
(¢ page 2 78) lists specifica- p Indicates the tire is for pas-
tions of the tires approved for senger cars (where applica-
the Audi models covered by ble)
your Owner's Literature. 255 Nominal tire width in mm
The tire pressure label located of the tire from sidewall
on the driver's side B-pillar edge to sidewall edge. In
¢page 278~ fig. 251 lists the general, the larger the num-
specifications of the original ber, the wider the tire
equipment tires installed on 55 Height/width ratio in per-
your vehicle at the time it was cent (aspect ratio)
manufactured. R Tire construction: Radial
Federal law requires tire manu- 18 Rim diameter code (in in-
facturers to place standardized ches)
information on the sidewall of 109 Load rating code
all tires ¢ fig. 254. This infor- H Speed rating letter code
mation identifies and describes XL (or "xl", "EXTRALOAD" , or
the fundamental characteris- "RF" Indicates that the tire is
tics, the quality grade of the a"Reinforced" or an "Extra
tire and also provides a tire Load" tire
identification number for safety M+S (or "M/5") Indicates that
standard certification and in the tire has some mud and
case of a recall. snow capability
Tire specifications The tires could also have the in-
formation of direction of rota-
Knowledge of tire specifications
tion ¢ page 2 72.
makes it easier to choose the
correct tires . Radial tires have Tire manufacturing date
the tire specifications marked The manufacturing date is also
M
N
on the sidewall, for example: indicated on the tire sidewall
0
(possibly only on the inner side

...J
'SI:
,...., P255 / 55 R 18 109 H XL
\!)
1.1'1
,...., of the wheel): ....
1.1'1
,....,
"DOT ... 2214 ... " means, for will normally prevent your vehi-
example, that the tire was pro- cle from going faster than the
duced in the 22nd week of tire speed rating c>& .
2014.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Speed rating (letter code) Number (TIN) and tire
manufacture date
The speed rating letter code on
the wheels indicates the maxi - This is the tire's "serial num-
mum permissible road speeds ber". It begins with the Letters
c>& in Winter tires on "DOT" and indicates that the
page 298. tire meets all federal stand-
ards. The next two numbers or
P up to 93 mph (150 km/h)
letters indicate the plant where
Q up to 99 mph (158 km/h)
it was manufactured, and the
R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
last four numbers represent the
s up to 110 mph (180 km/h) week and year of manufacture.
T up to 118 mph (190 km/h) For example, the numbers
u up to 124 mph (200 km/h) 2214 mean that the tire was
H up to 130 mph (210 km/h) produced in the 22nd week of
V up to 149 mph (240 km/h) 1) 2014. The other numbers are
z over 149 mph (240 km/h) 1) marketing codes that may or
W up to 168 mph (270 km/h) 1) may not be used by the tire
Y up to 186 mph (298 km/h) 1) manufacturer. This information
Your vehicle is normally factory is used to contact consumers if
equ ipped with tires, which pas- a tire defect requires a recall.
sess excellent driving character- Audi Original tire
istics and give your Audi opti-
Tires with the identification
mum driv ing comfort. An elec-
"AO" or "RO" have been special-
tron ic speed limiter c>page 28 ...
ly matched with your Audi. We
l) For t ires with a maximum speed ca-

pability over 149 mph (240 km/h) ,
tire manufacturers sometimes use
the letters "ZR."
recommend using only these Maximum Permissible

•
tires because they meet the Inflation Pressure •
'
highest standards regarding This number is the greatest
safety and driving characteris- amount of air pressure that
tics when used correctly. Your should ever be put in the tire
authorized Audi dealer will under normal driving condi-
gladly provide you with more tions.
information.
A WARNING
Tire ply composition and - Using incorrect or unmatch-
materials used ed tires and/ or wheels or
The number of plies indicates improper tire and wheel
the number of layers of rubber- combinations can lead to
coated fabric in the tire. In gen- loss of control, collision and
eral, the greater the number of serious personal injury.
plies, the more weight a tire -Always use tires, rims and
can support. Tire manufactur- wheel bolts that meet the
ers also must indicate the ma- specifications of original
terials in the tire, which include factory-installed tires or
steel, nylon, polyester, and oth- other combinations that
ers . have been specifically ap-
Maximum Load Rating proved by the vehicle manu-
facturer.
This number indicates the max-
-Tires age even if they are
imum load in kilograms and
not being used and can fail
pounds that can be carried by
suddenly, especially at high
the tire.
speeds. Tires that are more
Tire quality grading for than 6 years old can only be
treadwear, traction, and used in an emergency and
temperature resistance then with special care and
Tread wear, traction and tem- at lower speeds.
M
N perature grades ¢ page 297. -Never mount used tires on
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
your vehicle if you are not
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
sure of their "previous histo- and sudden deflation and

ry." Old used tires may have loss of control.
been damaged even though -Temperature grades apply
the damage cannot be seen to tires that are properly in-
that can lead to sudden tire flated and not over or un-
failure and loss of vehicle derinflated.
control. -For technical reasons it is
-All four wheels must be fit- not always possible to use
ted with radial tires of the wheels from other vehicles -
same type, size (rolling cir- in some cases not even
cumference) and the same wheels from the same vehi-
tread pattern. Driving with cle model.
different tires reduces vehi- - If you install wheel trim
cle handling and can lead to discs on the vehicle wheels,
a loss of control. make sure that the air flow
-If the spare tire is not the to the brakes is not blocked.
same as the tires that are Reduced airflow to the
mounted on the vehicle - for brakes can them to over-
example with winter tires - heat, increasing stopping
only use the spare tire for a distances and causing a col-
short period of time and lision.
drive with extra care. Refit -Run flat tires may only be
the normal road wheel as used on vehicles that were
soon as safely possible. equipped with them at the
-Never drive faster than the factory. The vehicle must
maximum speed for which have a chassis designed for
the tires on your vehicle are run flat tires. Incorrect use
rated because tires that are of run flat tires can lead to
driven faster than their rat- vehicle damage or acci-
ed speed can fail suddenly. dents. Check with an au-
-Overloading tires cause heat thorized Audi dealer or tire
build-up, sudden tire fail- specialist to see if your vehi-
ure, including a blowout cle can be equipped with ..
Uniform tire quality grading

run flat tires. If run flat tire s •
are used , they must be in- - Tread wear •
- Traction AA A B C
stalled on all four wheels. - Temperature AB C
Mixing tire types is not per- Quality grades can be foun d where applicab le
mitted. on the t ire side wall between t read shoulder
and maximum section width c>page 291,
(D Note fig. 254 .
-For technical reasons, it is For example: Tread wear 200 , Traction AA,
Temperat ure A.
not generally possible to
All passenger car tir es must conf orm to Feder-
use the wheel rims from al Safety Requ irements in add ition to these
other vehicles. This can hold grades.
true for wheels of the same Tread wear
vehicle type. The tread wear grade is a comp arati ve rati ng

based on the wear rat e of t he ti re when t est ed
- If the spare tire is different under cont roll ed conditions on a specifie d
from the tires that you have government test course .
mounted on your vehicle For example , a tire graded 1S0 wo uld wear
one and one half (1 1/ 2) t imes as well on t he
(for example winter tires or
governmen t course as a ti re graded 100 .
wide profile tires), then use
The relative perfo rmance of t ires depends
the spare tire for a short pe- upon the actu al condition s of t heir use, how -
riod of time only and drive ever, and may depart significantly from t he
norm due t o variat ions in dr iving habits, serv-
with extra care. Replace the ice practices and differences in road character-
flat t ire with the tire match- istics and climate.
ing the others on your vehi- Traction
cle as soon as possible. The traction grades, from hig hest t o lowest ,
are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the
- Never drive without the ti re's ability to stop on wet pavement as
valve stem cap. The valves measured under cont rolled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt
could get damaged . and concrete. A t ire mar ked C may have poor
traction performance c>,&..
@) For the sake of the environment
Temperature
Dispose of old tires in accord-
The temperature gr ades are A (the highest),
ance with the local require- B, and C, represent ing the tire's resistance to
M
N
ments. the generation of heat and its abili ty to dissi-
0 pate heat when tested under controlled condi-
...J
'SI:
,...., tions on a specif ied indoo r labo rato ry test
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
whee l.
1.1'1
,....,
Sustained high temperature can cause the proves the vehicle's braking performance and
materia l of the tire to degenerate and reduce reduces stopping distances.
tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
Summer tires provide less gr ip on ice and
to sudden tire failure <=>,& .
snow.
The grade C corresponds to a level of perform-
Winter tires (snow tires) must always be fitted
ance which all passenger car tires must meet
on all four wheels .
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand -
ard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher Ask your authorized Audi dealer or qualified
levels of performance on the laboratory test workshop for perm itted winter tire sizes. Use
wheel than the minimum required by law . only rad ial winter t ires.
A WARNING
Winter tires lose their effectiveness when the
tread is worn down to a depth of 0 .157 inch
The traction grade assigned to this t ire is (4 mm).
based on stra ight-ahead braking traction
Only drive w ith w inter t ires under winter con-
tests, and does not include acceleration,
ditions. Summer t ires handle better when
cornering, hydrop laning or peak traction
characteristics. there is no snow or ice on the roads and the
temperature is above 45 °F (7 °() .
A
,.,.____
WARNING If you have a flat tire, see notes on spare
The temperature grade for this tire is es- wheel<=>page 291 .
tablished for a tire that is properly inflated Please always remember that winter tires may
and not overloaded. Excessive speed, un- have a lower speed rating than the tires origi-
derinflation, or excessive loading, either nally installed on your vehicle at the time it
separately or in combination, can cause was manufactured. Please see <=>page294,
heat buildup and possible tire fa ilure. Speed rating (letter code) for a listing of the
speed rating letter codes and the maximum
Winter tires speed at which the tires can be driven .
Winter tires can improve vehicle handling on The speed rating letter code (<=> page 2 76) is
snow and ice. At temperatures below 45 °F on the side wall of the t ire c>page 291.
(7 °C) we recommend changing to winter
tires . A
,.___
WARNING
Winter tires have maximum speed lim its
In some heavy snow areas, local governments
that may be lower than your vehicle's max-
may require true winter or "snow" tires, those
imum speed. Always know the maximum
with very deeply cut tread. These t ires should
speed before dr iving off. Never drive faster
only be used in pairs and be installed on all
than the speed permitted for your specific
four wheels. Make sure you purchase snow
winter tires. This wi ll cause damage to the
tires that are the same size and construct ion
tires leading to an accident and serious
type as the other tires on your vehicl e.
personal injury to you and your passen-
Your veh icle is equipped with all -wheel drive, gers.
this will improve traction during w inter driv-
ing, even with the standard tires. However, we A
'---
WARNING
-
strongly recommend that you always equ ip all Driving faster than the maximum speed
four whee ls on your vehicle w ith correctly fit- for which the winter tires on your vehicle
ted winter ti res or all-season tires, when win- were designed can cause t ire failure in-
ter road conditions are expected. This also im- cluding a blowout and sudden deflation,
Tire s an d wheel s 2 99
loss of control, crashes and serious per- crease the risk of loss of contro l leading to
•
sonal injuries. Have worn or damaged tires serious personal injury.
replaced immediate ly. •
- Snow chains are available in different
- Winter tires have maximum speed rating sizes. Always make sure to follow the in-
that may be lower than your vehicle's structions provided by the snow chain
maximum speed. manufacturer.
- Never drive faster than the speed for - When driving with snow chains never
wh ich the winter or other tires installed drive faster than the speed permitted for
on your vehicle are rated. your specific snow chains.
- Always observe local regulations.
A WARNING
Always adjust your driving to the road and ([) Note
traffic conditions . Never let the good ac- - Remove snow chains bef ore driving on
celeration of the winte r tires and all-whee l roads not covered with snow to avoid
drive temp t you into taking extra risks. Al- damaging tires and wearing the snow
ways remembe r: chains down unnecessarily.
- When braking, an all-w heel driv e vehicle - Snow chains, which come into direct con-
hand les in the same way as a front dr ive tact with the whee l rim, can scratch or
vehicle. damage it. Therefore, make sure that the
- Drive carefu lly and reduce your speed on snow chains are suitably covered. Check
icy and slippery roads, even winter tires t he positio n of the snow chains afte r
cannot help under black ice condit ions. dr iving a few yards and correct if neces-
sary. Follow the inst ruct ions from the
@) For the sake of the environment snow chain ma nuf act urer when doing so.
Use summe r tires when weathe r cond i- - If the Adaptive Air Suspension* should
tions perm it. They are quieter, do not wear ma lfun ction, do not mount or use snow
as quickly and reduce fue l consumption. chains because the vehicle will be ex-
t reme ly low. If you do drive with snow
chains on while t he vehicle is at this lev-
Snow chains
el, the snow chains might severely dam -
Snow chains may be fitted on ly to the rear age the whee lhouse and other parts of
wheels, and only to certain tire sizes. Ask your the vehicle.
authorized Audi dealer on whic h tire sizes
snow chains can be used. (D Tips
Where snow chains are mandatory oncer -
The snow chains must have low -profile links
tain roads, th is normally also applies to
and must not be thicker than 0.S3 inch
vehicles with all-wheel drive.
(13 .5 mm), including the lock.
Remove wheel cente r covers and tr im discs

Wheel bolts
before putting snow chains on your vehicle
~ 0 . For safety reasons cover caps must the n Wheel bolts must always be tightened to the
be fitted over the whee l bolts. These are avail- correct torque.
able from authorized Audi dealers.
The design of w heel bolts is matched to the
M
N
0
...J
A WARNING
factory installed rims. If different rims are fit-
ted, the correct wheel bolts with the right
'SI:
,...., Using the wrong snow chains for your vehi- length and correct ly shaped bolt heads must
..,.,
\!)
cle or installing them incorrectly can in-
,...., be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted .,..
..,.,
,....,
secure ly and that the brake system functions Low aspect ratio tires
correctly .
Your Audi is factory-equipped with low aspect
In certain circumstances, you may not use ratio tires. These tires have been thoroughly
wheel bolts from a different vehicle - even if it tested and been se lected specifically for your
is the same model ¢ page 328. model for their superb performance, road feel
and handling under a variety of driving condi-
A WARNING t ions . Ask your authorized Audi dealer for
Improperly tightened or maintained whee l more details.
bolts can become loose causing loss of
The low aspect ratio of these tires is indicated
control, a collision and serious personal in-
by a numera l of 55 or less in the tire's size
jury.
designation. The numera l represents the ratio
- Always keep the wheel bolts and the
of the tire's sidewall height in relation to its
threads in the wheel hubs clean so the
tread width expressed in percentage. Conven-
wheel bolts can turn easily and be prop-
t iona l tires have a he ight/w idth ratio of 60 or
erly tightened.
more .
- Never grease or oil the wheel bolts and
the threads in the wheel hubs. They can The performance of low-aspect-ratio tires is
become loose while driving if greased or particularly sensitive to improper inflation
oiled, even if tightened to the specified pressure. It is therefore important that low
torque. aspect ratio tires are inflated to the specified
- Only use wheel bolts that belong to the pressure and that the inflation pressure is
rim being installed. regularly checked and maintained. Tire pres-
- Never use different wheels bolts on your sures should be checked at least once a
vehicle . month and always before a long trip
-Always maintain the correct tighten ing ¢ page 282, Checking tire pressure .
torque for the wheel bolts to reduce the
What you can do to avoid tire and rim
risk of a wheel loss. If the tightening tor- damage
que of the wheel bolts is too low, they
can loos en and come out when the veh i- Low aspect ratio tires can be damaged more
cle is moving . If the tightening torque is easily by impact with potholes, curbs, gullies
too high, the whee l bolts and threads or ridges on the road, particularly if the tire is
can be damaged and the wheel can be- underinflated .
come loose. In order to minimize the occurrence of impact
damage to the tires of your vehicle, we recom-
{[) Note mend that you observe the following precau-
The specified torq ue for the wheel bolts is tions:
120 ft lb (160 Nm) with a tolerance of - Always maintain recommended inflation
± 7,4 ft lb(± 10 Nm). Torque whee l bolts pressures. Check your tire pressure every
diagonally. After changing a whee l, the 2,000 miles (3,000 km) and add air if neces-
torque must be checked as soon as possi- sary .
ble with a torque wrench - preferably by an - Drive carefully on roads with potholes, deep
author ized Audi dealer or qualified work- gullies or ridges. The impact from dr iving
shop. through or over such obstacles can damage
your tires. Impact with a curb may also
cause damage to your tires .
- After any impact, immed iately inspect your
tires or have them inspected by the nearest II>
Tire s an d wheel s 30 1
authorized Audi dealer. Replace a damaged As an added safety featu re, your veh icle has
tire as soon as possible. been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring •
- Inspect your tires every 2 ,000 miles (3,000 system (TPMS) that illum inates a low tire •
km) for damage and wear. Damage is not a l- pressure telltale when one or more of your
ways easy to see . Damage can lead to loss of tires is significantly under-inflated. According-
air and underinflation, which could eventu- ly, when the low tire pressure telltale illumi -
ally cause tire failure. If you be lieve that a nates, you should stop and check your tires as
t ire may have been damaged, replace the soon as possib le, and inflate them to the
t ire as soon as possible . proper pressu re. Driving on a sign ificantly un-
- These tires may wear more quick ly than oth- der- infla t ed ti re causes the tire t o overhea t
ers . and can lead to tire fa ilure . Unde r-inflation al-
- Please also remember that, while these tires so reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,
deliver respons ive handling, they may ride and may affect the vehicle's handling and
less comfortably and make more noise than stopp ing ability.
other cho ices . Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute
Reduced perform ance in winte r/ cold for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driv-
season conditions er's responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has not
All tires are des igned for certai n purposes.
reached the level to tr igger illuminat ion of the
The low aspect ratio, ultra high pe rformance
TPMS low tire pressure tellta le.
tires orig inally installed on your veh icle are in-
tended fo r max imum dry and wet road per- Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
formance and handling . They are not suitable TPMS malfunction ind icator to ind icate when
for cold, snowy or icy weather conditions. If the system is not operating properly . The
you drive under those circumstances, you TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
should equip your vehicle with all-season or the low tire pressure telltale . Whe n the sys -
winter tires, which offer better traction under tem detects a malfunction , the telltale will
those cond itions . We suggest you use the rec- flash for approximate ly one m inute and then
ommended snow or all-season tires specified rema in continuously illum inated . This se -
for your vehicle, or their equ ivalent . quence will continue upon subseque nt vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunct ion exists.
Refer to c>page 298 for more detailed infor-
mat ion regarding winter t ires. When the malfunction indicato r is illum inat-
ed, the sys t em may not be ab le to detect or
Tire pressure signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a var iety of rea-
monitoring system sons, including the insta llation of rep lace-
(D General notes ment or a lternate tires or wheels on the vehi-
cle that prevent the TPMS from functioning
Each t ire, includ ing the spare (if provided), properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction
should be checked monthly when cold and in- telltale after rep lacing one or more tires or
flated to the inflation pressure recommended whee ls on your vehicle to ensure that the re-
by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placeme nt or alternate ti res and wheels allow
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your the TPMS to cont inue to funct ion prope rly.
ve hicle has t ires of a different size than the
M
size ind icated on the vehicle placard or tire in-
N
0
...J
flation pressure label, you should determine
'SI:
,...., the proper tire inflation pressure for those
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
tires).
1.1'1
,....,
302 T i re s and w h ee l s
Tire pressure indicator appears Warn ing symbo ls
The tire pressure indicator in the instrument RELoss of pressure in at least one tire¢ ,&..
cluster informs you if the tire pressure is too Check the tire or tires and replace or repair if
low or if there is a system malfunction. necessary. The RE indicator light in the instru -
ment cluster also illuminates ¢ page 14 .
Check/correct the pressures of all four tires
and reset TPMS via MMI.
[m'El
(Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Tire
press ure: System malfunction!. If [m'El ap-
pears after switching the ignition on or while
driving and the RE indicator light in the in-
strument cluster bli nks for approx imately one
minute and then stays on, there is a system
Fig. 255 Display: underinflation warn ing malfunction . Attempt to store the correct tire
pressure ¢ page 303. If the indicator light
Using the ABS sensors, the tire pressure moni- does not tu rn off or if it t urns on sho rtly
toring system compares the tire tread circum- thereafte r, immediately drive your vehicle to
ference and vibration characteristics of the in- an authorized Audi dealer or authorized repair
dividual tires. If the pressure decreases in one facility to have the malfunction corrected.
or more tires, this is indicated in the instru-
ment cluster with a REwarning symbol and a A
......_
WARNING
message ¢ fig . 255 . The dr iver message in the
- If the tire pressure ind icator appears in
display goes out after 5 seconds. The dr iver the instrument cluster display, one or
message can be displayed again by pressing more of your t ires is sign ificant ly under-
the !CHECK I button. If only one tire is affect-
inflated . Reduce your speed immediately
ed, the display will indicat e its position. and avoid any hard steer ing or braking
The tire pressure monitoring must be reset via maneuvers. Stop as soon as possib le and
MMI each time the pressures are adjusted (e. check the tires and their pressu res. I n-
g. when switch ing between partial and full flate t he ti re pressure to the proper pres-
load pressure) or after changing or replac ing a sure as indicated on the vehicle's tire
tire on your vehicle ¢ page 303. The TPMS in- pressure label r=:>page 278. Driving on a
dicator only monitors the tire pressure that sign ificantly under-inflated tire causes
you have previously stored. You can find the the t ire to overheat and can lead to tire
recommended tire pressures for your vehicle fa il ure. Under-inflation also is likely to
on the label on dr iver's side 8-pillar impair the vehicle's handl ing and stop-
¢page 278. ping ability .
- The driver is responsible for maintaining
Tire tread circumference and vibration charac-
the correct tire pressures. You must
ter istics can change and cause a tire pressure
check the tire pressures regu larly.
warn ing if:
- Under certain conditions (such as a spor-
- the tire pressure in one or more tires is too ty driv ing style, winter conditions or un-
low, paved roads), the pressure monitor indi-
- the tire has st ructural damage, cator may be delayed .
- the tire pressure was changed, whee ls rotat- -Ask you r aut horized Aud i dealer if run-
ed or replaced but the TPMS was not reset flat t ires may be used on you r vehicle.
¢ page 303,
- the spare tire* is mounted.
Tire s an d wheel s 303
@ Tips •
- The tire pressure monitoring system may •
stop working when there is an ESCmal-
funct ion.
- Using snow chains may result in a system
malfunction.
- The tire pressure monitoring system on
your Audi was developed using t ires with
the "AO" or "RO" identification on the
tire sidewall c:>page 291. We recom-
mend using these t ires.
Reset tire pressure monitoring system
If the tire pressure is adjusted, wheels are ro-

tated or changed, the TPMSmust be reset via
MMI.
.. Before stor ing the new tire pressures, check

t hat the current pressures on all four t ires
correspond to the specified values and
adapt the pressures to the current load
c:>page 278 .
.. Switc h on the igni t ion .
.. Select: ICARI f unct ion but t on > System s*
control button > Tire pressure monitoring >
Store now. Or
.. Select: ICARI f unction button> Car systems*
control button > Servicing & checks > Tire
pressure monito ring > Store tire pressures
> Yes, store now .
(D Tips
Do not store the t ire pressure if there are
snow chains on the tire. Otherwise, a sys-
tem ma lf unction may occur.
M
N
0
..J
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
304 What do I do now ?
What do I do now? Jack and folding chocks
Jack, tools and Thejack and the folding chocks are located in
the luggage compartment under the cargo
inflatable spare tire
floor cover.
Tools
The tool kit is located in the luggage com-

partment under the cargo floor cover.
Fig. 257 Luggage compartment vehicl e jack and fo ld-

ing chocks
Fig. 256 Luggage compart ment: vehicle too l kit
The onboard tool kit includes:

- Hook for removing wheel covers*
------
- Plastic hook to remove wheel bolt covers*
- Wheel bolt wrench
- Alignment pin for changing wheels
........
Fig. 258 Openi ng fold ing chocks
- Screwdriver with reversible blade
- 10 x 13 open ended wrench
Vehicle jack
-Towing eye
The jack is located under the tool kit
(D Tips <=>fig. 257. Before storing the jack, make sure
it is wound back down as far as it will go.
Some of the onboard items listed above
are provided on certa in models only or are Folding chocks
optional extras .
Two unassembled fo lding chocks are attached
to the foam section at the front with the jack
<=>
fig. 257.
Release the two hook-and-loop fasteners, and
remove the two chocks. To use the chocks, you
first have to raise the support plate
<=>fig. 258 (!) and then insert the locking plate
with the two "tabs" into the elongated holes
in the base plate @ <=> &..
A
- WARNING
- The chock cannot fulfill its function and
may lose its stability if the "tabs" on the
support plate are not inserted correctly
into the elongated holes in the base
What do I d o now ? 305
plate . If this hap pens , the vehicle may Removing bass box
start to move whi le a whee l is being .,.Squee ze the locking tabs ~ fig. 259 (D of
changed. the conne ctor .
- Never use the folding chocks if they are .,. Disconnect the connector @ and place the
damaged or if they have not been assem- lead to one side.
bled correct ly. .,.Turn the large screw counter-clockwise .
.,.Carefully remove the bass box.
A WARNING
Installing bass box
Improper use of the vehicle jack can cause
ser ious personal injuries. .,.Carefully p lace the bass box in the wheel.
- Never use the jack supplied with your The inscription "FRONT" on the bass box
Audi on another vehicle, particularly on a must face forward .
heavier one. The jack is only suitable for .,. Reconnect the connector that was removed.
use on the vehicle it came with . .,.Secure the bass box with the large screw .
- Using a bumper jack to raise the vehicle
will damage the bumper system. The Inflatable spare tire
jack may slip, causing injury.
The inflatable spare tire expands to its full di-
- Never support your vehicle on cinder
ameter when it is inflated.
bloc ks, bricks or other objects. These
may not be able t o support the load and
cou ld cause injury when they fail.
- Never start or run t he engine while the
vehicle is suppor t ed by the jack.
- If you must wo rk under the vehicle, al-
ways use safety stand s spe cifically de-
signed for t his purpose.
- Always make sure the inflatable spare
tir e a nd even a f lat t ire are se cured in
Fig. 260 Inflatable spare t ire with compressor
place a nd not loose, ot herwise they
cou ld fly forward, causing personal injury Removing inflatable spare tire
to passengers in the veh icle in an acc i-
.,. Lift up the cargo floo r us ing the handle .
dent or sudden mane uver.
"' Turn the large screw 9 fig . 260 counte r-
clockw ise.
Removing bass box "' Remove the bass box as required
Applies to vehicles: with bass box ¢ page 305 .
Before the infla table spare t ire can be taken .,.Take out the inflatable spare tire .
out, the bass box must be removed . .,.Always store the vehicle tool kit, the jack
and the replaced tire in the luggage com-
partment 9 page 169.
Stowing the inflatable spare t ire

"' Release the air by unscrewing t he valve
stem .
M .,.Screw the valve stem back in afterwards .
"'
0_,
.,.Wait a few hours before plac ing the wheel in
"".
rl
I.O
the spare whee l we ll ¢ ,& .
"'
rl Fig. 259 Spare wheel well: Bass box "' Install the bass box as required ¢ page 305 . ..,_
"'
rl
306 What do I do no w ?
• Secure the wheel with the large screw. the flat tire . Insta lling the t ire cha in be-
• Fold the cargo floor back down . fore mounting the wheel and tire is rec-
ommended.
After using th e inflat able spare wheel
- Loose items in the passenger compart-
The inflatable spare t ire can be re-used as ment can cause serious personal injury
long as it is not damaged and is not worn during hard brak ing or in a n accident.
down to the tread wear ind icators c::>A. Never store the inflatable spare tire or
When you let the air out of the inflatable jack and tools in the passenge r compart-
spa re tire, it does not assume its folded shape ment.
again for several ho urs. Until then, it cannot
be placed back in the spare wheel well and (D Note
stowed securely. - The inflatable spare tire has been deve l-
oped specifically for t his veh icle mode l.
A WARNING It must not be exchanged or used for
- Never use the spare tire if it is damaged other vehicle models. Sim ila rly, inflata-
or if it is worn down to the tread wear in- ble t ires from other vehi cle models m ust
dicators. no t be used.
- If the inflatable spare tire is more than 6 - No rma l summer or w inte r ti res m ust not
years old, use it on ly in an emergency be ins t alled on t he infla ta ble t ire rim.
and w ith extreme caut ion and careful
dr iving . Inflating inflatable spare tire
- The inflatable spare tire is intended only
for temporary and short-term use . It • Remove the compressor from the luggage
should be replacedas soon as possible compa rtment c::> page 305 , fig. 260.
with the no rmal wheel and tire . • Unscrew the valve stem from the spare tire.
- The tire pressure value for the inflatable • Screw the tire filler hose from the compres-
spare t ire is located on t he driver's side sor firmly onto the valve of the spare tire.
B-pillar c::>page 278, fig . 251 . • Insert the plug from the compressor into an
outlet of the ve hicle c::>page 90 .
- Maximum perm iss ible speed is SO mph
(80 km/h). • Switch the comp resso r on .
• Let the compressor run unti l the value speci-
- Avoid full-throttle acce le rat ion, heavy
fied on t he ti re pressu re label is reached
braking, and fast corner ing .
page 278, fig. 251 . Switc h t he compres-
c::>
- When the air is let out of the inflatable
sor off after running for 12 m inutes at the
spare wheel, it does not assume its fold-
most - danger of overheating!
ed shape for several hours . Until then, it
cannot be placed back in the spare wheel
we ll and stowed secu rely. A
- WARNING
- Never drive with more than one inflata- The compressor and the tire filler hose can
ble spare ti re. become extremely hot while t hey are run-
- For technical reasons, the use of ti re ning - danger of burns!
chains on the inf latable spare tire is not
permitted. If it is necessary to drive with ([) Note
t ire cha ins, t he infla t able spare whee l Switch the compressor off after ru nning
must be moun ted on the front axle in the for 12 min utes at the most - danger of
event of a flat in a rear tire . The newly overheating! Allow the compressor to cool
available front whee l must the n be in- down for a few m inutes before you use it
sta lled in place of the rear wheel with again .
What do I do now? 307
Changing a wheel - Before you change a whee l, be sure the

•
ground is level and firm. If necessary,
Before changing a wheel •
use a sturdy board under the jack.
Observe the following precautions for your - Always store the vehicle tool kit, the jack
own and your passenger's safety when chang - and the replaced tire in the luggage com-
ing a wheel . partment <=:>page 169 .
.,.After you experience a tire failure, pull the

Changing a wheel
car well away from moving traffic and try to
reach level gro und before you stop ¢ .&_. When you change a wheel, follow these-
.. All passengers should leave the car and quence described below step-by-step and in
move to a safe location (for instan ce, behind exactly that order.
the guardra il)¢ .&_.
.,.Engage the parking brake to prevent your 1. Activate the vehicle jack mode (only
vehicle from rolling unintentionally¢ .&_. vehicles with Adaptive Air Suspension)
.. Move selecto r lever to position P ¢ .&_. ¢ page 161 .
1> Ifyou are towing a trai ler: unhitch the trail-
2. Remove the decorati ve wheel cover*. For
er from your vehicle. more details see also <=:>
page 308, Deco-
.,.Block the diagonally opposite wheel with rative wheel covers or <=:>
page 308,
the folding chocks or other objects. Wheels with wheel bolt caps.
.. Take the jack and the inflatab le spare tire 3. Loosen the whee l bolt s ¢ page 308 .
out of the luggage compartment 4. Locat e the proper mounting point for the
¢page 304. jack and align the jack below that point
¢ page 309 .
& WARNING
-
5. Lift the car with the jack page 309 .
Q
6. Remove the wheel with the flat tire and
You or your passengers could be injured then install the inflatable spare tire
while changing a whee l if you do not fol-
¢ page 310.
low these safety precautions:
7. Tighte n all wheel bolts lightly.
- If you have a flat t ire, move a safe dis- 8. Lowe r the vehicle with the jack .
tance off the road. Turn off the eng ine, 9. Use the wheel bolt wrench and firmly
t urn the emergency flashers on and use t ighten all wheel bolts¢ page 308 .
other warning devices to alert other mo- 10 . Replace t he decora t ive whe e l cover*.
torists. 11. Deactivate t he vehicle jack mode (only
- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe vehicles with Adaptive Air Suspension)
place away from the vehicle and well ¢ page 161 .
away from the road and traffic.
- To help prevent the vehicle from moving
sudden ly and possibly slipping off the
A WARNING
jack, always fully set the parking brake Always read and follow all WARNINGSand
and block the whee l diagonally opposite & in Raising the vehicle on
informat ion<=:>
page 310 and <=:>
page 311.
the wheel being cha nged with the fold-
ing chocks or othe r objects. When one
front whee l is lifted off the ground, plac-
ing the Automat ic Transmission in P
M
N
(Park) will not prevent the vehicle from
0
..J moving .
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
308 What do I do now ?
After changing a wheel '

Wheels with wheel bolt caps
Applies to vehicles: with wheel bolts with caps
A wheel change is no t complete without do-
ing the following . The caps must be removed first from the
wheel bolts before the bolts can be un-
"' Always store the vehicle tool kit, the jack screwed .
and the replaced tire in t he luggage com-
partment ¢ page 169 .
"' As soon as possible, have the tightening
torques on all wheel bolts checked with a
torque wrench. The correct tightening tor-
que is 120 ft lb (160 Nm).
"' Have the flat tire replaced as soon as possi-
ble.
@ Tips Fig. 262 Changing a whee l: re moving the whee l bolt

- If you notice that the wheel bolts are caps
corroded and difficult to turn while

Removing
changing a tire, they should be replaced
before you check the tighten ing torque. "' Push the plastic clip provided with the vehi-
- Drive at reduced speed until you have the cle tool kit over the wheel bolt cap until it
tightening torques checked. engages .
"' Pull on the plastic clip to remove the cap
Decorative wheel covers <=)
fig. 262 .
Applies to vehicles: with decorative wheel covers
Refitting
The decorative wheel covers must be removed
"' Place the caps over the wheel bolts and
first to access the wheel bolts. push them back on.
The caps are to protect and keep the wh eel

bolts clean.
Loosening and tightening the wheel

bolts
The wheel bolts mus t be loosened before rais-

ing the vehicle .
Fig. 261 Chan ging a whee l: Removing th e whee l cover
Removing
"' Insert the hook provided with the vehicle
tool kit in the hole in the hub.
"' Pull off the decorative wheel cover
fig. 261
<=> .
Fig. 263 Cha ng ing a wheel : loosening t he whee l bolts II--

Loosening
• Install the wheel bolt wrench ove r the

whee l bolt and push it down as far as it will
go.
• Take tight hold of th e end of the wrench
handle and turn the whee l bolts counter-
clockwise abou t one single t urn in t he di rec·
tion of arrow c::>fig. 263 .
Fig. 265 Sill: posit ioning the jack
Tightening
• Install the wheel bolt wrench over the • Activate t he vehicle jack mode* (only
wheel bolt and push it down as far as it will veh icles with Adaptive Air Suspension)
go . page 161 .
c::>
• Take tight hold of the end of the wrench • Engage the parking brake to prevent your
handle and turn each wheel bolt clockwise vehicle from rolling unintentionally
until it is seated . • Move the selector lever to position P.
• Find the marking (imprint) on the sill t hat is
& WARNING nea rest the whee l that will be changed
- Do not use force or hurry when changi ng fig. 264. Behind the marking, there is a
c::>
a whee l · you can cause t he vehicle to slip lifting point on the sill for the jack.
off t he jac k and cause serious personal • Turn the jack located under the lifting point
injuries . on the sill to raise the jack until its arm @
- Do not loosen the wheel bolts more than fig . 265 is located under the designated
c::>
one turn before you raise the veh icle with plastic mount c::>.&.c::>Q) .
the jack. - You risk an injury. • Align the jack so that its arm @ c::>fig. 265
engages in the designated lifting point in
(j) Tips the door s ill and th e movable base ® lies
flat on the ground. The base @ must be ver-
If a wheel bolt is very tight, you may find it
tical under the lifting point @ .
easie r to loosen by carefully pushing down
• Wind the jack up further until the flat t ire
on the end of the wheel bolt wrench with comes off the ground c::> .,&.
one foot only . As you do so, hold on to the
car to keep yo ur balance and take care not Position the jack only under the designated
to slip. lifting points on the sill c::>fig. 264. There is
exactly one locat ion for each whe el. The jack
Raising the vehicle must not be positioned at any other location
.&.c::>Q).
c::>
The vehicle must be lifted with th e jack first
before the wheel can be removed . An unstable surface under the jack ca n cause
the vehicle to slip off the jack. Always provide
a firm base for the jack on the ground . If nec -
essary place a sturdy board or similar s upport
under the jack . On hard, slippery surfaces
(such as tiles) use a rubber mat or similar to
prevent the jack from slipping c::>,&.. .,,.
M
"'
0
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'rl Fig. 264 Sill pane ls: markings
310 What do I do now?
& WARNING Taking the wheel off/ installing the

inflatable spare tire
- You or your passengers could be injured
while changing a wheel if you do not Follow these instructions step-by-step for
follow these safety precautions: changing the wheel
- Position the jack only at the designated
lifting points and align the jack. Other-
wise, the jack could slip and cause an
injury if it does not have sufficient hold
on the vehicle.
- A soft or unstable surface under the
jack may cause the vehicle to slip off
the jack. Always provide a firm base for
the jack on the ground . If necessary,
use a sturdy board under the jack. Fig. 266 Changing a wheel: alignment pin inside the
top hole
- On hard, slippery surface (such as tiles)
use a rubber mat or similar to prevent
After you have loosened all wheel bolts and
the jack from slipping.
raised the vehicle off the ground, remove and
- To help prevent injury to yourself and replace the wheel as follows:
your passengers:
- Do not raise the vehicle until you are Removing the wheel
sure the jack is securely engaged. .,. Remove the topmost wheel bolt completely
- Passengers must not remain in the ve- and set it aside on a clean surface.
hicle when it is jacked up. .,.Screw the threaded end of the alignment
- Make sure that passengers wait in a pin from the tool kit hand-tight into the
safe place away from the vehicle and empty bolt hole ¢ fig . 266.
well away from the road and traffic. .,.Then remove the other wheel bolts as de-
- Make sure jack position is correct, ad- scribed above.
just as necessary and then continue to .,._Takeoffthe wheel leaving the alignment pin
raise the jack. in the bolt hole ¢ (D.
Putting on the inflatable spare tire

(D Note
Do not lift the vehicle by the sill. Position .,.Inflate the inflatable spare tire ¢ page 306
the jack only at the designated lifting and push the wheel over the alignment pin.
points on the sill. Otherwise , your vehicle "Screw in and tighten all wheel bolts slightly.
will be damaged. .,. Remove the alignment pin and insert and
tighten the remaining wheel bolt slightly
like the rest .
.,.Turn the jack handle counter-clockwise to
lower the vehicle until the jack is fully re-
leased .
" Use the wheel bolt wrench to tighten all
wheel bolts firmly ¢ page 308 . Tighten
them crosswise, from one bolt to the (ap-
proximately) opposite one, to keep the
wheel centered.
(D Note Notes on wheel changing

•
When removing or install ing the wheel, Please read t he info rmat ion c:>page 291, New •
the rim could hit the bra ke rotor and dam- tires and replacing tires and wheels if you a re
age the rotor . Wor k carefully and have a go ing to use a sp ar e tire w hich is different
second person help you. from the ti res on your vehicle.
After you cha nge a tire:
- When mounting tires with unidirectional - Check the tire pressure on the spare imme-
tread design ma ke sure the tread pat- diately after installation .
tern is pointed the right way - Have the wheel bolt tightening torque
<=>
page 311. checked with a torque wrench as soon as
- The wheel bolts should be clea n and easy possible by your authorized Audi dealer or
to tu rn. Check for d irt and corrosio n on a qualified workshop.
t he mat ing su rfaces of both t he whee l - With steel and alloy wheel rims, the wheel
and the hub. Remove a ll dirt from these bolts are correctly tightened at a torque of
su rfaces before remo unt ing t he wheel. 120 ft lb (160 Nm) .
- If you notice that the wheel bolts are cor-
roded and difficult to turn while changing
Tires with unidirectional tread design
a tire, they should be replaced before you
Tires with unidirectional tread design must be check the tightening torque.
mounted with their tread pattern point ed in - Replace the flat tire with a new one and
the right direction. have it installed on your vehicle as soon as
possible. Remount the wheel cover.
Using a spare tire with a tread pattern
intended for use in a specific direction Until then, drive with extra care and at re-
When using a spa re tire w ith a t read patte rn duced speeds .
inte nded fo r use in a specific direction, please
&_ WARNING
not e t he followi ng: -
- If yo u are goi ng t o equip you r ve hicle
- The direction of rotation is marked by an a r-
wit h tires o r rims whi ch differ from t hose
row on the side of the t ire.
which were fac t ory installed, t hen be
- If the spare t ire has to be installed in the in-
sure to rea d the information c:>page 2 91,
correct di rection, use the spa re tire only
New tires and replacing tires and
tem porarily si nce th e t ire will not be able to
wheels.
achieve it s op t imum pe rfo rm a nce chara cter-
- Always make s ure the damaged wheel o r
ist ics with reg ar d to aq uaplani ng, noise a nd
even a flat tire and the jack and t ool kit
wea r.
are prope rly secured in the luggage com -
- We recommend th at you pay pa rticular at-
pa rtme nt and are not loose in the pas -
tent io n t o t his fact du ring wet weathe r and
senge r compartment .
t hat you adjus t your spee d to matc h roa d
- In an accident or sudden maneuver they
con d it ions.
could fly forwa rd, injuring a nyone in the
- Replace t he fla t t ire w ith a new one and
veh icle.
have it installed on your vehicle as soon as
- Always sto re damaged wheel , jack a nd
poss ible to restore the hand ling advantages
too ls sec urely in the luggage compa rt-
M of a unid irect iona l tire.
N men t. Othe rwise, in a n accide nt or s ud-
0
...J
'SI:
de n m aneuver they could fly forwa rd,
,....,
..,.,
\!) causing inju ry to pa ss e nger s in th e vehi-
,...., cle.
..,.,
,....,
312 Fuses a nd bulbs
Fuses and bulbs .,.Check the following table to see which fuse
belongs to the consumer.
Electrical fuses ... Remove the appropriate cover .
...To remove the purp le plastic clip if necessa-
Replacing fuses
ry 1) , hold onto it at the small side and pull
Fuses that have blown will have metal strips it out of the fuse panel c:>page 313,
that have burned through . fig. 269 .
... Remove the clamp from the rear side of the
fuse cover c:>fig. 267 .
... Remove the fuse using the clamp and re-
place the blown fuse with an identical new
one.
-A WARNING
Do not repair fuses and never replace a
-
blown fuse with one that has a higher amp

Fig. 267 Left cockpit: fuse pa nel cover rating. This can cause damage to the elec-
trical system and a fire .
(D Note
If a new fuse burns out again after shortly
have you have installed it, have the electri-
• •
cal system checked by your authorized
Audi dealer .
{!) Tips
Fig. 268 Right luggage compart ment: s ide trim
- The following table does not list fuse lo-
The fuses are located at the front left and cations that are not used.
right of the cockpit and behind the trim on - Some of the equipment items listed are
the right side of the luggage compartment. optional or only available on certain
model configurations .
.,.Turn off the ignition and the affected electri-
cal consumers.
ll You can dis pose of the pla st ic clip aft e r removing it.
Fuses and bulbs 313
Left cockpit fuse assignment
Fig. 269 Left cockpit: fuse panel with plast ic clip
Fuse panel @ (red) No. Consumer Amps

No. Consumer Amps Intell igent power module driver
8 25
DC/DCconverter (lights left s ide of veh icle)
1 5
3 MMI 7,5 Intelligent powe r modu le driver
9 25
(lights right side of vehicle)
6 Lumbar support driver's seat 10
10 Instrument cluste r 10
Window regula tors (left side of
7 35 1 1 Headlight washer system 30
vehicle)
Door control module (left side 12 Diagnost ic connector 10
8 15
of vehicle) Fuse panel © (black)
Tire pressu re monitoring sys -
9 5 No. Consumer Amps
tern
Electronic ignition lock, Head light electron ic system
1 10
10 power stee ring column adjust- 30 (left side of vehicle)
ment 2 Adaptive cruise control 5
11 Switch module steering column 10 5 Rear Seat Ent e rta inmen t 5
Intellig ent power module con - 6 Term inal 15 (interior) 5
12 5
venience 7 Oil level sensor 5
8 Diagnostic connector 5
Fuse panel @ (brown)
Automatic dipp ing interior m ir-
No. Consumer Amps 9 5
ror
3 Seat ventilation (left) 15 10 Home link 5
4 Wiper system 30 11 Control modul e Gat eway 5
5 Rain sensor 5 12 Headlig ht range adju stmen t 5
6 Horn 25
M 7 Inte lligent power module driver 30
"'
0
..J
'<I'
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
314 Fuses a nd bulbs
Right cockpit fuse assignment
Fig. 270 Right cockpit: fuse panel w ith plastic clip
Fuse panel @ (black) No. Consumer Amps

No. Consumer Amps 6 Automatic transmission 5/20
1 Heated rear seats 20 Electronic Stabilization Control
7 5
(ESC)
2 Telephone, cell phone package 5
Shift gate automatic transmis-
3
Front seat hating/seat ventila-
30/ 15 8
sion
s
tion (right)
Electronic Stab il izat ion Control 9 Parking system s
4 20
(ESC) 10 Airbag 5
Door control module (right side 11 Heat ed rear seats 5
5 15
of vehicle) 12 Air-conditioning 5
6 Rear electrical outlets 25
Fuse panel © (red)
Lumbar support passenger 's
7 10
seat No. Consumer Amps
9 Front electrica l outlets 25 1 I nstrument cluster 10
10 A/C controls 10 2 Rearview camera 5
11 Cooler 15 3 CD player, DVD drive 5
Inte l ligent power module pas- 4 MMI Display 5
12 15
senger 5 Automatic t ransmission 15
Panoramic sliding sunroof seg-
Fuse panel @ (brown ) 7 20
ment 1
No. Consumer Amps Panoramic sliding sunroof seg-
8 20
Headlight electronic system ment 2
1 10
(right side of vehicle) Panoramic sliding sunroof sun-
9 20
2 Ride height adjustment 5 blind
3 Telephone package 5 W indow regulators (right side
11 35
4 Audi side assist 5 of vehicle)
Electronic Stabilization Control 12 Rear air-conditioning controls 10
s (ESC)
5
Fuses and bulbs 315
Right luggage compartment fuse assignment
0
Fig. 271 Right luggage compartment: fuse panel with plastic clip
Fuse panel @ (black) No. Consumer Amps

No. Consumer Amps 4 Bang & Olufsen amplif ier 30
1 Rear Seat Entertainment 15 5 Ride height adjustment 15
2 AdBlue heater 30 6 Soft close 20
3 Fuel filler door detection 5 7 Power rear lid 30
5 Parking system 5 8 Power rear lid 30
Inte lligent power module con- 9 Trailer hitch 15
6 venience 2 15 10 Trailer hitch (left side of vehicle) 20
(right s ide of vehicle) Trailer hitch (right side of vehi-
11 20
Intelligent power module con- cle)
7 venience 2 15
(left side of veh icle)
Bulbs
Luggage compartm e nt electri-
9 20 Replacing light bulbs
cal outlet
Intelligent power module con- Foryour safety, we recommend that you have
10 venience 1 20 your authorized Audi dealer replace burned
(right side of veh icle) out bulbs for you.
11 Convenience contro l modu le 15
It is becoming increas ing ly more and more
Intelligent power module con- difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs since in
12 venience 1 30 many cases, other parts of the car must first
(left side of vehicle) be removed before you are able to get to the
bulb. This applies espe cially to the light bulbs
Fuse panel © (red)
in the front of your car which you can only
No. Consumer Amps reach through the en gine compartment.
Radio 7,5/3 Sheet metal and bu lb holders can have sharp
M 1
0
"'
0
edges that can cause serious cuts , and parts IJ>
..J
"". Digital Signal Processing (DSP)/
rl 3 30
I.O BOSE amplifier
"'
rl
"'
rl
316 Fuses and bulbs
must be correctly taken apart and then prop- - It is best to ask your authorized Audi
erly put back together to help prevent break- dealer whenever you need to change a
age of parts and long term damage from wa- bulb.
te r that can enter housings that have not been
properly resealed.
For your safety, we recommend that you have
your author ized Audi deale r replace any bulbs
for you, since your dealer has the proper tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise.
Gas discharge lamps (Xenon lights)*:
Due to the high electrical voltage, have the

bulbs rep laced by a qualified technician.
Headlights with Xenon light can be identified
by the high voltage sticker.
A WARNING
Contact with high-voltage components of
the electrical system and improper re-
placement of gas discharge (Xenon) head-
light bulbs can cause serious personal in-
jury and death .
- Xenon bulbs are pressurized and can ex-
plode when being changed.
- Changing Xenon lamps requires the spe-
cial train ing, instructions and equ ip-
ment .
- Only an authorized Audi dealer or other
qualified workshop should change the
bulbs in gas discharge lamps.
A WARNING
-
There are parts with sharp edges on the
openings and on the bulb holders that can
cause serious cuts.
- If you are uncertain about what to do,
have the work performed by an author-
ized Audi dea ler or other qualified work-
shop. Serious personal injury may result
from improperly performed work.
(j) Tips
- If you must replace the light bulbs your-
se lf, always remembe r that the engine
compartment of any vehicle is a hazard-
ous area to work in. Always read and
heed all WARNINGSc::>page 256 c::> _&.
Emergency situations 31 7
Emergency situations - A discharged battery can freeze at tem-

•
pe rat ures just below 32 °F (0 °C). Before
General connecting a ju mpe r cable, you must •
thaw the frozen battery comp lete ly, ot h-
This chapter is intended for trained emer-
e rwise it could explode.
gency crews and working personnel who
have the necessary tools and equipment to
- Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes
perform these operations. or skin . Flus h any cont acted area wit h
wat er immediately .
- Imp roper use of a booster battery to
Starting by pushing or
st art a vehicle may cause an explosion.
towing - Vehicle batter ies generate expl osive gas-
es. Keep sparks, flame and lighted ciga-
(D Note rettes away from bat te ries.
Your vehicle is equi pped w ith an automatic - Do not t ry to jump start a ny ve hicle wit h
tra ns miss io n. Cons eque nt ly, the e ngine a low ac id leve l in the battery.
cann ot be started by pus hing o r tow ing. - The voltage of the booste r batte ry m ust
also have a 12-Volt rat ing. The capac ity
Starting with jumper (Ah) of the booste r batt e ry sho uld not be
lowe r than that of th e discharged bat-
cables
t ery. Use of batt e ries of d iffe ren t volt age
If necessary, the engine can be started by or subst an t ially differen t "Ah" rat ing
connecting it to the battery of another vehi- may cause an exp losion and pers onal in-
cle. jury .
- Never charg e a frozen batt ery. Gas t ra p-
If t he engine shou ld fail to start because of a
ped in t he ice may cau se an explosion .
d ischarged or weak battery, the battery can be
connected to the battery of another veh icle, - Neve r char ge o r use a batt e ry t hat has
usi ng a pair of jumper cables to start the en- been fro zen . The batte ry case may have
gine . be weake ned.
- Use of bat t er ies of differe nt volta ge or
Jumper ca bles substantially diffe ren t ca pacity (Ah) rat -
Use only jumper cab les of sufficiently large ing may cause an exp losion and injury .
cross section to carry the starter cur rent safe- The ca pa city (Ah) of the booster battery
ly. Refer to the man ufacturer's specifications. should not be lower than that of t he dis-
charged battery.
Use only jumper cables with insulated te rm i- - Before you check anything in the engine
na l clamps which are d istinctly mar ked: compa rtment, always read an d heed a ll
plus(+ ) cable in mos t cases colore d red WARNINGS¢ page 256.
minus(-) cable in most cases colored black .

(D Note
A WARNING - App lying a high er voltage booste r bat -

t ery will cause expens ive damage to sen -
Batt e ries con t ain e lectr icity, a cid, and gas.
sit ive e lectronic components, such as
Any of t hese can caus e very ser ious or fata l
cont ro l units, relays, rad io, etc.
injury . Follow the instruc t ions below fo r
- There must be no electrical contact be -
M
N
safe han dli ng of your veh icle's battery .
0
tween the vehicles as otherw ise current
...J - Always s hield yo ur eyes and avoid lean-
'SI:
,...., could already start to f low as soon as t he
ing over t he bat te ry w henever possib le .
..,.,
\!)
posi ti ve(+) terminals a re con nect ed. ..,.
,....,
..,.,
,....,
318 Emergency situations
Connect POSITIVE(+) to POSITIVE(+)

@ Tips
(red)
- The discharged battery must be properly
.. Open the red cover on the pos itive pole
connected to the vehicle's electrical sys-
¢ fig. 272 .
tem. When jump starting or charging the
1. Connect one end of the red positive cable
battery, never connect the negative
on the jump start bolt c::;,fig. 2 73 @
ground cable to the battery negative
(Bolts under red cover = "positive") of the
post because the battery manager sys-
vehicle to be started @ .
tem must be able to detect the battery's
2. Connect the other end to the positive ter-
state of charge . Always connect the neg-
mina l @ of the booster battery @ .
ative ground cable to the negative
ground post of the battery manager con- Connect NEGATIVE(-) to NEGATIVE(-)
trol unit. (black)
3. Connect one end of the black negative ca-
Use of jumper cables ble to the negat ive terminal @ of the
Make sure to connect the jumper coble booster battery @ .
clomps in exactly the order described below! 4. Connect the other end of the black nega-
tive cable to the jump start bolt @ (Bolts
with hex head= "negative") of the vehicle
to be started @ .
Starting the engine

.. Start the engine of the veh icle with the
booster battery @ . Run the engine at a
moderate speed .
.. Start engine with discharged vehicle battery
@ in the usual manner.
Fig. 272 Engine co mpartment: Conne cto rs for jum pe r
cables and charger .. If the engine fails to start: do not keep the
starter crank ing for longer than 10 seconds .
Wait for about 30 seconds and then try
again .
""With engine running, remove jumper cables
from both vehicles in the exact reverse or·
de r.
.. Close the red cover on the positive pole.
® The battery is vented to the outside to prevent

gases from entering the veh icle interior. Make
Fig. 273 Jump sta rt ing with the bat t ery of anot her ve-
sure that the jumper clamps are well connect-
hicle : A - booster battery, B - discharge d vehicle batte ry
ed with their metal ports in full contact with
The procedure described below for connecting the battery terminals.
jumper cables is intended to provide a jump
start for your veh icle .
-A WARNING
To avoid serious persona l injury and dam-
Vehicle with discharged battery:
age to the vehicle, heed all warnings and
.. Turn off lights and accessories, move lever instructions of the jumper cable manufac-
of automatic transmission to N (Neutral) or turer . If in doubt, call for road service . ,..
P (Park) and set parking brake.
Em e rg e n cy si tuation s 319
- Jumper cables must be long enough so Emergency towing

•
that the vehicles do not t ouch. with commercial tow
- When connecting jumper cables, make •
truck
sure that they cannot get caught in any
moving parts in the eng ine compart- General hints
ment.
Your Audi requires special handling for tow-
- Before you check anything in the engine
ing.
compartment, always read and heed all
WARNINGS Q page 256. The following information is to be used by
commercial tow t ruck operators who know
(D Note how to operate their equipment safely.
Improper hook-up of jumper cables can ru- - Never tow your Audi , towing will cause
in the generator. damage to the engine and transmi ssion.
- Always connect POSITIVE(+) to POSI- - Never wrap th e safet y chain s or winch ca-
TIVE(+), and NEGATIVE(-) to NEGATIVE ble s around th e brake lin es.
(- ) ground post of the battery manager - To prevent unne cessary dam age, your Aud i
control unit. mu st be t ransported with a flat bed truck .
- Check that all screw plugs on the battery - To load th e vehi cle on to the fl at bed, use
cells are screwed in firmly. If not, tighten the t owing loop found in the vehicle t ool s
plugs prior to connecting clamp on nega- and atta ch to the front or rear anchorage
tive battery terminal. ¢ page 320 and Q page 320 .
- Please note that the procedure for con-
nect ing a jumper cable as described A WARNING
-
above applies specificallyto the case of A vehicle being towed is not safe for pas-
your vehicle be ing jump started . When
sengers. Never allow anyone to ride in a
you are giving a jump start to another ve-
vehicle be ing towed, for any reason.
hicle, do not connec t the negat ive (- ) ca-
ble to the negat ive( -) term inal on the
discharged battery © ¢ fig. 2 73. In-
stead, securely connect the negative( -)
cable to e ither a solid metal component
that is firmly bolted to the engine block
or to the engine block itse lf. If the bat-
tery that is being charged does not vent
to the outside, escaping battery gas
could ignite and exp lode!
M
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
Front towing loop Rear towing loop
Do not install the front towing loop until it is Do not install the rear towing loop until it is
needed . needed .
Fig. 274 Right fron t bumper: Removing t he cover Fig. 276 Rear bumper: Cover
Fig. 275 Right fron t bumper wit hout cover: Screwing Fig. 277 Rear bumper: Screwing in tow ing loop
i n towing loo p
On the right s ide of the rear bumper there is a
The towing loop fits into the threaded hole lo- threaded hole for the towing loop. The
cated on the right side of the front bumper threaded hole is protected by a cover.
and covered by a cover when not in use.
• Remove the towing loop from the vehicle
• Remove the towing loop from the vehicle tool kit c>page 304 .
tool kit c>page 304. • To release the cover from the bumper, press
• Carefully remove the cover c>fig. 274. it in by applying short, sharp pressure to the
• Screw the towing loop tightly into the outer part c>fig . 2 76.
threaded hole as far as it will go c>fig . 2 75 . • Screw the towing loop tightly into the
threaded hole as far as it will go c>fig. 2 77.
When it is no longer needed, unscrew the
towing loop and put it back into the vehicle Unscrew the towing loop again afte r use and
toolkit. Be sure to have the towing loop stored install the cover in the bumper. Return the
in the vehicle at all times . towing loop to the toolkit . Be sure to have the
towing loop stored in the vehicle at a ll times.
A WARNING
If the towing loop is not screwed in as far A WARNING
as it will go, the thread can pull out when If the towing loop is not screwed in as far
the vehicle is towed - potential risk of an as it will go, the thread can pull out when
accident. the veh icle is towed - potential risk of an
accident.
Emergenc y s itu a tion s 321
Loading the vehicle onto a flat bed truck
Fig. 280 Rear liftin g point
Fig. 278 Vehicle on fla t bed tr uck .,. Read and heed WARNING c::>.&,.
.,. Locate lifting points c::>fig. 2 79 and
Front hook up ¢ fig. 280 .
.. Align the vehicle with t he centerline of the .,.Adjust lifting arms of wo rkshop ho ist or
car carr ier ramp. floor jack t o ma tch veh icle lifting points.
.. Attach the winch hook to the front towline .. Insert a rubbe r pad bet ween the floor jack/
eye previously installed . workshop hoist and the lift ing points.
Rear hook up If you mus t lift your veh icle with a floor jack
to work underneath, be sure the vehicle is
.. Align the vehicle with the centerline of the
safel y supported on stand s intended for thi s
car carrier ramp.
purpos e .
.. Attach the winch hook to the rear towline
eye previously installed. Front lifting point
The lifti ng point is loca t ed o n the floo r pan re-
(D} Tips inforcemen t abo ut at the same level as the
Check carefully to make sure the hook- up jack mounting point c::> fig. 279. Do not lift
is secure before moving the car up the flat- the vehicle at the vertical sill reinforcement.
bed truck ramp .
Rear lifting point
Lifting vehicle The lifting point is located on the vert ica l rein-
fo rcement of t he lower sill for t he on board
Lifting with workshop hoist and with jack c::>fig. 280 .
floor jack
Lifting with vehicle jack
The vehicle may only be li~ed at the lifting
points illustrated . Refer to c:;,page 309 .
A WARNING
-
- To reduce the risk of ser ious injury and
veh icle damage.
- Always lift the vehicle only at the spe-
cia l workshop hoist and floor jack lift
points illustrated c:;,fig. 279 and
c:;,fig. 280.
M - Failure to lift the veh icle at these
"'
0 Fig. 279 Front lift ing point po ints could cause the vehicle to tilt or ..,.
..J
"".
rl
I.O
"'
rl
"'
rl
fall from a lift if there is a change in ve-

hicle weight distribution and balance.
This might happen, for example, when
heavy components such as the engine
block or transmission are removed .
- When removing heavy components like
these, anchor vehicle to hoist or add cor-
responding weights to maintain the cen-
ter of gravity. Otherwise, the vehicle
might tilt or slip off the hoist, causing
serious personal injury.
(D Note
- Be aware of the following points before
lifting the vehicle:
- The vehicle should never be lifted or
jacked up from underneath the engine
oil pan, the transmission housing, the
front or rear axle or the body side
members. This could lead to serious
damage.
- To avoid damage to the underbody or
chassis frame, a rubber pad must be
inserted between the floor jack and
the lift points.
- Before driving over a workshop hoist,
check that the vehicle weight does not
exceed the permissible lifting capacity
of the hoist.
- Before driving over a workshop hoist,
ensure that there is sufficient clear-
ance between the hoist and low parts
of the vehicle.
Technical Data 323
Technical Data Vehicle identification label
The vehicle identification label is located in

Vehicle identification the luggage compartment under the cargo
floor cover.
The label¢ fig. 282 shows the following vehi-

cle data :
(D Vehicle Ident ificat ion Number (VIN)

@ Vehicle type, engine out put, tr ansmission
® Engine and transmission code
© Paint number and inte rior
Fig. 281 Vehid e Identificat ion Number (VlN) plate: lo · ® Optional equipment numbers
cation on driver 's side das h pane l
The information of the vehicle identification
label can also be found in your Warranty &
XXXXX XXX xx
XX· X- XXXX Maintenance booklet .
~ - llllll · NR.
fAllftlli.
~ W!ru -llllll-NO. XXXX XXX XXXXXXXX
XXXX
Safety compliance sticker
IYP/TYPE XXXXXX
The safety compliance sticker is your assur-
XX XXXXXXX
XX X X XX ance that your new veh icle complies with all
®i~W.::·f
XXX KW XXX
applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
:l~~ XXXX XXXXXX
Standards which were in effect at the time the
©+ ::rw=xxxxI xxxxXXXI xx
M.· AUSSt
I IJ'IIDIIS
vehicle was manufactured . You can find this
EOA 7 D5 4UB 6XM SSG SRW sticker on the door jamb on the driver 's side.
2EH JDZ 1LB l AS 18 A
3FC SMU 7Xl It shows the month and year of production
FDA 9G3 OG7 OYH OJF and the vehicle ident ificat ion number of your
TL6 3 KA 8EH Ul A X98 027
lXW 803 908 824 D2D vehicle (perforation) as well as the Gross Veh i-
7T6 CV7 7KO 4X3 2K2
3L4 4KC 3YO 413 50 2 cle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle
1SA 7GB 01A 4GO
~-- Weight Rating (GAWR).
XX. X XX X XX X XXXX
High voltage warning label
The high voltage warning label is located in
Fig. 282 Vehicle identificat ion label: inside the lug - the engine compartment next to the engine
ga ge compar tm ent
hood re lease. The spark ign ition system com-
plies with the Canadian standard ICES-002 .
Vehicle Identification Number (VlN)
The Vehicle Iden t ifica t ion Number is located

Weights
in different p laces :
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
- under the w indshield on the driver's side
¢fig. 281. The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), and
- in the MMI: Select: !CAR ! function button> the Gross Axle Weight Rati ng (GAWR) for
Systems* cont ro l bu tt on > Vehicle ID num- front and rear are listed on a sticke r on the
ber (VIN) or select: ICAR Ifunction button > door jamb on the driver's s ide .
Car systems* control button > Servicing &
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating includes the
~ checks > VIN number.
weight of the bas ic vehicle plus full fuel tank,
:3 - on the vehicle identification label. o il and coolant, plus maximum load, which in-
""'.
rl
I.O cludes passenger we ight (150 lbs/68 kg per II>--
"'
rl
"' rl
324 Techni cal Dat a
designated seating position) and luggage trailer towing equipment (factory or

weight¢ .&,. dealer-installed), and running boards
(dealer-installed). UNDER NO CIRCUM-
Gross Axle W eight Rating
STANCESMAYALL SUCHITEMS BE IN-
The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum STALLEDON THE SAMEVEHICLE.
load that can be applied at each axle of the - The actual Gross Axle Weig ht Rating at
vehicle ¢ Lr!,. the front and rear axles should not ex-
ceed the permissible weights, and the ir
Vehicle capacity weight
comb inat ion must not exceed the Gross
The vehicle capacity we ight (max. load) is list- Vehicle Weight Rating.
ed on the driver's side B-pill ar. - Exceeding permiss ible weight ratings can
A WARNING
result in vehicle damage, accidents and
personal injury.
- The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating for your ....--
vehicle, fo und on the safety compliance CDNote 1
label on the driver's side B-pillar, must
- The vehicle capacity weight figu res apply
never be exceeded under any circumstan-
when the load is distr ibuted evenly in the
ces. Exceeding the Gross Vehicle Weight
vehicle (passengers and luggage). When
Rating of your vehicle is likely to damage
t ransport ing a heavy load in the lugg age
your vehicle, and such damage will not
compar t ment, carry the load as near t o
be covered by your Limited New Vehicle
t he rear axle as possible so that the vehi-
Warranty. Exceeding the Gross Vehicle
cle's handling is not impaired.
Weight Rating will also change the per-
- Do not exceed the maximum permissib le
formance and handling characte rist ics of
axle loads or the maximum gross vehicle
your vehicle, which cou ld cause a crash
we ight . Always remember that the vehi-
result ing in serious inju ry or death.
cle's handling w ill be affected by the ex-
- The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating fo r yo ur
tra load. Therefore, adj ust your speed ac-
vehicle would be exceeded if your vehicle
cordingly.
is simultaneo usly equipped with Panor-
- Always observe local regulat ions.
amic sliding sunroof ; th ird-row seating;
Dimensions
Length in (mm) 200 .3 (5089)
Width in (mm) 78.1 (1983)
Width (across mirrors) in (mm) 85 .7 (2 177)
Height (unloaded) al in (mm) 68.4 (1737)
al The height of t he vehicle depends on the tires and th e suspension.
When driv ing up steep ramps, on rough roads, ers or exhaust system components, may be
over curbs, etc . it is important to remember close to the gro und. Be carefu l not to damage
that some parts of your vehicle, such as spoil- them.
Techni cal Dat a 325
Capacities
•
Fuel ta nk: tota l capacity gal (liters) approx. 26.4 (100) •
Windshield and headlight* washer fluid container quarts (liters) approx. 4.8 (4.5)
Gasoline engines
Q7 3.0, 6 cylinder (280 hp)
Maximum output SAE net hp@ rpm 280 @ 4900 - 6500

Maximum torque SAE net l b-ft@ rpm 295@ 2150 - 4900
Displacement CID (cm 3) 182 .8 (2995)
Engine oil with f ilter change quarts (lite rs) 7. 2 (6 .8)
Fuel Premium unleaded (91 AKI), Q page 248, Fuel supply
Q7 3.0, 6 cylinder (333 hp)
Maximum output SAE net hp@ rpm 333 @ 5500 - 6500

Displacement CID (cm 3) 182 .8 (2995)
Engine oil with filter change quarts (liters) 7.2 (6 .8)
Fuel Premium unleaded (9 1 AKI), Q page 248, Fuel supply
Diesel engine
Q7 3.0 TOI, 6 cylinder
Maximum outpu t SAE net hp@rpm 240@ 3500 - 4000

Displa cement CID (cm 3) 181. 1 (2967)
Engine oil with f ilter change quarts (liters) 8.1 (7.7)
Fuel ULSD No. 2 , Q page 249, Diesel fuel
M
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,.,
,....,
326 Consumer Information
Consumer Information (D Note
Warranty coverages Audi cannot be responsible for mechanical

damage that could result from inadequate
Your Audi is covered by the following war- fuel, service or parts availability.
ranties:
- New Vehicle Limited Warranty Audi Service Repair

- Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perfo- Manuals and Literature
ration
- Emissions Control System Warranty Audi Official Factory Service Manuals and Lit -
- Emissions Performance Warranty erature are published as soon as possible after
- California Emissions Control Warranty (USA model introduction. Service Manuals and liter-
vehicles only) ature are available to order from the Audi
Technical Literature Ordering Cente r at:
- California Emissions Performance Warranty
(USA vehicles only) www.audi.techliterature.com
Detailed information regarding your warran-
ties can be found in your Warranty & Mainte- Maintenance
nance booklet .
General
Operating your vehicle Your vehicle has been designed to help keep
maintenance requirements to a minimum.
outside the U.S.A. or
However, a certain amount of regular mainte-
Canada nance is still necessary to assure your vehicle's
Government regu lations in the United States safety, economy and rel iability. For detailed
and Canada require that automobiles meet vehicle maintenance consult your Warranty &
specific emission regulations and safety Maintenance booklet.
standards. Therefore, veh icles built for the Under difficult operating conditions, for ex-
U.S.A. and Canada differ from vehicles sold in ample at extremely low outside temperatures,
other countries . in very dusty regions , when towing a trailer
If you plan to take your vehicle outside the very frequently, etc ., some service work
continental limits of the United States or Can- should be performed between the intervals
ada, there is the possibility that: specified. This applies particularly to:
- unleaded fue ls for vehicles with cata lytic - oil changes, and
converter may not be available; - cleaning or replacing the air filter .
- fuel may have a considerably lowe r octane
rating. Improper fuel may cause engine (® For the sake of the environment
damage ; By regularly maintaining your vehicle, you
- service may be inadequate due to lack of help make sure that emission standards
proper service facilities, tools or testing are maintained, thus minimizing adverse
equipment ; effects on the environment .
- replacement pa rts may not be readily availa-
ble. Important considerations for you and
- Navigation systems for vehicles built for the your vehicle
U.S.A. and Canada will not necessar ily work
The increasing use of electronics, sophisticat-
in Europe, and may not work in other coun-
ed fuel injection and emission contro l sys-
tries outside North America .
tems, and the genera lly increasing technical liJJ,
Con s umer In f ormation 327
comp lexity of today's automobi les, have WARNINGS ¢ & and ¢ & in Working in the
steadi ly reduced the scope of maintenance engine comportment on page 256 . •
and repairs which can be carried out by vehicle •
owners. Also, safet y and environm ent al con- A WARNING
cerns place very strict limits on t he nat ure of - Serious personal injury may occur as a re-
repairs and adjustments to engine and trans - sult of improperly performed mainte-
mission parts which an owner can perform . nance, adjustments or repa irs.
Maintenance, adjustments and repa irs usua lly -Always be extremely careful when work-
require special tools, testing devices and oth- ing on the vehicle. Alwaysfollow com-
er equipment availab le to specially trained monly accepted safety pract ices and gen-
workshop personnel in order to assure prope r era l common sense . Never risk personal
performance, reliab ility and safety of the vehi- lnJUry.
cle and its many systems . - Do not attempt any of the ma intenance ,
checks or repairs descr ibed on the fol-
Improper ma intenance, adjustments and re- lowing pages if you are not fully fam iliar
pairs can impair the operation and reliability wit h these or othe r procedures with re-
of your vehicle and even void your vehicle war- spect to t he vehicle, or are uncerta in how
ranty. Therefo re, proof of servicing in accord- to proceed .
ance with the maintenance sched ule may be a
- Do not do any work without the proper
condition for upholding a poss ible warranty
too ls and equipment . Have the necessary
claim made within the warranty period.
work done by your authorized Audi deal -
Above all, operational safety can be adversely er or another proper ly equipped and
affected, creat ing unnecessary risks for you qualified workshop .
and your passengers. - The engine compar t ment of any motor
vehicle is a potentially hazardous area.
If in doubt about any servicing, have it done
Never reach into the area around or
by your authori zed Audi dealer or any other
touch the rad iator fan. It is temperature
properly equipped and qualified workshop .
contro lled and can switch on suddenly -
We strong ly urge you to give your authorized
even when the engine is off and the igni-
Audi dealer the opportunity to perform all
tion key has been removed. The rad iator
schedu led maintenance and necessary repairs .
fan switches on automat ically when the
Your dea ler has the facilities, original parts
coolant reaches a certai n t emperatu re
and trained spec ialists to keep your vehicle
and will cont inue to run until the coolant
running properly.
tempera t ure drops .
Performing limit ed mai ntenance you rself - Always remove the ignitio n key before
The following pages describe a limited num- anyone gets under the vehicle.
ber of procedu res which can be performed on - Always support your vehicle with safety
your vehicle with ordinary too ls, should the st ands if it is necessary to work under-
need arise and trained personnel be unavaila- neath the vehicle. The jack supplied with
ble. Before performing any of these proce- the vehicle is not adequate for this pur-
dures, always tho roughly read all of the app li- pose and could collapse causing serio us
cable text and carefully follow the instruc- personal injury.
tions given. Always rigorously obse rve the - If you must work underneath the vehicle
WARNINGS provided . with the wheels on the ground, always
M
N make sure the vehicle is on level ground,
0
...J
Before you check anything in th e engine that the wheels are always securely
'SI:
,...., compartment, always read and heed all
\!) blocked and that the engine cannot be
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
started . II>-
,....,
32 8 Con s umer Inf o rmation
- Always make sure the t ransmission se- Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi
lector lever (automat ic transmiss ion) is parts are available from authorized Audi deal-
in P (Park position) and th e park brake is ers.
firmly applied . These dealers also have the necessary f acili-
ties, tools and tra ined specialists to install the
@) For the sake of the environment parts and accessories proper ly.
- Changing the engine settin gs wi ll ad-
A
versely affect em ission levels . This is det-
rimental to the enviro nment and increas- - WARNING
Using the wrong spare parts or using non-
es fuel consumption . approved accessories can cause damage to
- Always observe environmental regula- the vehicle and ser ious persona l injury.
tions when dispos ing of old engine oil, - Use on ly accessories expressly approved
used brake fluid, dirty engine coolant, by Audi and genuine Audi spare parts
spent batteries or worn out tires. - These parts and accessories have been
- Undeployed airbag modules and preten- specially designed to be used on your ve-
sioners might be classified as Perchlo- hicle .
rate Mate rial -special handling may ap- - Never install accessories such as tele-
ply, see www.dtsc.ca .gov/hazardous- phone cradles or beverage holders on air-
wast e/perch lorate . When the vehicle or bag covers or within the airbag deploy-
parts of the rest raint system including ment zones. Doing so will increase the
airbag modules safety belts wit h preten - risk of injury if air bags are triggered in an
sioners are scrapped, all applicable laws accident!
and regulations must be observed. Your - Before you check anything in the engine
authori zed Audi dealer is familiar with compa rtment, always read and heed all
these requirements and we recommend WARNI NGS 9 page 256 .
that you have your dealer perform this
service for you . (D Note
- If items other than genu ine Audi spare
Additional accessories, part s, add-on equipmen t and accessory
modifications and items are used or if repair wo rk is not
parts replacement performed according to specified meth-
ods, this can result in severe damage to
Additional accessories and parts your vehicle's engine and body (such as
replacement
corrosion) and adversely affect yo ur vehi-
Always consult an authorized Audi dealer be- cle's warranty .
fore purchasing accessories. - If emergency repairs must be performe d
elsew here, have the vehicle examined by
Your vehicle incorporates the latest safety de-
an authorized Audi dealer as soon as
sig n featu res ensuring a high standard of ac- possible .
tive and passive safety .
- The manufacturer cannot be held liable
This safety could be comp romised by non-ap- for damage wh ich occurs due to failure
proved changes to the vehicle. For this reason, to comply with these stipu lations.
if parts have to be replaced, please observe
the following points when install ing addition-
al accessories:
Con s umer In f ormation 329
Technical Modifications Declaration of

•
Our guidelines must be complied with when Compliance, Telecom- •
technical modifications are made . munications and
Always consult an authori zed Audi dealer be-
Electronic Systems
fore starting work on any modifications. Radio Frequency Devices and Radio Communi-
cation Equipment User Manual Notice.
This will help ensure that vehicle function,
performance and safety are not impaired The manufact urer is not responsib le for any
¢ .&.. radio or TV interference caused by unauthor-
Attempting to work on electronic components ized modifications to this equipment.
and the software used with them can cause Devices
malfunctions. Because of the way electronic
components are interconnected with each The following devices each comply wi t h FCC
other, such malfunctions can also have an ad- Part 15 .19, FCCPart 15.2 1 and RSS-Gen I ssue
verse affect on other systems that are not di - 1:
rectly involved . This means that you risk both - Adaptive cruise cont rol
a substantial reduction in the operational - Convenience key
safety of you r vehicle and an increased wear of - Audi side assist
vehicle parts¢ _&.. - Cell phone package
Author ized Audi dealers w ill perform th is - Electron ic immobilizer
wo rk in a professiona l and competent ma nner - Homelink universa l remote control
or, in special cases, refer you to a professional - Remote control key
company that specializes in such mod ifi ca-
FCC Part 15.19
tions .
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
t=
_& WARNING -
Rules. Operation is subject to the fo ll ow ing
Improper repairs and modifications can two conditions:
change the way vehicle systems wo rk and (1) This device may not cause harmful inter -
cause damage to the veh icle and serious ference, and
personal injury.
(2) this device must accept any interference
(D Note received, including interference that may
cause undes ired operation .
If emergency repairs must be performed
elsewhere, have the vehicle examined by FCC Part 15 .21
an authorized Audi dealer as soon as possi-
CAUTION:
ble.
Changes or mod ificat ions not expressly ap-
proved by the party responsible fo r compli-
ance could void the user's aut hority to operate
the equipment .
RSS-Gen Issue 1
M
Operation is subj ect to t he fo ll ow ing two con-
N
0
dit ions:
..J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
(1) this device may not cause inte rference,
1.1'1
,...., and
1.1'1
,....,
330 Consumer Information
(2) this device must accept any interference,

including interference that may cause unde-
sired operat ion of the device.
Inde x 33 1
A Adding
Engine
. coo lant . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 264 •
Accessories 328 •
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 261
Adapt ive Air Suspension ........ . . . . . . 157 Windsh ield washer fluid .......... . . 270
Cargo mode in the MMI ... . ... . . . . . . 162
Additional accessories 328
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 7
Additives
Descript ion . . ............ . ... . . . .. 157
Engine oil 261
High level . . ..... . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 157
Adjusting
Highway level .. . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 157
Instrument cluster illuminat ion ....... 13
Instrument cluster display .. . . . . . . . . 160
Steering column electrically ......... 105
Jacking mode when changing a flat tire 161
Steering column manua lly .......... 105
Low level . . . . ............ . ... . . . .. 157
Adjusting front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Normal level . ............ . ... . . . .. 157
Segment display .................. 159 Airbag
Sett ing the driving modes . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Warning/ind icator lights ........ . . . . . 16
Trailer towing mode ................ 16 1 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 198
Using switch for cargo mode . . . . . . . . . 162 Advanced Airbag System . ...... ..... 186
War ning/ indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Advanced Airbag System components . 189
Adaptive cruise control ............. .. 115 Care ............................. 196
Changing speed . . . ...... .......... 119 Children . . . . . . . . . ... . .......... .. 204
Cleaning the sensor ...... .......... 243 Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 205
Driver info rmation ........ ......... 122 Components (front airbags) .. . . . . . . . 189
Driver intervention prompt . . . . . . . . . . 126 Danger of fitting a chi ld safety seat on
Driving in t raffic . . . ...... .......... 116 the front passenger seat ........ .... 184
Driving program .. . .... . . . ... . . . . . . 126 Disposal ......................... 196
Error messages . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186, 187
Open road . . . ............ . ... . . . . . 116 How do the front airbags work? ...... 191
Override 116 How many airbags does my vehicle
Request for driver to assume control . . 116 have? ....... . . . . . ............... 189
Save speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 How the Advanced Airbag System com-
Sett ing distance . . . ...... .......... 120 ponen t s work togethe r ............. 190
Sett ings . . . . ............ . ... . . . . . 126 Important th ings to know .... . . . . . . . 182
Sett ing t ime interval ............... 120 Indicator lig ht . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 193
Special dr iving situations .. . . . . . . . . . 12 7 Monito ring . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 193
Status messages . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light ... . . . . 193
Switching on and off ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Repairs ... . . . . . . . ... . .......... .. 196
System limits . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 127 Safety instructions . ................ 195
Temporarily turning off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Side airbags ...................... 197
warn ing/ indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Side curtain airbags . . . . . . ..... . . . . . 200
Weight-sensing mat ............... 204
Adaptive light . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ... 62
When must the system be inspected? . 193
defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Air conditioning
AdBlue . . . . . . . ................ . . . .. 25 2
Filling 254
refer to Climate controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Messages in the inst rumen t cluster dis- Air distribution
play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 253 Climate controls . . . ................ . 97
M
N Four-zone automatic comfort air condi-
0
...J
'SI: tion ing . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. 102
,....,
\!)
1.1"1
Air poll utants filte r
,....,
1.1"1
,....,
Climate controls .. . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 94
332 Index
Alcantara AUTO mode

Cleaning 245 A/C climate controls . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 97
All-w heel drive . . .......... . . . . . ... . 227 Auto Safety Hot lin e . ............ . ... 170
Winter t ires 298 Average speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Alternator Avoid damaging the vehicle .... . . . . . . . 232
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Ambience lighting
Lighting profiles .......... . . . . . ... . . 65
B
Bass box 30S
Anti -freeze
Battery .... . . . . . . . . . .......... . .. . 266
refer to Engine coolant system .. . . . . . 262
Battery location . . ................ . 267
Anti-lock brake system . .... . . . . . . . . . . 223
Charging ... . . . . . . . ... . .......... . 268
Warn ing/ indicator lights . . . . . . . . . 16, 18
Impo rtant warnings when working on
Anti-slip regulation ........ . . . . . ... . 223
the battery . ... . . . ............ . .. . 267
Warn ing/ indicator lights ... . . . . . . . . . . 16
Jump start ing . . . . . . . .......... .... 317
Anti-theft systems
Low . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . .. . . . . 228
Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Replacing the battery . . . .... . . . . . . . 270
Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
State of charge . . . . . . . . . ........ ... 228
Approach/departure angle . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Voltage ... . ... . . . ................ . 35
Ashtray . . . . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . . 89 Winter operation . . ............ . ... 266
Asterisk Working on the battery .. . . .. ... . . . . 267
What does it mean when something is Before driving ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 163
marked with an asterisk? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Blended gasoline . . ................ . 248
Audi braking guard ....... .... .. .... . 129 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Error messages . . .. ....... . .. .... . 130
Brake fluid
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 130
Changing the brake fluid . .... . . . . . . . 266
Status messages . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 130
Checking the brake f luid level . . . . . . . . 265
Switching on and off ...... .. .. .... . 130
Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . ... . . . 265
Audi Service Repair Manuals and Litera- What is the correct brake fluid level? .. 265
ture . . . . . . . . . ............ . . . . . ... . 326 What shou ld I do if the brake fluid warn-
Auto -Check Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ing light comes on? .... . . ... . . . . . . . 265
Automatic belt retractor ... . . . . . . . . . . 177 Brake light
Automatic mode Defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Four-zone automatic comfort air condi- Brake system . ... . . . .............. . . 265
tioning .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 101 Anti- lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Brake assist system . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 223
Automatic transmission ..... . . .. . ... . 139 Brake booster .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 225
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) . . . .. ..... 140 Brake fluid . ... . . ... . . . .... . . . . . . . 265
Driving . . . ................ .. . ... . 141 Brake fluid specifications for refill and re-
Emergency mode . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 143 placement . ... . . . ............ . ... 266
Emergency release ..... . ... . .. ..... 143 Brake pads . . . . . . ..... . .......... . 230
Hill descent contro l ........ . .. . . ... 142 General information .............. . 225
I gn ition key safety lock .... . . .. ..... 107 How does moisture or road salt affect the
Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 143 brakes? . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . . . 225
Manual shift program ......... ..... 142 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Selector lever . .......... ... . . . ... . 139 Parking brake . . . . . . . .......... . . . . 111
Shift paddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 142 Warning/indicator lights . .... . . . . . . . . 19
Worn brake pads symbo l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Inde x 333
Braking gua rd Child rest raints

refer to Audi braking gua rd . . . . . . . . . . 129 Danger of using child restraints in the •
Break-in period ............ . ... . . . .. 230 f ront seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 •
Brake pads . . ............ . . . . . . . .. 230 Where can I get additional informat ion
Tires . ... . . . . . ............ . . . . . .. 230 about child restraints and the ir use? . . 222
Breakover ang le . . .......... . . . ... . . 235 Child rest raint system anchors . . . . . . . . 216
Bulbs . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 315 Child safety .... . . . . . ............... 203
Bumper cover Convertib le loc king retractor ..... . . . . 213
Caution when parking near a parking bar- Guidance fixtures for lower ancho rages 2 18
rier or curb . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 112 Impo rtant saf ety inst ructions for using
child safety seats . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 206
Impo rtant t hings to know when driving
C with children . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 203
Califo rnia Proposit ion 65 Wa rning . . . . . 257 Installing a child restra int using the
Batt ery specific .......... . . . . . . . . . 268 LATCHsystem . . . . . ................ 219
Capacit ies .. . . . .............. . . . ... 325 Mounting and releasing the anchorage
Car - Systems hook . ... . . . . . . . . . .......... . .... 219
Ambience lighting ........ . . . . . . . . . . 65 Tether anchors . ... . .............. . 220
Lighting prof iles .......... . . . . . . . . . . 65 Tet her st raps . . . . . ... . .......... .. 220
Carbon parts Child safety lock
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 245 rear doors (power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Care ... . . . ... . ..... . ............ . . 24 2 Child safety seats .. . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 209
Cargo area Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
refer to Loading the luggage compart- Convertib le child seats ............. 210
ment . . . . . . . ... . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . 169 Convertib le locking retractor ....... .. 213
Cargo floor . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ... 85 Danger of using child restraints in the
Cargo net ... . . . .............. . . . ... . 83 front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
How do I properly install a child safety
Catalytic converter ......... . . . . . . . . . 231
seat in my veh icle? . ............ . ... 206
Center armrest
Infan t seats . . . . . . ... . ............ 20 9
Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Installing . . . . . . . . .............. .. 213
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
LATCHsystem . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 219
Center console in rear ....... . . . . . . . . . . 81
Safety instr uctions . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 206
Centra l locking Unused safety belts on the rear seat 208
Emergency locking ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Child seat s
Panoramic slid ing sunroof ... . . . . . . . . . 55
Lower anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Certification . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 329
Cleaning ...... . . . . . ..... . ......... 242
Changing a flat tire ......... . . . . . . . . . 307
Climate control . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 94
Changing a w heel .......... . . . . . . . . . 307 Synchroni zing . . . ..... . ............ . 95
Changing engine oil . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 1 Warm and cold . . . . ............ . . . . . 94
Chassis Climate controls
refer to Adaptive Air Suspension. 157, 159 Air conditioner on/off . . . .... . . . . . . . . 96
CHECKbutton . ............ . ... . . . ... 12 Air distrib ution ... . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 97
Checking Air out lets . . . . . . . ................ . 99
~ Engine coolant level .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Air out lets (rear) . . ................ . 99
0
;;f_ Checking tire pressure ... . ..... . ... . . 282 Air recircu lation . . . . . .......... . ... . 98
,....,
\!)
l/'I
AUTO (standard sett ing) . . . . . .. . . . . . . 97
,....,
l/'I
Basic sett ings . . . . . . ..... . ......... 102
,....,
334 Index
Controls . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 95 Cruise cont rol

Defrosting/defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Changing speed . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 113
Descript ion . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Presett ing your speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Switching off ..................... 114
Fan . . . . . . ... . .......... . . . ..... . . 97 Switching on ..... . ............ . ... 113
Front seat vent ilation ...... . . . . . ... 103 Warning/ind icator lights ........... . . 18
Heated seats, front .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 also refer to Adaptive cruise control . . . 115
Key coded sett ing .............. . .... 94 Cruising range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Recirculation mode (automatic) . . . . .. 102 ( upholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 , 88, 89
Recommended set t ings .............. 94
Residual heat . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 96
Setting the temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
D
Supplementary heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Damp ing
Synchron izat ion ............ . . . ... . 102 refer to Adapt ive Air Suspension . 157, 159
Turning on and off ........ . . . . . ... . . 96 Data recorder . . . . . . ............ . . . . 223
Using climate control economically .. . 100 Date dis play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 11 Daytime run ning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 61
Closing Declarat ion of compliance
Panoramic slid ing sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Adaptive cruise control ............. 329
Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Audi side assist ................... 329
Cold ti re inflat ion pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Cell phone package ................ 329
Compass mirror . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Convenience key . . .. . . . . ...... ..... 329
Compliance . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . 329 Electronic immob iliz er ............. . 329
Homel ink universal remo t e control ... 329
Consumer Info rmation . . . . . . . . . . 170, 326
Remote cont rol key ............ . ... 329
Contact ing NHTSA . . .... . ... . . . . ... . 170
Decorative parts/tr im
Controls
Cleaning ... . . . .................. . 244
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 245
def
Convenience key ........... .... . ... . . 49
What does this mean when it appears in
Driver messages ........ ...... .... . 110
the tr ip odometer display? ........... 12
Locking vehicle . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 50
Def ective light bu lb warning . . . . . . . . . . . 23
STARTbutton . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 109
Defrost ing/defogg ing the w indows . . . . . . 97
Starting engine . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 109
STOPbutton ............... .. . ... . 110 Defrost ing/defogging windows ......... 99
Switching engine off ............... 110 Det erm ining correct load limit ........ 288
Switching on ig nition . . ..... ... . . . . . 109 Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Unlock ing vehicle .......... . . .... 49
... Diesel particulate f ilter . . . . . . . . . . 36, 231
Convertible child safety seats . . . . . . . . . 210 Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Convertible locking retracto r Digital compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Activating ........................ 215 Digital speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Deactivating . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 216 Dime nsions .. . . . ................... 324
Using to secure a chi ld safety seat 213, 2 15 Dimming the rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . 71
Coolant system ................. . ... 262 Dipst ick
Cooling box in glove compartment . . . ... 91 Reading the dipst ick properly ........ 260
Cooling System Displays
Expansion tank . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 263 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Corner ing light . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Distance contro l system
refer to Adapt ive cruise control ... . . . . 115
Inde x 335
Doors Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) . .. 223

Power child saf ety lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Hill descent contro l . . . . . .... . . . . . .. 224 •
Driver information system ... . . .. .. .. .. 21 Offroad mode . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . .. 224 •
Digita l speedomete r ...... .. .. .. .. .. 22 Warning/ind icator lights .......... .. . 16
Driver info rmation messages . .. .. .. .. 30 Emerge ncy flashe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Open door or rear lid warning . .. .. .. .. 22 Warning/ind icator lights . .... . . . . . . . . 16
Outside temperature display . . .. .. .. .. 22 Emergency locking of doors .......... . . 45
Sound system display .. . . . . . .. .. .. .. 21 Emergency operation
Driver seat Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . 48
refer to Seating posit ion ... . . . . . . . . . 164 Emergency starting . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 317
Driver's seat ........... . ..... . ... . . . 75 Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 319
Driver's seat memory . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 76 Energy management . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 228
Activating remote control key . .. .. .. .. 77 Battery power . . . . ... . .......... . . 229
Recalling a seat posit ion ... . . .. .. .. .. 76 Driver notification . ................ 229
Storing a seat position . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 76 Engine
Driving messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Compartment . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 258
Driving mode Coolant . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 262
refer to Adaptive Air Suspension. 157, 159 Data ..... . . . . . . . . . ............ . . 325
Driving offroad Hood ..... . . . . . . . ................ 256
Driving through water ...... ... ... . . 236 Start ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 108
Driving ti ps .... . .......... ... ... . . 235 Starting with jumpe r cables .... . ... . 317
Rules of behavior ............ . . . ... 235 Stopping ..... . . . . . ............... 108
Sand and mud ........... . ... ..... 236 Engine compartment
Snow-covered groun d ..... .... ..... 236 Safety instr uctions . . . .......... . ... 256
Unpaved roads ........... . ... . . . .. 23 6 Work ing the engine compartment . . . . 256
Driving safely .......... . ..... . ... . . 163 Engine coolant system . . . . .... . . . . . . . 262
Driving through water ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Adding coolant ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 264
Driving t ime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Checking coolant level .............. 263
Duplicate key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Checking the engine coolant level ... . . 263
Dust filter Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Climate controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Radiator fan .. . . . . . ............... 265
Engine coolant temperature
Temperat ure gauge ............ . ... . 10
E Engine hood
Easy entr y featu re . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 6 Closing . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 256
Efficiency program . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. 26 How to release the hood . .... . . . . . . . 256
Fuel economy messages . ... . .. ... . .. 27 Engine oil ..... . . . . . ............... 258
Memory levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. 25 Adding ... . . . . . . . .............. .. 261
Othe r equipmen t ......... .. .. .... .. 27 Addi t ives . ... . . . ..... . .......... .. 261
Electric seat adjustment Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 261
refer to Power seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5 Checking the engine oil level .. . . . . . . . 260
Electro nic differential lock (EDL) . . . . . . . 223 Consumption . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 259
Warn ing/ indicator li ghts . . . . . . . . . 16, 18 Ind ications and conditions requir ing ex-
M
Electr onic immobili zer ...... . . . . . . . . . . 40 tra checking . . . . . . .............. .. 260
N
0 Electronic power control Oil grades . . . . . . . . ................ 258
...J
'SI:
,...., (EPC)wa rning/indicator light . . . ... . . . 15 Recommended oil check intervals . . . . . 260
\!)
1.1'1
,...., Electronic speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Specificat ion and viscosity ...... . ... . 258
1.1'1
,....,
336 Index
Engine oil level ................ . ... . . 36 Fan

Engine oil pressure Four-zone automatic comfort air condi-
Malfunct ion .. . .......... . . . . . ... . . 33 t ion ing . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . 101
Engine oil sensor defective .. . . . . . ... . . 36 Radiator . . . ... . . . ............ . ... 265
Engine speed li mitation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Fastening
Entry assist Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Convertible child safety seats .... . . . . 210
Infant seats ... . . . . . .......... . . . . 209
Environment
Break-in period . .......... . . . . . ... . 230 Flat t ire
Catalytic converter ......... . . . . . ... 231 Changing . . . . . . . . ............ . . . . 307
Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Floor mats ... . . . . . .......... . ..... . 168
Disposing of your vehicle battery . . . . . 270 Fog lights . . . ... . . . . . .......... . . . . . 61
Driving at high speeds ... . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Folding chocks . . . . . ............ . . . . 304
Driving to m inim ize pollution and noise 232 Folding master key with remote control . . 38
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . . . . ... . 250 Foot pedals . . ... . . . . . .......... . . . . 168
Fuel economy . . ........ . . . . . . . ... . 232 For the sake of the environment
Leaks under your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Gasoline fumes and the environment . . 250
Lett ing the vehicle stand and warm up . 233 Letting your engine warm up .. . . . . . . 108
Proper disposal of dra ined brake fluid . 266 Reducing engine noise by early upshift-
Proper disposal of dra ined engine cooling ............................... 10
ant .. . . . . . ................ . . . ... 264 Refueling . . ... . . . . . .......... .... 250
Proper disposal of dra ined engine oil . . 261 Saving f uel by early ups hifting . . . . . . . . 10
Recycling used engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Using the rear window defogger .. . ... . 98
Unleaded fuel ................ . .... 248
Four-zone automatic comfort air condi-
What should I do with an old battery? 270 tioning . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .......... .. 100
EPC Automatic mode in rear ............. 101
refer to Electron ic power control . . . . . . 15 Heated rear seats . . . . .......... .... 104
ESC Rear air distrib ution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
refer to Electronic Stab ili zat ion Control Rear controls .. . . . ............ . ... 100
(ESC) . . . . . ................ . . . ... . . 16 Rear fan .. . . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . . . . . . . 101
Event Data Recorder (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Rear operation . . . ................ . 103
Exhaust tail pipes Rear temperature . ..... . .......... . 101
Cleaning . . .............. . . . . . ... . 244 Synchronization . .............. . ... 103
Expansion tank ............ . . . . . ... . 263 Turning on/off . . . . ............ . ... 101
Explanation of some technical terms . . . 235 Front airbags
Exterior lighting in the mirror housing 62 Description ... . . . ................ . 186
Exterior m irrors How they work . . . . .. ... . ... .. . . . . . 191
Adju sting . .............. . . . . . ... . . 70 Frontal coll isions and the laws of physics 17 4
Dimming . . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . . 71 Fron t fog lights . . . . . ............ . . . . . 61
Heating . . . . . . . .. .. ... ... . . . . . . . . . . 70 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4
Eyeglasses compartment ........ . . . . . . 92 Adjusting .. . . . . . .......... . ..... . 165
Child rest raints in the front seat ... . . . 184
F Fuel
Additives .. . ... . . . ............ . ... 248
Fall lin e . . . . . . ............ . ... . . . . . 235 Blen ded gasolin e . . .... . . ... .. . . . . . 248
Consumption . . . . ................ . . 24
Filler neck .. . . . . . ..... . .......... . 250
_______________________________ ___:
I~n~d~e:.::x
337
Fuel gauge . ................ . . . . ... 12 Headlight range control ............. 36

Gasoline . . . ................ . . . . .. 248 Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 60 •
Gasoline additives ................. 249 Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 60 •
Low fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 35 Washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 68
Octane rating ............ . ... . . . .. 248 Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 60
Recommendation ............ . . . ... 248 Headlight washer reservoir ......... . . 270
Refuelling . . ... . . .. . ..... . . . . . . . . . 250 Head restraints .. ... . .............. . 166
Reserve . . ............ . ..... . ... . . . 12 Adjust ing . . . .. . . . . . . . .......... . . 166
Tank capacity ............ . . . . . . . . . 325 Front seats . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand . . 252 Rear seats . . . .. . . . . . ... . .......... . 80
Fuel economy messages (efficiency pro- Heated
gram) . . . . . . . . . . ....... . .. . . ... . . . . . 27 Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fuse arrangement ............ . . . . . . 312 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ...... . . 103
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . 104
G Rear seats (four-zone automat ic comfort
air conditioning) . . . . .............. . 104
Garage door opener (Homelink) . . . . . . . . 57
Steering wheel ... . . .............. . 104
Gas discharge lamps ..... . ..... . ... . . 315 Washer j ets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Gauges Heating
Engine coolant temperature .... .. .... 10
Climate controls . . . ... . ........ . . . . . 94
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .... 12
Heavy clothing and safety belts ....... . 176
Speedometer . .............. . .. ... . 12
High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 , 63
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .... 11
Warning/indicator lights . . ...... . ... . 18
Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .... 12
High voltage warning label ....... . . . . 323
General illustration
Hill descent control . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 224
Instruments and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General rules and driving tips . . . . . . . . . 235 Hill hold
Starting on hills .. . . .............. . 112
Before driving offroad ........ . . . . . . 235
Driving offroad ........... . . . . . . . . . 235 Homelink (garage door opener) ... . . . . . 57
Glossary of tire and loading termino logy 273 Hood
Opening 256
Glove compartment .. . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . 91
Release lever . . . . . . . . . ... ... .. . ... 256
Cooling box .. . .............. . ... . . . 91
Valet key function ........... . ... . . . 41 Horn ...... . . . . . . . ... . ............ .. 8
Glove compartment - emergency unlock- How are child restraint system anchors re-
ing ... . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . 91 lated to chi ld safety . ... . ..... . ...... 216
Glow plug system How many airbags does my vehicle have? 189
Indicator light .............. . . . . . . . 15 How often should I check my tire pres-
Gradient angle ... . ........ . ... . . . . . 235 sures? 284
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . . . 323 How safety belt pretensioners work . . . . 180
Ground clearance 235 Hydroplaning .. . . . . . .......... . .... 29 1
H I
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Ignition key . . . . . . . . . . ..... . ...... . . 107
M
Adapt ive light ............ . . . . . . . . . . 62 Ignition lock . ..... . . ............... 107
N
0
...J Cleaning . . . . . .............. . . . . .. 243 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 37
'SI'
,...., Defective . . . . .............. . . . . ... 23 Ignition lock positions .......... . ... . 107
..,.,
\!)
,....,
..,., Front fog lights ................ . . . . 61 Important things to do before driving . . 163
,....,
338 Index
Improp erly worn safety belts ... . . . . .. . 180 Installing a child restraint ....... . . . . 219
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Airbag system . .......... . . . . . . . . . 193 Mounting and releasing the anchorage
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF . . . . . . . . . . . 193 hook . . ... . ... . . . ............ . ... 219
Infant seats ....................... 209 Lateral angle . ... . . . ............ . ... 235
Inflatable spare t ire ............ . ... . 305 Leather cleaning/protection . . ....... . 245
Inflating .................. . . . ... . 306 Level adjustment
Installing child safety seats refer to Adaptive Air Suspension. 157, 159
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Lifting jack . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . 309
Installing the upper tether strap on the Lifting vehicle .. . . . ................ . 321
anchorage . . . . . . .. ..... ... ... . . . . . . 221 Light
Instrument cluster illumination ..... . .. 13 refer to Ambience lighting . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Instruments and controls ... . . . . . ... . . 10 Lighting
General illustration .................. 8 refer to Ambience lighting . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Interior lights Lighting in the mirror housing . . . ....... 62
Front ........... . ............ . . . .. 64 Lights ..... . ... . . ................ .. 60
Rear . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . ... . . 64 Coming home ...................... 61
Intermittent wiping Daytime running ligh ts ....... . . . ... . 61
Rain sensor .............. . . . . . . . . . . 66 Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Exterior lighting in the mirror housing . . 62
l Exterior lights . .......

Front fog lights . . ..........
. ..........
. ..... . .
.. 61
61
Jack . . . . . . . . . ................ . ... . 304
Headlights . ... . . . ............ . ... . 60
Jump -starting .............. ........ 317 High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 , 63
Jumper cables .................. . . . . 318 High beam warning/indicator light . . . . . 18
Interior/reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
K Leaving home .. . . ................ .. 61
Rear fog lights ... . .............. ... 62
Key . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . ... . . 38
Side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Bat tery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Turn signals . . . . . . . . ... .... . . . . . . . . 63
Coded settings ................ . . . .. 94
Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Convenience opening and closing of win-
Light sensor defective .............. . . 35
dows . . . . . . ... .... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Emergency key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Loading the luggage compartment . . ... 169
Key replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Loading the roof rack ............ . ... . 87
Master key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Locking
Valet key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Power locking switch .............. . . 44
Key coded settings Rear lid/trunk lid . . .............. .. . 45
Climate controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Remote control key ............ . ... . 43
Keyless entry remote control . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Using the key . . . . . ............ .... . 43
Kick-down Lower universal anchorage bars (Canada) 216
tiptronic . .................. . . .... 143 Lower universal anchorages (Canada) 216
Luggage
Stowing ......................... 169
L luggage compartment
LATCH 216 Tie-down rings . . . ................ . . 83
Description . ................ . . ... . 217
Guidance fixtures for low er anchorages 218
____________________________ ...:.:..
:.=.:::.::.:
Inde x 339
Luggage compartment ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 On-Board Diagnost ic System (OBD)

Cargo net . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ... 83 Data Link Connector (DLC) .... . . . . . . . . 28 •
Expanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Electronic speed li miter . . .... . . . . . . . . 28 •
Retractable cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Malfunction Ind icator Lamp (MIL) .. . . . 27
Ski sack .. . .............. . ..... . ... 85 Open door or rear lid wa rning ..... . . . . . 22
also refer to Loading the luggage com- open sky system
partment 169 refer to Panoramic slid ing sunroof ... . . 54
Operate your vehicle economically and
M minimi ze poll ution . . . . .............. 232
M'aintenance .............. . ... . . . .. 326 Optional equipment
Mar ked with an asterisk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Malfunction I ndicator Lamp (MIL) .. 17, 2 7
Other equipment (efficiency program) . . . 27
Master key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 4 0 Out lets .... . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . 90
Check light . . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . ... 39 Outs ide air pollution
Matte fin ish paint cleaning .. . . . . . . . . . 242 How to prevent from entering the vehi-
cle .. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 98
Mileage
Average .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ... 24 Outs ide mirro rs
Instantaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 refer to Exte rior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Mir rors Outs ide temperature disp lay ...... . . . . . 22
72
Activa t ing t he digi t al compass . . . . . . . . Owner's manual
70
Adju sti ng the exterior mi rrors . . . . . . . . . How the Owner's Manual is organized . . . 6
d'1mm 1 .ng . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ...
71
Recalling posit ion of outside m irrors . . . 76 p
Storing position of outs ide mirrors . . . . . 76
Paint damage ..... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 244
Mon itoring the Advanced Airbag Syst em 193
Paint No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . .. 323
Panoramic sliding sunroof ............ . 54
N closing ... . . . . . . . . . ............ .. . 54
Natural leat her Closing ... . . . . . . . ................ . 55
Cleaning 24 5 Convenience closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 .
New tires and wheels 291 Emergency clos ing . . .......... . ... . 56 .
NHTSA sl'I d'ing open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 .
Contact ing . . ............ . ... . . . .. 170 Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . ............ .. 56 .
t ilt ing .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... .. 54 .
Nit rogen oxide (NOx) cata lytic converter
refer to Ad Blue ........... . ... . . . . . 25 2 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . .. 112
Automat ic transm ission ........... . 141
Number of seats .............. . . . ... 173
Caution when par king near a park ing bar-
rier or curb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
0 Low bumper cover, spoilers and suspen-
Occupant seating posit ions 164 sion . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 112
Octane rating . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 24 8 Parking brake .. . ... . .............. . 111
Odome t er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Offroad mode . ............ . ... . . . .. 224 Wa rning/ind icator lights ........ . ... . 19
M Oil Parking on a decline (downh ill) ........ 112
N
0 refer to Engine oil . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 8 Parking on an incline (uphill) ... . . . . . . . 112
..J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
340 Index
Parking systems ... . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 145 Pregnant women

Adjusting the disp lay/warning tone . . . 155 Special considerations when wearing a
Audi parking system plus with front- and safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 178
rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Proper occupant seating positions . . . . . 164
Audi parking system plus with rearview Proper safety belt position ............ 178
camera . . . . ................ . . . ... 146 Proper seating position
Cleaning sensors/camera lenses . . . . . . 243 Front passenger . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 165
Malfunct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Occupants . . ... . . . ............ . ... 164
Rear park assist ........ . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Rear passengers . . . ............ . . . . 166
Safety precautions ........ . . . . . ... . 147 Protecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Trailer hitch . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 155
Protective tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Particle fi lter
refer to Diesel part iculate filter . . . .... 36
Parts rep lacement .................. 328 Q
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF l ight . . . . ... . 193 quattro
Passenger's seat ............ . . . . . .... 75 refer to All -wheel drive 227
Passive safety system .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Question
What happens to unbelted occupants? 175
Pedals . . . . . ... . .......... . . . . . ... . 168
Why safety belts? . . . .......... . . . . 173
Perimeter light ing ................... 62
Physical pr inciples of a frontal collision 174
Plastic parts R
Cleaning . . . ..... . .......... . . . . . . 244 Radiator fan . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 265
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Pollen filte r Rain sensor defective ............ . . . . . 35
Climate controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Reading lights
Power locking switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Front . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 64
Power locking system ................. 41 Rear . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 64
Convenience close/open feature . . . . ... 53 Rear asht ray . ... . . . .............. . . . 89
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from Rear fog lights ...................... 62
inside . . . . ................ . ..... .. 44 Rear lid
Opening and closing the w indows . ..... 53 Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Rear lid/t runk lid ................... 45 Emergency un locking ........... . ... . 48
Remote cont rol key ................ . 38 Opening and closing . .......... .... . 45
Select ive unlock f eatu re ... . . . . . ... . . 44 Valet key funct ion ............. . ... . 41
Settings . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 44 Rear light
Unlock ing and locking veh icle ... . . . . . . 43 Defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Power outlets 90 Rear operation
Power seat Four-zone automatic comfort air condi-
Contr ols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5 t ioning ... . . . . . . . . . .......... . ... 103
Seat adjustment ........... . . . . . .... 75 Rear seats
Power steering . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 226 Adjust ing seat . . . .. . . . . ...... . . . . . . 78
Power window swi tches ..... . . . . . . . . . . 51 Ent ry assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
I n the driver 's door ................. 52 Folding seatba ck up and down ..... . . . 79
I n t he front passenger's door . . . . . . . . . 53 Rearview camera
Reactivating the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 refer to Parking systems ..... . ...... 146
Rear view m irror . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 71
Rear window def ogger . .......... . . . . . 98
Inde x 341
Red symbols 31 Spec ia l considerations for pregnant

Refuelling 250 women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 178 •
Gasoline inhib itor flap ..... . . . . . . . . . 2 50 Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 179 •
Release lever for hood ...... . . . . . . . . . 256 Warning/ind icator light ........... . . 173
Remote control Why YOU MUSTwea r them ........ . . 173
Garage door opener (Homel ink) . . . . . . . 57 Wor n properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 S
Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Safety be lt warning light . . . . . . . . . 18, 173
Unlocking and locking ..... . . . . . . . . . . 43 Safety comp liance sticker ........ . . . . 3 23
Remote rear lid release ..... . . . . . . . . . . 45 Safety equ ipme nt . . . . . .......... . ... 163
Repa .1r manua ls . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 32 6 Safety featu res for occ up ant rest rain t and
Repa irs protection . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 163
Airbag system ........... . ... . . . . . 196 Safety gu idelines
Replacing a fuse ........... . ... . . . . . 312 Seat adjust m en t . . . . . .......... . .... 74
Replacing light bulbs .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 15 Safety instr uctions
Engine compartment .............. . 256
Replacing tires and wheels ... . . . . . . . . . 292
fo r side curtain airbags . . ... . .. . . . . . 202
Report ing Safety Defects . . . . . . . . 170,17 1
fo r us ing ch ild safety seats ......... . 206
Rese t bu tton . . . . .......... . . . . . . . ... 12
for us ing safe ty belts .............. . 176
Residual heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Monit oring t he Adva nced Airb ag Sys-
Retractor .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 177 tem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 195
Rims Safety lock
Clean ing . . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . 24 4 Ig nit ion key, automatic t ransm ission . . 107
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Safety systems
Loading, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Warning/ind icator lights ........ . . . . . 16
Mounting loca ti ons .. ..... . . . . . . . . . . 87
Seat adjus t ment
Roof weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Rule of behav ior off road ..... . . . . . . . . . 235 Driver's seat memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Front passenger's seat ............... 75
s Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head restra ints . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . 74
. . 79, 166
Safe driving hab its 163
Power ....... . . . . . ................ 75
Safety belt he ight ad ju stment . . . . . . . . . 179
Seat belts
Safety belt posi t ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 8
refer to Safety belts ............ . ... 173
Safety belt he ight adju stmen t . . . . . . . 179
Seat covers
Safety belts worn by pregnant women . 178
Cleaning 24 5
Safety belt pretens ioner . . ... . . . . . . . . . 180
Seating capac ity 173
Service and disposal ...... . . . . . . . . . 180
Seat ing position
Safety bel t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Driver .... . . . . . . . ................ 164
Cleaning 245
Front passenger . . . . . .......... . ... 165
Danger t o passe ngers who do not wea r a
How to adj ust the front seats . .. . . . . . 165
safety be lt . . . .............. . . . ... 175
Incor rect sea t position ............. . 167
Fasten ing . . . ............ . ... . . . . . 177
Occupants .... . . . . . ..... . ......... 164
Im properly wor n ......... . . . . . . . . . 180
Rea r passengers . . . ... . ........ . . . . 166
Not wo rn . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . ' 17 5
M Seat memory . . . . ..... . ............ . 76
N Safety belt position .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 8
0
...J
Safety instructions . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Seats
'SI:
,....,
\!) Secur ing ch ild safety seats . . . . . . . . . . 213 Number of seats 173
1.1"1
,...., Seat ve ntilation 103
1.1"1
,....,
342 Index
Selective catalytic reduction Starting on hill s

refer to Ad Blue . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 252 Hill hold . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 112
Selective unlock feature ..... . . . . . ... . . 44 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 108
Selector lever ...................... 139 What shou ld I do if t he engine does not
Emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 sta rt ? . ... . ... . . . ............ . ... 108
Service and disposal Steering ....... . ... . .............. . 105
Safety belt pretensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Easy entry feature ................ . 106
Service interval display ................ 23 Electr ically adjust ing the stee ring
Service position whee l ... . . ... . . . ............ . ... 105
W indshield wipers ......... . . . . . .... 68 Locking t he stee ring ........... .... 10 7
Malfunc t ion ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 33
Servotronic
Power steering . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 226 Manua lly adjusting the steering wheel . 105
Steering wheel column
Shift paddles ... . .......... . . . . . ... . 14 2
Adjusting electrically . .......... . . . . 105
Shutting down vehicle ............... 232
Adjus t ing ma nually ............ . ... 105
Side airbags
Steering wheel heat ing ............. . 104
Description . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 197
Steps for determining correct load li mit . 288
How they work .................... 198
Stopp ing the engine . ............ . ... 108
Side assist
Activating and deactivating . . . . . . . . . . 131 Storage . ... . ... . . . ............ . ... . 90
Cleaning the sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 (upholder .... . ... . .............. . . 88
Description . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 131 (upholder door pockets ............ . . 89
Informational and alert stage signals . 133 (upholder in the rear center console . . . 81
Messages in instrument cluster display 137 ( upholder rear cente r armrest . . . . . . . . 88
MMI sett ings .............. . . . ... . 136 Glove comp art me nt ............ .... . 91
Operation . . ................ . . . ... 133 Storage compartment
Safety t ips . . . . . .. .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Expanding . . . . .................... 82
Sensor detection area .............. 132 Storage net
Side curta in airbags Footwell .......................... 92
Descript ion ................ . . . ... . 200 Luggage compartment ......... . ... . 93
How they work ................ . ... 201 Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Safety instructions . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Sunroof
Side curtain airbags) ........ . . . . . ... . 200 refer to Panoramic sliding sun roof . . . . . 54
Side ma rker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Sun shade . . . ... . . . ............ . ... . 65
Ski sack . . . . . . ... ...... ... . . . . . . . . . . 85 Sunshade
Snow chains . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 299 Panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Sockets . . . . . ................ . . . .... 90 Sun visors . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 65
Sound system display Suppleme nta ry heater
Driver information display .... . . . ... . . 21 Climate controls . . . ............ . ... 103
Sources of inf ormat ion about child re- Suspension
straints and their use .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 refer to Adapt ive Air Suspension . 157, 159
Speed control system Switches
refer to Adaptive cruise cont rol . . . ... . 115 Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Rear window defogger .......... ... . . 98
Speedometer .............. ... . . . . . . 12
Speed rating letter code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Symbols
Red . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 31
Speed warn ing system ....... . . . . . .... 28
Yell ow . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 34
Inde x 343
Synchronizat ion Tires .. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 271

Climat e controls . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 102 Service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 •
Four-zone automatic comfort air condi- speed rating letter code . .... . . . . . . . 294 •
t ioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Tire manufact uring date ............ 293
Synchron izing clima t e cont rol . . . . . . . . . . 95 Tire specifications . ................ 293
Tread depth .. . ... . ............... 289
Uniform tire quality grading .... . . . . . 297
T Win t er tires .. . ... . ..... . ......... 298
Tachome t er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Tires/Whee ls
Tail lights Low aspect ratio tires ............... 300
Cleaning . ... . . . .......... . ..... . . 243 Tire pressure mo nitoring system . . . . . . 18
Tank flap Tires and vehicle load limits .... . . . . . . . 286
Unlocking the fue l filler flap by hand . . 252 Tires and wheels
TOI clean diesel Checking tir e pressure .......... .... 282
refer to Ad Blue ........... . ... . . . . . 252 Cold t ire infl at ion pressure ........ .. 278
Technical data ................ . . . ... 323 Dimens ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 291
Technical modifications .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 General notes .... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 271
Temperature Glossary of tire and loading terminolo-
Climat e cont rols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 gy ....... . . . . . . . ... . ............ 273
Fou r-zone automati c comfo rt air condi- New t ires and wheels . .......... . ... 291
tioning .. . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 10 1 Replacing . . . . . . . . ... . . . . ... .. . . . . 292
Setting for the driver's and front pas- Snow chains .. . ... . ..... . ......... 299
senger 's side . . .......... . . . . . . . ... 97 Tires and veh icle load limits ........ . 286
Tether anchors ............ . ... . . . . . 220 Whee l bolts . . . . . . ... . .......... .. 299
Tethe r strap . . ... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Win t er t ires . . . . . . . . .............. 298
Textiles Tire service life . . . . . . . ... . . .... ... . . 289
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 245 Tools . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 304
The first 1,000 mi les (1,500 km) and after- Torn or frayed safety belts 176
wards . . ... . . . ................ . . . .. 230 Towing
Tie-down rings .. . .......... . . . ... . . . 83 Front eyelet . . . . . . ................ 320
Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Rear eyelet . . . . . . . . ... . ...... . .... 320
Tips fo r the environme nt Tow t ruck procedu res ... . ...... . ... . 319
Saving fue l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 TPMS
Using t he air condi t ioner only when nec- Tire pressure monitoring system ... . . 301
essary ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 100 Trailer tow ing . . . . . . .............. . . 238
tiptronic Operating instr uctions . . . .... . . . . . . . 239
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) . ...... ... 14 0 Parking systems .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 155
Driving .. . . . ................ .. . .. 141 Technical requirements . . . . . . . . 238, 240
Emergency mode . . . . . . . . . ...... ... 14 3 Tongue load . . . . . . ................ 239
Hill descent control .... . . . ...... ... 14 2 Trailer towing tips ................. 240
Kick-down . . . . . . . . .... . . . ...... . .. 143 Trai ler turn signal assembly
Manual shift program .. . . . ...... ... 14 2 Warning/indicator lights . .... . . . . . . . . 17
Selecto r lever . . .......... ...... . .. 139 Transmission . . . . . . . ... . ... ... .. . . . . 139
M
t iptronic (aut omati c transmission) . . . . . 139 Malfunction (indicat or light) ....... . . 143
N
0 Tire pressure .... . .......... . . . ... . . 282 Transport Canada . . . ................ 171
...J
'SI: Tread Wear Indicator (TWI) .... . . . . . . . 289
,....,
\!)
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . 30 1
1.1"1
,...., Loss of air pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.1"1
,....,
344 Index
Trip computer
Fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. 24
w
Warning/ind icator lights . . .... . . . . . . . . 10
Mileage . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . .. .... .. 24
Single-tr ip memory ....... .. .. . ... .. 25 Adaptive Air Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Total-trip memory . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. 25 Adaptive cruise control . . .... . . . . . . . 123
Airbag system ... . ................ . 16
Trip odomete r . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 12
Anti- lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . 18
What does it mean when dEF appears in
Brake system . ..... . ... . . .. . . . . . . . . 19
the trip odometer disp lay? . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Cruise contro l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Trunk
Electronic power cont rol ... . ..... . . . . 15
refer to Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5, 46
Electronic Stabilization Contro l (ESC) . . . 16
Turning rear air conditioning on/off
Glow plug syst em ............. . ... . 15
Four-zone automatic comfort air condi-
High beam . . . . . . . . . .......... .... . 18
tioning . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . ... . 10 1 Malfunction Ind icator Lamp (MI L) . . . . . 17
Turn signals .... . .......... . . . . . ... . . 63 Parking brake .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 19
War ning/ indicator lights ... . . . . . . . . . . 16 Safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . 18
u Trailer turn signal assembly ... . . . ...
Turn signals . . . . . . .. . . . . ... .. . . . . .
. 17
. 16
ULSD No. 2 (Diesel fuel) ..... . . . . . . . . . 249
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Unfasten ing saf ety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Warranty coverages . . . . . .. .. .... . . . . 326
Unidirect ional tires .......... . . . . . . . . 272
Washer reservoir . ... . .......... . . . . 270
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . 297
Wear indicat or . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 289
Unlocking
Power locking switch .... . . . . . . .... .. 44 Weights ... . ... . . . ................ . 323
Rear lid/trunk lid ......... .... . ... .. 45 What happens if you wear your safety belt
Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 43 too loose? .. . ... . . . ............ . ... 178
Using the key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. 43 What happens t o unbelted occupants? .. 175
What impai rs driving safety? . . ..... . . . 164
V What should I do after changing a

whee l? . . ... . ... . . . ................ 285
Valet key function
Wh at shou ld I do after replacing whee ls? 285
Activating and deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1
Wheel bolts
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Torque ... . ... . . . ................ . 299
Vehicle
Wheels . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 271
Care/clean ing ............ . . . . . ... . 242
Checking t ire pressure .......... .... 282
Vehicle ident ificat ion label . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Cleaning .. . ... . . . . . .......... . ... 244
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . . 323 Cold tire inflation pressure . . ... . . . . . 278
Vehicle jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304, 309 General notes . . . . .......... . ..... . 271
Vehicle literature ..................... 5 Glossary of tire and loading terminolo-
Vehicle shut-down ...... . ... . . . . . . . . 232 gy ... . . . . . . . . . . . .............. .. 273
Vent ilation New t ires and whee ls ........... . ... 291
Climate controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Tires and vehicle loa d limits ..... . ... 286
Vinyl When must a safety belt be replaced? . . 176
Cleaning ... . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . 24 5 When must the airbag system be inspect -
ed? .... . ... . ... . . . ................ 193
When should I adjust the ti re pressures? 285
When should I check the tire pressures? . 285
Inde x 345
Where are lower anchorages located? . . . 21 7

Where can I find the tire pressures for my •
car? ...... . .................. . . . .. 28 2 •
W hy safety belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 174
W indows
Cleaning/remov ing ice .. . . . . . . . .. .. . 244
Convenience close/open feat ure . .. .. . . 53
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . 97
Defrosting . . ............ . ... .. .. . . 97
Rapid defrosting/defogg ing . . . . .. .. . . 99
Windshield washer fluid
Low level . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ... 35
W indshield w ipers
Changing the rear wiper blade . . . . . . . . 70
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ... 69
Faulty ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... 37
Intermittent wiping .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
One-tap wiping . .......... .... . . . ... 66
Rain sensor . . ............ . ... . . . ... 66
Rear window w iper ........ .... . . . . . . 67
Service posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Washer reservoir . . .. ..... . . . . . . . . . 270
W inter operation
Battery .. . . . ............ . ... . . . .. 266
Car washes . . ............ . ... . . . .. 242
Coolant system ....... . ..... . ... . . 262
Heated front seats . .. ..... . . . . ..... 103
Heated rear seats ............ . . . ... 104
Remov ing ice from windows . . . . ..... 244
St eering whee l heating .... . . . . ..... 104
Tires . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 22 7
W inte r tires ..... . ...... . ... . . . ... . . 298
All-wheel drive .............. . . . ... 298
W iper blades
Instal li ng new wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . 69
also refer to W indshield wipers . . . 69, 70
X
Xenon-Lights . . ............ . ... . . . .. 315
y
Yellow symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
M
N
0
...J
'SI:
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
,....,
1.1'1
,....,
It has always been Audi's policy to continu- written consent of AUDI AG. Specifications are
ously improve its products . Audi, therefore, subject to change witho ut notice .
reserves the right to make changes in design
Editorial deadline: 03/21/2014
and specifications, and to make additions or
improvements in its products, without incur-
ring any obligation to install them on prod-
ucts previous ly manufactured . Printed on environmentally friendly paper
(bleached wi t hout chlorine, recyclable).
Text, illustrat ions and specifications in th is
manual are based on the most up-to-date in- Printed in Germany
formation available at the t ime of printing. © 2014 AUDI AG
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or
translated in whole or in part without the
Owner' s Manual
2015 Audi Q7
Englis ch USA 05 .2014
151 .56 1.4L0 .23
111 1111111111
1515614L0 23 www.audi.com

2015 Audi q7 27

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2015 Audi q7 27

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2015 Audi q7 27

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Owner's Manual

Vorspr u ng d u rc h Tec~~1~ ()(J[[)

Vehicle lite ra tu r e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Long center console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Instruments and warning / Warm and cold . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 94

Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Driving and environment ..... 230

Fuses and bulbs ............... 312

Emergency situations ......... 317

Technical data . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 323

Consumer Information ....... 326

be sure to send in a "Notice of Add ress •

The Warranty & Maintenance booklet

Au Canada, on peut se procure r un exemp laire

If you sell your Audi

This owner's manua l contains important infor-

Illustrations may be different from those in

You will find a table of contents at the begin-

All directions, such as " left", "right", "front",

* Optional or vehicle-specific equipment

~ .&. Cross-reference to a "WARNING!" with-

Instruments and controls

Fig. l Cockpit: left section

Fig. 2 Cockpit : ri ght section

(!) Memory buttons (driver's seat) 76 @ Power window switches ...... . 51

Instruments and warning/indicator Lights

Fig. 3 Overview of t he inst rum ent cluster

CDCoolant temperature gauge ... 10 Engine coolant temperature gauge

contact an authorized dealer. The tachometer needle should not move

the veh icle is moving. If the spoiler is

The engine turns at a speed 1,000 times the

Speedometer with odometer (D Tips

The fue l gauge only works when the ignition is

When the needle reaches the reserve mark,

You can reset the trip odometer to zero by

can be switched on for about 30 seconds by Instrument cluster illumination

W ith t he ignition turned on, you can start the

The number of keys progr ammed t o t he vehi-

The warning/indicator lights indicate different functions or a possible malfunction.

Fig. 8 Instrument duster with warning/indicator lights

USA models: Safety systems USA models : Cruise control acti-

Canada models: Anti-lock brake EPC

¢ page 123 The control Lightilluminates when the glow

;;. / ~ Electronic Stabilization Control tli1! !r Safety systems

¢1.~Trailer turn signal assembly - If the warning/indicator light illuminates or

For more informat ion c:>page 2 7.

ABS/(8 ) Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

The . warning/indicator lig ht ill uminates The ttl1

indicator lights, the ABS/ESCregu lating

Driver information Speed warning system ¢ page28

Sound system display

Fig. 9 In st rument cluster: cente r display

Info rmation from the Driver I nformation Sys-

When you turn on the ignition and while you

Sound system disp lay ¢ page 21

Outside temperature display Digital speedometer

Fig. 11 Display: outside temperature Fig. 12 Display: Digital speedometer

Defective light bulb warning Service interval display

Fig. 1 5 Display: Serv ice interva l display

When the due date fo r se rvice is reached, the

Calling up the service schedules

Passenger's door , Left rear door , Right rea r